TUITION
AND
. FEES
.................................................................................................. .2
Academic Calendar ................
......
................................
.................
.....
....
.....
....
3
1994-1995 Tuition and Fees .......................... Show more
TUITION
AND
. FEES
.................................................................................................. .2
Academic Calendar ................
......
................................
.................
.....
....
.....
....
3
1994-1995 Tuition and Fees ..............................
.
.
..............................................................................4
General Education Guidelines ...................................................................................................
..............5
Graduation Requirements
. ........
....
.................................................................................................. 6
Class Schedule, Fall 1994-1995................... .
.
......................................................................................7
Program Information Sessions
.
...........................
..............................................................,....,...
Class Schedule, Winter 1994-1995
12
Class Schedule, Spring 1994-1995 ........................................................................................................ 17
Note: Class schedule changes may occur afrer this schedule is published. Students should consult the course list
each term for the most current schedule of classes.
,I,
I
Fall Trimester
Winter Trimester
Spring Trimester
Application Deadline
Aug. 26
Dec. 16
Mar. 17
Applicant File
Completion Deadline
Sept. 2
Dec. 22
Mar. 24
Registration Begins
June 17
Nov. 11
Feb. 10
New Student Orientation
Sept. 10
Jan. 3
April 1
Payment Information Sent
Aug. 19
Dec. 9
Mar. 25
Classes Meet
Sept.16-18
Sept. 30-Oct. 2
Jan. 6-8*
April 7-9
Jan. 13-15
April 2 1-23
Oct. 14-16
Oct. 28-30
Jan. 27-29
Feb. 10-12"
May 5-7
May 19-21**
Nov. 11-13"
Feb. 17-19
Dec. 2-4*
Mar. 3-5
Mar. 17-19*
June 2-4
June 16-18"
June 23-25
Dec. 9-1 1
Mar. 24-26
Finals
Dec. 9-1 1
Mar. 24-26
June 23-25
Last Day to Add or Drop Class
Without Record Notation
Sept. 18
Jan. 8
Apr. 9
Last Day to Change
Grade O ~ t i o n
Oct. 30
Feb. 12
May 22
Last Day to Drop a Class
Nov. 14
Feb. 20
June 5
Final Grades Due
Dec. 19
April 3
July 5
-
-
..
*
**
One week between classes
Classes scheduled on Sunday, May 21, will meet Monday night, May 22, from 6-10 p.nr, to allow studenfs to
participate in gradualion ceremonies.
The college reserves the right lo change one or more of the above dales should it be necessary. I n such cases,
suflcient advance notice will be given.
Adults who are interested in
Augsburg Weekend College
are encouraged to attend one
of the information sessions
that are scheduled throughout
the year. These information
sessions are free of charge and
are approximately two hours in
length. Please call the
Weekend College Office
(330-1782) to receive additional
details on these information
sessions or to sign up for one
of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1994-1995
Tuesday, May 24
Tuesday, June 14
Tuesday, June 28
Saturday, July 16
Tuesday, August 2
Tuesday, August 16
For Winter Trimester, 1994-1995
Tuesday, October 18
Saturday, November 19
For Spring Trimester, 1994-1995
Saturday, January 21
9:00 p.m.
Tuesday, February 28
5:30 p.m.
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Phone: 6 121330-1782
FAX: 6 121330- 1649
1994-1995 TUITION
AND FEES
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per course)
($242.50 per semester credit)
Tuition (per summer course 1994)
Activity Fee (per trimester)
Audit a Course
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Course
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
Nursing Clinical Fee
Student Teaching Fee (per course)
Late Fee (per day)
Registration change after first class meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time)
Transcript Fee (first is free, per copy after first)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of I % per month on any account with an open
balance of 30 days or more.
Augsburg College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate,
Students who entered
Augsburg during the 1991-1992
academic year and transferred
in seven or more Augsburg
course equivalents will follow
the General Distribution
requirements; students who
transferred in less than seven
Augsburg course equivalents
will follow the Liberal Arts
Perspectives along with the
requirements for their major.
Students who entered
Augsburg during the 1392-1993
academic year and transferred
in 16 or more Augsburg
course equivalents will follow
the General Distribution
requirements; students who
transferred in less than 16
Augsburg course equivalents
will follow the Liberal Arts
Perspectives along with the
requirements for their major.
Students who entered
Augsburg during the 1993-1994
academic year and transferred
in 24 or more Augsburg
course equivalents will follow
the General Distribution
requirements; students who
transferred in less than 24
Augsburg course equivalents
will follow the Liberal Arts
Perspectives along with the
requirements for their major.
A list of courses that fulfill
Liberal Arts Perspectives is
available with registration
materials or may be obtained
from the Registrar's office.
Each student must apply for
graduation at the time
specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are
available in the Registrar's
Office.
must complete 34 courses,*
meet the full Liberal Arts
Perspectives requirements,
Entry Level Skills
Assessments, and Graduation
Skills Requirements.
All degree and course
requirements must be
completed and verified in the
Registrar's Office prior to the
anticipated date of graduation
(there may be no incompletes
or open courses on the
academic record).
If you matriculated at
Augsburg on or after January
1, 1993, and transferred
fewer than 14 Augsburg
equivalent courses, you must
complete 33 courses*, meet
the full Liberal Arts
Perspectives requirements,
Entry Level Skills
Assessments and Graduation
Skills Requirements.
1. Students under General
Education Distribution
requirements must complete
35 courses.*
2. Students under Liberal Arts
Perspectives requirements
will follow the guidelines
listed below:
If you matriculated at
Augsburg between
September 1, 1991, and
December 3 1, 1992, you
If you matriculated at
Augsburg on or after January
1, 1993, and transferred in 14
Or more courses, you must
complete 33 courses,* meet
the advanced-transferLiberal
Arts Perspectives, Entry
Level Skills Assessments,
and Graduation Skills
Requirements.
* At least 11 course credits
must be Upper Division,
numbered in the 300s or
400s. Included in the number
of courses required for
graduation must be the
completion of a major.
Friday Evening
6:OO-9:30
Saturday Morning
8:30-12:OO
Women and Art
Principles of Management
Marketing Communication
International Business
UNIX and C
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (9116-11111) .5
K-EL Curriculum: Art (9116- 10114) .25
K-El Curriculum: Mathematics (9116-11111) .5
K-El Curriculum: Language Arts (10128- 1219) .5
Creating Learning Environments
Learning and Development in the Educational Setting
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (9116-1 1111) .5
Media Technology (9116-1 1111) .5
European Literature: Homer to Dante
American Literature to 1920
Introduction to the Liberal Arts (begins 9116) .5
Topics in World History
Safety Education (911 1-1 1111) .5
Introduction to Nursing Research
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families
Astronomy *
Self-Identity and Values
History of Religions
Organizational Communication
Humans Developing
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
EDU
EDU
ENG
ENG
GST
HIS
HPE
NUR
NUR
PHY
PSY
REL
SPC
SWK
ACC
ACC
BIO
BUS
CSC
ECO
221
222
102
301
330
112
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
The Biological World *
Business Law
Theory of Computation
Principles of Macroeconomics
*Exrra class or lab sessions required
ECO
EDE
EDU
ENG
HIS
MAT
MAT
MIS
PHI
POL
PS Y
REL
REL
soc
SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
Saturday Afternoon
1 :15-4:45
ACC
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
Principles of Microeconomics
K-El Curriculum: Science (9117-10/15) .25
Human Relations (10129-12110) .5
Journalism
20th Century U.S.
Basic Mathematics 0.0 *
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences *
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Philosophy of Religion
Mass Communications in Society
Behavior Analysis
Biblical Studies
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
Public Speaking
Persuasion
Exploring Human Services
Community Development and Organization
Accounting Theory and Practice
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Human Resources Management
Data Structures
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments: K-El (9117- 11112) .5
K-El Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies
(9117-1 1/12) .5 t
K-El Curriculum: Music .25 (1 1/19 - 12/10)
*Exlra class or lab sessions required
t Replaces EDE 364 and EDE 376
EDE
EDU
ENG
ENG
HPE
MIS
POL
PSY
PSY
REL
REL
soc
SPA
SPC
SWK
Sunday Afternoon
1:15-4:45
ACC
ACC
ART
BUS
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
ENG
HPE
INS
K-El Curriculum: Children's Literature (9117-1 1112) .5
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (9117-1 1112) .5
Intermediate Expository Writing
Introduction to Literature
Health Concepts for Educators (10129- 12110) .5
Principles of Computing for Business
Mass Communications in Society
Social Behavior
Developmental Psychology: Child
American Indian Spirituality
Christian Ethics
Introduction to Human Society
Beginning Spanish I *
Interpersonal Communication
Social Responses to Human Needs
Principles of Accounting I
Managerial Cost Accounting
Photography
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Intermediate Microeconomics
Techniques of Teaching Reading
K-El Curriculum: Health (1 1120-12111) .25
K-El Curriculum: Physical Education (9118- 11113) .5
Reading in the Content Areas (9118-1 1/13) .5
Modern Language Methods (911 8- 1 1/ 13) .5
Effective Writing
Chemical Dependency Education (10130- 12111 ) .5
(2 sections)
Introduction to American Indian Studies
*Extra class or lab sessions required
INS
INS
MAT
MIS
MIS
PSY
REL
SOC
SOC
SPA
THR
African American Experience
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
Math for the Liberal Arts
Principles of Computing for Business
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Principles of Psychology
Theology of Religion
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
Culture: Gender, Ethnicity and Race
Beginning Spanish I *
Introduction to the Theatre Arts
Weekend Schedule,
Evening and other
EDE
EDS
HPE
HPE
NUR
SWK
Clinical Experience, .5 Sat., 12-1 p.m.
Clinical Experience, .5 Sat., 12-1 p.m.
Racquet Sports, Tues., 530-7:30 p.m. meets weekly
Coaching Theory of Sport, Thurs., 6-9 p.m.
Trends and Issues in Nursing, Thurs., 6-9:30 p.m.
Field Work I11 - To be announced
Evening Classes
BUS
(Day school schedule,
csc
Business Ethics, Wed., 6-9 p.m.
Introduction to Computing and Communications,
Thurs., 6-9 p.m.
Digital Communications and Computer Networks,
Thurs., 6-9 p.m.
International Economics, Wed., 6-9 p.m.
English Methods, Thurs., 450-8 p.m.
Natural Science Methods, Thurs., 450-8 p.m., .5
Writing for Business and the Professions, Wed., 6-9 p.m.
Introduction to the English Language, Tues., 6-9 p.m.
City Seminar: Experimental Education, .O
Thurs., 5-6:30 p.m.
meet weekly, September 7
through December 15)
CSC
ECO
EDS
EDS
ENG
ENG
GST
*Extra class or lab sessions required
REL
479
495
Intermediate Quantitative Methods, Thurs., 6-9 p.m.
Seminar - To be announced
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481A
48 1B
48 1C
482A
482B
482C
483A
483B
483C
484A
484B
484C
48 1
482
483
484
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
MIS
Student Teaching
(Prereq: Approval
and Placement by
Education Dept.)
* **
* Extra class or lab sessions required
**Additional clinical fee required
Friday Evening
6:OO
- 9:30
Saturday Morning
8:30 - 12:OO
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
ENG
ENG
GST
HPE
MIS
NUR
PHY
POL
PSY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Business Law
Financial Management
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Introduction to Computing and Communications
Advanced Networking and Communications
Principles of Microeconomics
Management Science
K-El Curriculum: Music (313-3124 ) .25
K-El Curriculum: Children's Literature (116-2117) .5
K-El Curriculum: Health, Physical Education, First Aid
School and Society
Effective Writing
Shakespeare
Introduction to the Liberal Arts (begins 116) .5
Chemical Dependency Education (116-2117) .5
Project Management
Community Health Nursing I
Introductory Meteorology *
Social Justice in America
Principles of Psychology
Organizational Psychology
Theology of Marriage
Introduction to Human Society
Argumentation
Interpersonal Communication
ACC
ACC
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Human Resource Management
Marketing Research and Analysis
Principles of Computer Organization
Principles of Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Techniques for Teaching Reading
*Extra class or lab sessions required
t Replaces EDE 388 and EDE 389
t
Saturday Afternoon
1 :I5 - 4:45
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDU
EDU
ENG
HIS
HPE
INS
MAT
MIS
PHI
POL
REL
REL
SPC
SWK
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (117-2118) .5
K-El Curriculum: Social Studies (117-1128) .25 t
K-El Curriculum: Art (314-3125)
K-El Curriculum: Language Arts (117-2118)
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (117-2118) .5
Media Technology (117-2118) .5
British Literature: Romantics to Victorians
The Modern World
Health Concepts for Educators (117-2118) .5
American Indian Women
Applied Algebra *
Principles of Computing for Business
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Mass Communications in Society
Religion in America
Feminism and Christianity
Small Group Communication
Humans Developing
ACC
ACC
ACC
BI 0
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDU
EDU
EDU
HPE
Principles of Accounting I1
Accounting Theory and Practice I
Advanced Accounting
Biology of Aging
Principles of Marketing
International Management
Structured Programming
Principles of Microeconomics
Managerial Economics
K-El Curriculum: Science (117-1128) .25
K-El Curriculum: Mathematics (117-2118) .5
Reading in the Content Areas (117-2118) .5
Social Studies Methods (Begins 117) .5
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (117-2118) .5
Classroom Management (117-2118) .5
Human Relations (117-2118) .5
Chemical Dependency Education (117-2118) .5
*Extra class or lab sessions required
t Last time course is offered. Students are encouraged to consult faculty
adviser.
MAT
MIS
NUR
PHI
REL
REL
SOC
SPA
SPA
SPC
Sunday Afternoon
1:15 - 4:45
ACC
ACC
ART
BUS
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDU
ENG
ENG
GER
HPE
INS
MIS
NOR
PSY
REL
SOC
SPA
SPA
SPC
SWK
Finite Mathematics *
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Contemporary Nursing I: Communications
Ethics
Biblical Studies
World Justice and Hunger
Complex Organizations
Beginning Spanish I *
Beginning Spanish I1 *
Public Speaking
323 Accounting Theory and Practice
326 Tax Accounting
1061306 Calligraphy
242 Principles of Management
440 Operations Management
315 Money and Banking
350 Creating Learning Environments: K-El (118-2119) .5
364 K-El Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies (315-3126) .25 t
282 Introduction to Special Education
225 Intermediate Expository Writing
245 Introduction to Literature
1 1 1 Beginning German I *
353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport
225 Introduction to Islam
475 Systems Analysis and Design
111 Beginning Norwegian I *
230 Research Methods: Design Research and Analysis I
111 Introduction to Theology
265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
111 Beginning Spanish I *
112 Beginning Spanish I1 *
329 Intercultural Communication
363 Methods and Skills of Social Work
*Extra class or lab sessions required
t Last time course is offered. Students are encouraged to consult faculty
adviser.
Weekend Schedule
]an 6 - March 26
Evening and other
K-El Clinical Experience, .5 Sat., 12-1 p.m.
Clinical Experience, .5 Sat., 12-1 p.m.
Aerobics, 530-7:30 p.m., Thurs., meets weekly
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries, Mon., 6-9 p.m.
Coaching Practicum - Arranged
Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family **
- To be announced
Field Work I - To be announced
Field Work IV - To be announced
EDE
EDS
HPE
HPE
HPE
NUR
SWK
SWK
Evening Classes
(Day school schedule,
meet weekly, Jan. 31
through May 14)
Student Teaching
(Prereq: Approval
and Placement by
Education Dept.) **
ECO
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
GST
REL
SOC
413
101
216
327
341
209
370
231
Labor Economics, Wed., 6-9 p.m.
Developmental Writing, Tues., Thurs., 6-7:30 p.m.
American Indian Literature, Wed., 6:30-9:30 p.m.
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing & Editing, Wed., 6-9 p.m.
Advanced Creative Writing: Poetry, Tues., 6-9 p.m.
City Seminar: Experimental Education, .O Thurs., 5-6:30 p.m.
American Indian Spirituality, Wed., 6:30-9:30 p.m.
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective, Wed., 6-9 p.m.
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481A
481B
481C
482A
482B
482C
483A
483B
483C
484A
484B
484C
48 1
482
483
484
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
* Extra class or lab sessions required
** Additional clinical fee required
Friday Evening
6:OO - 1O:OO
BUS
BUS
CSC
EDE
EDE
EDU
EDU
ENG
ENG
ENG
HPE
INS
NUR
PHI
PHY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
Principles of Management
International Management
Database Management and Design
K-El Curriculum: Science (612-6123) .5
K-El Curriculum: Mathematics (5119-6123) .5
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (417-5119) .5
Human Relations (417-5119) .5
European Literature: Renaissance to Modem
British Literature: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries
Modern Fiction
Safety Education (417-5119) .5
American Indians in the Cinema
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
Philosophy of Love and Sex
Astronomy *
Personality
Introduction to Theology
Introduction to Human Society
Public Speaking
Public Relations/Promotional Communications
Saturday Morning
8:OO - 12:OO
ACC
BUS
BUS
BUS
CHM
CSC
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
Principles of Accounting I1
Business Law
Marketing Communications
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
Chemistry for Changing Times
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Creating Learning Environments: K-El (418-5120) .5
K-El Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies
(418-5120) .5 t
K-El Curriculum: Music (418-516) .25
K-El Curriculum: Children's Literature (418-5120) .5
Effective Writing
EDE
EDE
ENG
*Extra class or lab sessions required
t Replaces EDE 364 and EDE 376
ENG
ENG
HPE
POL
PSY
REL
SPC
SWK
SWK
Saturday Afternoon
1 :OO - 5:OO
ACC
ACC
BI 0
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
CSC
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
HPE
INS
MIS
MIS
POL
PSY
PSY
REL
REL
226 Introduction to Creative Writing
2821482 Topics in Literature
115 Chemical Dependency Education (418-5120) .5
342 Mass Communications in Society
105 Principles of Psychology
353 Denominations and Religious Groups
352 Persuasion
461 Advanced Methods and Skills
467 The Social Worker as a Professional
Principles of Accounting I
Internal and Operational Audit
Human Biology
Financial Management
Investment Theory
Marketing Management
Data Structures
Algorithms
Principles of Macroeconomics
Public Finance
International Trade and Finance
Techniques of Teaching Reading
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (418-5120) .5
K-El Curriculum: Art (613-6124) .25
K-El Curriculum: Health (613-6124) .25 t
K-El Curriculum: Physical Education (418-5120) .5 t
Introduction to Literature
Health Concepts for Educators (418-5120) .5
Contemporary American Indians
Principles of Computing for Business
Advanced Computing for Business
Political Patterns and Processes
Organizational Psychology
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Biblical Studies
Religious Imagination in Modem Literature
t Last time course is offered. Students are encouraged to consult faculty adviser.
SOC
SPA
SPC
SPC
SWK
Social Psychology
Beginning Spanish I1 *
Argumentation
Small Group Communication
Humans Developing
Sunday Afternoon
1:OO - 5:OO
ACC
ART
BUS
EDE
EDS
EDU
GER
HIS
MAT
MIS
MIS
NOR
PSY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPA
SPA
SPC
SWK
Auditing
Drawing
Principles of Management
K-El Curriculum: Language Arts (419-5121) .5
Creating Learning Environments
Media Technology (419-5121) .5
Beginning German I1 *
History of the Twin Cities
Math of Interest *
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Information Systems Projects
Beginning Norwegian 11 *
Principles of Psychology
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1
Religions of China and Japan
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Beginning Spanish I1 *
Intermediate Spanish I *
Broadcast Production I
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Weekend Schedule
April 7 - June2 5
Evening and other
EDE
EDS
HPE
NUR
NUR
Clinical Experience: K-El, .5, Sat., 12-1 p.m.
Clinical Experience: Secondary, .5, Sat., 12-1 p.m.
Racquet Sports, Mon., 530-7:30 p.m.
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum, Thurs., 6-10 p.m.
Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice,
Thurs., 6-10 p.m.
Field Work 11
SWK
* Extra class or lab session required
Student Teaching
(Prereq: Approval
and Placement by
Education Dept.)
**
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481A
48 1B
48 1C
482A
482B
482C
483A
483B
483C
484A
484B
484C
48 1
482
483
484
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching K & Seminar
Student Teaching El & Seminar
Student Teaching K-El & Seminar
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
* Extra class or lab sessions required
**Additional clinical fee required
AUGSBURG
Augsburg College cloes not discriminate on t l ~ ebasis of race, creed, national or erhnic origin, age n~ariralstatus, sex or
lmndicol~as required by Title IX ofthe 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 ofll~eRel~abilitationAct of1973, as
amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, acriitities and enlployment practices.
AUGSBURG
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Show less
Offlclal Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 6121330-1782
This catalog is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the
convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg
College and is ... Show more
Offlclal Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 6121330-1782
This catalog is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the
convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg
College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog.
This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg Weekend College and
its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change
without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic
policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult a faculty
adviser, the Dean of the College or the Registrar. Key offices are listed on page 3 of this
publication for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
Directory
......................................
............
......3
A Greeting from the President .......................................................4
Educational Program ................................................................... 5
Admissions Information.................................................................
9
Tuition and Financial Aid
....................
...............................
.
12
.....................................................................17
Academic Information ........................ ,.,...
...
...
27
Student Resources
Academic Majors .........................................................................
37
Course Descriptions
.................................................................56
.....................................................................................96. 97
Index.........................A
.......-..........................................................
98
Maps
FREQUENTLYCALLED
NUMBERS
Weekend College Office ......................................................................................................... 330-1782
Secretary. Rachel Anderson ....................................................................................................330- 1782
.......................................................................330- 1792
Admissions, Jeanette Wittmer ...............
....
.330- 1743
Admissions Assistant, Robyn Belongie ..............................................................................
.
.....................................................330-1740
Program Coordinator, Nancy Schmickle .......................
..330- 1741
Operations Supervisor, Theresa Perry ...............................................................................
.............................................................
330-1
777
Associate Program Coordinator, Deidre Middleton
330-1742
Advising, Robin Sanderson.................................................................................................
Other Campus Phone Numbers:
General Information ............................................................................................................... 330- 1000
Bookstore. Christensen Center ...........................................................................................
3301 122
Business Office. Science Hall:
Cashier 8:30 a.m.-400 p.m. ................................................................................................
330-1028
.
........................................330-1790
Billing. Jocelyn Palmer: 8:00 a.m.-430 p.m. ......................
...................................................... 3 3 0 - 1130
Education Department. Library Building................ .
.
Financial Aid Office. Sheila Anderson. Science Hall ............................................................ 330-1046
3 3 0 1 162
Career Planning. Memorial Hall .......................................................................................
Counseling. Memorial Hall ..................................................................................................
3301 160
Library ....................... .
.
.
....................................................................................................330-1017
Nursing Department .............................................................................................................
-330-1209
Registrar. Science Hall ........................................................................................................
330- 1036
Summer School ...................................................................................................................
330-1786
Weekend College Office Hours:
Monday-Friday: 8:00 a.m. .4:30 p.m.
(other hours by appointment)
Office Hours on Class Weekends:
Friday: 8:00 a.m. .6:00 p.m.? WEC Office
Saturday: 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m., WEC Office
Weekend College Office Location:
The Weekend College Office is located at 2222 Murphy Place on the comer of 23rd Avenue and
7 112 Street on the Augsburg College campus (see # l 1 on map on page 97.)
On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to
Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College
to prospective students and to use this opportunity to
welcome new and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality
liberal arts college of the church. The mission of the
College, its academic programs and its metropolitan location attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which is
actively encouraged. Whetherfrom a small town, a large
city or another country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg.
The College continues to grow, building on a tradition of
excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It
is a place where community, national and world leaders
meet to discuss issues and ideas.
I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence Augsburg is an exciting and challenging place to prepare
for your future.
I look forward to meeting you on campus.
Charles S. Anderson
President
CHARACTERISTICS
0.F- T H E
EDUCATIONAL
or over a century,
Augsburg College has
emphasized intellectual
freedom in the search for
knowledge. Augsburg's academic program builds on a
liberal arts foundation to help
students understand the past,
interpret the present, and plan
for the future.
F
As in the weekday program,
Augsburg Weekend College
ofSers students a unique
combination of the liberal arts
disciplines and professional
education. Our goals are to
help students develop the
intellectual skills and attitudes
to be lifelong learners,
increase their competence in
selected areas of professional
work, and accomplish a higher
level of personal growth.
HISTORY
OF
WEEKEND
COLLEGE
In Fall of 1982 Augsburg
began Weekend College
under the directorship of
Dr. Rick Thoni. At that time
Weekend College had three
majors, 69 students, and
offered eight courses in the
first term.
Today with more than 1,100
students and 12 majors,
Augsburg's Weekend College
is the largest program of its
kind in the state. Faculty in
Weekend College are full-time
Augsburg professors as well
as adjunct professionals from
the work world. The Weekend
College student body has
become involved in student
government, and Weekend
College students participate in
academic and extracurricular
activities such as the student
newspaper, travel seminars,
the Weekend College Student
Union and the Weekend
College Advisory Network
(WECAN).
Augsburg Weekend College
continues to grow and develop
to meet the changing needs of
the adult and nontraditional
student of today.
PURPOSE
Augsburg Weekend College
provides an educational alternative to adults who desire
college experience but who
work or have other commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and
women may earn a baccalaureate degree, gain skills for
professional advancement,
prepare for career change, or
pursue a personal interest in
one or more areas of the
liberal arts.
MISSION
OF THE
COLLEGE
Students who graduate from
Augsburg are well prepared to
make a difference in the
world. They stand as testaments to the College motto,
"Education for Service," and
to the Mission of the College:
To develop future leaders of
service to the world by
providing high quality educational opportunities which are
based in the liberal arts and
shaped by the faith and values
of the Christian Church, by
the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an
intentionally diverse campus
community.
THEADULTAS LEARNER A COMMUNITYOF
LEARNERS
Augsburg Weekend College is
designed to meet the needs
and preferences of adult
learners. The program is based
on the assumption that the
men and women who enroll in
Weekend College will be
mature, self-disciplined and
well-motivated adult learners
who seek a balance of classroom experience and
individualized study. Each
course is therefore divided
into periods of concentrated
on-campus study separated by
time for independent study
and class preparation.
Essential to the goals of
Augsburg's Weekend College is
participation in a community of
adult learners. Learning can be
enhanced when the student is
involved in a stable community
that provides opportunity and
encouragement to become
involved in interaction both in
and out of the classroom. This
community will be enriched by
the presence of both men and
women with a variety of work
and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community
interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students
to make use of college facilities
ALTERNATE
WEEKENDS such as the library and the
To accommodate this format
Christensen Center, to take the
for learning, classes generally
opportunity of having shared
meet on alternate weekends
meals and coffee breaks, to
for three and one half hours on
participate in optional luncheither Friday evening,
time seminars, and to attend
Saturday morning, Saturday
other college activities such as
afternoon or Sunday aftermusic and dramatic presentanoon. Each course selected by
tions and athletic events.
the student involves commitment to one of these four class
FACULTY
periods. Laboratory sections or
additional class hours may be
The heart of any educational
scheduled during the week.
institution is its faculty and
Weekend College students
Augsburg College is particumay take from one to four
larly proud of the excellence
different courses by attending .
and commitment of its profesclass every other weekend.
sors. Most faculty hold the
doctorate or other terminal
degree and all consider their
teaching to be the focus of their
activity. Faculty are involved in
social, professional and a variety
of research activities, but see
these activities as supporting
their teaching. They are actively
involved in an exciting faculty
development program which
introduces them to current
thought in many fields but
especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small
classes encourage its tradition
of close involvement between
professors and students.
Faculty act as academic
advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
History
Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall,
Wisconsin, and moved to
Minneapolis in 1872. The
name Augsburg College and
Seminary changed in 1963
when the Lutheran Free
Church merged with The
American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is
in the heart of the Twin Cities
metropolitan area, only blocks
from downtown Minneapolis
and the intersection of Interstate
Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent
to the campus are the Riverside
Medical Center, the West Bank
campus of the University of
Minnesota and the Mississippi
River parkways.
Campus
Augsburg's campus consists
of 15 major buildings which
include student housing
towers, the College Center,
main academic and administrative halls, the Library,
Music Hall and the Foss
Center for Worship, Drama
and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort
to become one of the most
accessible campuses in the
region. Our skyway-tunnel
system lets you reach any of 10
major buildings without going
outside. In addition to building
changes, we have a student-run
program to increase awareness
and provide extra help for
students with disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The
Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. Although a strong
plurality of students are Lutheran,
18 percent represent other
Protestant denominations and
2 1 percent represent the Roman
Catholic Church. Several other
affiliations are represented
among students and faculty.
POLICIES
It is the policy of Augsburg
College not to discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed,
religion, sexual or affectional
preference, national or ethnic
origin, age, marital status, sex
or status with regard to public
assistance or disability, as
required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies,
education programs, activities
and employment practices.
Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the
coordinators listed on pages
249 of the 1994-1996
Augsburg catalog, or to the
Director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights,
Bremer Tower, Seventh Place
at Minnesota Street, St. Paul,
MN 55101.
The College and its faculty
subscribe to the Statement of
Principles on Academic Freedom
as promulgated by the American
Association of University
Professors and the Association
of American Colleges.
ACCREDITATION
AND
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited
by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Schools and
the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and
Elementary). Our programs
are approved by the American
Chemical Society, the Council on
Social Work Education, National
Association for Music Therapy,
Inc., and the National League
for Nursing. Augsburg College
is an institutional member of
the National Association of
Schools of Music (NASM).
We are a member of the
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North
America and Minnesota Private
College Council. Augsburg
College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board.
Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
Registration does not mean that
credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other
institutions or that the quality
of the educational programs
would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution or employer.
Y
ou may apply for
admission to the
Weekend College
Program if you have graduated from high school or have
earned a General Education
Developmental (G.E.D.) test
certificate. Selection of
students for Augsburg College
is based on demonstrated
academic ability with satisfactory performance in high
school or in previous college
work.
A cumulative grade point
average of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale)
or better is required for
previous college work.
Applicants with less than one
year of transferable college
work or no college work must
be in the upper half of their
high school graduating class.
Application for Admission
Complete the application form
and return it along with the
$20.00 nonrefundable application fee to the Augsburg
Weekend College Office.
Transcripts
Have official transcripts from
all previously attended postsecondary institutions sent
directly to the Augsburg
Weekend College Office.
Applicants with less than one
year of previous transferable
college work should also have
their official high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test
certificate may be presented
instead of the high school
transcript.
Additional Information
If there is personal information
that may have affected the
applicant's previous academic
performance, it may be
included with the application or
discussed personally with the
Admissions Coordinator.
Academic recommendations
may be required by the
Admissions Committee before
an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the Admissions
Committee may also defer on
a candidate's admission until
other information has been
received. For example, test
scores, results of current
course work, additional letters
of recommendation or writing
samples may be requested by
the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed,
the Admissions Office will
inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions
Decision
Augsburg College uses a
"rolling" admissions plan.
Students are notified of the
admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the
application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the
Admissions Committee.
Admission to a major, as well
as admission to the College, is
sometimes necessary. Please
check with the Admissions
Coordinator and major
sections in this catalog to see
if admission to the major is
necessary.
Transfer Credit
Transfer Credit Evaluations
FORMERSTUDENTS
Augsburg College welcomes
students who wish to transfer
after completing work at other
accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted
for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at
accredited institutions. The
College reserves the right not
to grant credit for courses
where it considers the work
unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at
unaccredited institutions and
to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Following acceptance,
students who are seeking a
degree and transferring
previous college work to
Weekend College will be sent
an official credit evaluation
showing the number of
courses and degree requirements still needed to complete
a baccalaureate degree at
Augsburg.
Augsburg graduates and
students who have not
attended Weekend College for
more than one academic year
(three trimesters) must apply
for readmission through the
Registrar's Office. Students
who have attended any other
institution(s) during their
absence from Augsburg must
have an official transcript sent
from each institution to the
Registrar's Office.
Augsburg College limits
transfer of credit from twoyear colleges once a student
has reached junior status. If all
transfer work has been taken
at a two-year college, a
maximum of 17 Augsburg
courses, or 96 quarter credits,
will be accepted toward the
minimum of 33 Augsburg
course credits required for the
baccalaureate degree.
Academic Advising
Upon acceptance, each student
is given an academic adviser's
name and phone number to
call for major and general
academic planning.
STUDENTS WHOSEEKA
SECOND MAJOR
OR
SECOND DECREE
If you have earned a baccalaureate degree and would like to
complete a second major or a
second degree at Augsburg,
you must submit the application form and application fee
and have official transcripts
sent to Augsburg Weekend
College from your degreegranting institution along with
transcripts from any subsequent colleges/institutions you
have attended.
l NTERNATIONAL
STUDENTS
Augsburg welcomes students
from countries around the
world. International students
should contact the Admissions
Office for information on the
application procedure.
Applications must be received
two months prior to the start
of the trimester.
For more information on the
admissions process, please call
(612) 330-1743 or write to:
Augsburg Weekend College
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
T
u i h n is set on an
w n u d basis. Tuition is
charged per trirndstsr
course. Courses with values of
.5 or -2.5 are charged one-half
or one-fourth of the per course
tuition. Therefore a student
registering for 2.5 course
credits would be charged as
follows: Per course tuition x
2.5 courses.
Weekend College students may
register for day school
program courses on a space
available basis. A Weekend
College student crossing over
to attend one day schedule
course will be charged the
current part-time per course
tuition for day school. A
student with a combination
schedule (day and weekend)
carrying 3.0 or more course
credits will be chargedfull
day school tuition for that
trimester.
FEESAND PAYMENT
SCHEDULE
For the exact tuition and fees
amounts, please refer to the
Catalog Supplement covering
the current academic year of
enrollment.
FEES
Fees are also set on an annual
basis and are payable in the
trimester in which they are
incurred. Fees are charged
according to the following:
Application Fee
Payable once, nonrefundable
Activity Fee
Per trimester
Late fee
Charged per day, up to five
working days for late completion of registration
Lifetime Sports Fee
Payable upon course registration or completion of
Assessment of Previous
Learning
Nursing Clinical Fee
Payable upon course registration
Registration Change
After first class meeting for a
cancel/add/change grade option,
or a combination at one time
Student Teaching Fee
Per student teaching course,
payable upon registration
Transcript Fee
Per copy after first, which is free
Payment Schedule
Confirmation in classes is
permitted only if the
student's account for a
previous term is paid in full
as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release
diplomas or academic transcripts until a student's
account is paid in full. This
also applies to student loans
administered by the College
(i.e. Perkins Student Loan).
They must be current
according to established
repayment schedules.
Augsburg offers the
following payment options:
1 ) Trimester payments in full.
2 ) Three Payment Plan
A three-payment plan is
available each trimester.
Payment plans will be
approved only if previous
plans have been satisfactorily
completed.
T U I T I O NA N D
FINANCIAL
AID
3 ) Company Reimbursement
Plan
Students whose employers
have tuition reimbursement
plans are allowed the
following payment terms:
TUITION
REFUND
POLICY
$100 per course deposit
payable in order to
confirm classes.
Students are responsible for
cancelling courses with the
Registrar's Office in order to
be eligible for the tuition
refund. A per course tuition
refund will be made on the
following basis:
Balance in full due within
50 days from the end of
the term.
Prior to the first scheduled
class meeting 100% of tuition
Employer reimbursement
verification.form on file
in Business Office for
current academic year.
(less a $75 administrative fee
if withdrawing from current
term entirely)
Responsibility for
payment of balance
should employer not reimburse for whatever reason.
Finance charge of 1% per
month on unpaid balance.
A non-sufficient fund check
used for payment at registration will declare that
registration invalid and could
affect further credit extended
by the College.
Prior to the second scheduled
class meeting 80% of tuition
Prior to the third scheduled
class meeting 60% of tuition
No refund after the third
scheduled class meeting.
The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student
has attended classes. All
refunds of charges will be
applied to the account of the
student and all adjustments for
aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc.
will be made before eligibility
for a cash refund of any
resulting credit balance is
determined. Please allow two
weeks for a refund.
Note: The refund is a
percentage of the full tuition
charged, not a percentage of
any deposit made toward
tuition (e.g. deposits made
under the company reimbursement payment plan).
Medical Refund Policy
If a student is forced to withdraw because of accident or
illness, whether a physical or
mental health problem, the
refund may include the normal
percentage plus one-half of the
percentage adjustment.
Requests for this additional
refund must be made to the
Petition Committee and must
be accompanied by a written
report from the attending
health professional stating the
inability for, or inadvisability
of, continued study.
Students charged on a singlecourse fee basis who have
completed payment of
assessed tuition may choose
between this partial tuition
refund and a tuition-free
course retake credit. A retake
credit may be used only to
repeat the same course from
which the student withdrew.
This choice between refund
and tuition-free retake credit
must be made at the time of
the request to the Petition
Committee, and the choice of
monetary refund or retake
credit may not be changed
subsequently.
Students should be aware that
their choice of refund or
retake credit may adversely
affect their financial aid eligibility and that they bear full
responsibility for the effects of
their choices. Retake credits
must be used within one academic year or the next time the
course is offered if that is
longer than one year.
COMPANY
TUITION
ASSISTANCE
PROGRAM
Many companies, agencies
and corporations offer full or
partial tuition assistance to
employees who participate in
work-related or degreeoriented college programs.
Augsburg provides a payment
plan by which employees may
handle tuition reimbursement.
GRANTS
AND
SCHOLARSHIPS
Pel Grant
This is a federal aid program,
based on need, that is available to students who are
enrolled in Weekend College.
Awards will range from $400 to
$2,300 per year in 1994-1995.
Minnesota State
Scholarship and
Grant Program
The Minnesota State
Scholarship and Grant
Program is available to
Minnesota residents, based on
financial need. Awards ranged
from $100 to $5,380 for 19931994.
Bureau of Indian Affairs,
Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who
meet federal and state requirements may apply for these
scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other
sources of financial aid. For
assistance in application
please contact Augsburg's
American Indian Support
Program Director at 330-1 138
or your tribal agency.
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may
provide grants and scholarships
to Weekend College students
who Show academic potential
and have financial need.
LOANASSISTANC~
Federal Stafford Student
Loans
Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan funds are
obtained directly from a local
lender or state agency in states
which provide such programs.
Subsidized Stafford loans are
need-based loans which the
federal government subsidizes
by paying accrued interest
while in school and during the
grace period. Therefore, the
borrower is not responsible for
interest accrued while in
school or during the 6-month
grace period. Interest begins
accruing on the date of
disbursement for the
Unsubsidized Stafford Loan
and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower
may choose to make payments
while in school or may defer
payments and allow interest to
be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new
borrowers through the
TUITIONAND
FINANCIALAID
Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan is variable and
changes annually based on the
91-Day Treasury Bill. For
students with existing loans, the
interest rate will match the
interest rate on their existing
loans (7%, 8%, 9% or 8%/10%).
The following borrowing
limits apply to the Stafford
Loan program after July 1,
1994:
Freshmen: $2,625 annually
($6,625 combined Subsidized
& Unsubsidized Stafford)
Sophomores: $3,500 annually
($7,500 combined Subsidized
& Unsubsidized Stafford)
Juniors/Seniors: $5,500 annually ($10,500 combined
Subsidized & Unsubsidized
Stafford)
Aggregate maximum: $46,000
Note: Unsubsidized Stafford
loans are available only to
independent students and
dependent students who do not
meet the criteria for the
Subsidized Stafford loan.
Student Educational Loan
Fund (SELF)
This is a Minnesota state loan
program. SELF Limits Freshmen and Sophomore
students may borrow up to
$4,500 per year, Juniors and
Seniors up to $6,000 per year
with an undergraduate
maximum of $25,000 ($500
annual minimum). There is a
$40,000 combined maximum
for undergraduate and graduate study. Interest rates are
variable, paid by the borrower
quarterly while in school.
Principal and interest
payments begin 12 months
after leaving school. Students
must apply for financial aid
and be enrolled at least
half-time.
TO APPLYFOR
FINANCIAL
AID
1) Complete the Application
for Admission and indicate
your desire to also apply for
financial aid.
2) The Financial Aid Office
will send you the necessary
application and financial
statement form (or you may
pick them up at the
Financial Aid Office, 152
Science Hall, or the
Weekend College Office).
3) All students transferring
from any post secondary
institution must have a
Financial Aid Transcript on
file with Augsburg from
each previously attended
institution even if you did
not receive aid.
4) Complete and return the
financial aid forms and a
copy of the federal tax
return by the deadlines indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid
offered, in whole or in part,
within the deadline stated.
S T U D E N T
,
RESOURCES
S T U D E N T
A
ugsburg College
provides a number of
student services to
assist adults in making educational and career plans,
accomplishing the academic
tasks of a college education,
working on their own personal
development, and participating beyond the classroom.
These services include academic planning and support
services, college services and
student life. More detailed
information on these services
is provided in the .Student
Guide which is available to
every student.
ACADEMICADVISING
All Augsburg Weekend
College students have access
to expert academic advising
services on an ongoing basis
to provide for efficient,
effective planning. Students
enrolling in Weekend College
who have had college experience will have their previous
work evaluated early in the
admissions process. To use
their time at Augsburg most
effectively, students are
encouraged to see an adviser
in the Weekend College
Office prior to beginning their
course work. Upon enrollment
a student is assigned a faculty
adviser in their major.
ACADEMICENRICHMENT
PROGRAM
The Academic Enrichment
Program is designed to offer
students study skills assistance
so they may achieve their best
from studying. The Program
includes four components: the
Learning Center, the Tutor
Center, the Learning
Laboratory and the Center for
Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.).
The Learning Center
Located in Memorial HalI,
Room 119 and Foss Center,
Room 18, the Learning Center
assists students in improving
their skills in such areas as
time management, note taking,
textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and
concentration and memory
improvement. Diagnostic
testing is also available to
assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies
and learning styles. The staff
will assist students in developing effective and efficient
study skills.
The Tutor Center
Located in Foss Center, Room
18, the Tutor Center arranges
for students to meet with
tutors for content tutoring in
most freshman and sophomore-level courses.
The Learning Laboratory
Located in Foss Center, Room
18, the Learning Laboratory
offers students the opportunity
to improve skills in reading,
writing and mathematics
through the use of computer
software.
C.L.A.S.S. - The Center
for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services
Learning disabled students
have average or above average
intelligence but have difficulty
achieving their full potential.
Services available to such
students include: educational
planning, learning aids and
remedial instruction. If
students are concerned that
difficulties in school are more
than just temporary problems,
they can discuss their learning
style with the Coordinator of
Disabled Students or the
learning disabilities specialists,
and arrange assessment and
structure assistance to increase
their potential for academic
success.
Physically challenged students
also are served through this
office. Individualized attention
and services are provided for
and/or coordinated to meet the
mobility needs of students. For
more information, please
contact the C.L.A.S.S. office
at 6121330-1053 to request a
copy of the C.L.A.S.S.
brochure and/or schedule an
informational appointment
with a specialist.
CAREERSERVICES
The Career Services Office is
committed to assisting all
students with their career planning. To aid students in this
process, Career Services offers
students the opportunity to
actively participate in career
seminars, career assessments,
one-on-one counseling, selfpaced computer career planning
modules, and use of the Alumni
Resource Network for informational interviews.
THECENTER
FOR
GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The Center for Global
Education, founded at
Augsburg in 1982, facilitates
cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to
think more critically about
global issues and to work
toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's
programs explore a diversity of
viewpoints and are grounded
in the perspectives of the poor
and of others struggling for
justice and human dignity.
Students may participate in
courses offered at the Center's
program site in Mexico,
Namibia, Norway, Central
America, South Africa and
Southeast Asia.
EXPERIENTIAL
EDUCATION PROGRAMS
Through Internships,
Cooperative Education and
Community Service, Augsburg
students integrate and expand
their liberal arts education by
embracing the worlds of work
and service. These programs
link employers, community
organizations and the academic program in a way that
enriches and expands a
student's educational experience and personal
development. An underlying
assumption is that a liberal
arts education is an effective
preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of
"knowing and doing" adds
breadth and depth to the
liberal arts curriculum and
assists students in making
more informed academic,
career and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan
location makes possible a
wide range of opportunities.
Students have gained valuable
learning experiences in small
and mid-size companies, large
corporations, non-profit organizations, schools, government
agencies and communitybased organizations.
S T U D E N T
COOPERATIVE
EDUCATION
ACADEMIC
INTERNSHIPS COMMUNITY
SERVICE-LEARNING
An internship for academic
Cooperative Education is a
college supported and monitored, paid, work-learning
experience that is closely
related to a student's major or
career objective. The goal is to
combine theory with practice
in work or service-based
settings.
credit is a carefully planned
work-based learning experience
where a student focuses on
specific academic and individual learning objectives. A
learning agreement plan negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation
methods - is required. An
academic internship is
approved, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the
department in which the student
wishes to earn the Internship
credit. Upper Division intemships are numbered 399 and
Lower Division internships are
numbered 199.
Students also earn money to
help defray educational costs
while gaining important onthe-job experience. Job
placements typically are parttime during the academic year
and full-time in the summer.
Cooperative Education jobs
are flexible and can begin and
end anytime. Cooperative
Education is not credited in
and of itself, but a non-credit
Cooperative Education transcript entry is available during
the academic terms the student
is employed. Cooperative
Education students are
encouraged to complete at least
one Internship for credit in
conjunction with their
Cooperative Education participation. Cooperative Education
is available to Augsburg
students who have completed
their freshman year and are in
good academic standing.
Information on registering for
internships may be obtained
from the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office.
Internships are available in all
majors and can be taken during
a Weekend College trimester
or summer session. For extension of an internship beyond
one term see the section of the
catalog under grading.
Augsburg's Service-Learning
program combines response to
human needs in the community
with a conscious awareness
and understanding of issues,
reflection and educational
growth. Augsburg students
learn from and about the
community and society in
which they live by participating in orientation sessions,
direct service-learning activities and seminars or class
discussions. Through direct
service, such as volunteering at
a homeless shelter, tutoring,
building housing for low
income people or working with
environmental groups, students
engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach
which employs reciprocal
learning between the student(s)
and the community. Service
Learning includes courseimbedded community service,
tutoring, internships, cooperative education, and a wide
range of volunteer options.
COMPUTER
LAB
Students have access to over
125 on-campus computer
systems, including 50 personal
computers in a main computer
center, 24 personal computers
in the residence halls (available
24 hours a day), plus another
25 computers located in the
general department offices and
the library. Faculty and staff
have over 450 computers on
campus.
A campus-wide computer
network offers a full range of
network services. Augsburg
College, a member of the
National Science Foundation's
Internet since 1990, is
connected to hundreds of
universities and other institutions in the U.S. and around the
world. Internet access and a
renewed focus on educational
technology allows Augsburg to
integrate these electronic
resources into many different
areas of the learning process.
CONTINUING
EDUCATION
PROGRAM
Augsburg College offers
selected courses through
Continuing Education.
Inquiries should be addressed
to the Office of the Associate
Academic Dean.
DAYPROGRAM
The day program offers a wide
variety of majors and courses.
If Weekend College students
are interested in taking courses
in the day program they must
follow the cross-over guidelines.
ship as a process, promotes
productivity within and
beyond the organization and
works toward progress.
GRADUATE
PROGRAMS
The Master of Social Work at
Augsburg offers two concentrations: Family Practice and
Program Development, Policy
and Administration. In the
Family Practice concentration,
students concentrate on
empowering the family
nurturing systems from a
developmental and holistic
perspective.
Augsburg College offers three
graduate degree programs: the
Master of Arts in Leadership,
the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and the
Master of Social Work.
The Master of Arts in
Leadership program is based
on the subject matter and
approaches of the traditional
liberal arts. This cross-disciplinary program directs its
academic content and pedagogical approaches at
situations, issues and problems
relevant to organizational
leaders. Augsburg's program
recognizes that today's leaders
need broad-spectrum abilities
to provide them with a more
comprehensive understanding
of their world.
The Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership program
values the role that good
educators play in the lives of
students, and operates from
the belief that educators need
to exercise leadership within
the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher.
The program promotes leader-
LIBRARY
AND AUDIOVISUALSERVICES
A relaxed atmosphere, a
helpful staff and friendly
student library assistants make
the library a favorite place to
study and do research. The
main library houses over
175,000 books, journals,
records and microfilms.
Music, chemistry and art
history slide libraries are
located within the departmental areas.
A service-oriented staff provides
students with assistance to meet
diverse information needs
including instruction in the use
of the library, a reference service
and guidance in pursuing
research. Students have access
to a wide variety of local,
regional, national and intemational databases.
Students have access via a
computerized on-line catalog
and daily courier service to all
the library holdings of the
seven private liberal arts
colleges of the Twin Cities
and the James J. Hill
Reference Library.
The Library Audio-Visual
Center houses a large collection of sound recordings, video
tapes and films, and supplies
media equipment free of charge
for instructional use. Audio and
video tape duplication within
the limits set by copyright law
is available. Fees are charged
for the production of transparencies and posters as well as
for lamination. The Center
supplies television sets, VCRs,
video cameras, video editing,
tape recorders, microphones,
slide, overhead, filmstrip,
opaque and movie projectors as
well as screens and carts. Film
bibliographies and advice on
materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in
broadcasting are located in the
Center.
3M AUGSBURG
COOPERATIVE
PROGRAM
Admission, advising, and
coordination services for 3M
cooperative Chemistry,
Computer Science and Physics
majors are provided through
the Weekend College and the
Continuing Education Offices.
AMERICAN
INDIAN
SUPPORTPROGRAM
The American Indian Support
Program, located at 620 21st
Avenue South, is a multifaceted office established to
recruit and retain American
Indian students. Components
of the program are as follows:
American Indian Support
Services
This program assists in admissions procedures, financial aid
procedures (including BIA),
tribal and Minnesota Indian
State Scholarship applications,
orientation and registration,
course work selection,
Individual Education Plans,
academic advising, career counseling, employment, community
and professional referrals,
internships, student housing and
crisis intervention. This
program also supports the
Intertribal Student Union
(ITSU).
Intertribal Student Union
ITSU serves as a peer support
group for incoming and
currently enrolled American
Indian Students. ITSU also
organizes and co-sponsors
cultural events.
Minnesota Indian Teacher
Training Partnership
MNIlTP is a cooperative effort
between Augsburg College and
the Minneapolis Public School
District, intended to increase
the number of American Indian
teachers in the Minneapolis
public schools. Funded by the
Minnesota State Legislature in
1990, this project is designed
as a special grant and loan
forgiveness program. Students
who are awarded state teaching
licensure may then apply for
loan forgiveness. For each year
the student teaches, one-fifth of
the loan will be forgiven.
Anishinabe Library Project
The Library houses over 1,000
books, a variety of journals
and scholarly publications,
research materials, American
Indian magazines and newspapers and over 125 VHS
videos. The library project
offers both a historical and
contemporary perspective on
the cultures of various tribal
nations in the United States.
ASIANAMERICAN
SUPPORT PROGRAM
The Asian American Support
Program was created to recruit
and retain Asian American
students and to enhance the
quality of their total experience
while at Augsburg College.
The program provides assistance in the admissions and
financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and course work
selection, career development,
academic and nonacademic
difficulties, and employment
and placement referrals.
The Asian American
Association is affiliated with
the Support Program. The
Association carries out various
activities during the academic
year to increase the network of
friendship and support for
Asian American and other
students at Augsburg.
BLACKSTUDENT
SUPPORT PROGRAM
The Black Student Affairs
Office (BSA), located at 620
21st Avenue South, is
committed to enhancing the
educational and personal
development of students of
African descent, and to
promote cultural and historical
awareness, academic achievement and social interaction.
BSA sponsors events and
activities, such as celebrating
Martin Luther King's birthday,
Afrikana History Month, Each
One Reach One mentoring
program, and Augsburg Black
Alumni Council gatherings.
The Pan-Afrikan Student
Union (PASU) provides
support to students, including
a schedule of social and
cultural activities. The headquarters is in the BSA Office.
HISPANIC/LATINO
SUPPORTPROGRAM
The HispanicILatino Support
Program offers students individualized attention in many areas,
including academic support,
counseling and advocacy.
This program assists students
with admissions and financial
aid procedures, orientation and
registration, academic planning,
career counseling, housing,
internships and employment
and placement referrals.
The program advises the
Latino Student Association
and supports academic, social
and cultural events, and other
activities that improve the
academic and personal devel-
opment of HispanicILatino
students and provides awareness of the unique aspects of
the Hispanic culture.
WEEKEND
COLLEGE
OFFICE
The Weekend College Office
provides a variety of services
for current and prospective
students including: admission,
academic program advising,
registration for Weekend
College students, coordination
of mail registration, orientation
of new students, seminars and
special events.
OFF~CE
OF THE
REGISTRAR
The Office of the Registrar
maintains the primary academic record of all Augsburg
students. Services provided
include: processing loan deferments, enrollment verification,
providing copies of the official
transcripts, sending out grade
reports and processing Weekend
College and day school
program cross-registration.
S T U D E N T
BUSINESS
OFFICE
Services provided by the
Business Office are: check
cashing, change of billing
address, student account information, adjustments to student
accounts, account payments,
account history copies, credit
refund requests and collection.
FINANCIAL
AID
Student Financial Services
provides the following financial assistance: processing
grants, loan checks, loans,
financial aid advising and
scholarships.
CAMPUSMINISTRY
As a college of the church,
Augsburg is concerned about
spiritual as well as academic
and social growth. The
College's concern for spiritual
growth is evident in the
encouragement and opportunities for students to explore
their own faith.
Because the campus is
comprised of individuals from
many different religious and
cultural backgrounds, worship
life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness
of tradition. Bible studies,
growth groups, outreach teams
and community outreach
opportunities, retreats, peace
and justice forums, concerts
and gatherings are examples
of the wide variety of activities on campus.
The College Pastor and
Campus Ministry staff have
offices in the Foss, Lobeck
and Miles Center and are
available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support and
information. Chapel services
are held for Weekend College
students on class Saturdays.
CENTER
FOR
COUNSELING
AND
HEALTH
PROMOTION
Counseling/Support
Croups
Individual and group activities
are available to students who
wish to work on a personal
growth interest or concern or
who simply want to have the
experience of being in a
support group of people who
share some similar characteristics and/or interests. Services
include individual counseling,
group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and
referral, workshops, and
consultation and outreach.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a
wide spectrum of activities
and events that increase
awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new
behaviors for a healthier
lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various
campus agencies to foster
positive change within the
campus environment.
Professional staff offer private
consultations, individual
assessments, and group workshops to accommodate the
needs of students.
Health Service
Riverside University Family
Practice Clinic serves as the
Augsburg College Health
Service and is a family practice residency clinic affiliated
with the University of
Minnesota. The clinic is
located one block from
campus at 2615 Franklin
Avenue South. Office visits
for illness and injury are free
for all Augsburg students.
Students must check family
health coverage to determine
if they are included; if they are
not, contact the Vice President
for Student Affairs office for
information regarding student
health insurance.
The Commons
Situated on the top floor of the
Christensen Center, this is the
main food service facility for
students, faculty and staff.
Murphy's
Located on the ground floor of
the Christensen Center,
Murphy's features grill items,
pizza, soups and salads,
desserts and beverages, and is
open weekdays and during
class weekends.
GRAPHICS
Services for students include
offset printing and copying.
direction of the Theater Arts
Department and have the
opportunity to attend a series
of on-campus workshops with
visiting arts professionals.
Intercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate
Athletic Conference (MIAC)
and is a member of the
National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division
111. Men annually compete in
football, soccer, cross country,
basketball, hockey, wrestling,
baseball, tennis, track and
field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball,
cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, softball,
golf and tennis.
Intramural Sports
Fine Arts
Students have many opportunities to participate in music
and drama. In addition to
appearing on campus and in
the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band and Orchestra
perform on national and international tours. Many other
ensembles cover the entire
range of musical styles and
previous musical experience.
Students stage several plays
on campus each year under the
Students may participate in
activities for recreation and
relaxation. The intramural
program provides competition
in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance
activities. Broomball has been
an especially popular coed
sport. Check schedules for
times when there is open use of
the gymnasium, fitness center,
ice arena and a new air dome
which offers a place to walk or
run during winter months.
Social, Cultural,
Recreational'
Throughout the year, a variety
of social and cultural activities
takes place on campus as well
as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances,
films, theme events, name
entertainment and visiting
personalities in various fields.
Weekend College Student
Union
Weekend College Student
Union (WECSU) is a student
organization whose primary
focus is presenting social,
recreational and entertainment
programming relevant to the
Weekend College population.
Membership is open to all
students.
Weekend College Advisory
Network
Weekend College Advisory
Network (WECAN) is a chartered organization open to all
students which has a mission
statement to help further
professional and personal goals
through organizing and sponsoring seminars and workshops.
S T U D E N T
RESOURCES
Student Affairs
The Student Affairs Division
is comprised of a variety of
programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing
and enhancing students'
educational experience and the
academic programs of
Augsburg College.
Student Government
Through student government
students secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and faculty, and
provide input into the decision-making process at
Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs
student activities, protects
student rights and provides the
means for discussions and
action on all issues pertaining
to student life at Augsburg.
Student government is organized into the executive
branch, the legislative branch
and the judicial branch.
Representatives from the
Weekend College are elected
each year. Eleven Weekend
College representatives and
one Weekend College
President comprise the
Weekend College delegation.
Many kinds of involvement
are possible - program planning, writing, editing or
service opportunities. If you
want to get involved, contact
the President or VicePresident of the Student Body
in their offices in the lower
level of the Christensen
Center.
Student Guide
Augsburg publishes its policies and procedures in the
Student Guide which is available to every student. Included
are the Academic Honesty
Policy, Policy on Sexual
Harassment and Violence,
Disciplinary Policy and
Procedure, and the Grievance
Policy and Procedure.
Students wishing to obtain a
Student Guide may contact the
Student Life office.
Student standards of
behavior, complaints,
records
The College has adopted a
statement of standards for
student behavior and has
provided for due process in
matters of disciplinary action,
grievances and grade appeal.
The College operates in
compliance with the Family
Rights and Privacy Act.
Students have the right to
inspect certain official records,
files and data which pertain to
them and which are maintained
in the Office of the Registrar
and the Placement Office, and
to challenge inaccurate or
misleading information.
Persons seeking additional
information on these topics
should contact the Vice
President for Student Affairs
Office.
A
ugsburg College
constructs its
curriculum upon the
premise that students must be
educated as fully human
persons - intellectually, spiritually and physically. To act
effectively, human beings must
have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have
come as well as the world in
which they live. By providing
courses in the humanities,
natural sciences and social
sciences, the liberal arts
perspectives introduce students
to the breadth and complexity
of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion
are designed to acquaint
students with the Christian
tradition and encourage them
to reflect upon the importance
and meaning of spirituality in
their lives. Recreation courses
offer students the opportunity
to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting
activities.
Students are encouraged to
consult frequently with their
advisers to ensure that all
requirements are met for
graduation. A comprehensive
explanation for the General
Education Curriculum may be
found in the Augsburg College
general catalog.
C RADUATION
REQUIREMENTS
The following are the requirements for a baccalaureate
degree:
1) Fulfillment of entry level
skill requirements in these
areas: Math Placement,
Critical Thinking, Writing
(ENG 1 11 Effective
Writing or equivalent),
Reading, Word Processing
2) Completion of a major.
3) Completion of courses that
fulfill the following Liberal
Arts Perspective
requirements:
Human Identity (one
course)
Aesthetics (one course)
Christian Faith and Values
(three courses, or as
adjusted for juniortsenior
transfer status)
The City (one course or
community service1
internship experience)
A single course may fulfill
one perspective only.
Only one course from a
department may be used to
fulfill a single category, except
Christian Faith, language and
a year long science sequence
for Natural World.
No more than three courses
from any one department may
fulfill perspectives.
4) Completion of courses that
fulfill the following
Graduation Skills:
Social World (two courses
from different departments)
Writing (two courses, one
within the major)
Western Heritage (two
courses from different
departments)
Critical thinking (one
course)
Intercultural Awareness
(one course)
Language Levels 1 and 2
(two courses of the same
language)
Natural World (two courses
from different departments)
Speaking (one course)
Quantitative reasoning (one
course)
These courses must be
completed with a minimum
grade of 2.0 or P. These
requirements may be met with
courses in the major or by
perspectives.
Noie: A course may saiisb boih a major or minor requiremeni, a perspeciive and a gradualion skill requiremen,.
5) Demonstration of proficiency in two Lifetime
Sports
6 ) Achievement of a Math
Placement Group score of
I11
The following requirements
also must be met to graduate:
1) Completion of 33 course
credits
11 of these must be Upper
Division (numbered 300
and above); no more than
13 courses may be in any
one department with the
exception of Accounting,
Nursing and Social Work.
2) Maintenance of a minimum
grade point average
A minimum GPA of 2.0 for
most majors is necessary to
graduate. A grade point
average of 2.0 is required
both in overall courses
taken and in courses which
apply toward the major.
Some majors, licensure and
certification require higher
grades in each course or a
higher grade point average.
(For example, see
Licensure in Education,
Nursing, Social Work. See
departmental section for
details).
3) Residency
Seven of the last nine
credits must be completed
at Augsburg. No less than a
total of nine credits are to
be taken at Augsburg
College. Contact the
Registrar if an offical interpretation is needed.
4) Maximums--no more than:
Two courses by independent1
directed study
Four courses of Internship
Eight course credits with a
grade of Pass (P)
Nontraditional grading (P)
also has these limits: two in
the major, except
Elementary Education and
Nursing; one in the minor,
if approved by the department chairperson.
Students who enter an academic program with a
baccaulareate or higher degree
should contact the Registrar's
Office about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the
equivalent of a major.
The responsibility for meeting
all degree requirements rests
with the student. Academic
advisers, department chairpersons, the Assistant to the Dean
for Academic Advising and
the Registrar are available for
counsel and assistance in
program planning.
Each student must apply for
graduation. Students should
apply at the start of their last
academic year to confirm
remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are
available in the Registrar's
Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and
verified in the Registrar's
Office prior to the anticipated
date of graduation (there may
be no incomplete courses or
open courses on the academic
record). See the separate
section on Graduation With
Distinction on page 34 to learn
about requirements for these
honors.
POLICIES
AND
PROCEDURES
REGISTRATION
Registration consists of two
parts:
Scheduling (choosing
classes) - A student
reserves a space in classes
for each trimester by
completing a schedule form.
Scheduling can be done in
advance of payment.
Payment (confirmation of
schedule) - A student who
has scheduled courses must
then confirm that schedule
by paying. Dates and deadlines for scheduling and
payment are listed in detail
in the Weekend College
catalog supplement.
SOME IMPORTANT
ON
POINTS
REGISTRATION:
A student must be registered
for a course in order to
receive course credit for it.
A student in Weekend
College is considered fulltime if they register for two
courses per trimester (or 2.5
if receiving a Minnesota
State Student Grant).
Students are responsible for
obtaining registration materials from the Weekend
College Office.
A student who has not paid
or made partial payment
prior to the first day of
classes is not registered for
their course(s). The student
may register and confirm the
first class weekend, but late
fees will apply and their
space in the course(s) will
not be held.
CROSSOVER
POLICY
It is expected that Weekend
College students complete
their degree requirements in
the Weekend College
schedule; however, students
may take a course in the day
schedule as a crossover. A
Weekend College student
wishing to attend a day
schedule course, or a day
student wishing to attend a
course in Weekend College,
must schedule at the Office of
the Registrar. Students taking
courses in both the day
program and Weekend
College program schedules
which total three or more
courses on any given date will
be charged comprehensive day
program tuition. A Weekend
College student taking one day
schedule course and who has
fewer than three total courses
will be charged the current
part-time tuition for day
school.
Students will also follow these
guidelines:
Students may cross over for
one full courselcredit per
term.
The course selected must
have space availability.
Weekend College students
may not cross over to attend
ACTC (Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities) courses,
except when required by the
major to do so.
Courses cross-listed in the
Weekend College schedule
and the day schedule are not
subject to cross over policy.
Contact the Office of the
Registrar for more information
on the crossover policy.
WITHDRAWING
FROM
COURSES
Students may drop (also
referred to as canceling or
withdrawing) a particular
course by completing a
CancelIAddlChange of
Registration form at the Office
of the Registrar before the
deadline (published in the
Weekend College Catalog
Supplement). Dropping a class
will result in a "W" for withdrawal on an official academic
record. Students are urged not
to abandon courses for which
they are registered because
this may result in a failing
grade on their official academic record. The refund
schedule is listed on page 14.
Note: A student may withdraw
after the refund schedule has
expired.
WITHDRAWAL
FROM
COLLEGE
Students who do not intend to
continue at Augsburg must file
a Withdrawal from College
form at the Office of the
Registrar. This is not necessary if the student is taking a
term off; however, Weekend
College students who do not
attend courses for three
consecutive trimesters
(excluding summer) are
considered inactive and must
file an Application for
Re-admission form with the
Office of the Registrar in
order to resume their academic
program. Students are responsible for keeping the Office of
the Registrar informed of their
mailing address.
SYLLABUS
A syllabus is a course outline
written by the instructor which
may include a course description
and objectives, required text@),
course schedule, grading criteria
and assignments. A syllabus is
especially important in Weekend
College because it advises the
student of any assignment due
the first class weekend. Students
are responsible for picking up
the course syllabus at the times
published in The Weekender,
the Weekend College informational publication.
EVALUATIONAND
C RADI NG
Student achievement in
courses is measured primarily
by final examinations. Shorter
tests, written papers, oral
reports and other types of
evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with
grading options - traditional
grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or
the Pass/No Credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0
or better and N means no
credit and a grade of less than
2.0. Students who choose the
PIN option are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade
of P, a student must achieve
at least a grade of 2.0.
Some graduate and professional schools do not look
favorably on a large number
of P-graded courses, or rank
each as a "C".
P-graded courses do not
count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally
graded course credits be
earned at Augsburg in order
to be considered for graduation with distinction.
Transfer students should be
especially aware of this
requirement.
See PIN limitations under
Graduation Requirements on
page 28.
Note: Certain courses are
offered on one grading system
only (e.g., Lifetime Sports are
graded PIN only).
In courses where there is a
choice, students will be graded
on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their
registration that they wish to
use the PIN grading option.
Any changes in choice of
grading system must be made
according to dates published
each term. A fee is charged for
any changes made after the
first five days of classes.
NUMBER
GRADES
Number grades are used with
these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest
standards of excellence
3.0 Achieves above basic
course standards
2.0 Meets basic standards for
the course
1.0 Performance below basic
course standards
0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the
course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No
credit) are not computed in the
grade point average.
An incomplete grade (I) may
be given only in the case of
extreme emergency. To
receive an incomplete grade, a
student must receive permission of the instructor; must file
a form stating the reasons for
the request, the work required
to complete the course, the
plan and date for completing
the work, and comments from
the instructor; and must gain
the approval of the Registrar.
If permission is granted, the
necessary work must be
completed in enough time to
allow evaluation of the work
by the instructor and filing of
a grade before the final day of
the following trimester. If the
work is not completed by that
date, the grade for the course
becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent
Studies and Directed Studies
may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is
the case, they must be
completed by the grading
deadlines within one year
from the beginning of the first
term of registration. A grade
of X is given by the instructor
to indicate that the study is
extended. It is expected that
students given X extensions
will continue to communicate
with their instructors and
demonstrate that satisfactory
progress is being maintained.
A final grade will be issued at
the end of the term in which
the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than
one year). An instructor has
the option of not giving an X
where satisfactory progress is
not demonstrated.
A course in which a grade of
0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, or N has been
received may be repeated for
credit. Courses in which
higher grades have been
earned may not be repeated
for credit and a grade, but may
be audited. All courses taken
and grades earned each term
remain on the academic
record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated
courses, are counted toward
graduation and in the grade
point average.
AUDITINGCOURSES
Students who wish to take
courses without credit or grade
may do so by registering for
Audit (V). The charge for
auditing is listed in the current
year's Weekend College
Catalog Supplement. The
signature of the instructor is
required to register an audit.
Students who audit a course
should confer with the
instructor two weeks prior to
the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance and any other
requirements. If expectations
have been met, the course will
be listed on the transcript as
having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the
course will be listed with a
grade of W (Withdrawn).
GRADEPOINTAVERAGE ACADEMIC
PROGRESS,
PROBATION
AND
The grade point average
(GPA) is based on final grades
DISMISSAL
for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and
grade points for work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the PIN
grading option are recorded,
but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the
GPA is:
-
GPA Total grade points
divided by number of credits
taken.*
* Using traditionally graded
course credits only.
CLASSIFICATION
Students are classified in
August and at the end of the
Fall Trimester.
Sophomores - Seven credits
completed.
Juniors - 16 credits completed.
Seniors - 24 credits completed.
The College requires that
students maintain the
following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman - A student who
has taken fewer than seven
credits with a cumulative GPA
of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore - A student who
has taken fewer than 16
credits with a cumulative GPA
of 1.7 or higher
Junior - A student who has
taken fewer than 24 credits
with a cumulative GPA of 1.9
or higher
Senior - A student who has
taken 24 or more credits with
a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or
higher.
It should be noted that a
minimum GPA of 2.0 is
required for graduation with
certain majors requiring a
higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic
achievement falls below these
guidelines will either be placed
on scholastic probation at the
end of the term, will be
continued on probation or, will
be dismissed from the College.
In addition, a freshman who
receives two zero grades or a
sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered
for probation or dismissal.
However, dismissal from the
College is not automatic. Each
case is reviewed by the
Committee on Student
Standing. Evidence of the
student's commitment to academic progress is the major
consideration in deciding
whether or not to dismiss a
student. Those on probation
who voluntarily withdraw from
the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have
special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed
from probation when the
cumulative GPA reaches the
minimum level stated above.
Students placed on probation
as freshmen for having earned
two zero grades may be
removed from probation if
their classification changes to
sophomore, if they have not
earned additional zero grades,
and if their cumulative GPA
reaches 1.7. Students placed
on probation as sophomores
for having earned three zero
grades may be removed from
probation if their classification
changes to junior and their
cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right
to dismiss any student who
does not meet the guidelines
stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may
appeal the decision within 10
days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
DEAN'S
LIST
The Dean's List is compiled
after each trimester, listing
students whose grade point
average for a trimester is 3.5
or better. Students must be
full-time (a minimum two full
course credits for a Weekend
College student), graded on
the traditional grading system,
with no incompletes in courses
offered for credit. If permission is given by the student, an
announcement is sent to the
hometown newspaper of each
student on the Dean's List.
GRADUATION
WITH
DISTINCTION
Graduation with Distinction is
determined as follows:
Summa cum laude - 3.8 to
4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude - 3.6 up to
but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude - 3.3 up to but
not including 3.6 cumulative
GPA
To qualify for graduation with
distinction, transfer students
must have completed two
years (14 traditionally graded
credits) of work at Augsburg.
ASSESSMENT
OF
PREVIOUS
LEARNING
(APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes
that learning can and does take
place in many life situations.
Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that
compose the academic
program of a liberal arts
college. The Assessment of
Previous Learning (APL)
program at Augsburg
provides a means by which a
student's previous learning,
other than that which is transferred from another accredited
institution, may be presented
for examination for possible
credit toward the completion
of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life
experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at
a liberal arts college. Such
learning must meet two essential criteria: 1) it is relevant to
course work in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal
arts curriculum and 2) it can
be objectively demonstrated
either by comprehensive
examination or committee
evaluation.
The APL program at
Augsburg provides several
means by which students may
have their previous learning
assessed for credit recognition.
The following is a brief
description of each of these
means of assessment:
The College Level
Examination Program
(CLEP)
This is a series of standardized
tests which have been developed by the College Board
and are offered to students for
a small fee at regional testing
centers. (The regional testing
center for this area is the
University of Minnesota.)
Students who score at or
above the 65th percentile on a
subject examination may
receive academic credit for
that subject at Augsburg
College. Additional information about CLEP tests is
available from the Office of
the Registrar.
Departmental
Comprehensive Exams
These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for
previous learning if the
following conditions are met:
There is a departmental
instrument available for the
subject area in question.
There is a faculty member
designated by the department to administer the
exam.
The Registrar approves the
student's request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on
a passlno credit basis only,
and there is a charge per
exam of $485.00 for a full
course credit.
The Credit Assessment
Program (CAP)
This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty
committee completes a credit
evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student.
The faculty committee is
composed of a representative
from the Office of the
Registrar and two faculty
members from fields of study
directly related to the student's
previous learning.
Informational meetings and
consultation are provided for
students who wish to prepare a
portfolio of previous learning
for credit assessment. This
may include a personal
meeting with the CAP
committee. In completing the
evaluation of a student's
previous learning, the CAP
committee applies the
following criteria:
There is documentable
evidence of a cognitive
component in the previous
learning experience that
involved prescribed andlor
systematic study of content
material found within liberal
arts course work.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals
in addition to the presenting
student.
The learning lends itself to
both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to
the student's educational
goals.
The learning and skills
involved are current and
could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the
credit assessment process after
completing at least four
courses of academic work at
Augsburg College with a
cumulative Augsburg GPA of
at least 2.5. It is strongly
recommended that the process
not be used when four or
fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application
deposit to initiate the credit
assessment process, and a
charge for each semester
credit applied to the student's
transcript if credit is approved.
Transcript credit will be
granted on the basis of
semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will
be divided by four to determine the number of course
credits applied to graduation.
These credits will be recorded
with the course number of
CAP 2xx. Application of this
credit toward the Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements,
Upper Division requirements,
and academic majors and
minors may be subsequently
addressed by the departments
involved in response to a
formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted
for Previous Learning
While Augsburg College
recognizes the validity of
learning that takes place
outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be
placed in the context of formal
study in campus-based liberal
arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg places a maximum
of eight courses (one-fourth of
a baccalaureate degree) on
transcript credit that is
obtained through previous
experiential learning. In
compiling the eight courses of
credit for previous experiential
learning, the student may use
any combination of the three
assessment processes available
in the APL program: CLEP
exams, departmental exams
and credit granted through
CAP Committee assessment.
Lifetime Sports Assessment of Previous
Learning (APL) Program
Students in the Weekend
College may complete one or
both of the two required graduation skills of Lifetime
Sports through the APL
process. The Lifetime Sports
graduation skills are non-academic courses and no credit is
earned by their completion;
however, fulfillment of two
Lifetime Sports is necessary to
graduate. There is a fee for
each Lifetime Sport completed
by APL. Additional information about Lifetime Sport APL
is available from the Weekend
College Office.
A C A D E M I C
-
M A J O R S
M A J O R S
~gsbargWeekend
CaiIege s t d e n ra may
deer #om 12 +?parate
A
majors, several with a number
of career concentrations. A
minor is available in several of
these academic areas as well as
in Sociology, American Indian
Studies and Women's Studies
(see page 55 for details).
ACCOUNTING
- ACC
The major in accounting
prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related
positions. This major has two
tracks: General Accounting
and Professional Accounting.
The General Accounting
specialization is adequate for a
wide variety of positions. The
Professional Accounting track
includes two specializations:
public accounting and
managerial accounting. The
public accounting spccialization is recommended for
positions with CPA firms. The
managerial accounting specialization is recornmended for
positions with large or rapidlygrowing companies.
Thc two professional specializations rclate to two
professional dcsignations: the
CPA and the CMA. A CPA
(Ccrtificd Public Accountant)
focuses on cxtcrnal reporting;
a CMA (Ccrtificd Management
Accountant) focuscs on
internal reporting. The public
accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the
managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the CMA exam.
Designations have an experi-
ence requirement in addition
to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of
Accountancy, Accounting
majors in the public accounting
specialization are qualified to
sit for the CPA examination
during their last semester.
Accounting Core:
14 courses including:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for
Business
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting I1
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301
Business Law
BUS 331
Financial Management
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
BUS
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and
Practice I1
The major in Business
Administration prepares
students for professional careers
in business administration or
for graduate studies. The four
specializations within this
major share a common business
core. This common core
provides students with a broad
foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in
interests and goals and to
external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
(It is recommended that
students take the courses in
the sequence given above.)
Specialization in General
Accounting:
No additional courses required.
Business Core
10 courses including:
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301
Business Law
BUS 331
Financial Management
Specialization in
Marketing
Business core plus 3 courses:
BUS 352
Marketing Research and
Analysis
BUS 355
Marketing Communications or
BUS 357
Advertising
Specialization in Public
Accounting:
Accounting core plus:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ACC 423
Auditing
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for
Business
Specialization in
Managerial Accounting:
Accounting core plus:
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
BUS 440
Operations Management
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 465
International Management
BUS 242
Principles of Management
MIS 376
Project Management or
ECO 318
Management Science
ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit
MIS 375
Management Information
Systems in the Organization
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Specialization in
Management
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Specialization in Finance
Business core plus 4 courses:
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and
Practice I
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and
Practice
BUS 438
Investment Theory
and one of the following:
ECO 31 1
Public Finance
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 315
Money and Banking
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
Specialization in
International Business
Business core plus 4 courses:
BUS 362
International Business
BUS 465
International Management
BUS 466
International Marketing
and one Upper Division
course in International
Business or
International Economics
Students must also complete
three semesters of a foreign
language (or equivalent).
Contact the International
Business Coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other configurations.
Minor in Business
Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC
221 and 222, BUS 242 and
252, BUS 331 or MIS 379.
The minor is automatically completed while completing a major
in Accounting or Management
Information Systems (MIS).
COMMUNICATION
SPC
Our quality of life, both
personally and professionally,
depends in large part upon the
quality of our communication.
A Communication major at
Augsburg is designed to
enhance understanding of
communication in a variety of
contexts and to improve
communication skills.
Since careers in communication
demand a broad educational
background, the Department
strongly encourages a second
major or two minors in fields
such as business, economics,
English, history, international
relations, political science,
psychology, religion, social
work or sociology.
The Augsburg Communication
major focuses on competency
in both speech and writing, as
well as effective use of media.
Since the study and practice of
communication is grounded in
both the humanities and the
social sciences, majors are
encouraged to include such
related subjects as aesthetics,
ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics and research
methods in their programs.
All Communication majors
must complete a core group of
seven required courses, supplemented by five electives in one
of the following concentrations: public relations and
advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or
supervisory management.
Prospective majors should meet
with a departmental adviser as
early as possible to design an
approved major program,
preferably by the end of the
sophomore year. Majors in
Communication are candidates
for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Communication Core
Seven courses including:
SPC 111
Public Speaking
SPC 351
Argumentation
SPC 352
Persuasion
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
and one of the following:
ENG 223
Writing for Business and the
Professions
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENG 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
ENG 227
Journalism
In addition, 5 courses must be
completed within one of the
following concentrations:
Public Relations and
Advertising
Students interested in the Public
Relations emphasis are strongly
urged to take ENG 227
(Journalism) as part of the major.
ART 132
Photography
ART 224
Publication Design
ART 225
Visual Communications I
ART 230
Visual Communications I1
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
SPC 399
Internship
SPC 480
Public Relations/Promotional
Communications
Marketing
Communications
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
BUS 450
Marketing Management
SPC 399
Internship
SPC 480
Public Relations/Promotional
Communications
M A J O R S
Human Relations
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for
Business
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
SOC 231
Family Systems: A CrossCultural View
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender,
and Race
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
SOC 375
Social Psychology
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
SPC 399
Internship
SPC 399
Internship
Minor in Communication
Six courses including SPC
11 1, POL 342, SPC 351 or
SPC 352, SPC 354, SPC 345 or
SPC 355, and any one of the
following: ENG 223,225,226,
or 227.
SPC 480
Public Relations/Promotional
Communications
Prospective minors must obtain
prior approval from a communication faculty adviser.
Supervisory Management
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Note: For transfer students, at
least three of these six courses
must be Upper Division
courses offered at Augsburg.
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
BUS 440
Operations Management
COMPUTER
SCIENCE CSC
The Augsburg Computer
Science Department strives to
give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in
computer science. The
computer science curriculum
places emphasis on networks,
communications, and the use
of computers as an information
access tool. The course work
provides students a strong base
in computer science, with
emphasis on concepts rather
than on applications.
Some courses may need to be
taken in an evening schedule.
Students should meet with a
faculty adviser as soon as possible
to plan their course of study.
Computer Science Major
- Bachelor of Arts
11 courses including:
CSC 160
Introduction to Computing and
Communications
CSC 170
Structured Programming
CSC 210
Data Structures
CSC 320
Algorithms
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
CSC 340
Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer
Science (may be repeated once)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 499
Independent Study
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer
Science (may be repeated once)
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and
Behavioral Sciences
And two courses, at least one
of which is Upper Division,
from:
CSC 270
FORTRAN
CSC 271
COBOL
CSC 272
UNIX and C
CSC 352
Data Base Management and
Design
CSC 399
Internship
CSC 445
Operating Systems and
Computer Architecture
CSC 450
Principles of Programming
Language
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC
160, 170,210,345, MAT 122
and one Upper Division
Computer Science course.
ECONOMICS- E C O
The Economics Department
offers a program which
stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative
analysis and an emphasis on
both national and international
issues. Students who graduate
with a major in the Economics
Department are well prepared
to continue their education in a
variety of fields or to work
successfully in the business
world and government because
of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 414
Welfare Economics
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for
Business
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
MAT 114
Elementary Functions or
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics or
MAT 122
Calculus for the the
Social and Behavior
Sciences
Three additional Upper
Division economics courses
Combined Major in
Economics/ Business
Administration:
Five economics courses
including:
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
ACADEMIC
M A J O R S
One other Upper Division
economics course
Six Accounting, Business
Administration, and MIS
courses including:
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 331
Financial Management or
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods
for Business and Economics
One other Upper Division
business course
Economics Minor
ECO 112, 113,312,313 and
one additional upper division
economics course. Other
configurations may be
permitted on consultation with
the department.
Note: Students who plan to
major in Economics are
strongly encouraged to meet
with a faculty advisor in the
department as soon as possible
in order to carefully plan their
program of study.
EDUCATION- EDE,
EDS, EDU
grade below 2.0 for an
Education program course
must be retaken.
Kindergarten-Elementary
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licensure programs
are offered for KindergartenElementary Education through
the Weekend College Program.
To be admitted to the Education
Department the student will
have achieved an overall 2.5
G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in
hisher major field. All professional courses with the exception
of Clinical Experience and
Student Teaching are available on
a weekend schedule. Clinical
Experience and Student Teaching
courses must be completed during
regular weekday hours in a K-6
classroom setting.
Introductory level courses
required for Licensure:
HPE 114
Safety Education (.5 course)
HPE 115
Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
HPE 116
Health Concepts for Educators
(.5 course)
SWK 260
Humans Developing
EDE 263
Clinical Experience (.5 course)
EDU 264
Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting (-5course)
Contact an Education
Department adviser for information in your field of study
and for an application for
admission to the Department of
Education. Students wanting K6 licensure must take EDE 375.
One college level mathematics
course
All students must apply for
acceptance into the Education
Department. The State of
Minnesota requires that the
Pre-Professional Skills Test
(PPST) be taken before beginning professional education
courses (those numbered in
the 300-400 level). Any course
EDE 350
Creating Learning
Environments (.5 course)
Professional level courses
required for Licensure:
EDU 341
Media Technology (.5 course)
EDE 351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 375
Discovery in the World of
Kindergarten (.5 course)
EDE 377
K-El Science (.25 course)
Academic Minor or second
major
EDE 379
K-El Art (.25 course)
Students must be admitted to
the Education Department
before they can be considered for
student teaching. Applications
for student teaching must be
submitted to the Education
Department by the published
deadlines.
EDE 380
K-El Music (.25 course)
EDE 382
K-El Mathematics (.5 course)
EDE 383
K-El Health, Physical
Education, First Aid
EDE 384
K-El Social Studies, Thematic
Studies (.5 course)
EDE 386
Children's Literature (.5 course)
EDE 387
Language Arts (.5 course)
EDU 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
EDE 48 1
Student Teaching
EDE 482
Student Teaching
EDE 483
Student Teaching
EDE 484
Student Teaching
Secondary Education
Licensure
In addition to KindergartenElementary, Augsburg
Weekend College grants
Secondary licensure in
English-Language Arts and in
Social Studies (only for
Economics, Psychology
majors, and History majors by
special arrangement with the
History department, unless the
student has a Bachelor's
Degree). To be admitted to the
Education Department the
student will have achieved an
overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5
G.P.A. in histher major field.
All professional courses with
the exception of Clinical
Experience and Student
Teaching are available on a
weekend schedule. Clinical
Experience and Student
Teaching courses must be
completed during regular
week day hours in a K- 12
classroom setting.
All students must apply for
acceptance into the Education
Department. The State of
Minnesota requires that the
PPST test be taken before
beginning professional education courses (those numbered
in the 300-400 level). Any
course grade below 2.0 for an
Education program course
must be retaken.
Secondary Education
Professional Courses
Introductory level courses
required for Licensure:
HPE 114
Safety Education (.5 course)
HPE 115
Chemical Dependency (-5 course)
HPE 116
Health Concepts for Educators
(.5 course)
EDU 210
Learning and Development in
an Educational Setting
EDS 252
Clinical Experience (.5 course)
EDU 264
Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting (.5 course)
ACADEMIC
M A J O R S
Professional level courses
required for Licensure:
EDU 341
Media Technology (.5 course)
Licensure in Social Studies
Students preparing to teach
Social Studies on the high
school level must complete:
HIS 222
20th Century U.S.
History (available in
Weekend College)
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas
(.5 course)
The professional requirements within the
Department of Education,
and
POL 158
Political Patterns and
Processes (available in
Weekend College)
A major in one of five
fields:
SOC 121
Introduction to Human
Society (available in
Weekend College)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments
EDU 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
EDS 478
School and Society
EDS 481
Student Teaching
EDS 482
Student Teaching
EDS 483
Student Teaching
EDS 484
Student Teaching
Special Methods in Licensure
Field
Students must be admitted to the
Education Department before
they can be considered for
student teaching. Applications
for student teaching must be
submitted to the Education
Department by the published
deadlines.
Economics (available in
Weekend College)
History (available in day
schedule or in Weekend
College by special arrangement with the History
department)
Political Science (available
in day schedule)
Psychology (available in
Weekend College)
Sociology (available in day
schedule), and
The Social Science core, a
competency program
designed to provide a broad
foundation in the social
sciences (6 courses):
ECO 112
Microeconomics (available
in Weekend College) or
ECO 113
Macroeconomics (available in Weekend
College)
SOC 336
Cultural Anthropology
(available in day schedule)
Human Geography (not
available in Weekend
College or day schedule)
Students considering a career in
Social Studies Education must
consult the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social
Studies Coordinator as soon as
possible in order to make full
use of their time at Augsburg.
Transfer students with a B.A. in
history or another major in the
social science field from another
college must take at least two
courses within their disciplinary
major or the social science core
at Augsburg (preferably Upper
Division). These courses must
be taken before the Department
can recommend a student for
student teaching.
History Major
Eight courses plus one
seminar. At least four of these
courses must be Upper
Division. A major must have at
least one course (either survey
or upper level) from each of
these four areas: Ancient and
Medieval; Modem Europe;
U.S; and non-Western.
HPE 489
Coaching Practicum ( . 5 )
Licensure in EnglishLanguage Arts
Students preparing to teach
English-Language Arts on the
high school level must complete,
in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within
the Department of Education, a
competency program designed to
provide a foundation in English.
Specific requirements for the
English-Language Arts licensure
program are outlined under the
English major in this catalog.
'Ihose who study English believe
that an intense concern for words,
ideas and images helps people
understand who they are and who
they can become. Writing helps
us clarify and share our thoughts.
Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of
English we see life's complexity,
experience life as some others do,
and understand better the world in
which we live and work.
Coaching Endorsement
Students interested in adding a
coaching endorsement must
complete these courses in
Physical Education:
HPE 353
Kinesiology and Physiology
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries (.5)
HPE 482
Coaching Theory of Sport
Individuals must hold a valid
Minnesota Teaching License
to qualify for the coaching
endorsement. Prerequisite:
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
ENGLISH- ENC
English relates closely to other
majors. With the other arts,
English is concerned with the
pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With
psychology and sociology, English
is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy,
English is interested in ideas and
the relation between meaning and
language. With science, English
is interested in discovering order
and determining sfructures. With
speech and communication,
English studies the effective use
of language. With history and
the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the
way people have acted and
thought at different times and
in different cultures.
Students with an English
major pursue careers in
elementary, secondary and
college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry,
library science, medicine,
advertising, public relations,
publishing, writing and other
professions and businesses.
English Major:
Nine courses above ENG 11 1,
including:
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
ENG 245
Introduction to Literature
One course in European
literature:
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to
Dante or
ENG 272
European Literature: From
the Renaissance to the
Modern Period
Two survey courses in British
literature from:
ENG 331
British Literature, Medieval to
Elizabethan
M A J O R S
ENG 336
British Literature, 17th and
18th Centuries
ENG 337
British Literature, the
Romantics and the Victorians
One Upper Division course in
American literature:
ENG 350
American Literature to 1920 or
ENG 35 1
American Literature
Since 1920
One 400-level course
Two additional electives.
Majors are encouraged to
consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student
with a double major or special
program that involves considerable work in the English
Department should also work
closely with an adviser in the
English Department.
Note: Transfer students must
take at least three of their
English courses at Augsburg.
English-Language Arts
Teaching Major: .
10 courses, including those
listed under the major, and:
ENG 345
Introduction to the English
Language
ENG 399
Internship in Teaching Writing
EDS 364
English Methods
and one course with a component in non-Western literature
(for example, ENG 361).
In addition, the ACTC courses
-Communications Skills in the
English Classroom and Teaching
Mass Media - are required.
Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are
recommended. Some of the
required courses, including the
internship, are not offered on
weekends. Students in this
program must work with advisers
in the English Department and
the Education Department in
order to meet the professional
requirements within the
Education Department as well as
requirements in the major.
Transfer students with a B.A.
in English from another college
must take at least two of their
English courses at Augsburg
(preferably Upper Division).
These courses must be taken
before the Department can
recommend a student for student
teaching. Students should
consult the English Department
chair soon after enrolling.
Minor:
Five courses above ENG 111
including ENG 245; an Upper
Division literature course; and
an additional writing course.
The English Placement Test:
A writing sample is required
of students to determine their
placement in an appropriate
writing class. Students who do
not show competence in
composition skills such as
stating and supporting a thesis,
organizing clearly, and
constructing paragraphs and
sentences are required to
enroll in ENG 101
Developmental Writing, where
they will receive more individual instruction than is
possible in ENG 1I I Effective
Writing. These students must
pass ENG 101 Developmental
Writing before enrolling in
ENG 1 1 1 Effective Writing.
Prerequisites
ENG 1 11 Effective Writing is
strongly recommended but not
a prerequisite for a Lower
Division literature course.
Prerequisite for an Upper
Division literature course is
ENG 245 andlor consent of
the instructor.
MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
(MIS)
The major in Management
Information Systems prepares
students for professional careers
in information systems. MIS
studies information systems as
both a resource and a tool for
decision-making. Students learn
to analyze and evaluate existing
systems and to design and
program new systems. MIS is an
extensive major (16 courses) and
includes courses from Computer
Science, Mathematics,
Economics, Business and
Accounting, as well as from MIS.
MIS Major
16 courses including:
A. Six courses in Economics,
Business and Accounting
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
BUS 242
Principles of Management
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
BUS 331
Financial Management
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting I1
B. Three courses in Mathematics
and Computer Science:
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
CSC 170
Structured Programming
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
and one of the following:
MIS 376
Project Management
and one of the following:
CSC 210
Data Structures
CSC 270
FORTRAN
CSC 271
COBOL
MIS 479
Advanced Quantitative
Methods for Business and
Economics
ECO 318
Management Science
CSC 272
UNIX and C
CSC 340
Introduction to Networking
and Communications
C. Seven courses in MIS
* MIS 175 is waived (without
credit) for students who do not
take MIS 175 and pass MIS
370. Students who pass MIS
370 without receiving credit
for MIS 175 (or a similar
course) and who desire academic credit (PIN grading) for
MIS 175 may obtain credit by
applying for an APL
(Assessment of Previous
Learning).
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for
Business * or
CSC 160
Introduction to Computing
and Communications
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for
Business or
CSC 352
Data Base Management
and Design
MIS 375
Management Information
Systems in Organizations
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Minor in MIS
MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 22 1,
BUS 242 or BUS 252, MIS 370
or CSC 352, MIS 375, ECO 113
and one of the following: MIS
376,475,479 or ECO 3 18.
NURSING
- NUR
The Augsburg Nursing
Program is designed exclusively for registered nurses
who want to increase their
opportunities in the health
care field.
The scope of nursing practice
is changing and expanding.
Nurses are being called on to
function in a variety of
settings that differ from those
in the past. Today nurses work
in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies,
schools and community organizations; some are
self-employed running their
own businesses. All of these
nurses provide comprehensive
health assessment for individuals from all cultures and
socioeconomic levels. From
helping parents have safe
deliveries of healthy infants to
coordinating home care for the
dying, nurses assist people
through their entire life span.
The Baccalaureate degree
equips the nurse with a
working knowledge of the
biological, physical, social,
behavioral and nursing
sciences. The nursing program
at Augsburg College also
provides the educational
opportunities to increase skills
in critical thinking, clinical
investigation and decisionmaking that prepare nurses to
handle challenging new positions in today's health care
field.
NUR 3.50
Introduction to Nursing
Research
Augsburg's nursing program,
leading to a Bachelor of
Science degree with a major in
Nursing, is accredited by the
National League for Nursing.
Graduates of the program are
eligible to apply for Public
Health Nurse registration in
Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible
to apply for School Nurse
certification.
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I:
Nursing of the Family
Nursing Major
Ten courses including:
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I:
Communication
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing 11:
Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
NUR 31 1
Community Health Nursing 11:
Practicum
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing 111:
Families
NUR 43 1
Leadership and Management:
Theory and Practice
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health
Care
Other requirements:
A minimum grade of 2.0
in each nursing course and
A cumulative GPA of 2.5 at
the completion of Level I
and Level I1 courses of
study are required. Students
also must complete
Augsburg's residence and
General Education
requirements.
Courses in the Nursing major
are offered on weekends with
clinical courses requiring additional weekday time. While
courses are designed so that
the major may be completed
within two years, more time
may be required to complete
the total course of study
depending on the number of
credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
Students interested in pursuing
the Nursing major should
consult with an adviser from
the Nursing Department for
program planning.
Nursing Honors Major:
Requires a GPA of at least 3.6
in the major and 3.3 overall;
application to the Department
Chairperson by Nov. 1 of the
senior year; recommendation
by Nursing faculty; honors
thesis to be defended before a
faculty committee by April 15.
(Candidates register for NUR
499 to complete the thesis.)
If the practicums in nursing
are not taken concurrently
with their respective theory
courses, students are required
to consult with faculty prior to
registration regarding review
of the theoretical content.
Nursing Program Entrance
Requirements
The following steps may be
taken in any order, but all
must be completed prior to
application for admission into
the Nursing Major:
1. Admission to Augsburg
College: Before you can
apply for the Nursing
Program, you must first be
admitted into Augsburg
College. All applicants must
present a high school
diploma or equivalent and a
2.0 GPA.
2. RN Licensure in Minnesota:
Applicant must be a registered nurse licensed in
Minnesota or be registered
to take the State Board
Exams prior to beginning at
Augsburg.
3. Prerequisite Course Content:
The following courses must
have been completed with a
GPA of 2.0 or better: chemistry, anatomy and
physiology, microbiology,
English composition, introductory sociology and
introductory psychology.
These courses may be taken
at Augsburg or at another
accredited college or
university.
4. Written Entrance Exam:
Applicants must validate
their theoretical knowledge
by taking the AD
Comprehensive written
exam. There is a fee for this
examination, which is given
at Augsburg through the
Department of Nursing.
Upon successful completion
of the validation testing,
credits for up to six courses
may be granted. Scores for
this test may be transferred.
5. Current Clinical Practice:
Applicants must give
evidence of current nursing
clinical practice (within the
past five years). This may
include: graduation from a
school of nursing (a
minimum overall GPA of
2.5 is required), work experience, or completion of a
nursing refresher course or
an acceptable equivalent.
PSYCHOLOGY
- PSY
Psychology, with its emphasis
on behavioral observation and
data, provides a perspective on
human activities which is an
integral part of liberal education.
The goal of the Psychology
program is the improved understanding of human behavior by
studying how people cope with
their environment and interact
with each other.
Psychologists use a variety of
methods to study behavior,
including experimentation,
observation and clinical case
analysis. Faculty members
have varied professional
specializations such as
counseling, physiological
psychology, human development, personality, social and
organizational psychology,
and analysis of public policy.
The Psychology program's
emphasis on the use of a
problem solving approach, the
acquisition of information
about human development and
interaction, and the development of human relations skills
can be beneficial in careers in
business, education and other
social services, the church
government, as well as in
careers such as research, law
and medicine.
Psychology Major
10 courses including:
PSY 102
Individual in a Social World or
PSY 105
General Psychology
PSY 230
Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis I
PSY 330
Research Methods: Design,
Procedure and Analysis I1
PSY 399
Internship
PSY 381
Psychology in Historical
Perspective or
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary
Issues
PSY 354
Perception and Cognition or
PSY 355
Brain and Behavior
PSY 325
Social Behavior or
PSY 359
Psychological
Assessment
Three additional Upper
Division psychology courses
Students should consult with
their adviser regarding these
major electives.
Note: A minimum of five
courses must be from
Augsburg. No more than two
courses from PSY 299, 399 or
499 may be counted. It is
recommended that Psychology
majors take additional course
work from other areas that will
complement and strengthen their
particular interests and skills in
psychology. All psychology
majors must have an adviser in
the Psychology Department.
Psychology Minor
Five courses including PSY
102 or 105, and four electives.
A minimum of two courses
must be from Augsburg. Not
more than two courses from
PSY 299,399 and 499 may be
counted toward the minor.
RELIGION- REL
Augsburg College understands
itself as a college of the church
and it is persuaded that the
Christian faith provides an
appropriate perspective from
which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith
and tradition of the Christian
Church have influenced the
whole world and they have
affected and continue to influence language, literature,
history, values and political
structures.
The student encounters this
religious tradition in studying
these and other areas. The
study of religion and theology
is intended to make such
encounters more meaningful
through a better knowledge of
biblical history and that of the
Christian Church, and by a
larger acquaintance with theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this
College is to the Christian
faith, it is also true that the
field of religion obviously
includes more than is represented by the Christian faith.
Large segments of the earth's
population live by religious
concepts and ideas which are
different from Christianity.
The Department of Religion
seeks to introduce students to
some of these major religious
traditions.
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 11 1
Introduction to Theology
REL 221
Biblical Studies
Other Requirements
Religion 11 1 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses and
is to be taken in either the
freshman or sophomore year
at Augsburg. Exceptions may
be made for junior or senior
transfer students, but the basic
courses are still highly recommended as preparation for
Upper Division courses.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
Department approval is necessary before courses taken at
other colleges can be accepted
for Religion Department
and/or general education
course credit.
REL 495
Seminar
All majors must consult with
the Department Chair.
Three additional Religion
courses
Completion of this major may
require enrollment in one or
more courses offered in an
evening weekday schedule.
REL 356
History of Religions
Note: Seminar, especially for
majors, should be taken in the
junior or senior year. Before
taking the seminar, each major
must have written one formal
research paper and placed it
on file with the Department
Chair.
Religion Minor
Five courses.
AcA
DEMI
c
M A J O R S
SOCIAL WORK
- SWK
The Social Work major
prepares graduates for entrylevel generalist professional
practice in the field of human
services. The program is
accredited by the Council on
Social Work Education and
leads to a Bachelor of Science
degree. The program is based
on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to
work with individuals, families, groups, communities and
to develop and analyze social
policy. Courses within the
program utilize a student
empowerment model for
teaching and learning.
Augsburg's social work major
also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a
variety of fields. Augsburg
also offers a full-time Master
of Social Work degree on a
weekend schedule.
Social Work Major
1 I core course:
SWK 361
Social Response to Human
Needs
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social
Work
SWK 364
Field Work I
SWK 365
Quantitative Analysis and
Program Evaluation
SOC 231
Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills
in Social Work
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and
Race
SWK 462
Field Work I1
A minimum grade of 2.0 is
required for each course in the
core program and a 2.0
average is required in the
supporting program.
SWK 463
Community Development and
Organization
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and
Development
SWK 466
Field Work I11
SWK 467
The Social Worker as
Professional
SWK 469
Field Work IV
Seven supporting courses:
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
SWK 260
Humans Developing
BIO 101
Human Biology
PSY 105
General Psychology
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
Students interested in Social
Work should begin their
program with the required
supporting courses. The
professional sequence will be
offered when a sufficient
number of students are ready
for that portion of the
program.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses including SWK
257 or department approved
alternative internship, SWK
260, SWK 361, SWK 463,
SOC 265 and one course from
SWK 465, POL 121, POL
158, POL 325.
ADDITIONAL
MINORS
In addition to minors offered
in Business, Communication,
Economics, English, MIS,
Psychology, Religion and
Social Welfare (listed under
each respective major),
Weekend College students are
able to complete minors in the
following areas:
American Indian Studies
The American Indian Studies
minor offers courses that
encompass the range of
American Indian contributions
to North American culture,
including art, religion, literature and history.
Requirements: Five courses
including INS 105 and at leas
one Upper Division course
from the list below. Indian
studies courses may also be
taken as part of majors or
minors in other academic
subjects or to meet general
education requirements.
Courses offered include:
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural
Perspective
INS 260
Contemporary American
Indians
INS 264
American Indians in the
Cinema
INS 320
American Indian Women
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
Sociology
Sociology is the study of society
as a whole and of human social
organization and groups. The
sociological perspective
provides a way to better
understand the social world
and how individuals come to
think and act as they do.
Requirements: Five courses
including SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
and two Upper Division sociology courses, at least one of
which must be taken at
Augsburg College.
Women's Studies
The program in Women's
Studies provides students with
the opportunity to critically
examine women's contributions and experience in various
historical and cultural contexts.
Requirements: Five courses
which must include INS 201
Foundations in Women's
Studies, three electives, one of
which must be Upper Division,
and INS 495 or 499. Each
student's program must have
the written approval of the
Women's Studies Coordinator.
Course options include:
ART 352
Women's Art History
ENG 282
Topics in Literature: Women
and Fiction
INS 201
Foundations in Women's
Studies
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural
Perspective
INS 320
American Indian Women
ENG 216
American Indian Literature
INS 49.5
Women's Studies Seminar
INS 105
Introduction to American
Indian Studies
INS 499
Independent Study
AITENDANCEPOLICY
It is expected that students
attend every class. If more
than one class meeting will be
missed, the student should not
register for the course. Some
faculty and courses require
100 percent attendance for a
student to earn a passing
grade. Most Weekend College
classes meet seven times
during a trimester plus Finals
Class Weekend. Some courses
meet for the entire period on
Finals Class Weekend.
Classes marked with an
asterisk (*) on the Class
Schedule require or recommend that students attend
additional class meetings, the
dates and times of which are
either listed on the course
syllabus or determined by the
class at the first meeting.
CLASS
SCHEDULE
There are three trimesters in
Weekend College - Fall,
Winter and Spring. A calendar
of class weekends for each
trimester and a tentative
schedule of courses offered
can be found in the Weekend
College Supplement. Many
courses are offered at least
once a year; however, since
some courses are offered in
alternate years, it is important
that the student review major
requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure
that all requirements can be
met. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in the
day schedule, January Interim,
Summer School, the Master of
Arts in Leadership, Master of
Arts in Leadership-Education
and the Master of Social
Work programs are published
in separate publications.
PREREQUISITES
A prerequisite is a course or a
specific skill level, e.g. Math
Placement Level, which must
be completed before the
student enrolls in a higherlevel course. Prerequisites are
listed in the course description. A student may only
enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been
fulfilled if there is prior
approval by the professor
teaching the course and the
academic adviser.
NUMBERING
Courses numbered below 300
are Lower Division courses.
Courses numbered 300 and
above are classified as Upper
Division.
CREDITS
A full course equals one
credit. Half courses and
quarter courses are offered in
the Education, General
Studies and HealthIPhysical
Education Departments.
LIBERAL
ARTS
AND
PERSPECT~VES
GRADUATION
SKILLS
Liberal Arts Perspectives and
Graduation skill requirements
that are fulfilled by completing
a course are listed in the
course descriptions. Courses
may have been approved to
meet these requirements since
the publication of this catalog.
See the Perspectives and Skills
list available in the Registrar's
Office for the most current
information.
C O U R S E
DESCRIPTIONS
ACCOUNTING
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning
and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.:
ACC 22 1)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining
to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and
other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on
accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation
concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and
stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, MIS
379, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for
income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 33 1, ECO 1 12, 1 13, or consent of
instructor)
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is
applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student
the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition,
the student will write a report on histher activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the
basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. Graduation Skills: Writing and
Speaking (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 323
ACC 324
ACC 326
ACC 399
ACC 423
ACC 424
Internal and Operational Audit
Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and
MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and operation auditing. Also
integrated are the professional skills of oral and written communications, problemsolving in an unstructured environment and team projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC
221,222, BUS 242,252, 331, MIS 175,379)
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting,
partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford himlher the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue
in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 499
ART
ART 102
Design
A study of,design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. Two-and threedimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and
principles. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics; Graduation Skill: Speaking
ART 106
Calligraphy
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on
the broad-edged pen.
ART 107
Drawing
Dmwing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life,
figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Liberal Arts
Perspective: Aesthetics
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. Liberal Arts
Perspective: Aesthetics
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with
attention to black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35
mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $175-200. Liberal
Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
ART 132
ART 221
C O U R S E
ART 225
Communication Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design. Students will
develop visual communication skills working with typography, symbols, logos and
illustration. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums. Liberal Arts
Perspectives: Western Heritage, Aesthetics; Graduation Skills: Critical Thinking
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on hand building and
glazing. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures of the Americas is explored through the
visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry,
dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes.
Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basket-making, pottery,
jewelry, sculpture or prints.
ART 306
Calligraphy I1
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
"traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. Liberal Arts
Perspective: Aesthetics
BIOLOGY
BIO 101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view: what makes a
human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the
ecosystem? What influence do humans have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Threehour lectures. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103.) Liberal
Arts Perspective: Natural World I1
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science, the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze
data, purpose and test theories are considered. Three hours of laboratory for each
class meeting is required. Lab time is usually scheduled for an evening. Liberal
Arts Perspective: Natural World I & I1 Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. Additional time per class meeting time required for the laboratory,
usually scheduled on an evening. (A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103.)
BIO 105
Biology and Society
A consideration of the biological basis of some of the problems facing society, such
as toxic pollutants in air, water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic
diseases and counseling, extinction, wilderness ethics, global warming, cancer,
hunger, drugs, biodiversity. (Lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World I1
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be influenced
by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the
biological aspects of such changes. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World I1
BIO 231
The Biology of Women
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and
functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions
about women that have arisen in the history of biology.
BUSINESS
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and
control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the
role of the professional manager.
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
BUS 302
Business Ethics
Examines individual choices in business using various ethical standards. Reviews
critical thinking skills in relation to moral reasoning. Analyzes and evaluates
various business practices and policies. Emphasizes conceptual precision in
thinking, writing, and speaking. (Prereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or
juniorlsenior standing)
C O U R S E
BUS 331
BUS 340
BUS 352
BUS 355
BUS 357
BUS 362
BUS 368
BUS 399
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm. Sources
and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources;
desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals
of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management; research
methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of
research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252, 379, ECO 11 3, or consent of instructor)
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling
into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis is placed on the design and evaluation of
marketing communications programs. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either BUS 355 or
357 can be taken for graduation credit but not both.
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. Note: Either BUS 355 or 357
can be taken for graduation credit but not both.
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international
context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and
management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both
the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq.:
ECO 1 12 or 1 13, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor)
Responding to the Challenge of Japan
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective.
A multimedia approach will be employed, involving film, television documentaries,
and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar
model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of students.
(Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) Liberal Arts Perspective:
Intercultural Awareness
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is
applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student
the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition,
the student will write a report on hislher activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision
making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.:
BUS 331)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risWretum relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital
markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core courses or consent of instructor)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught
from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors.
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and
decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing,
product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
Graduation Skill: Writing
BUS 465
International Management
To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the influence
of national and international institutions on the multinational corporation and on the
strategies, structures, practices and effects of the national corporation in the world
today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according
to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252, 362)
BUS 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford himlher the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue
in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
CHEMISTRY
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times
This is a non-laboratory course based on a popular book by John H. Hill of the
same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This
course does not apply toward a major or minor in chemistry nor does i t meet any
chemistry prerequisite requirements. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World I1
C O U R S E
DESCRIPTIONS
COMPUTER
SCIENCE
CSC 145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some
of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students
in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a computer science major or minor.
CSC 160
Introduction to Computing and Communications
Basic computer applications using word processing, spreadsheets and databases;
files and disks; using the computer as an information accessing tool through remote
access to the library; use of e-mail, Internet, news, and information services; simple
programming. (Prereq.: MPG 111)
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming
using Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 1 14 or MAT 122 or BUS 379 or MPG IV) Graduation
Skill: Critical Thinking
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion; objects, classes
and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170) Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
CSC 270
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a
knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other
language. (F'rereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 271
COBOL
Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a
knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other
language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed
that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of
a programming language)
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and
sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and
graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NPcomplete problems and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 21 0 and MAT 145 or
122) Graduation Skills: Quantitative Reasoning, Critical Thinking
CSC 330
CSC 340
CSC 345
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata, and computability.
Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite automata, Turing machines, the
halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145 or MAT 122)
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed
processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 345)
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction
sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and
security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site
supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of
computer science to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must
consult with the Computer Science Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit.
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Communications
Network management; clienttserver databases and workstations; TCPIIP, IPX,
Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340)
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions
among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects
of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345)
CSC 445
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages.
Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, compilers,
interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment.
(Prereq.: CSC 210) Graduation Skill: Writing
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and the Department.
CSC 499
C O U R S E
ECONOMICS
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 311
ECO 312
ECO 313
ECO 315
ECO 318
ECO 360
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal
policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current
economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113. ECO 1 12 and 113
may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) Liberal Arts Perspective: Western
Heritage
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to
market policy. May be taken independently of 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
ECO 1 13)
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the role of
expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 1 12)
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. (Prereq.: ECO 1 13)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions.
Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation,
marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 1 13, MPG 111)
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations.
Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange
rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq: ECO 1 13)
ECO 413
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage
collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 3 13)
ECO 414
ECO 415
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic
theory. (Prereq.: ECO 3 13)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics
considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis
of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 3 13)
EDUCATION
EDE 263
Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences (.5 course)
Students should enroll for Clinical Experiences by the second trimester of their KElementary course sequence. Includes 160 hours field experience and is arranged
by the instructor in the Education Department at least two months prior to the term
they intend to take Clinical.
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary(.5 course)
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of
educational, psychological and sociological and theories. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDE 351
EDE 364
EDE 375
EDE 376
EDE 377
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading,
including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies
(.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating specific skill developments through various subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:PPST)
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
C O U R S E
EDE 379
EDE 380
EDE 382
EDE 383
EDE 384
EDE 386
EDE 387
EDE 388
EDE 389
EDE 481,482,
483,484
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art at the kindergarten
and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Health, Physical Education,
First Aid
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and
health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Thematic
Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at
the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 264) Graduation Skill: Writing
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar (1.0 each course)
Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels ufider the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizations is required. Students must apply for Student
Teaching at least three months prior to enrolling for the courses. A full term of
student teaching is required for all students pursuing an initial license. (Prereq.: All
K-Elementary course work satisfactorily completed and admission into the
Education Department Licensure program) Graduation Skill: Speaking
EDS 252
Clinical Experience (.5 course)
Students should enroll for Clinical Experience by the second trimester of their
secondary course sequence. Includes 60 hours of field experience. Seminars are
arranged by the instructor in the Education Department. Students should pick up an
Application for Placement form in the Education Department at least two months
prior to the term they intend to take Clinical. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas (-5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students
in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary
Education. Upper Division. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching and learning in the
context of educational, psychological, and sociological theories. (Prereq.: PPST)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high
school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST.
Joint Day and WEC)
EDS 366
Foreign Language Methods (.5 course)
World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world language
teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Consult with the Modern Language
Department. Joint Day and WEC)
EDS 374
Natural Science Methods (.5 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of
ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the
Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Joint Day and WEC)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school
classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Joint Day
and WEC)
EDS 478
School and Society
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society. Current major
issues in education will be studied. Students should enroll as closely as possible to
the same term as their student teaching. (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 264, EDS 3.53 and
Methods in Subject Area)
C O U R S E
DESCRIPTIONS
EDS 481,482,
483,484
EDU 210
EDU 264
EDU 282
EDU 341
EDU 370
EDU 388
Student Teaching and Seminar (1.0 each)
Observe and direct learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 7-12 Licensure majors.
Four courses required of K-12 Art, Music, and Physical Education Licensure
majors. Four courses required of double majors. (Prereq.: completion of all education course work and admission to the Department) Graduation Skill: Speaking
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. (PSY I0 Principles of
Psychology is strongly recommended.) Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.S course)
Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession as students
evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students.
Suggested as first course to be taken. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Introduction to Special Education
An examination of the nature, causes and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness.
Media Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachinglleaming situations. Computer training will
be included in this course. (Prereq.: PPST)
Classroom Management (.5 course)
A class for Elementary and Secondary Education students. The content of this
course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom management techniques. It is designed to empower future teachers with insights and strategies that
will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance
achievement and build self esteem in their students.
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills
applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
ENGLISH
ENC 101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 1 11 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing
additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this does
not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
ENC 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developing topics, thinking critically and revising for clarity and
style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum
passing grade is 2.0.
American Indian Literature
A study of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and
analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflect and illuminate American
Indian culture and traditions.
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals is
emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of
specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 1 11) Graduation Skill: Writing
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of ENG 1 1 1 Effective Writing. Its
workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and
peer evaluation and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG
1 1 1) Graduation Skill: Writing
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing
and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal
keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 11 1) Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Journalism
An introductory news writing course with emphasis on writing for the print media,
including practice in writing for radio and television. Students consider how to
recognize news, gather and verify facts, and write those facts into a news story.
Basic copy preparation, editing practices and an introduction to legal and ethical
questions are included. (Prereq.: ENG 1 1 I) Liberal Arts Perspective: The City;
Graduation Skill: Writing
ENC 216
ENC 223
ENC 225
ENC 226
ENG 227
C O U R S E
DESCRIPTIONS
ENC 245
Introduction to Literature
An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on works
from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. As
the prerequisite for all Upper Level courses in literature, Introduction to Literature
aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading literature and writing about it. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics.
ENC 251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works that yield an understanding of the Western
heritage and American world views. Themes could include the emergence of
national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the nature of
nature, definitions of the American self, individuality, the place of women and of
racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought, and the continuity of Western culture in America. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including works by such
authors as Homer, Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Aristophanes, Ovid and
Dante. These works are studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
ENC 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the
modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire
and Ibsen. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage; Graduation Skill: Writing
ENC 282
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or
works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule
for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and
Fiction.
ENC 299
Directed Study
Directed study for Lower Division credit. Supervised but largely independent study
of a topic not normally offered among course selections. Instructor's and
Department Chair's consent required. Students are responsible for proposing topics
before the term in which they wish to undertake the study.
ENC 327
Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing and writing the story, editing the work of
others and learning layout and design. Includes workshop sessions during which
students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of others and laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227)
ENC 331
British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan
A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of English
poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor)
ENC 336
British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual and social influences
and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
ENC 337
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and Victorian
poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among
these writers are emphasized, as well as their relationship to their own age and their
lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent
of instructor) Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
ENC 341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative
writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG 226 or
consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work)
ENC 345
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the
English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary components of linguistics, the development of the English
language and the social impact of language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of
instructor)
ENC 350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of selected American writers from colonial times to World
War I. Attention is given to issues relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions
of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature and regional differences
are also studied. The approach is historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor)
ENC 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to represent
the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity of the men and
women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modern American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
ENC 361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Emphasis is on significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly non-Western, of
the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
C O U R S E
ENC 399
Internship
The Department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and English as a
Second Language, and various off-campus internships in writing and editing. Interns
meet with faculty advisers or seminar groups. Interested students should consult the
Department Chair.
ENC 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of such
authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Eliot,
Joyce and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
ENC 438
Shakespeare
Study of major plays - comedies, histories and tragedies. Additional plays are
assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
ENC 445
Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions of
professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects and techniques for
gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor)
ENC 480
Criticism
The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with which
graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students
read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with applications to a small
group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
ENC 482
ENC 499
Topics in Language and Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or
works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule
for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry and Woman and Fiction.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chair. Designed to enable advanced students to pursue a topic not
covered by course offerings. The student must define a topic and a tentative reading
list, then seek a faculty member willing and able to supervise the project.
Department chair approval required.
FRENCH
FRE 111, 112
Beginning French
Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and
writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, these courses
work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Additional three
hours laboratory per class meeting is required, usually scheduled on a weekday
evening. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural 2 & 3
CST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts (.5 course)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and the student
services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving
those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note
taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking,
concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training,
career planning and making decisions.
CST 209
City Seminar: Experiential Education (.O course)
Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of intemship/service/cooperative
education and use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities as
an urban community system. Students do a series of 5 or 6 reflective assignments
designed to introduce them to a systematic way of thinking about how their particular organization functions in the larger community. The seminar enables the
student to utilize experiential education options to meet the objectives of the City
Perspective. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
GERMAN
CER 111, 112
Beginning German
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German,
insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Additional three hours laboratory per class meeting is required, usually
scheduled on a weekday evening. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural 2 & 3
HPE 002
Lifetime Sports (0.00 course)
Two hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education requirements. No course credit.
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education (.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National
Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification.
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services.
C O U R S E
HPE 116
Health Concepts for Educators (.5 course)
A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health program.
Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis on prevention.
HPE 353
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103)
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course)
Preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and
training-room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE 353)
HPE 482
Coaching Theory of Sport
The psychology of coaching, coaching theory, techniques and administrative
aspects of coaching athletics.
HPE 489
Coaching Practicum (.5 course)
Theory and practice of sports techniques included with supervised field experience
in coaching consisting of no fewer than 40 clock hours.
HISTORY
HIS 101
HIS 102
HIS 103
HIS 104
HIS 220
The Beginning of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Liberal
Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of Eurowan institutions and values from the waning of the Middle
Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. Liberal Arts Perspective:
Western Heritage
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
America to 1815
The historical evolution of America to 1815 beginning with the contact of
American, African and European cultures, then turning to the political, religious
and racial diversity of colonial life. After treating independence and the creation of
a new republic, the course will conclude with the examination of the expansion and
democratization of that republic. Liberal Arts Respective: Western Heritage,
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
HIS 221
19th Century U.S.
An historical survey of the United States during the 19th century, emphasizing the
social changes brought about by immigration, expansion, sectionalism and the
slavery debate. After considering the Civil War and Reconstruction, the course will
conclude with an examination of political, economic, and cultural changes influenced by industrialization and urbanization. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western
Heritage; Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
HIS 222
20th Century U.S.
An historical survey of the United States in the 20th century, focusing on the
nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S.
as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of
increasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence. Liberal Arts
Perspective: Western Heritage
History of the Twin Cities
A local history course using the MinneapolislSt. Paul metropolitan area as a case
study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic change,
transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform. Liberal
Arts Perspective: The City
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular
course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
HIS 225
HIS 331
HIS 440
INS 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies
This course is an introduction to the content areas of the American Indian Studies
curriculum, including an overview of American Indian history and literature,
federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music and language. (Required for American Indian Studies minor.)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
INS 201
Foundation in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of women in
history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences and the arts, and how the questions
and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from women's perspectives.
Students will also study the diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual
orientations and class, and other contemporary issues. Graduation Skill: Speaking
C O U R S E
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to
non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic
concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the
differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also
be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
INS 232
The African-American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African-American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal and psychological aspects of
that experience. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary
and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. Comparative roles of
women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies
include the role of women in Native American and African tribes, peasant societies
of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East and China. Liberal Arts Perspective:
Intercultural Awareness 1
INS 260
Contemporary American Indians
This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States since
the Indian Reorganization Act (1 934). Emphasis is on such current issues as tribal
sovereignty, treaty rights and education. The tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian tribes today is
highlighted. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
INS 264
American lndians in the Cinema
The course will be an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and
continue to foster images to the North American Indian in American society. Movies
will include: "Drums Along tlie Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher, Broken Arrow,"
"Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepresentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian actors.
INS 320
American Indian Women
The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North America.
It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as changes in these
roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life
histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to Indian community life
today. (Prereq.: one course in Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or
consent of instructor.) Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
INS 495
Women's Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors who do not
elect to do an Independent Study (INS 499).
INS 499
Independent Study
The student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study according to program guidelines. (Must be
approved by the Women's Studies Coordinator.)
Math Placement Croup (MPC):
Before enrolling in any mathematics course, the student must have appropriate mathematics placement. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a college-level
mathematics course taken at another college may have their Math Placement Group
determined by the Registrar's Office. Students who have passed the College Board
Advanced Placement Exam should consult with the Mathematics Department. All other
students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam. The exam is given during
college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students
who need to advance their Math Placement Group may take the appropriate MAT
course or study on their own and retest. Further information about the Math Placement
Exam is available from the Director of Testing in the Academic Dean's Office.
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics (0.00 course)
A review of arithmetic and an introduction to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, exponents, radicals and evaluation of
algebraic expressions. Successful completion advances student to Math Placement
Group 11. PIN grading only. Does not give credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG I)
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra (1.0 course)
A review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include polynomials and
rational expressions, exponents and radicals, solving and graphing linear and
quadratic equations, and inequalities. Successful completion advances student to
Math Placement Group 111. PIN grading only. Does not give credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 11)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
An exploration of applications of algebra to the social and natural sciences, business, and everyday life using linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models.
Use of calculator, estimation, and graphs are stressed. Successful completion
advances students to MPG 111. Students preparing for MAT 1 14 and students in
Math Placement Group I11 or IV should consult the Mathematics Department.
(Prereq.: MPG I1 and a year of high school algebra)
C O U R S E
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Topics of finite mathematics including combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear
programming and graph theory. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and behavior
sciences. Students who have completed MAT 124 or 145 may not register for
credit. (Prereq.: MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
MAT 131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that
of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics.
Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG
111) Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage; Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
MAT 173
Math of Interest
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics include life insurance, annuities,
mortgages, loan payments and other topics in the mathematics of financial transactions. (Prereq.: MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
MIS 175
Principles of Computing for Business
An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Introduction to business applications, operating systems, computer hardware and languages. Strong
emphasis on spreadsheets (basic commands, functions, graphics and database).
Lesser emphasis on database. Emphasis on concepts and relation to business. (To
test out of MIS 175, pass either a comprehensive exam or MIS 370.) (Prereq.: MPG
I1 or Pass in MAT 103)
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business
An investigation of programmable systems using personal computers. Examine
basic algorithms and associated flow charts. Apply these concepts by programming
various applications (spreadsheets, word processing and database) and applicationoriented languages such as Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG I11 or Pass in MAT 105.
Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive experience
with spreadsheets and personal computers.)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Analyze various kinds of information systems in terms of their computer
components and their benefits to staff and management. Introduction to a CASE
tool such as Excelerator. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer
course such as MIS 175,370, CSC 160 or 170. Recommended: ECO 1 13, ACC
221, BUS 242, MIS 379, BUS 33 1.) Graduation Skill: Writing
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor and
complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer
tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills
needed to manage inevitable changes and problems associated with project management. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 175 or 370) Graduation Skill: Speaking
MIS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling
distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing. Emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics. Computer software may be used to analyze
survey data. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of
at least 2.0 in MAT 104) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
MIS 399
Internship Program
A student may receive credit through an internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the student
prepares a written report on the activities involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Systems Analysis and Design
Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various
representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools
such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq.: MIS 375)
Information Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive
project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 475)
MIS 475
MIS 476
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest include
statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear
models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 379)
MIS 499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised
projects designed to analyze a topic in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
MUSIC
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music
majors. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
C O U R S E
NORWEGIAN
NOR 111, 112
Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and
writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Additional three-hour
laboratory per class meeting is required, usually scheduled on a weekday evening.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 & 3
NURSING
NUR 305
NUR 306
NUR 310
NUR 311
NUR 330
NUR 350
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. The communicative process is emphasized as one means
by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive and group theories are
explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice.
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected
nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined.
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems. Health care is examined within the cultural, political and economic diversity of the city. Students
complete an assessment of an elderly person and an urban community and critically
discuss the ethical issues of health care delivery.
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum **
This course provides a clinical experience in the practice of public health nursing in
which students give direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. Students
will provide care to both disease and disability and health promotion clients.
Students analyze a specific community system and the community's provision of
health related services. (Prereq.: NUR 3 10)
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This transitional course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Current economic, social, political and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice.
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this
course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing
research for its applicability to nursing practice and design a research proposal.
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking.**
** This course involves an additional clinical fee
NUR 403
NUR 423
NUR 431
NUR 432
NUR 499
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally
diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and functioning
throughout the life span. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family
health care. (Prereq: NUR 3 1 1)
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family **
A clinical practicum that offers the student an opportunity to provide complex
nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: NUR 403)
Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice **
This course examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts
of change, conflict and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and
advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs in
selected practice settings. (Prereq.: NUR 423)
Topics in Nursing
A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The
subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and students.
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a
selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written
proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation prior to registration.
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 110
PHI 120
Introduction to Philosophy
Philosophy raises some of the most basic questions that human beings can ask
about meaning, ideas, beauty and truth. The purpose of this course is to provide the
student with some experience in examining these concepts, thereby to sharpen the
critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and
beliefs. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity; Graduation Skill: Writing
Ethics
Ethics studies our moral beliefs and helps students consider the bases they use to
make moral judgments. The course explores the major philosophical approaches to
evaluating moral actions, and then applies them to contemporary personal and
social moral issues. Throughout the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not take PHI 125. Liberal Arts Perspective:
Christian Faith 3; Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
** This course involves an additional clinical fee
C O U R S E
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings,
and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, assess the role of reason, will and passion with
respect to this end, and then decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to
reach the end. The topic of friendship and human love is investigated next. The
course ends with an analysis of human happiness. Students taking PHI 125 may not
take PHI 120. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
Study of some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at
some philosophers' definitions of it. What it is like to be in love with someone, and
how this differs from just being friends, or desiring that person sexually. Exploration of
ethical issues concerning sex. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules
which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct
sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive reasoning.
Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought
in Western civilization. In this course students read and analyze some of the key
works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as work in Stoicism, Epicureanism and
Neoplatonism. Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can
be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal
suffering? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form
the basis of Western religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 & 3
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care
and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the
, dying and euthanasia. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
PHYSICS
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the
course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present
day. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of the course.
(Prereq.: MPG 11) Extra laboratory hours are required. Lab time may be scheduled for
an evening. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
PHY 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles involved in understanding earth's weather and
climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming and
ozone depletion. (Prereq.: MPG 11) Three hours of laboratory per class is required.
Lab time is usually scheduled for an evening. Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural
World 1 & 2; Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on
actors, structures and other influences on urban public policy. Discussion-lecture,
case studies of Twin Cities' metro, and meetings with public officials and activists.
Liberal Arts Perspectives: The City, Social World
POL 140
Social Justicein America
Development and defense of standards of social justice, and examination of conditions
in the United States against these standards. Involves active exchange of ideas and
student involvement. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process
with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary
issues. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus
on recent problems. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers and juries; the United States Constitution as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Liberal Arts
Perspective: Social World
C O U R S E
DESCRIPTIONS
POL 342
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Junior or senior standing
or consent of the instructor.) Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 101
Self-Identity and Values
A study of self-identity and values as related to personal life. This course uses a
psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in the larger social
context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of selfidentity and values and the influence of sex roles. (This course does not substitute
for PSY 105 as a prerequisite to Upper Division psychology courses.)
PSY 105
General Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose
of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
PSY 230
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. Scientific method as practiced in psychology.
Emphasis on skills of bibliographic research, research design and data collection,
statistical analysis and interpretation, computer-assisted data analysis, and APAstyle presentation of research findings. PSY 230 must precede PSY 330. (Prereq:
PSY 102 or PSY 105; MPG 111) Graduation Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in naturalistic and
laboratory settings. Topics include: social cognition, group behavior, social influence, attitude formation and change. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
PSY 330
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis II
Part I1 of a two-term sequence. PSY 330 should be taken in the term immediately
following PSY 230. PSY 230 may be taken for one course credit without taking
PSY 330. (Prereq.: PSY 230) Graduation Skill: Writing
PSY 351
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical
systems used for viewing development sequence and continuity. Inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respect to the development
of children. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
PSY 354
PSY 355
PSY 357
PSY 361
PSY 373
PSY 381
PSY 399
PSY 485
PSY 493
Perception and Cognition
The processes of perceiving and knowing examined from an empirical perspective.
Topics include sensing and perceiving, thinking, memory, imagination and
daydreaming, language and intelligence, problem solving and decision making, and
other high level mental processes. Considers the contributions of both nature and
nurture to perception and cognition. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
Brain and Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior
of humans. Topics include sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning
and memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: PSY 230)
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learning. Behavior change principles and their application to instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or
PSY 105)
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study, including theory, research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. The study of the individual, groups, structure and change and development in organizations. (Prereq.:
PSY 102 or PSY 105)
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two PSY courses) Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site
supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of
psychology with the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a
concurrent seminar is required. Students must consult with the Department and the
Internship Office before registration. (Prereq.: PSY 330)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration
given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: three
PSY courses and junior class standing)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying
such issues. (Prereq.: five PSY courses) Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
C O U R S E
DESCRIPTIONS
RELIGION
REL 111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between
the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Liberal Arts
Perspective: Christian Faith 2 & 3
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents. The task
of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 & 3
REL 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African
backgrounds, religion under slavery and evangelicalism. Liberal Arts Perspective:
Christian Faith 3
REL 263
World Justiceand Hunger: Developing a New World View
The course will survey and discuss the most recent reports and analysis of the current
holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the inter-connectednessof other
issues, the biblical mandate and the roles of justice, charity, oppression and liberation.
The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical
choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Liberal Arts Perspectives: Social World 2, Christian Faith 3
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Croups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations
and of many contemporary American religious groups. Some controversial religious
movements will also be considered. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 & 3
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world including
Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some
discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Liberal Arts
Perspective: Christian Faith 3
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious
movements in American society. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 & 3
REL 361
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism
and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship and
theology. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 & 3
REL 362
REL 363
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th
century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative
figures. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 & 3
REL 366
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination
of the emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin
American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and
development projects in Cuernavaca. Special attention will be given to the complex
interactions between women and religious institutions. Global Education travel
seminar. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology) Liberal Arts Perspectives:
Christian Faith 3, Intercultural Awareness 1
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American Indians are
studied. Within these broad areas, the subjects of medicine, healing, shamanism,
dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also included. Tribal similarities and
differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight
of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. Liberal Arts
Perspectives: Christian Faith 3, Intercultural Awareness I
REL 420
The Russian Orthodox Church
This course will explore the history, theology and liturgical life of the Eastern
Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be considered primarily
from the perspective of those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey and Eastern
Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia. Liberal Arts
Perspective: Christian Faith 2
REL 440
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary
developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western
Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and meditation. Liberal Arts Perspectives: Christian Faith 2 & 3
C O U R S E
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism and how
they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible and the impact of
feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1
REL 471
Jesusand His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing
with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of
interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quests for the historical
Jesus." Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 1 & 3
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to
the early church and some of the themes found in his writings. Liberal Arts
Perspective: Christian Faith 1 & 3
REL 473
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. Liberal Arts Perspective:
Christian Faith 1 & 3
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. By arrangement. Liberal Arts Perspective:
Christian Faith 2 & 3
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 & 3
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of major in hislher junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor. Graduation Skill: Writing
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a
possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange to perform 80
hours of work in a human service agency and must attend the seminar. Liberal Arts
Perspective: The City
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth
through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Growth related to populations and groups which
represent ethnic andlor life-style diversity or special stresses relevant to growth is
also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service
and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and
social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental
responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits
highlight the course. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) Liberal Arts
Perspective: Social World 2
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventative methods and practical experience necessary for
social work practice with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's repertoire of
relationship-building skills. Includes video-taping laboratory sessions. (Prereq.:
SWK 361, junior standing)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency which
focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A total of 120 hours,
plus small group supportive/discussion seminars. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior
standing, concurrent with SWK 363)
SWK 365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs
and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative and qualitative information. Use of
data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. (Prereq: MPG 111) Graduation
Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of the
problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of social group and family work skills,
emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches with
a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations.
C O U R S E
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including
work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service
agency. A total of 120 hours, plus supportive/discussion seminars. (Prereq.:
Candidacy status, concurrent with SWK 461)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and social change through community organization, social
planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1) survey of historical forms of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the theories, basic issues, and
strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff
and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4)
knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles
and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Liberal Arts Perspectives: Social World, the City
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis
associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social
work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through
work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: SWK 361, 463 and senior
standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 466
Field Work Ill
Continuation of fieldwork, a total of 120 hours. (Prereq.: candidacy status)
SWK 467
SWK 469
The Social Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, affirmative
action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field
work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy
status) Graduation Skill: Writing
Field Work IV
Continuation of SWK 466. (Prereq.: candidacy status, concurrent with SWK 467)
Soclo~oc~
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? As a unique way of understanding, sociology offers insights into discovering the world and one's place in it.
Course study focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions
and our interactions with each other. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World
SOC 21 1
Human Communities and the Modern Metropolis
The course asks a fundamental question of our times: how is community possible
in the face of multicultural, economic and ideological forces that are characteristic
of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis
for exploring this possibility. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
The human family system is explored in its variations among world cultures and
within sub-cultures in the United States. Students prepare and deliver oral reports
on three topics of their choice: a world family pattern, an American sub-cultural
pattern and a family process. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 ;
Graduation Skill: Speaking
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Why do we set people aside for negative special treatment? How are they stigmatized?
The people to whom we do this are often reflections of our own fears. A sociological
analysis of "self' and "other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism and other "isms." Offered on PIN basis only. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
What is the nature of these modern organizations in which we spend so much of
our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect to their
goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance. (Prereq.:
SOC 121 or consent of instructor) Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An examination of the ideas of group, role and self in the understanding of the relationship between the individual and society. A look at the major assumptions and
processes underlying our everyday life using interaction theories. (Prereq.: SOC
121 or consent of instructor)
SPANISH
SPA 111, 112
Beginning Spanish (1.0 each)
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing
of elementary Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-speaking world.
Additional three-hour laboratory per class meeting is required, usually scheduled on
a weekday evening. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 & 3
SPA 21 1
Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate
intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the
basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions.
Additional three-hour laboratory per class meeting is required, usually scheduled on
a weekday evening. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 3
SPEECH/COMMUNICATION
SPC 111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students give
several speeches and receive feedback from the class and the instructor. The course
focuses on developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical
thinking and listening. Graduation Skill: Speaking
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores both the problems and potential of communication between
persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, language and non-verbal symbols are examined
in this course. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
SPC 343
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students will work in
production teams and will gain experience in operation of equipment.
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings.
Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal
communication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of
employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings
and sources of communication problems in the workplace.
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking,
discussion and debates. Stresses skill in analyzing the quality of argumentative
claims, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learning to
apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students enhance
their skills in debate and discussion and learn to analyze and critique arguments
they encounter in their daily lives. Graduation Skill: Critical Thinking
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. Examines
obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and
psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in
politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical
issues related to persuasion.
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
mcssagcs; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barricrs. This course combines theory and practice to help the
studcnt understand and manage communication problems more effectively.
SPC 355
Small Croup Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision making, styles of leadership, and conflict management. This course combines
lccture with practical experiences to help the student become a more effective and
productive member of a task-oriented small group.
SPC 399
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
SPC 480
Public Relations/PromotionaI Communication
Public relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business.
An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional
communication in profit and non-profit organizations.
THEATRE
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic
structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review live productions. Crew requirement.
Liberal Arts Perspectives: Aesthetics, Western Heritage
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry and drama. Study, discuss,
practice and perform readings in prose, poetry and drama before small and large
groups. Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
/
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
\
Directions to Campus
35W from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit
and turn left off Washington
(turns right onto Cedar Avenue),
turn left at Riverside Avenue,
right at 2 1 st Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at
25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 2 1 st Avenue
South.
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St. Paul signs
(move to right lane after each of
two mergers). Take 25th Avenue
exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
Weekend College Office
Location
The Weekend College Office is in
Murphy Place and is located on
the comer of 23rd Avenue South
and 7 112 Street.
Public Parking
All posted Augsburg College lots
are free and open for use from
4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday
evening. Lots are located on 7th
Street between 21st and 22nd
Avenues and north or south of 8th
Street between 24th and 25th
Avenues. Most street parking is
four hour parking, seven days a
week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical
Center ramp, or U of M parking
lots on the north side of Riverside
Avenue.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
Quad
Mortensen Tower
Umess Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall
10. Music Hall
1 1.2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni
Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
2 1. American Indian Support
and Black Student Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic
Field
26. Husby-Strommen Tennis
Courts
Parking Lots
A. Admissions Parking
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parking
C. FacultyIStaff Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter
Parking
E. Commuter - Street Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. FairviewISt. Mary's Parking
Ramp
A
About Augsburg 7
Academic Advising 18
Academic lnformation 27-36
Academic Progress, Probation
and Dismissal 33
Academic Enrichment
Program 18
Academic Majors 37-55
Accessibility 8
Accounting Courses 58
Accounting Major 38-39
Accreditation and
Memberships 8
Admissions lnformation 9-11
Advising 11, 18
Advisory Network 25
American Indian Studies 55
American Indian Support
Program 22
Anishinabe Library Project 22
Application Procedures 10-11
Art Courses 59
Asian American Support
Program 23
Assessment of Previous
Learning (APL)
Program 34-36
Attendance Policy 57
Audio-Visual Services 21
Auditing Courses 32
B
Biology Courses 60-61
Black Student Support
Program 23
Business Administration
Major 39-40
Business Courses 61-63
Business Office 24
C
Campus Location 96
Campus Map 97
Campus Ministry 24
Career Services 19
Center for Counseling and
Health Promotion 24
Center for Global Education
Courses 19
Center for Learning and
Adaptive Student Services
(CLASS) 19
Characteristics of the
Educational Program 5
Chemistry Courses 63
Church Affiliation 8
Class Schedule 57
Classification (Class Year) 33
College Level Examination
Program (CLEP) 34
Communication
Courses 94-95
Communication Major 40-42
Community Service
Learning 20
Company Tuition Assistance
Program 14, 15
Computer Lab 20
Computer Resources 20
Computer Science
Courses 64-65
Computer Science
Major 42-43
Continuing Education
Program 21
Cooperative Education 20
Counseling and Health
Promotion 24
Course Descriptions 56-95
Credit Assessment Program
(CAP) 35
Credit for Previous
Learning 34-36
Credits 57
Crossover Policy 30
D
Day Program 21
Dean's List 34
Degrees Offered 38
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams 35
Directory 3
Disabled Student Program 19
Dismissal 33
E
Economics Courses 66-67
Economics Major 43-44
Education Courses 67-70
Education Major 44-47
Educational Program 5-8
Elementary
Education 113-117
English Courses 71-74
English Language Arts
Teaching Major 48
English Major 47-48
Entry Level Skills 28
Evaluation and Grading 31
Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America (ELCA) 8
Experiential Education
Programs 19
F
Faculty 7
Fees and Payment
Schedule 13
Finance Specialization 40
Financial Aid 15-16, 24
Financial Policies 13-15
Fine Arts 25
Food Service 25
Former Students 11
French 75
Fulltime Students 13, 30
C
General Accounting
Specialization 39
General Education
Curriculum 28
General Education Development
(GED) Test 10
General Studies
Courses 74-75
German 75
Global Education Center 19
Grade Point Average 33
Grading 31, 32
Graduate Programs 21
Graduation Level Skills 57
Graduation
Requirements 28-29
Graduation with
Distinction 34
Grants 15
Graphics Center 25
Greeting from the President 4
Intertribal Student Union 22
Internships 20
Intertribal Student Union
Intramural Sports 25
Minors 38, 55
Mission Statement 6
Music Courses 81
I/
No-Credit Grades 32
Norwegian Courses 82
Number Grades 32
Numbering of Courses 57
Nursing Courses 82-83
Nursing Major 50-51
Kt L
Language Courses 75, 82, 93
Learning Center 18
Learning Disabilities
Program 19
Leave of Absence 30
Licensure 44-47
Liberal Arts Perspectives 57
Library 21
Lifetime Sports 36
Loan Assistance 15
Location Map 96
M
Majors and Minors 38, 55
Management lnformation
Systems Courses 80-81
Management lnformation
H
Systems Major 49
Health and ~ h ~ s i c a l ~ ~ d u c a t i o nManagement
Specialization 39
Courses 75-76
Managerial Accounting
Health Promotion 24
Specialization 39
Health Service 24
Maps 96, 97
Hispanic/Latino Support
Marketing
Program 23
Communications 41
History Courses 76-77
Marketing Specialization 39
History of Weekend College 6
Master's Degrees 21
Honors 34
Mathematics Courses 79-80
Human Relations 42
Mathematics Placement Group
I
(MPG) Requirements 79
Media Center 22
Incomplete Grade 32
Medical Refund Policy 14
Intercollegiate Athletics 25
Memberships 8
lnternational Business
Minnesota Indian Teacher
Specialization 40
Training Partnership 22
International Students 11
3M, Augsburg Cooperative
lnternational Studies Courses
77-79
Program 22
N
0
Office Hours 3
P/
Q
Part Time Students 13, 30
PassINo Credit 31
Payment Schedule 13
Pell Grant 15
Perspective Requirements 28
Perspectives 28
Philosophy Courses 83-84
Physical Disabilities
Program 19
Policies 8, 14, 30
Political Science
Courses 85-86
Pre-Professional Skills Test
(PPST) 44
Prerequisites 57
President's Greeting 4
Probation 33
Psychology Courses 86-87
Psychology Major 52
Public Accounting
Specialization 39
Public Relations and
Advertising 41
R
T
Refund Policy 14
Registrar's Office 23
Registration 30
Religion Courses 88-90
Religion Major 53
Religious Affiliation 8
Teaching Licensure (see also
Majors) 44-47
Telephone Numbers 3
3M, Augsburg Cooperative
Program 22
Transcripts 10
Transfer Credits 11
Transfer Students 11
Tuition and
Financial Aid 12-16
Tuition Grants 15
Tuition Refund Policy 14
Tutor Center 18
Theatre Courses 95
S
Schedule of Alternate
Weekends 7
Scholarships 15
Second Degree or Second
Major 11
Secondary Education 45
Service Learning 20
Skills Requirements 57
Social, Cultural,
Recreational 25
Social Welfare Minor 54
Social Work Courses 90-93
Social Work Major 54
Sociology Minor 55
Spanish Courses 93
Speech/Communication and
Theatre Arts
Courses 94-95
Student Affairs 26
Student Educational Loan Fund
(SELF) 16
Student Government 26
Student Guide 26
Student Life 25-26
Student Resources 17-26
Student Standards of Behavior,
Complaints, Records 26
Student Union 25
Supervisory Management
Specialization 43-44
Support Programs
20, 21, 24-26
Syllabus 31
U-z
Weekend College Advisory
Network (WECAN) 25
Weekend College Office 23
Weekend College
Office Hours 3
Withdrawal from College 31
Withdrawal from Courses 30
Show less
;
•
•
•••
•I
1
,''
~- .·~,., ·
....·.I:.
: ~
.(./'.). · ..
- ~
...,,.
. ·. ~
~· · ,
···
.~
~~ ·
..
.:.·0 ...
~ ·:
·· ~
·
It
.
-~
• t ~ "'""
r+ 1
·:..•HI.. .··.·
. .
·~
. ·z-..·:·
.. ··a·
. .
, . r· ,\ •.
,
\,;...,/
.
•• o
j
-~· ·~·
': ".,. , .· '
...
I
..... .0..... Show more
;
•
•
•••
•I
1
,''
~- .·~,., ·
....·.I:.
: ~
.(./'.). · ..
- ~
...,,.
. ·. ~
~· · ,
···
.~
~~ ·
..
.:.·0 ...
~ ·:
·· ~
·
It
.
-~
• t ~ "'""
r+ 1
·:..•HI.. .··.·
. .
·~
. ·z-..·:·
.. ··a·
. .
, . r· ,\ •.
,
\,;...,/
.
•• o
j
-~· ·~·
': ".,. , .· '
...
I
..... .0.....
<\
•
''
~
:
. s. .. .•
•
.
.
.. ·
~ ..:.·.·;
......... z·
j. '
.
~
'
'
I
"' . ·..
·. ~ "
.. Q !."..··
..
. ~... ·:.
,,
9
•
'
': ·· .~~ ........
. .' l:..........i . ·L"':":' .:
·. ~~r/1 ·-.-:
... ~'.:·'·
~ ..:
, ..~
,
·;..
.
..•
MASTER'S DEGREE FOR
TODAY'S SCHOOLS
''Teacher leadership means that a teacher is able to have
the power to influence policy, curriculum and procedures
within the individual school and the school district. It means
teachers having responsibility for instruction of children,
... evaluation of their peers and of administrators [in order to]
influence what happens in schools.''
...
' ' ... a leader [is] someone who has the ability to encourage
·,:
colleagues to change, to do things they wouldn't ordinarily
.-~.
~.·
!
~
..
•
Q • •.
consider without the influence of the leader. .. [T]eacher
leadership [is] the ability of the teacher leader to engage
...
colleagues in experimentation and then examination of more
powerful instructional practices in the service of more
..
engaged student learning. ' '
• II
Teachers Who Lead: The Rhetoric of Reform and the Realities of Practice
by Patricia A. Wasley. Teachers College Press, 1991.
,.
~.
•
..'
''There is no question that as a leader you have responsibil-
..
ities to teach ... 'Teachership and leadership go hand-in-glove.
The leader must be willing to teach skills, to share insights
and experiences, and to work very closely with people to help
:
..
;
them mature and be creative' ... ' '
..
The Art of the Leader by William A. Cohen. Prentice-Hall, 1990
It
.
·.
~
,.
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION-LEADERSHIP
AUGSBURG
C•O•L•L•E•G•E
Graduate Programs Office
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
6121330-1786
..
.. .
....
.. . "
'•
~,
· ~
.,
.. .
•J
•
i
I
'
. ....
· .·.
•
:
t
DUCATION DEPARTMENT
MISSION STATEMENT
.
,. l
. . ' •'
to developing educational leaders who foster student learning
.
'.
•. t
by being knowledgeable in their fields, being capable in peda-
....
'··
The Augsburg College Education Department commits itself
gogy, valuing learning, thinking critically, nurturing self-esteem,
.· ' ..
embracing diversity, and being ethical in their practice .
An educational leader believes in the worth of self and others.
-..' •
An educational leader believes him/herself to be a life-long
I
..
.
,
...... . ..
learner.
An educational leader views students as individuals with
varying needs who all possess the potential to learn .
An educational leader believes learning is a constructive
:..
.
.
... . ·.
.,,., : ... ·'
..
process in which students actively participate and find
personal reward. This learning process is affected by
students' learning styles, motivations, abilities and self
.....
concepts .
,.
An educational leader believes that the act of teaching needs
,
to be informed by research, practice and personal reflection.
....·...
•
•,
•
:
t
'
...,,. .. ·.
.
•
An educational leader believes in the value of knowledge as
an essential tool for thinking critically and participating
effectively as a world citizen.
An educational leader believes that teaching is a multifaceted
., 1
'·
'•
..
· .'
. ...
. . ..
..
personal involvement in the areas of classroom, school,
profession and community.
An educational leader believes that sf he contributes signifi-
·-
:
endeavor, governed by a code of ethics, which requires
cantly to the culture and environment of the institutions in
which children learn .
..
.,
···.
· ·. .·
..
'
I
..
.., .···
.•..
X BLE OF CONTENTS
..
... .
'& . •
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Education Leadership ....... .4
Leadership Development Model .................................................. 5
Curriculum Design .................................... ................................... 6
Thesis/Leadership Application Project Requirement ................... 7
Course Descriptions ...................................................................... 8
Admission Requirements & Procedures ..................................... 10
International Applicants ...................................................... ........ 11
Evaluation Standards ....................................................... ........... 12
', ·~
~. '
.
!
. fl
Student Rights ................................... .............. ............................ 12
. •
. "
..
Attendance Policy ..................... .................................................. 13
Academic Policies ...................................................................... 13
. .
·~
Student Support Services ............................................................ 14
Library ........................................................................................ 14
··'
Accreditation and Affiliations .................................................... 14
..
Fee and Payment Information ..................................................... 15
Financial Aid .............................................................................. 16
About Augsburg .......................................................................... 18
Campus Location and Map ......................................................... 19
I
Faculty and Administration ........................................................ 20
...
. . ,·
'.. .·..
.
......
·,
..
. •'!••
. .,.
......
.
•.
...
. %TRODUCTION
,.. ,
•
• Convenient course schedule
for working adults.
• Campus services (computer
labs, library, financial aid,
bookstore, etc.) accommodate
the schedule of working
adults.
• Small college, personalized
atmosphere.
• Accessible campus in the heart
of the Twin Cities with free
parking.
....
,
;,
...
• :,
.·
•'.':
'
. ·.
. ..
. ..",.
Features of the Master of
Arts in Education Leadership Program:
'
..
• A Masters Degree with a dual
focus on classroom practice
and educational leadership.
..
• A welcoming academic environment respectful of your
knowledge and experience.
•
.. .•.l.
. •.
•.. '
...
• High quality courses taught by
Augsburg professors and qualified adjunct faculty.
.
• Individualized pacing; two
courses each trimester makes
it possible to complete the
degree in as little as 24 months
or students have up to five
years to complete the degree
program.
·~
. <·• ..
... ·:
.·
.
. .·.
'··
...
.~:
:·.
:
• Students from various locations
and backgrounds learning
together in a supportive
campus community.
'· .
• Class sizes typically no more
than 15 students.
,,
..
'
As practitioners, teachers are
concerned with enhancing their
teaching skills and their
students' learning. As
professionals, teachers are
increasingly responsible for and
concerned about educ;ational
decision-making. Augsburg
College offers a program that
addresses this dual focus of
classroom practitioner and
teacher leader. The Master of
Arts in Education-Leadership
(MEL) program offers opportunities to increase knowledge and
skills (1) for teaching today and
(2) for leading education into
the future. This program values
the role that good teachers play
in the lives of students and operates from the belief that teachers
can exercise leadership, inside
and outside the classroom,
without relinquishing the role of
teacher .
The Minnesota Board of
Teaching, in its requirements for
teacher licensure programs,
acknowledges the importance of
developing teachers who have
the knowledge and skill to act as
leaders, or change agents.
Beginning teachers, however,
often feel overwhelmed with
issues of classroom practice;
thus, it is logical to offer a
program which includes a
"change agent" focus at the
degree level sought by veteran
teachers. The MEL program
incorporates an educational
leadership focus alongside the
more traditional classroom practice focus to address the
expanded role teachers play in
today's schools .
As a part of this program you
will:
• Study issues of classroom
practice, including teaching
and learning, creativity, and
multi-cultural ism;
• Gain specific know ledge of
educational institutions and
processes;
• Examine who and what leadership is about and explore
ways to exercise leadership
within your workplace;
• Develop expertise in an area
of personal interest through an
individualized, capstone
research project.
.. ·.
' '
'
. ...
• '•
·..
~ADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL
..
.,
The MEL program promotes
leadership as a process which
I) inspires cooperation among
people, 2) promotes productivity
within and beyond the educational organization, and
3) works toward growth and
change within the educational
organization. Individuals in
leadership roles identify three
key attributes of leadership: a
sense of vision, the ability to
persuade, and the ability to
direct action. These attributes
form the framework for the
Leadership Developm~nt Model
incorporated into the MEL
.
. .:
:.. . ·. ·.
._.
program philosophy.
.
;
. ..
~
·•·:..
'
~
Leadership
.:..' .
•
Sense of Vision
/
Ethical
• Social awareness
• Environmental
awareness
• Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
• Appreciation of
situational
complexity
""
Facility for
Persuasion
Orientation
Toward Action
/
Creative
Communicative
•Long-term
perspective
• Flexibility
• Adaptability
• Innovativeness
•
•
•
•
•
Effective listener
Effective speaker
Effective writer
Diplomatic ability
Effective team
member
• Interpersonal
sensitivity
. .
I
.
'
...
""
Culturally
Aware
• Appreciation for
cultural differences
• World-view
perspective
• Tolerance of
individual
difference
. ...
•. ~. : .I. .'",,.
.
;
, "•; .
...
;
•... "
. •• •• t
..
I
•
. .•
... .·.
J
..
Decisive
Risk Assumptive
• Curiosity
• Achievement motivation
• Self-esteem
•
•
•
•
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
Ability to think critically
Understanding of
research
• Ability to manage
conflict
.·
'
t
•
,,
.
i
:
•'
I
.. . .
·,
'
...
·..
.. ,.
~
..... .
' ,.
,,
~-
.....•.... ~RRICULUM DESIGN
·
. ·,
...:·,
The MEL program is
composed of a minimum
of9 course credits
conslsting of2.5 to 4.5
Classroom Issues and
Practice courses (Focus I)
and 4.5 to 6.5 Education
Leadership courses
(Focus II). Elective
courses in both
components allow
students to build
...
individual programs
Focus I: Classroom
Issues and Practice
Courses
(2.5-4.5 course credits)
These courses are offered to
degree and non-degree seeking
students. A maximum of 4.5
courses may be selected from
the list below. One of these
must be EDU 513 or ML 560.
EDU 512 Models of Teaching
and Learning (1 .0)
EDU 513 Diversity and
Education (or ML 560
Developing a Multi-Cultural
Perspective) ( 1.0)
EDU 515 Creativity and
of study that address
specific needs and
..
interests.
Problem Framing (or ML 511
Creativity and the Problem
Solving Process) (1.0)
EDU 516 Models of
Educational Process (I .0)
...
•
EDU 518 Teaching and
Learning: Service Leaming in
Your Classroom (.5)
EDU 519 Teaching and
..
.
Learning: Teaching with the
NCTM Math Standards (.5-1.0)
Paideia Institutes (.25-1.0)
New courses related to topics
and issues of current interest in
education are added to this list
periodically.
Focus II: Education
Leadership Courses
(4.5-6.5 course credits)
These courses are required of
students pursuing the MEL
degree and are not available to
students who are not enrolled in
the degree program. Educational
leadership courses provide
students with a supportive framework within which to investigate
leadership and the institution of
education, to consider themselves as leaders, and to develop
expertise in a topic of choice.
Both thesis and applied project
options are available as capstone
research experiences .
At least one of these three courses
is required for the MEL degree:
EDU 511 Legacy of Education
(1.0)
EDU 51 7 Politics and Public
Policy in Education (1.0)
EDU 599 Topics in Educational
Leadership (.5-1.0)
All of the following courses are
required for the MEL degree:
EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership
in Education (or an approved
MAL alternative) (1.0)
EDU 514 Evaluation and
Documentation (or ML 514
Research Methods) (1.0)
.' ..
EDU 592 Research Consultation
.•.
•
EDU 593, 594 Research Seminar
1. _.
(.5 credit course taken in
conjunction with EDU 594)
I, II (.5 credit each) (or ML 593,
594 Research Seminars I, II)
b~mltershlip
JEllecfrves
(0°2 course c1redlits)
on the interests and orientation
of the student.
These courses are available to
degree seeking students but are
not available to non-degree
seeking students. For students
wanting to explore issues of
leadership and organizational
change within a broader context,
the MEL program will allow up
to two electives from the Master
of Arts in Leadership program.
These courses become part of
the Focus II component of the
MEL program. See the Master
of Arts in Leadership program
bulletin for courses.
Some students express a theoretical and/or empirical interest in
the study of education and/or
leadership and identify topics
which lend themselves to a
more traditional thesis project.
An example of a thesis project
would be a comparison of the
effects of two instructional
strategies on student learning.
The connection to leadership
comes as the thesis writer
considers how to share his/her
expertise with others.
1[' ~M;~ lis:/LcaidlcrsllAil p
Aipip ~katnrnrn
P rnjed:
At, or near, the completion of
the course work for the MEL
program, students are required
to develop and carry out a study
or project related to education
and leadership. The focus can be
on an issue in education with
opportunities for personal
leadership, or it can focus on
leadership itself within the
context of education. This
research-based capstone
experience affords students the
opportunity to become an expert
in an area of personal interest as
well as to "tie together" what
has been learned throughout the
MEL program. Students have
the option to select either a
Thesis or a Leadership
Application Project. The decision as to which of these
alternatives is selected depends
Other students express interest
in an applied project which
includes the development and
implementation of an idea
related to education. These
students find the Leadership
Application Project to be the
appropriate culminating
experience. An example of a
leadership application project is
one which includes the development and implementation of a
peer mediation training program
at the middle school level.
Leadership issues emerge as
part of the training of students
and staff in the use of the
program.
In both capstone experiences,
research forms the foundation
for decision-making and
direction.
I·.
,,. ' ·
',
\
.. ',..' .
•• t '
.....
',
'·
, •
WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS
I
. .
..
·,.
.e
'·
..
EDU 510 Ethics and
Leadership (1.0 course)
EDU 513 Diversity and
Education (1.0 course)
Study of leadership within the
context of personal and professional ethics and values.
Weighing and balancing
competing values within an
ethical framework will be
explored as a part of experiential
exercises. Leadership issues of
gender, ethnic origins and
culture will be explored .
Leaders of past and present,
recognized and unrecognized,
will be studied. This course
views the nature and purpose of
leadership from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives.
The field of education is
impacted significantly by diversity in and out of the classroom.
This course broadens the definition of diversity to include
gender, religion, ethnicity, abili-
: ,·
·•
EDU 511 Legacy of
Education (1.0 course)
...
~
.;
...
,
. ..
from knowing the past.
.
EDU 512 Models of
Teaching and Learning
(1.0 course)
...
.; . \,
··:
•.., '·.ii
Comparative study of education
through political, historical,
economic and sociological
perspectives. This course will
provide a knowledge base for
students to discharge their
educational leadership responsibilities with wisdom gained
.
A focused study of the teaching
and learning process. A variety
of strategies for teaching and
learning will be examined,
discussed, and modeled.
Technological applications to
the field of teaching and
learning will be included.
ties, lifestyle, and economic
class. Examines issues related to
diversity in the workplace,
EDU 515 Creativity and
Problem Framing
(1.0 course)
The study and application of the
thinking processes as they
influence problem solving and
decision making will be
explored. Theories and myths of
creativity will be investigated. A
variety of perspectives will be
used to frame problems and
including classroom issues and
teaching strategies. PIN grading
optional. This course meets the
Minnesota Human Relations
requirement.
examine challenges.
EDU 514 Evaluation and
Documentation
(1.0 course)
Exploration of supervisory and
consultative models, both within
and outside the field of education. Major topics include
mentoring, peer collaboration,
community collaboration and
partnerships, varieties of
administrative processes and
procedures and observational
techniques. An underlying focus
of this course is that of change:
identifying where it's needed,
initiating the process, and
directing and/or adapting to the
outcomes.
An introduction to basic
concepts of research methodology. Serves as an introduction
to the capstone research project
and builds skills in formulating
research questions, reviewing
literature, selecting appropriate
research methodology,
conducting and interpreting
basic data analysis, and
developing research project
proposals. Students generally
take this course near the end of
the program and just prior to
EDU 593 Thesis/Leadership
Project Seminar I.
EDU 516 Models of
Educational Process
(1.0 course)
EDU 517 Politics and
Public Policy of
Education (1.0 course)
Study of the politics of education and its impact on school
curriculum. Examine society's
impact on school offerings, the
politics of school change, and
the processes through which
decisions and changes are made.
,.
..
;
'
..: .
• )\.
EDU 518
Service-Learning in Your
Classroom (.5 course)
President Clinton talks about
service-learning as an important
means for providing community
service and deepening academic
learning. What is ServiceLeaming? How does it differ
from community service and
volunteerism and how can it be
implemented in the classroom?
By exploring these questions
you will develop an understanding of the theory and
process of service-learning and
how to use it with your students.
EDU 538 Educational
Processes: Supervision of
Student Teachers
( .25 course)
Offered in workshop format,
this course will provide training
for licensed teachers who want
to increase their effectiveness as
supervisors of student teachers.
Many of the skills learned in the
course will also be useful in
peer coaching.
EDU 592
Thesis/Leadership
Application Project
Consultation (.5 course)
A series of meetings with a
faculty thesis advisor simultaneous with EDU 594 and during
the term in which the thesis is
being prepared for final statement.
Graded on a P/N basis. (Students
not completing their thesis project
during the term for which they
same term in which they are
enrolled in EDU 594 are required
to pay a thesis continuation fee
during each subsequent term
until the thesis is completed.)
~.·
EDU 599 Special Topics
(.5-1.0 course)
Study of selected topics in
educational leadership that are
not treated extensively through
current course offerings.
register for EDU 592 must pay a
thesis continuation fee of $125 .00
for each additional term.)
EDU 539
Paideia Institutes
(.25-1.0 course)
EDU 593
Thesis/Leadership Project
Seminar I (.5 course)
Titles such as Seeing with a
Native Eye and Six Great Ideas
for Teaching: Truth, Goodness,
Beauty, Liberty, Equality,
Justice have been offered.
Paideia Institutes are opportunities for education professionals
to learn specific strategies related
to Paideia program methodology
(i.e., seminar leadership and
coaching) to enlarge understanding of ideas, values and
contemporary issues. Specific
topics will be published prior to
registration.
This course provides each
individual with the capstone
opportunity to conduct research
in an area of interest related to
education, using either a thesis
or leadership application project
framework. Support and guidance are provided by fellow
students, course instructor, and
faculty advisor. Graded on a
PIN basis.
:·,,
•
..
.
. ·.·.
•
!
I .~.,,.. !. -
• ·1
j
.
.
•:
...
..·
I
.
•
....
)
' ..
EDU 594
Thesis/Leadership
Project Seminar II
(.5 course)
This seminar focuses on the
results of individual projects
developed in Research Seminar
I. Students will develop, write
and discuss thesis/project work
during the class. Graded on a
PIN basis. (Students not
completing the thesis during the
•··.
...
....
.
.
•
..
. ....
~
'. ~· '
·, I
..
;~
...
1.
I
••
.. .
•
•
_,.
' •
0
I
...,
A
DMISSION REQUIREMENTS
& PROCEDURES
in an educational setting.
Admissions are handled on a
'rolling' basis, with students
admitted at the beginning of the
fall, winter, spring, and summer
terms. Selection of candidates
will be made on the basis of an
evaluation of each applicant's:
• previous college record
• letters of recommendation
• experience and organizational
background
• Miller Analogies Test score
• written statement
• possible interview
. .·•
~.
. , _J
.. "
·-
:.·
•
. ..
'·.
..
J•
••
""
'
,. • '- •r
.. .
. ·.·.
~
...
.'
.•. ·..
"
..
.' .
·.·
I 0
~
Admission to the
MEL Degree Program
Applicants must hold a
baccalaureate degree from an
accredited college or university
and have a minimum cumulative
undergraduate grade point
average of 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale)
OR a minimum cumulative
grade point average of 3.0 for
graduate courses completed at
an accredited college or university. Applicants holding other
advanced degrees from accredited colleges or universities are
academically admissible.
Should an applicant not meet
the minimum GPA requirements, a probationary term may
be possible as decided on a case
by case basis. Applicants to the
program must have two years of
full-time work experience (or
equivalent part-time experience)
To apply, the following materials must be submitted to the
Graduate Programs Office:
• Completed application form;
• $25.00 application fee (nonrefundable);
• A brief (1-3 page) statement
relating the applicant's career
and life goals to his or her
leadership aspirations;
• Letter of recommendation
from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential;
• Letter of recommendation
from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing the applicant's
work style and potential as a
leader;
• Official transcripts from all
undergraduate institutions
attended listing all courses
taken and any degree(s)
conferred;
• Official transcripts from all
graduate institutions attended
listing courses taken and
degree(s) conferred, if any;
• Official set of results on the
Miller Analogies Test;
• Applicant may be asked to
participate in an interview
with graduate program
faculty and/or a staff member.
Admission to the
Non-Degree Program
Applicants wanting to take any
MEL course must hold a
baccalaureate degree from an
accredited college or university
and be in good academic and
financial standing with all
previous academic institutions.
To apply, submit the following
materials to the Graduate
Programs Office:
• Completed course application/registration form
• $50.00 non-refundable deposit
per course, each term, to be
applied towards course tuition.
For additional information on
application requirements, please
call the Graduate Programs
Office at (612) 330-1786.
...
··....•
...
~TERNATIONAL APPLICANTS
.
.
.. .
,
I
'
Augsburg College Graduate
Programs Office encourages
qualified applicants from other
countries and feels that these
students contribute significantly
to the program. Students typically take only two classes per
trimester for a yearly total of six
classes. With this schedule
students can complete the
required course work in two
years. See the section under
Admission Requirements for a
general description of the
admission process, selection
criteria and work experience
requirements.
Application materials required
for international applicants are:
• Completed application form;
• $25.00 application fee (nonrefundable) payable in U.S.
dollars;
• Official marksheets with
certified translations from all
undergraduate institutions
attended listing all courses
taken, marks earned, dates
attended, and degree(s) or
diploma(s) conferred, if any;
• Official marksheets with
certified translations from all
graduate institutions attended
listing all courses taken, marks
earned, dates attended and
degree(s) or diploma(s)
conferred, if any;
• Official results on the Test of
English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) with a minimum
score of 550; and
NOTE: Additional information
may be required, as requested by
Augsburg College, to more accurately evaluate educational
credentials. Furthermore,
supplemental information may be
needed to issue an 1-20 or J-1 for
students admitted to the Master
ofArts in Education-Leadership
program. Information requested
for the 1-20 or J-1 will not be
used to make an admission
decision.
•'
•
••~
. I
$• •
.. , .. .
....
.. ,.·
. .
.
• Applicant may be asked to
participate in an interview
with graduate program faculty
and/or a staff member, if applicant is in the United States.
..-
~
I
•A brief(l-3 page) statement
relating the applicant's career
and life goals to his or her
leadership aspirations;
• Completed Declaration of
Finances (see below for
additional information);
• Letter of recommendation in
English from an immediate
supervisor, assessing
leadership potential;
• Letter of recommendation in
English from a co-worker (at
the same level) describing the
applicant's work style and
potential as a leader;
Because limited financial aid
from Augsburg College may or
may not be available students and
their sponsor must complete a
Declaration of Finances as part of
the application for admission, along
with appropriate certifications.
Students will need to provide
proof of availability of funds for
tuition, books and living costs.
For the 1994-1995 academic year,
we require students to provide
proof of a minimum of $10,000 in
U.S. funds for living expenses
plus the cost of tuition must be
added to this amount. Students
wishing to have spouses and/or
children accompany them, must
plan on having additional funds
available for their support.
•
..
. ....
·"
·.
..
... ...
~i. ~1
...
•. •
,
·.
/'
r
·'
'
i·
' ...
..
··.
~ALUATION STANDARDS
..
,•
..,
..
..
.'.•
••
:
.·..
~
. ·.
•"•"
r
....
. ,.
Evaluation of academic perfonnance in the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0
point scale with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
Achieves above basic course standards.
1.5
1.0
0.5
Perfonnance below basic course standards.
o.o
Unacceptable perfonnance (no credit for the course).
p
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in
grade point average).
v
Course was audited; student met expectations as agreed
upon with the instructor.
N
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
non-punitive - not computed in grade point average) .
w
Grade given when a student withdraws from a course.
I
Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete
course requirements for reasons beyond the student's
control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a
petition with the Graduate Programs Office stating reasons
for the request, the plan and date for removing the
incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor and any
other necessary documentation.)
Achieves highest standards of excellence.
Achieves the minimum passing standard.
Courses not offered on the
numbered grading system are
noted in the course descriptions
in this bulletin as being graded on
a PIN basis. In order to receive a
grade of P, a student must
achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
No more than two courses with
a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. Students who
receive an N or 0.0 in a course
must work with the MEL
Director to devise a plan for
academic improvement. This
plan will be shared with the
MEL Advisory Committee and
placed in the student's file. If a
second grade of N or 0.0 is
received, the student may be
dismissed from the program.
No more than two courses with
a grade of 2.5 or below can be
repeated. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time
are counted in the grade point
average.
,,
••
.....
...' .
1.'
•
.:•·
.'*
'
•' •
. . .'
. . .:. .
.....
..
..
··l
2 :.
..
.•.
•
...
'•
~DENT RIGHTS
The College has adopted a
statement of student rights and
responsibilities and has
provided for due process in the
matters of disciplinary action,
grievances and grade appeal.
Students who wish to identify
appropriate procedures for
complaints should contact the
Vice President for Student
Affairs (330-1160).
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy Act and Title IX.
Students have the right to
inspect all official records which
pertain to them and which are
maintained in the Registrar's
Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver of
access has been signed) and to
challenge inaccurate or
misleading infonnation.
Students have a right to experience education free from
discrimination.
...
.
••
·.
"I
• • I
. ··. .
A'ITENDANCE POLICY
Regular attendance is highly
one's self, but to one's class-
discretion of the instructor,
important and should be consid-
mates and course instructor.
adversely affect one's grade.
ered a responsibility, not only to
Irregular attendance may, at the
..
··-·
..:..· . ,,
.: .~ .
'
.·•... ... .
' ...,
t
4
A
Academic Probation and
Dismissal Policies
Students must maintain a 3.0
cumulative grade point average.
If a student falls below a 3.0
Credit and Contact Hours
Each full credit graduate course
in the MEL program is the equiv-
cADEMIC POLICIES
Last Day to Withdraw
from Class
alent of four semester credits or
The last date on which students
may withdraw from a class and
six quarter credits. Students meet
receive a "W" on their record is
average, the student will be placed
in class a minimum of 31.5 hours
published annually in the MEL
on probation for the following
and are responsible for a
Program Supplement.
term. A 3.0 cumulative grade
significant amount of individual
study and preparation.
point average must be restored in
order for a student to be removed
from probation. If a student
receives a grade of N or 0.0 in a
course, the student must work
with the MEL Director to develop
an academic improvement plan.
This plan will be shared with the
MEL Advisory Committee and
placed in the student's file.
Enrollment
Policy/Leaves of Absence
College should register for an
audit of each course.
nents of the program within five
• MEL degree-seeking or non-
a second grade of N or 0.0 is
received or for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a
years. Extensions beyond five
years will be considered on the
basis of petition to the MEL
degree seeking students can
audit Focus I, MEL courses.
gross violation of college policy
(as published in the Student
Advisory Committee.
Guide). Dismissal would occur
Students who leave the program
only after established procedures
were followed.
for more than one trimester must
than two courses will be accepted
for transfer credit.
• Students wanting CEU's for
courses successfully completed
will be granted a Certificate Of
Attendance by the Graduate
Programs Office and issued an
of the MEL program. A leave of
absence may be granted for one
Audited courses that are not
calendar year. Time spent on an
successfully completed will be
indicated by a grade of 'W'.
count toward the five year deadline for degree completion.
;'.
.
•. f
..
. .. .,
. ....
" .. · ..
..
..·. ....
·
:
.. ._,.
in the future .
official transcript showing the
audit by the Registrar's Office.
official leave of absence will not
.. .•·
be converted to graduate credit
the MEL Advisory Committee if
on an individual basis. No more
.•
• Courses taken as audit cannot
Students may be dismissed by
Transfer credits will be evaluated
•
Education Units (CEU's) rather
in two years. All students are
required to complete all compo-
Credit for Prior Education
4
,.
• Students wanting Continuing
credits per trimester. Enrolling
in two credits per trimester
request a leave of absence request
in writing to the Faculty Director
..
Auditing Courses
than credit for Focus I graduate
level courses at Augsburg
the course work in the program
.
.
'
Students may take up to two
enables a student to complete
.
...
...
. . .·:~.
.·.
·..-
••
•
:
.
,....
.: . .
...
" ... . ·1
..
"
'.
.:~
I
.
..
,•
.
'·'· ...
··...
#
~.,.·.
· ·'.~'
•
•
..·'
......
' '• , II
~DENT SUPPORT SERVICES
~
• Academic advising from the
MEL Director, for program
planning is available. As
students approach the capstone
experience, they select thesis
or project advisors to guide
them throughout the completion of their programs.
also available to help students
with non-academic advising
issues.
• Professional assessment experiences and opportunities
through the Graduate
Programs Office.
Graduate program staff are
• Self/career assessment,
counseling and resume development through the Career
Services Office (330-1162)
• Work experience related to a
student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative
Education Office (330-1148)
"
....
$ I BRARY
' .·•
•
I
. •..
.. ...-.
....
'.'
J
•
holdings of Augsburg and six
other private liberal arts college
libraries in the metropolitan
area. Daily courier services
among these libraries facilitates
the sharing of these resources.
Additional library resources are
accessible through MINITEX, a
regional library network, and
through OCLC, an international
library network. Remote,
off-campus computer access to
all these services is provided via
a telecommunications link.
,.
"
•·
The Augsburg library collection
includes over 175,000 books,
periodicals, films, audio and
video cassette tapes, and microfonns. Access to the collecti0n
is provided via a computerized
library catalog that includes the
..
;
A ccREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS
Students who successfully
complete Augsburg ' s Education
Leadership program will receive
a Master of Arts degree.
Augsburg is accredited by the
North Central Association of
•
.··.. .
·..
'
.., . .
..4 ••·
. ...
·:
·'· · ' ~
Colleges and Schools. The
College is a member of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North
America and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered
with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board.
Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
Registration does not (neces-
sarily) mean that credits earned
at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or
that the quality of the educational programs would meet the
standards of every student,
educational institution or
employer.
··. · .
.·'
.
. ..
· .... ,.
..
. ··...
·.
..
~E AND PAYMENT INFORMATION
.
....
A schedule of fees is published
separately in the MEL Program
Supplement. Tuition is determined annually.
Various Payment Plans
are Available: *
1) Payment in Full: Due day of
registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college
approval, a three-pay plan is
available each trimester.
Payment plans will be
offered only if the student
has adhered to previous
plans.
3) Company reimbursement:
Full courses or equivalent
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of
$100 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within
50 days after the end of the
final exam date. A letter from
the employer, stating the
company's reimbursement
policy, must be filed annually
with the Business Office.
Registration is permitted only if
the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full as
agreed. Augsburg College will
not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This
also applies to student loan
funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins
Student Loan); they must be
current according to established
repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check
will declare your registration
invalid and could affect further
credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
In order to be eligible for a
refund, students are responsible
for canceling courses with the
Registrar's Office. A per-course
tuition refund will be made on
the following basis:
Focus I: Classroom Issues and
Practice
Courses have varying refund
schedules. Call the Graduate
Program Office for the refund
policy of a specific course.
Focus II: Education
Leadership Courses
.:·......".,...
'j
•
Prior to the first scheduled class
meeting - l 00%
Prior to the second scheduled
class meeting - 90%
Prior to the third scheduled class
meeting - 80%
• •
t
.
'
'.
..··\
.r
. :·
...
... ....
Prior to the fourth scheduled
class meeting - 70%
Prior to the fifth scheduled class
meeting - 60%
..
. ...
Prior to the sixth scheduled
class meeting - 50%
.:
'
..
..
.
I ·.
I
....
6
·.
'
•.
.1 ·1
. .,
',
~
.. .
~.,_
·.~· '
.
1
'
'
YiNANCIAL AID
such scholarships may enable
the participation of individuals
of limited financial means as
well as individuals working for
volunteer agencies and other
organizations not likely to
provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition
Assistance Programs
..
•'
. .-.: •
..
.
~.,,
.. .
~ '
.
..
..· •.',•
....
Financial assistance is available
to degree seeking students
enrolled in the MEL program.
Non-degree seeking students are
not eligible for any type of
financial aid through Augsburg
College. Two full-credit courses
per trimester is considered fulltime. One course is considered
half-time enrollment. The Office
of Student Financial Services
(330-1046) assists students in
assessing financial aid eligibility
and offers financial aid from
available alternatives, including
the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
,•'.
..
Augsburg College may provide
grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic
potential and have financial need.
.... .
Sponsored Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues nonAugsburg funding for special
scholarships. The availability of
.
\
•
:
•
.
Io
:•... ' ..
Many companies, agencies and
corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees
who participate in work-related
or degree-related college
programs. Augsburg College
offers several payment plans by
which employees may handle
tuition reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs,
Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who
meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these
scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of
financial aid. For assistance in
application, please contact
Augsburg's American Indian
Support Program Director at
330-1138, or your tribal agency.
Federal and State Aid
Programs
The Office of Student Financial
Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial
aid programs available to graduate students. Determination is
based on standard, nationally
accepted methodology.
• Federal Stafford Loan
Program
Common Loan Provisions:
BORROWING LIMITS:
Effective with enrollment
periods beginning after October
1, 1993, graduate student may
borrow up to $18,500 per year
with an aggregate of $128,500
(undergraduate and graduate). A
student may borrow from either
the unsubsidized or subsidized
programs or a combination of
both, but cannot exceed the
annual loan limits.
INTEREST RATES: The
annually variable interest rate is
determined by the 91-day TBills +3.1 %, capped at 8.25%,
and changes each July 1st for all
borrowers. The interest rate for
enrollment periods beginning
between July 1, 1994 and June
30, 1995 is 7.43%.
REPAYMENT TERMS:
Repayment begins six months
after you ceased to be enrolled
at least half-time in an eligible
program leading to a degree or
certificate. Repayment may
extend up to ten years.
DEFERMENTS : In most cases,
deferments are granted for
continued education, disability
and unemployment. Contact
your lender if you think you are
eligible for a deferment.
Program Specific Provisions:
FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN
(SUBSIDIZED): The Office of
Student Financial Services has
determined that based on the
financial information you
submitted, you qualify for up to
•
. . ..· .
·. . ;.
...•
the amount listed on your
Award Notice.
INTEREST: No interest accrues
during the time the student is
enrolled at least half-time.
FEES: An origination fee of 3%
and a guarantee fee of up to 1%
will be deducted from the loan
check before you receive it.
FEDERAL STAFFORD
LOANS (UNSUBSIDIZED):
You may borrow up to the
amount listed on your Award
Notice.
INTEREST: Interest accrues
during the period of enrollment
and may be capitalized.
FEES: An origination fee of 3%
and a guarantee fee of 1% will be
deducted from the loan check
before your receive it.
• Federal Perkins Loan
ProgramJoint Augsburg College-federally
funded program administered
through the College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No checks are issued, but
the student is required to sign a
promissory note at least once per
term. Funds are put on the
student account after the note is
signed.
BORROWING LIMITS: You
may borrow up to $3,000 per
year as a graduate student with a
$30,000 maximum.
INTEREST AND REPAYMENT:
Simple interest of 5% and
repayment of principal (at a
minimum of $40 per month)
begins nine months after you
graduate or leave school. Partial
or total loan cancellation privileges exist for certain types of
teaching, disability and, in
certain circumstances, military
service.
while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin in the
13th month after you leave
school.
DEFERMENTS: There are no
DEFERMENTS: No interest
accrues nor do payments need to
be made at any time you are
enrolled at least half-time or for
serving three years in the military, Peace Corps or VISTA.
Contact our student loan coordinator if you think you are
eligible for a deferment.
deferments. Contact the
Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board regarding
special circumstances and
repayment.
• SELF (Student Educational
LoanFund)The SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board.
Applications are available from
the Office of Student Financial
Services and should be
completed by the borrower and
co-signer and returned to
Student Financial Services for
further processing. Loan checks
arrive once per term and are
made co-payable to the student
and Augsburg College.
BORROWING LIMITS:
Graduate students may borrow
up to $9,000 per year minus any
other student loan indebtedness.
Maximum graduate borrowing
cannot exceed $40,000
including undergraduate. The
minimum loan amount per year
is $500.
INTEREST AND REPAYMENT:
The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days
after the loan is disbursed and
continue quarterly thereafter
..
. .
.,
-, :
...
To Apply for Financial
Aid
•..,
I) Complete the Application for
Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for
financial aid.
.
.• .' ·
• r°,
(
.
.•
I. •
..·..
..
· ~
2) The Office of Student
Financial Services will send
you the necessary application
and financial statement form
(or you may pick them up at
the Office of Student
Financial Services, 152
Science Hall, or at the
Graduate Programs Office,
2222 Murphy Place).
..
'It •
.
'
.. ..
..'I"
-~
.
3) All students must have a
Financial Aid Transcript on
file with Augsburg from each
previously attended institution even if they did not
receive financial aid. Forms
are available from the College.
4) Complete and return the
financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid
offered, in whole or in part,
by the deadline stated.
.
·... ,'... .•·..
~
.
I',
...·
..,
I
•:
. '.
.....
.. .·.
.
.
... l7
.
. ..
,':", ..
.
,.
. '
'
~· :~
..
"·
. . . · ..
-
•.
'
.. ·.,..
.....
BOUT AUGSBURG
housing towers, the Christensen
Center, main academic and
administrative halls, the library
and the music building. In
addition, there are programs for
students with learning and
physical disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of the
Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. We are a diverse
community, with many strong
religious traditions represented
among the students, faculty and
staff, including but not limited
to Lutheran, Roman Catholic,
American Indian Spirituality
and Thought, Buddhist and
Islamic faiths.
Non~ Discrimination
Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg
......... .
.
'.
History
·,
'
Augsburg was the first seminary
founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Named after the
confession of faith presented by
Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1530. Augsburg opened in
September, 1869, in Marshall,
Wisconsin, and moved to
Minneapolis in 1872.
.
Campus Location
".
•
.. .. .
·-
'•
:
.
~ ·
,
....
. ... '· ' ·. .
~.
'·
. ... .
.. .
'
A
.."
'··..·.
•.
Augsburg's campus is located in
the heart of the Twin Cities
surrounding Murphy Square, the
oldest of 155 parks in the "City
of Lakes." Adjacent to the
campus are Fairview-Riverside
Medical Center, the West Bank
campus of the University of
Minnesota and Mississippi
River parkways .
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a
major effort to become one of
the most accessible campuses in
the region. Skyways, tunnels
and elevators provide accessible
connections between nine of 14
major buildings -student
College not to discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed,
religion, sexual or affectional
preference, national or ethnic
origin, age, marital status, sex or
status with regard to public
assistance or disability as
required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments of
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973 as amended in its
admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and
employment practices.
..
0
.., .,.
~MPUS LOCATION MAP
Directions to Campus
35W from the North-Take
Washington Avenue exit and tum
left off Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), tum left at
Riverside Avenue, right at 21st
A venue South.
1-94 East from
Minneapolis-Take 25th
Avenue exit, tum left at
25th A venue, tum left at
Riverside A venue, tum
left at 21st Avenue South.
Graduate Programs Location
1-94 West from St.
Paul-Take Riverside
exit, tum right at
Riverside Avenue, tum
left at 21st Avenue South.
Public Parking
35W from the SouthFollow the I-94 St. Paul signs
(move to right lane after each of
two mergers). Take 25th Avenue
exit and tum left at Riverside
A venue, tum left at 21st A venue
South.
.. '
.•..
The Graduate Programs Office·is in
Murphy Place and is located on the
comer of 23rd A venue South and
71/2 Street.
.· .. .~~
,.
All posted Augsburg College staff,
faculty and commuter lots are free
and open for use from 4:30 p.m.
Monday through Sunday evening.
Lots are located on 7th Street between
21st and 22nd Avenues and north or
south of 8th Street between 24th and
25th Avenues. Additional parking is
available in the Fairview-Riverside
Medical Center ramp, or U of M
parking lots on the north side of
Riverside Avenue.
~MPUSMAP
I.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
OldMain
Quad
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall
JO. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage II Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global
Education
..
.. ...
.I
•
•
-·
·~1. .. 1.. :-
..
...· . ...
~
;
. ' ..
....
".
..
.;
'•
t9.fu~C.C~~ ~;:;~~~~~::~~~w~n~~~~~5:~:n:E~~f~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support
and Black Student Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic
Field
26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
•'
Parking Lots
A. Admissions Parking
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking
E. Commuter - Street Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking
Ramp
..
!!'
'.•
''·.
...
..
,.
'1: ~
.. • • If\~
·"
.·
·,
19
.. ..
,,,
......,··'.
. . .. .
. ~CULTY AND ADMINISTRATION
...
:
.
\
·'t··
••
'
:
...
...
. . ...
...
. ,
.,
....... ....
.
, -~
~·
...
..•
..
#
•
.,
,' •
•
.;J
I
"'I
.. .
o#
... . .····
·'
, ...
...• .
•'
' ~· l
.
_,
..
,,
I•
... ....
...,'
•
·~ ~
: .
·~
• ' '•, ·•f,·I
'.•.
,,
,
•
·.
..
•!
...{.
.... .
'
I
~.
• •
•' .
.f,
•
..
"
,. ·.
20 ., .
· •,
. '·
'·'
..
Virginia Allery
Vivian Johnson
Associate Professor of
Education/Director of American
Indian Studies Minor. B.S.,
Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern
Montana College; Ph. D.,
University of Minnesota.
Instructor. B.A., University of
Colorado; M.A.T., Monmouth
College; M.S., University of
Oregon; Ph.D., University of
Oregon .
Mary G. Endorf
Instructor. B.A., Hamline
University; M.S.A., SUNYCortland; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Interim Vice-President for
Academic Affairs and Dean of
the College and Professor· of
Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Joseph A. Erickson
Mildred Mueller
Assistant Professor of
Education. B.A., M.A., College
of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther
Northwestern Theological
Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota .
Assistant Professor of
Education. B.A., M.A., Central
Michigan University; Ed.D.,
University of Minnesota.
.
Marie 0. McNeff
Vicki B. Olson
Assistant Professor of
Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Director, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and
Associate Professor of
Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota .
Ethelind K. Garetz
Barry Sullivan
Assistant Professor of
Education, part-time. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.S.,
University of Nebraska; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Instructor. B.A., St. Cloud State
University; M.A., University of
North Dakota; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Ann Fleener
Richard Germundsen
. .-:
':
The majority of faculty who
teach in the Master of
Education-Leadership program
are full-time Augsburg faculty
members with doctorates or
appropriate professional
degrees. Adjunct faculty with
specific expertise teach courses
in their related fields. All faculty
have experience teaching adult
learners and value the opportunity to work with educators in a
classroom setting.
Assistant Professor of
Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., School of
International Service, American
University; Cand. Mag.
Universitet i Bergen, Norway;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy Hall
Coordinator of Graduate
Programs in Leadership. B.A.,
University of Kansas; MS.Ed.,
Southern Illinois University at
Carbondale .
Show less
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities f... Show more
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many opportunities found in this
vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's
setting allows its students to participate
in a host of cultural and
recreational activities, ranging
from the Guthrie Theatre and the
Minnesota History Center to
the Minneapolis
Aquatennial.
Augs burg in
the Summer
Augsburg College offers a varied
summer curriculum that includes over
70 courses in more than 25 academic
disciplines, as well as internships and
independent studies.
rerm I runs from May 30 to June 21.
Term I1 runs from June 26 to August 4.
For a detailed listing of courses, look
inside this brochure.
-
-
+'
"i
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
Summer School Office.
Independent study courses, in addition
to those listed, are arranged through an
individual faculty member in the
department of study.
II
m
a
Internships, in addition to those listed,
may be pursued during the summer in
most majors. Internships for credit
involve approved work experience
related to the academic program in an
agency, government or industry.
Consult the Internships Program Office
at (612) 330-1148 for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Residence Life
Offic; Call (612) 330-1109.
L-right to cancel
Ihe College reservese!t
listed courses.
Information
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place, Campus Box #68
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1795or call toll-free
1-800/788-5678
John Schmit, Director
Rachel Anderson, Assistant
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director of
Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admissicn
through the Office of Admissions or
Veekend College Admissions Office.
Map of
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
I
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8, Christensen Center
9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Husby-StrommenTr--'-
6.
College Relations
K.Nordic Center
.
17 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youthand Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and
Blackstudent Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Fie
Campus Location
- arkina Lot..
,
A. Admissions Parking
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parking
C. Faculty/Staff Parking
D. FacuIty/Staff/Commuter
Parking
E. Commuter - Sheet Parking
F. Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. Fairview/St. Mary'
Ramp
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left on Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
d
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
Beginning April 18, you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrais Office between 8:00 a.m. and
4:30 p.m. A $50.00 tuition deposit must
be paid at that time for each course
scheduled.'This deposit will be applied
to your Summer School tuition and is
not refundable unless the course is
cancelled. If a course that you have
scheduled is cancelled, you may elect to
receive a refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another course. To insure
that you reserve a place in the courses
that you desire, we recommend that you
schedule your courses as early as
possible. Many courses fill early, and
courses with low enrollments may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm their registration
in person at the Business Office on the
dates specified below or they will be
dropped from the course.
Students taking courses during Term I
must confirm their registration on May
30 or 31. Term I1 confirmation must be
made on June 26 or 27. This procedure
applies to all summer registrations,
including internships and independent
studies. The Business Office is located in
the Science Hall, Room 114, and it is
open between 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on
the dates listed above. Tuition must be
paid in full in order for your registration
to be confirmed. (Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous terms must pay these balances
before they may confirm their Summer
School registrations.)
A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
students who do not confirm on time.
No Term I registrations will be accepted
after June 2, and Term I1 registrations
will not be accepted after June 30.
To change your registration you will
need to fill out an Add/Drop form at
the Registrar's Office. There is a charge
of $50.00 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. on the second scheduled day of
each term. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refunds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition Refund Policy" section of this
brochure.
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Term I
Term I1
NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status with regard to public
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
1
1
The tuition charge for 1995 Summer
School courses is as follows: $815.00 for
full-credit courses, $410.00 for half-credit
courses, and $205.00 for quarter-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
30 days long and does not meet the
federal definition of a term.
Students enrolled in one or more full
courses during Summer Terms I and I1
combined are eligible to apply for the
Federal Stafford Loan.
Tuition Refund
Students enrolled in 1.5 courses or more
(one-half of the minimum full-time
requirement during the regular school
year) through a combination of Term I
and I1 enrollments can be eligible for a
Pell Grant if they will not attend the
entire 1995-'96 academic year and qualify
guidelines.
Under the ~
~pell G~~~~
d
~
~
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
prtioriof the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial Aid Eligibility
For Summer Session Attendees
WEC Program
No aid is given for Summer Term I as it
runs concurrently with Spring trimester
of the preceding academic year.
Students are eligible for Federal Stafford
Loans if they are enrolled in one full
course or more during Summer Term 11.
Students are eligible for a Federal Pell
Grant if they are enrolled in one full
course (one-half of the minimum fulltime requirement during the regular
school year) during Summer Term I1
and will not attend the entire 1995-'96
academic year and qualify under the
Federal Pell Grant guidelines.
To Apply
The deadline for applying for financial
aid for Summer Session is April 1,1995.
Contact the Office of Student Financial
assistance.
~
ART 224A
Publication Design
Christopherson
Introduction to Publication Design explores
theory, practice and critique of a variety of
publication forms using traditional as well as
electronic tools. Dist.: Art/Music
1:W-3:20 pm
M,T, W,Th,F Foss Colnputcr
Lab Classroon~
ART 389A
American Art
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics; Grad Skill: Speaking
9:W-11:20 ant
M,T, W,Th,F
Foss 43
L
L
BIO lOlA
Human Biology
Pederson
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Dist.: Biology/Chemistry; Persp.:
Natural World 2
1:00-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F Science Hall 205
0
ACC 221A
Kader
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Moin 10
ACC 322A
Kader
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222, ECO 113)
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 23
BUS 242A
Cerrito
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accounhbility and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 10
BUS 252A
Principles of Marketing
Lohman
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues iii
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral,
economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and
pricing decisions.
9:00-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Music 24
BUS 368A
Responding to the Challenge
of Japan
LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business
practices using a cultural perspective. A
multimedia approach will be employed, involving
film, television documentaries, and readings from
current periodicals in addition to text materials. A
seminar model will be used with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
(Prereq: junior standing or consent of instructor)
Persp.: lntercultural Awareness I
9:OO-11:20am
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 23
BUS 399A
Internship
Kader
A student may receive course credits through an
internship program which is applicable to
graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunity to spend one
full term working with some organization. In
addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq: consent of instructor)
Arranged
ECONOMICS
ECO llOA
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112A
Principles of MacroEconomics
Gupta
lntroduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1or 2
9:00-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 16
EDUCATION
EDE 382A
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 credit)
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST)
6:OO-9:00 pm
T,Th
Libray 1
EDE 386A
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Children's Literature (.5 credit)
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PPST)
Libra y I
6:OO-9:00pm
M,W
EDU 388A
Human Relations (.50 credit)
Amo
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations
skills applicable to teaching and other professional
vocations. Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only.
6:OO-9:00pm
M,W
Old Main 18
JGLISH
ENG 219A
American Dialects:
Differences and Attitudes
Schmit
This course will examine the dialects of various
English-speaking communities and attempt to
describe and understand their mles of speech:
their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and
their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/
Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:00pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 27
ENG 225A
Intermediate ExpositoryWriting
Swanson
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111. Its workshop format
stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation and the
relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq:
ENG 111) Grad Skill: Writing
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 13
ENG 245A
Introduction to Literature
Palosaari
In this course students are initiated into the formal
studv of narra tive. drama..and .
Doetw, in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefoie draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, lntroduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main18
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 320A
School Health Curriculum
Borstad
Techniques for developing a course of study based
on growth and development for grades K-12.
Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
(Prereq: HPE 110)
Arranged
HPE 410A
Organization & Administration of
School Health Programs
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health
program and resources. Methods and materials in
health educa tion with laboratory experience in
classroom and community. (Prereq: HPE 110)
Arranged
HIS 336A
American Labor History
Kimball
This course surveys the history of work and
workers in the United States. Issues such as shifting
styles of work, the changing nature of working
class life and community, the evolution of
organized labor movements, and the relationship of
workers and unions to the state will be considered.
Issues of change in work and working people will
include race and gender. Dist.: History/Philosophy
9:OO-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 23
TERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199N399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
REL 369A
The Religious Imagination in
Modem Literature
Skibbe
Particularities of religious discernment,
symbolism, and world view. Reading and
discussion of seven novels. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 3
9:OO-11:20am
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 29
REL 386A
Speaking of Genesis
Stratton
How does the Bible talk about creation? How does
the Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What
were families like in Bible times? Were ancient
problems similar to our own? What does the Bible
say? What does it mean? What values does it
portray and promote? This course addresses these
and other questions by exploring how scholars read
and speak about the book of Genesis. Evaluation is
based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and
a project or short paper. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1 or 3; Grad Skill: Speaking
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 29
IAL WORK
FRE 312A
French Expression
Pezechkian
A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct
expression in speaking and writing. Attention to
grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and
elementary stylistics for business and personal use.
French phonology and speech group practice, study
of spoken models from the media. (Prereq: FRE 311
or consent of instructor.)
6:OO-9:00urn
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 25
GER 111A
Beginning German I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 13
SPA l l l A
Beginning Spanish I
Soto
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
1:OO-3:20pm
M,T, W,Th,F
Old Main 25
PSY 105A
Principles of Psychology
Hanson
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp..
Human Identity
6:OO-9:00 pm
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
SWK 230A
Peters
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework o n non-violent
social change and development in the global
context. It also identifies the focus of Social Work
in addition to many other disciplines which are
vital to fostering peace, development and
enhancement of a better quality of life for all
human kind. Persp.: Social World 2
1:00-3:20 pm
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 10
SWK 260A
Humans Developing
Peters
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturine" environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related td populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:OO-11:20 am
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 21A
SWK 399A
Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 499A
Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal containing
rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of
the proposed study according to department
guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SOC 121A
Introduction to Human Society
Sheppard
What is society and how does it make us who we are?
As a unique way of understanding, sociology offers
insights into discovering the world and one's place in
it. Course study focuses on an understanding of
culture, social structure, institutions and our
interactions with each other.
!1:00-11:20am
M,T,W,Th,F
Old Main 25
31 K U b b L E P U K JU31 ICE: 1IY 1 E K I Y A I I V I Y A L ,
SOC 265A
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender
and Race
Gerasimo
Why do we set people aside for negative Special
treatment? How are they stigmatized? The people to
whom we do this are often reflections of our own
fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other"
provides a way to examine racism, sexism and other
"-isms." Offered on P / N basis only. Dist.: Psychology/
Sociology; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:00-9:00 pin
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 29
SOC 199A1399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement with a faculty member
which links the ideas and methods of their major to
the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult
instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
ArrAln~
nlYU
C ~ R I J1
1
~ R1 = ~P ~ V L I J ~
Summer Term in Geneva, Switzerland
1une 22 to August 3,1995
POL 356A
Topics: Struggle for Justice
"Struggle for Justice" focuses specifically o n Christian
response, both from the point of view of international
church organizations as well as the individual. It will
deal with the special role of the Christian community
and organizations in identifying and defining the
ethical questions related to international issues and
how these moral deliberations take place in the
?Internationalcommunity. Dist.: Economics/Political
REL 379A
Ecurnenism in the
Contemporary World
In this course you will examine the programs and
roles of church agencies, asking about the world
views that give rise to them. What is the basis for the
common action and common witness by the churches,
which is at the heart of ecumenism? How do the
churches' faith commitments shape their policies and
ethical positions on the world level? How do their
roles and contributions differ from organiza tions that
are not church-based? Among Christian organiu tions,
how do different assumptions about society, politics,
and the Church create different objectives for their
programs? Dist.: Religion
If '
vou need more information about either of these courses, please contact
Kathi Lutfi in Global Education at (612) 330-1655.
Augsburg
College
Summer School
I
I
BUS 340A
Human Resource Management
Cemto
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Old Main 18
BUS 440A
Operations Management
Cemto
Concepts and principles related to the
management of operating functions. Examples
from service industries, non-profit organiza tions
and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial
point of view. Topics include an overview of
operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting,
concepts of quality, inventory management,
principles of scheduling and operational control
information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent
of instructor)
6:00-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 13
ART 107A
Drawing
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.:
Aesthetics
690-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main
MIS 175A
Principles of Computing
for Business
Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS,
Wordperfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
370 with a passing grade
cOm~letion
of
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1
or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
6;00-9;30pm
M,W
Foss 42
ART ll8A
Painting I
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium, Dist,:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
690-9:30 pm
T,Th
Old Main 17
ARTl32A
Photography
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
M,W
old ~~i~ 4
ACC 222A
.
Principles of Accounting I1
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral .
considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221)
9:OO-10:45 am
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
BUS 331A
Financial Management
Myss
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management
of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: P.CC 222, ECO 113)
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Old Main
-
1
ECO llOA
Economics of Urban Issues
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent study.
Studenk need signature of instructor before Term
Two begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.: Urban/
Women's/Minority Studies or Economics/Poli tical
Science; Persp.: Social World 1or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112A
Principles of MacroEconomics
Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
6:00-9:30 pm
T , Th
Old Main 16
ECO 113A
Principles of MicroEconomics
Sabella
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution'
of
economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:00-9:30 pm
M,
old d Z n 29
w
ECO 315A
Money and Banking
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 10
EDE 375A
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten (.50 credit)
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST)
5:30-9:30 pm
Libra y 20
Dates: July 10,11,13,18,20
EDE 377A
Kindergarten-Elementary
Curriculum: Science (.25 credit)
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.: PPST)
9:00-10:45 am
Old Main 4
July 17,19,24,26,31; August 2
EDE 387A
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Language Arts (.50 credit)
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Grad
Skill: Writing (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265)
5:30-9:30 pm
Libra y 17
Dates: July 10,11,13,18,20
EDS 390A
Communication Skills in
the English Classroom
LaDuca
This course is for English-educa tion majors who
plan to teach high sciool English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum.
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
Science 112
EDS 391A
LaDuca
Teaching Mass Media (-50credit)
This course is for English-education majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media educa tion
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.: P E T )
6:00-9:30 pm
M
Foss 175
EDU 388A
Human Relations (.50 credit)
Amo
Emphasis on the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development
of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations.
Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only.
6:OO-9:30 pm
M
Old Main 18
ENG 241A
Introduction to Cinema Art
Mitchell
An investiga tion of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles and historical evolution of
the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as the American studio film and
its genres, German expressionism, Soviet montage,
Italian neorealism and the French New Wave.
Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10
pm. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30pm
T,Th
Foss 21A
HIS 115A
Modem Middle East
Saadallah
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of natio~lalismand the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the
current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the
Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how
the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, and its role in the wider world. Dist.:
History /Philosophy
6:OO-7:45pm
M,T, W,Th
Old Main 23
INS 199AM99A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their maior to the ovvortunities found in the
placement. Participation in a seminar is expected.
Consult instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
..
1
MAT 173A
Math of Interest
Kaminsky
An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics
include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan
payments, and other topics in the mathematics of
financial transactions. Dist.: Math/Physics; Grfd
Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Old Main 25
!,
-
GER 112A
Beginning German I1
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level
2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 27
SPA 112A
Beginning Spanish I1
Soto
Aims to develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of
elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of
Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Language Level 2;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 18
PHI 175A
Philosophy of Love &Sex
Apolloni
We begin by studying some common conceptions
and misconceptions of romantic love and some
philosophers' definitions of it. We then try to
decide what it is to be in love with someone and
how this differs from just being friends or sexually
desiring them. Finally, we consider issues such as
the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage,
adultery and homosexuality. Dist.: History/
Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Science 112
PHY lOlA
Astronomy
Hansen
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the
development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celeshon and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group
11) Dist.: Ma th/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:OO-9:30 pm
M,W
Science 123
PSY 353A
Developmental Psychology:
Middle Adult & Older Adult Robinson-Riegler
Emphasis on normal development and behavior.
Considera tion of data and theory related to
development during the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives o n death
and dying. (Prereq: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 22
PSY 373A
Organizational Psychology
Attridge
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. The study of the individual, groups,
structure and change and development in
organizations. (Prereq: PSY 102 or 105)
Music 22
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
REL l l l A
Introduction to Theology
Holt
An introduction to the academic discipline of
theology and to the dialogue between the church
and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
690-9:30 pm
M,W
Foss 43
REL 221A
Biblical Studies
Quanbeck 11
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1or 3
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 10
REL 385A
Process Theology and Christianity
Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology
which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead
and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." lssues
such as theodicy, christology, sinand salvation will
be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written
and presented to the class. Class sessions will include
video and discussion. (Prereq.: REL 111,221, or
consent of instructor.) Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:30 pm
M ,W
Music 23
h
POL 421A
Topics: Politics of Culture, Ethnicity
and Race
Aoki
What is an American? Observers have pondered
this question since colonial times, and,
periodically, it has triggered raging political
debate. This course addresses this issue by
examining political controversies involving
culture, ethnicity, and race. The emphasis is on
current issues, but there will be some historical
comparison so students can understand how these
concerns have recurred over the years and how
these controversies reflect an ongoing struggle
over the definition of this country. Dist.:
Economics/Political Science
6:OO-9:30 pm
M, W
Foss 21A
SOC 199N399A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a faculty
member which links the ideas and methods of their
major to the opportunities found in the placement.
Participation in a seminar is expected. Consult
instructor for clarification. Persp.: City
Arranged
"
'
,
1
SOC35SA
Crime and Community
~l~~~
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts and community agencies. Special
attention to concepts of restorative justice.
1:30-5:00 pm
M,W
Old Main 1 I
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SPC 352A
Persuasion
Lapakko
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Examines obstacles to
persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the
use of logical and psychological appeals; empirical
research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in
politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal
contexts; the nature of mass movements and
campaigns; the impact of the mass media on
persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion.
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Music 24
SWK 257A
Exploring Human Services
Rooney
This course is designed to help students learn
about themselves in rela tion to a possible major or
future career in social work. Students must arrange
to perform 80 hours of work in a human service
agency and must attend the weekly seminar.
Persp.: The City
1:00-2:45 pm
M,T,W,Th
Old Main 13
SWK 399A
Social Work Internship
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the non-major
and supplements the required field work of majors.
(Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
Arranged
SPC 354A
Interpersonal Communication
Gaetano
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build rela tionships and help to
overcome communication barriers. This course
combines theory and practice to help the student
understand and manage communication problems
more effectively.
6:OO-9:30 pm
T,Th
Music 23
SWK 499A
Social Work Independent Study
Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
ML 599A
Topics: Colloquium on
Contemporary Theories
of Leadership
Endorf, McNeff, Noon
An overview of contemporary theories of
leadership; team taught with guest lecturers.
Opportunity to explore theory of one's choosing.
(Prereq.: A minimum of one year's course work
the MAL Program)
6:OO-990 pm
T,Th
I
For information and registration materials, call the
Graduate Programs Office at (612)330-1786. (This
course is available only to graduate students.)
I
Show less
Introduction .....................................................................
2
Calendar ..........................................................................
3
About This Catalog ...........................................................
4
Options .................................. Show more
Introduction .....................................................................
2
Calendar ..........................................................................
3
About This Catalog ...........................................................
4
Options ........................................................................... 4
.................................. 5
Visiting Students ....................
Interim Courses ................................................................
6
UMAlE Courses...............................................................
48
Other Courses ................................................................
49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51
.
.
.
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and
topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-course load
during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition
refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim
course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded
only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select which is most appropriate for their
needs. Students registering for upper division credit should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with
travel requirements, have additional fees associated with
them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may
change and students should check with the instructor to
verify the final costs.
To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the
Distribution requirements is required to complete three
Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts
Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required.
The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for
transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their
transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on
the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices.
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025
Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025
October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration
November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration
January 3 ....................................................
First Day of Interim
Time I - 900a.m. (first day only)
Time I1 - 1:00p.m.
January 4
Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends
January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins
February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The
daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg
with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m.
Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
..........................................
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
infomation about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of
the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one
of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).
These course opportunities are listed near the end of this
catalog.
Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing
an internship must meet departmental requirements and
present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the
Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the
last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning
Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for
planning your internship is available in the Internship and
Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a
program of independent study (upper division 499) or
directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty
members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim.
Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study
must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan
approved by the supervising faculty member and the
directedlindependent study registration form. These forms
must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study
proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the
Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be
consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will
help students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be
at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most
courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are
accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be
accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require
ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered
in religion.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4
schools for the January Interim without tuition charges
provided the student's home institution agrees not to
charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term.
The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing
or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the
Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for
application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim
Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but
are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing
should be made to the Interim Office.
It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and
visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses.
Art 24 7-A
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students. The figure will be depicted in various settings
with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades
will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
BIO 107-A
lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud
The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the
single most important unifying biological principle, will be
traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the
present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in
support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway
of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms
of that process.
Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of
biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with
controversy. The antievolution movement including its
newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will
the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary
mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the
reciprocal relationships between evolution and society.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist
primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide
presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will
be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in
discussion will also be a consideration.
Prerequisite: High school biology
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 2 1 3
BIO 7 40-A
BIO 340-A
lnstructoc Dale Pederson
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The
Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition
to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the
study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs,
shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities,
and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and
others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead
all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon
termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a
short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made
during the week prior to the trip. This will include an
introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted
primarily to study and the completion of the course
requirements. Cost is $1,350.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the
program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and
a final examination. Upper division students will also do a
special research project which will be the basis of an
extensive paper.
Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective:
'
Maximum Enrollment: 10
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
610 185-A
lnstructoc Robert Herforth
With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and
research on the biological basis of the aging process has
taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more
leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes
which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and
diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes
these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic
basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results
of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental
animals.
Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for
arriving at grades.
Distribution: Biology/Chembry
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 205
BUS 295-A
lnstructoc john Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not
majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" business. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and
performances on small business case studies.
Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is
applied toward the major.
Distribution Requirement:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
BUS 302-A
lnstructoc Milo Schield
Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices
in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral
reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate
business practices and policies. In addition to written
papers, students will select and investigate a current topic
and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit
several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on
business ethics. This course is being submitted for a
graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human
Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar.
Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
BUS 368-A
lnstructoc Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using
a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be
employed involving film, television documentaries, radio
speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition
to text material. A seminar model will be used, with
substantial participation expected on the part of students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a
mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of
interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International
Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as
anyone with an interest in Japan.
Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Music 22
BUS 495-A
Instructor Thomas Morgan
What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How
and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers
to these and other questions will be the central focus of this
Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine
"systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to
real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the
Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve
ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and
field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of
quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will
develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations.
Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group
presentation.
Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 2 0
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 43
BUS 495
lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern
Europe represent one of the most important changes of the
post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world
trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course
will provide an understanding of these events and will
identify the most effective ways of doing business with
Russia, Central & Eastern Europe.
Prerequisite: ECO 1 12
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Memorial Hall 323
CHE 100-A
lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early
and taught as needed for understanding the various topics
and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of
chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal
independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of
everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the
Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple
ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic
manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon
nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a
hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of
chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of
the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves,
our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as
we take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily
quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not
satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Prerequisite: Math Placement 111
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: 11
Room: Science 3 15
CSC 270-A
Instructor Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for
students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of
programming and programming languages through
presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with
programming techniques for using those features. Students
are expected to know how to do computer programming in
some programming language (such as Pascal) before
entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the
successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course which includes programming
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 42
ECO 1 10-A
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems
facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental
microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of
various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education,
etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business
Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an
Economics minor.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
ECO 1 1 3-A
lnstructoc Satya Cupta
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution.
Application of elementary economic theory to market
policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 7 6
EDE 295-A
lnstructoc Carolyn Levy
This is a class for both education and theatre students. The
main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with
elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration
will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment.
There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of
why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be
experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games
and programs. The last part of the month will include five
days of practice teaching in a local elementary school.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
EDE 375-A
Instructor Mary Endorf
The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will
occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is
a one-half credit course.
Prerequisite: PPST
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Library 17
EDU 353-A
lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen
This seminar-style course presents an examination and
comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers
in international education. Special attention will be directed
toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class
presentations and investigative projects.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Library 17
EDU 388-A
lnstructoc loseph Erickson
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota
for the development of interpersonal relations skills
applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
ENC 282-A
ENC 482-A
lnstructoc john Mitchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come
into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century.
Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each
poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those
images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison
and contrast, students will be expected to formulate
reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and
to express their discoveries in class discussion and short
papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre
tive papers about three to five pages in length will be
assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also
read and give a written class report on a book that discusses
contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the
instructor.
Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper
division credit
Distribution: English/Speech
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum ~nrollment:I5
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
ENC 24 9-A
lnstructoc Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are
vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of
classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the
late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been
shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial
tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current
drama on several such topics, like class, gender and
language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on
plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)
For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on
related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in
the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local
productions.
Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: English/Speech
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 2 1
FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A
lnstructoc Roman Soto
An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of
texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through
the understanding of their structural properties as well as
the social contexts of communication they presuppose or
create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in
English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in
a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and
social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored,
with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from
outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key
features of the course andevaluation will be based on
classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in
English. Students may register under their particular major/
minor language.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
HPE 1 16-A
Instructor Ed Saugestad
This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their
role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on
the prevention of childhood health problems, and the
promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF)
HPE 232-A
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching
assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit
course.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4,
1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings)
HPE 250-A
Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad
Designed for students who are interested in learning about
contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to
their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course
provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p
proaching fellow students about personal health issues.
Students will apply student development models to peer
education and peer helping. Topics include human develop
ment theory, empowerment, communication skills,
multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and
decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies
which promote a healthier campus environment.
This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined
with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities
allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught
during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess
their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include
objective tests, journal entries, and a group project.
This course should be useful to students who are interested
in impacting their campus environment as well as those
who desire learning practical skills such as communication
and negotiation, group facilitation, program development,
and public speaking.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
HPE 475-A
lnstructoc Paul Kriegler
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and
training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisite: BIO 103
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5,
1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings)
HPE 478-A
lnstructoc Ed Saugestad
Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching
hockey. This is a onehalf credit course.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R)
HIS 162-A
Instructoc Don Custafson
This area on the other side of the world has produced the
world's largest working democracy. From this people has
come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as
well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of
20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard
example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but
little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart
of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies,
but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and
perhaps some slides.
Grades will be based on general level of participation, on
some written work and a final exam.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 4
HIS 220-A
HIS 320-A
Instructor Khin Khin lensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th
century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino
experience will receive special attention. The course
concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.
immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students
will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they
settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to
the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian
immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course
will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the
gradual opening of the United States to some Asian
immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be
a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected
the first week of term in consultation with the instructor).
Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper
division (see asterisk below)
Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
"Upper division students will be required to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to
complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and
provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
A HISTORY
OF
HIS 33 1 -A
lnstructoc Chris Kimball
The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's
game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words,
baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in
American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics,
religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the
relationship between the United States and its national
pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the
great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several
topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this
country. Some of these include: professionalization and its
impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic
rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at
the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor
relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of
television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special
attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and
students will be asked to do a short research paper on some
aspect of baseball history in this region.
Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam.
Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 3
TOPICS
IN U.S. HISTORY:
LEGALHISTORY
HIS 331-A
lnstructoc Bill Green
This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the
emergence of a modem national legal system from English
and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this
course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and
juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and
tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for
women, African Americans, Native Americans, and
children); and business and labor law.
Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research
paper.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 2 1
HON 407-A
Instructor: Larry Crockett
This course will consider radical black American writers on
the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm
X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and
Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several
guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and
one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor
students or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 42
INS 120-A
Instructor Ann Fleener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following
the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler
and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars.
Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual
talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead
seminars.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 3 7 9
INS 197-A
Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to
theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed
in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater
have in common? How do they reflect the society in which
they were created? Is art timebound or timeless?
All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We
see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using
examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the
Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate
and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of
enduring themes and ideas at different points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various
readings, including reading plays, studying scores and
listening to recordings, and reading primary source material
comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources
of the College and the city, students will also attend a
special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series,
visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of
Arts, and attend music performances, including the
Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all
required performances and museum visits, write analyses of
the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will
also be quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than
$20.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 75
Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but
students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of
the class work.)
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium
INS21 1-A
Instructoc loan Kunz
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on
your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to
effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen
to and learn about other science topics and science policy
from your fellow scientists.
This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill
in speaking.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 7 6
Time: I
Room: Science 3 15
INS 264-A
lnstructoc Virginia Allery
This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood
movies that created and continue to foster images of the
North American Indian in American society. Movies will
include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher,
Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre
sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian
actors.
Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related
to any of the issues discussed in class.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
LIN 290-A
lnstructoc Don Steinmetz
Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it
present from birth? What do all languages have in common
despite their obvious differences? How can learning a
foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young
children learning their native language seem to be having
fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people
throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics
have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose
of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in
this area and engage in some principled speculation as to
what they mean. This course is open to all students with a
healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite.
There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main I 1
MIS 376-A
Instructor Kathy Schwalbe
This course develops practical project management skills by
combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and
computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class,
estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully
complete projects, use project management software to track
progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will
consist of individual and team presentations, participation,
and a final exam.
Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 2 7
MAT 173-A
Instructor Ken Kaminsky
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house
or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away
now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111
Distribution: Math/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 1 12
MAT 253-A
lnstructoc Steve Zheng
Our objectives are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals,
its rules, its visuals, how it reveals
the beauty of mathematics, how
to create images of such complex
forms and experience it as a form
of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will
observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in
examining it. The class will also consider the well known
Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics,
and computer programs will provide students with the
opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a
midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals
similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot
or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of
those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also
be a final project.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher
Distribution: Math/Physb
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 2 7
SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
(UMAIE COURSE)
MU5 179-A
lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler
Much of American history and culture is derived from that
of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity
to visit and experience important cultural centers that
provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the
New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of
art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France,
Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related
group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets,
and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no
previous experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue
South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on
a P/N basis only.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-A
lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths,
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception
(1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will
examine the historical background, musical content, and
methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre
hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project.
For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I/
Room: Music 3
MUS 295-A
Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen
The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer
program makes it possible for music students to generate
professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be
given with the end goal of developing proficiency at
printing music at the computer.
Prerequisite: Note-reading ability
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg)
MUS 394-A
lnstructoc Mark Thomsen
This course combines the study and performance of opera
and music theater as well as study of the techniques of
singing for the stage. Student participation will include
reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater
scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting
some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities
area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of
tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also
be explored.
Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/
music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open
to the public.
Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor
Distribution: Art/Music
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Sateren Auditorium
NOR 1 1 I-A
lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking,
listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication
and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom
practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and
structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main I 1
PHI 146-A
lnstructoc David Apolloni
Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder?
Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is
justified? Is there such a thing as a just war?
These questions and the various answers proposed arouse
deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among
many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral
issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these
groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these
issues.
This course will utilize readings on these complex and
burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical
moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical
theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood
to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper
and informed understanding of the philosophical problems
which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion,
euthanasia, capital punishment, and war.
The course will combine lecture and class discussion on
some contemporary philosophical readings on killing.
Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3)
page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and
class participation.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 3 0
Time: I
Room: old Main 29
PHY 151-A
Instructor: leff lohnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is also possible to use
spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who
is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a
more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob
lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary
and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based
on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Science 30
PHY 337-A
Instructor: Stuart Anderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at
the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the
most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making
Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics
needed for understanding imaging, beam control and
dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the
physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact
of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will
conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms
and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and
scattering of light.
Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory
experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used
for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in
the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of
weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour
exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or
consent of instructor)
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
POL 140-A
lnstructoc Andrew Aoki
This course requires students to struggle with questions of
social justice in America. Students will develop and defend
their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the
United States will be measured against these standards. This
course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be
expected to be very actively involved in this exchange.
The goal of the course will be for students to develop their
own thinking about social justice, and to have a much
greater awareness of values which may conflict with the
pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able
to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in
America today.
Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page)
essays, and on a final exam.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 35
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
WORLD
POLITICS:
CONFLICT
AND CRISIS
IN
THE 90s
POL 160-A
Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten
By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in
places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former
Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political
structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students
will discuss new international economic patterns, security
issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts
at peacekeeping, and environmental protection.
Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks.
Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared
materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final
essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to
simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Foss Center 20
POL 220-A
POL 320-A
Instructor William Morris
This course will examine the impact of the American
political system upon public policy making in the United
States. Three topics of major policy importance will be
selected for examination in the way they are addressed by
particular political practices and/or institutions. The class
will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light
of the scholarly literature and other information available on
each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these
choices and their handling by the political system. Close
attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus
additional articles and portions of books from the social
sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The
papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation
will determine final grades.
Students taking the course for lower division credit will be
expected to complete papers on two of the three policy
issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for
Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper
on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class.
Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one
lower division social science class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
General Education Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
POL 250-A
POL 450-A
Instructor: Einar Vetvik
The course objective is to give knowledge of the political
systems and the most important policy issues in modem
Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections,
political institutions, public administration, and the welfare
state. The course will include a comparative approach
linking the Scandinavian system to the development within
the European Community. Reference to the situation in the
U.S. will also be made.
The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes
student participation in discussion and group work.
Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final
exam.
Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional
reading, and a more extensive paper.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
PSY201-A
lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield
The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral
and social influences on health, including the interaction of
behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems.
Consideration is given to life styles, stress management,
illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive
behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class
participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes.
Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 2 12
PSY 335-A
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the
perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic
focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom
procedures with consideration of such topics as jury
selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making.
Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader
areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will
also be responsible for contribution to class discussion.
Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 73
PSY 340-A
lnstructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths
and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about
how they function as representations of the "self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are
molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical
influences. The content of the course will include topics
such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of
romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of
assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved
in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be
based on class participation and five short (600-900 word)
papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: 1
Room: Foss Center 43
PSY 370-A
lnstructoc Duane lohnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism
will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons
and society will be the main focus.
+â-h
This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level
of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF
each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class
discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral
l reports.
Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing
l
will be r e
quired.
~ ' ? U
R
As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read
r
The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of
the i n l ~ ~ l ' book
l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the
Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text
may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of
the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
REL 330-A
lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1
This course will approach parts of the New Testament from
the perspective of the social world. It will examine the
world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and
determine how that shaped the New Testament message
and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will
include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor
and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in
the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in
the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves.
Special attention will be paid to the relation between early
Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will
be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul
(Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter.
Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper.
Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 2 1 3
REL 343-A
lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and
all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart,
whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase
your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy
in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian
teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular
attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied
to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family
secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper, and two tests. Two books will be required.
Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
REL 345-A
Instructoc Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it
is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th
century, its development over about 450 years, and its
cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several
monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used.
Some important readings will be done from the reserved
shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal
with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements
include four exams.
Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
REL 374-A
Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson
For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a
better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life.
For others, science and its associated technologies, along
with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute
a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened
by science. This course will address these matters in two
ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the
relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the
development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th
century. Second, it will study systematically the world
views of science and religion to see how they compare.
Class time will be divided among a variety of activities
including lectures, whole class discussions, small group
tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing
a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the
course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams,
participation in small group tutorials based on assigned
readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe
sis paper based on the group project and course materials.
Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and
junior or senior standing
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 60
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 7 8
REL 385-A
lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology which is
based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique
of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy,
christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10
page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class
sessions will include video and discussion.
Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to
meet religion requirements)
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Science 3 19
SWK 257-A
lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams
Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours
(in a services agency or institution which students select).
The placement must be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer
experience students have opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age,
socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help
students learn about themselves in relation to a possible
major or future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. students will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as
examine their personal value system in relation to special
concerns, such as poverty and the "isms."
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 7
S WK 4 66-A (full course)
SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course)
Instructor Vincent Peters
This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students
will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus
one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive
seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work
students
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
SOC 232-A
lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod
In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and
romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this
century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child
welfare. We will examine the social status of children in
Western society focusing on understanding problems in the
current social relationships of children in American society.
Students will develop a journal of their readings and
complete an individual project selected from several
options, including a child observation assignment or a
libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the
class followed by a written summary of their findings.
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 25
SOC 265-A
lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only)
Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 20
SPA 777-A
lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue
with Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify
those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation,
a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Distribution: Modern Languages
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
SPC 348-A
lnstructoc Deb Bart
This course is an advanced television production course
which combines studio and field production with special
emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in
production teams to create and produce a one-hour
magazine format news program.
Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor
Distribution:
Liberal Arts Perspective:
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom)
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which
offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim.
Additional information about the following courses can be
obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs
Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the
Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims
ends October 29,1993.
These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number.
Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments
Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt
China and Its Artistic Heritage
The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the
Comfortable
contemporary European Business and Economic Systems
Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii
Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly
English School and Family
Environmental Issues: East and West
Europe and The Rise of Modern Science
Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration
Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland
Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities
The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian
Rainforest
Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making
Readings of the Bible
ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and
Iapanese Culture
Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism
Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro
Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay
and Sweden
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not
connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved
for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They
are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and
details for registering are available in the Interim Office.
SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS
(JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994)
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course
will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat
with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew
member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major
part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various
islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional
basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving
for the Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for
Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to
receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and
Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit.
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
OUTWARD
BOUND
HPE 212-A
Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding
and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for
whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period.
There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound
organization has some scholarships available).
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
Students are required to take the full three week program
(January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to
January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to
January 21,1994.
Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications
for financial assistance from the college are available i n
Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197.
The following activities are available to students during interim
and students may register for these classes as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but
do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc Wayne Niles
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt
inshctor. Fee of $30.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited
Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14,
7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings)
Room: Melby, north court
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 8
Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13,
1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings)
Room: Melby, north court
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc leff Swenson
Grading: P/N only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I M, W,F - all term
Room: Melby, weight room
HPE 002-A
lnstructoc ]eff Swenson
Grading: PIN only
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1 M, W,F -all term
Room: Melby, weight room
Show less
MAST.ER
0 F
SOCIAL WORI(
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1993
1994
..
.
.'·
11rr.
.L he good
we secure for ourselves
is precarious and uncertain ...
until it is secured for all of us
and incorporated into our common life."
-Jane Addams
Augsburg College
731 21st A venue South
Minneapolis, MN 5... Show more
MAST.ER
0 F
SOCIAL WORI(
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1993
1994
..
.
.'·
11rr.
.L he good
we secure for ourselves
is precarious and uncertain ...
until it is secured for all of us
and incorporated into our common life."
-Jane Addams
Augsburg College
731 21st A venue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1307
Introduction to the Master of Social Work Program .............. .4
Curriculum Design ...................................................................... 6
Course Descriptions ..................................................................... 9
Library ......................................................................................... 15
Accreditation and Affiliations .................................................. 15
Student Rights ............................................................................ 16
Admission Requirements .......................................................... 17
Application Procedures ............................................................. 18
Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 20
Academic Policies ....................................................................... 21
Fee and Payment Schedule ....................................................... 22
Financial Aid ............................................................................... 24
About Augsburg ......................................................................... 27
Campus Guide ............................................................................ 28
Campus Location ....................................................................... 29
Faculty and Administration ...................................................... 30
.mntroduction
to the Master
of Social Work
Program Philosophy
The Master of Social Work program at Augsburg College is
based on the following:
..- Understanding of and respect for diverse people and cultures
..- A tradition of excellence in its programs, faculty and students
..- Its metropolitan location which attracts students from diverse
backgrounds
..- Access to many challenging and rewarding field placements
I.
..- A commitment to educate the whole person
..- A solid foundation in and integration with the liberal arts
..- Responsibility and service to and with the broader
community in the interests of social justice
..- Commitment to oppose oppression
..- A focus on client empowerment
..- Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice
..- A framework for practice of problem-solving within a
systems perspective.
Dual concerns of the Augsburg Master of Social Work Program
are the delivery of service to families in all their diverse forms
and the planning, development and administration of services.
Social justice is a particular focus throughout the program, while
individuals are recognized as capable of adaptation, growth and
change. Intellectual, physical, spiritual, emotional and psychosocial issues are addressed with clients in relation to their locus,
be they within the individual, the family, the community or the
larger societal systems. Client self-determination, growth and
empowermen t (personal recognition of one's ability, rights and
place in the social change process) are recognized and fostered
through support and education. In the interests of constructive
social change that promotes social justice, students are educated
to address institutional oppression (e.g. , age, gender, race,
disability and religion).
Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at
Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions:
.., Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and
solutions must be based on solid research. Augsburg MSW
students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and
present practice-based research .
.., The world is interdependent in all areas, including human
needs and the services to address them. Students will become
knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs that
address changing needs of the world community.
Accommodating the Needs of Adult Learners
The Master of Social Work Program is designed to meet the
needs of adult students, (e.g. ,students who are employed, have
family obligations and/or must travel distance to obtain
graduate social work education). Augsburg College takes pride
in its focus on adult learners throughout its programs. TI1e
College is committed to education for experienced working
people. The Weekend College now equals the size of the
traditional day program. The library, student center, computer
center, counseling, parking, food service and many other
support services are open to accommodate students. Faculty
arrange office hours to meet student needs. Inexpensive oncampus accommodations are available for students who travel
to attend the program and wish to stay overnight. Classes meet
during alternate weekends in four hour blocks: Friday evening,
Saturday morning and Saturday afternoon. Students meet one
Sunday afternoon per trimester for a program seminar that
addresses specific professional issues related to ethics.
The MSW Program builds on the liberal arts base of the College
and supports the College's mission statement:
To dt.>velop future leaders of service to the world by providing
high quality educational opportunities wl11'ch are based in tlie
liberal arts and shaped by tlte faith and values of the Christian
Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an
intentionally diverse campus community.
The courses of study include the Core, the Concentration, one
elective and the Thesis seminar. Students must complete 18
courses (twelve, if the Foundation Core is waived). The complete program includes: nine core courses (six Foundation; three
Advanced) seven Concentration-related courses; one elective
and a Master's Thesis Seminar. This includes 900 hours of
professionally supervised, MSW Program-approved social work
field experience.
The Foundation Core begins the Augsburg MSW Program.
These six courses, including 420 hours of MSW Program
approved field work, must be successfully completed prior to
enrollment in the Advanced Core or concentration courses.
These courses may be waived for persons who hold a baccalaureate degree in Social Work from a CSWE accredited program.
•
I
The Pre-Concentration Core consists of three courses, which are
required of all students. These courses are the enrry point in the
program for persons with baccalaureate degrees in social work
from institutions accredited by the Council on Social Work
Education.
Concentrations
Concentrations are in two areas: Family Practice and Prognm
Development, Policy and Administration. These concentrations
include six courses beyond the Pre-Concentration Core, including 480 hours of college approved, professionally-supervised
field work. Research II focuses on practice of the concentration.
Family Practice
Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. ''Pamily,"in this
context, is interpreted broadly as the nurturing system surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need.
As a growing number of family-related challenges face society,
there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base
their professional practice on in-depth study of the broad
spectrum of issues that confront the family. In the Family
Practice concentration, students will concentrate on promoting
empowerment of the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective.
Program Development, Policy and Administration
Social change is necessary for fostering policies and service that
respond to human need. Tile Program Development, Policy, and
Administration concentration has been developed in response to
the growing demand for creative leadership and administration. Effective services require participative development,
competent practitioners, strong leadership and effective
administration. Students following this concentration will
develop the abilities and skills necessary to promote
and achieve needed change, and develop, lead, guide and
administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety
of settings.
Electives
Students must select a minimum of one elective in their course
of study toward the MSW degree. Students are encouraged to
select other electives to develop special interests.
Master's Thesis and Seminar
The thesis is intended to represent the capstone of the student's
work.
All students complete a Master's thesis based on practice in
their area of concentration. A thesis seminar supports students
in developing their theses.
.A. SWK 589 THESIS SEMINAR
I
\
ELECTIVES
A SWK 560 TOPICS
CONCENTRATION IN
PROGRAM
DEVELOPMENT, PouCY
& ADMINISTRATION
CONCENTRATION
IN FAMILY PRACTICE
.A. SWK 540 FAMILY PRACI1CE I
• SWK541 FAMILY PRACTICE
... SWK 550 PROCESSES OF PROGRAM
PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
II
.A. SWK 551 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
• SWK 542 F AMJLY ThvERSITY
• SWK 543 CREATNE PROBLEM SoLVING
FOR SUPERVISION
... SWK 552 INTER-ORGANIZATIONAL,
COMMUNITY AND POLITICAL RELATIONS
.A. SWK 553 ADVANCED SocIAL POLICY
III AND SWK 524 FIELD WoRK IV
SWK 527 REsEARCH II
A SWK 523 FIELD WORK
•
I
\
CORE
PRE-CONCENTRATION
A SWK 520 INTRODUCI10N TO FAMILY PRACTICE
• SWK 504 REsEARCH
I
A SWK 521 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT, POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION
FOUNDATION
• SWK 500 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE Soc!AL ENVIRONMENT
A SWK 501 HISTORY OF SocIAL WELFARE POLICY
.A. SWK 502 FIELD WoRK I AND SWK 503 FIELD WoRK II
A SWK 505 METHODS AND SKILLS OF Soc!AL WORK I
.&. swK 506 METHODS AND S1<1LLS OF SocIAL WoRK II
.Dourse Descriptions
Core
Foundation
SWK 500 Human Behavior In The Social Environment
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding
of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of
sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing
environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the
"sustaining environment," and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups which
represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is a focus. Students
gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences.
SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy
This course emphasizes the dynamic nature of social welfare
history and current social systems and social policy as they
relate to all our lives and especially to the lives of clients,
communities and social workers. Comparisons are made
internationally, with a focus on England's influence on early U.S.
"poor law''and social welfare. Special emphasis will be placed
on analyzing the major assumptions, ideas and events which
contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of
social work. The profession's values, ethics and historical
development are also reviewed. Both theoretically and practically, this course enables students to assess the development of
social welfare with an understanding of the influence of social
work and of the development and impact of social policy.
SWK 502 Field Work I
Students select their own field placement from a list of Programapproved agencies.
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work
setting focuses on interviewing experience and relationship
building. Supportive seminars coordinate integration of theory
and practice, as well as providing the supportive setting for
raising social work practice issues with peers.
SWK 503 Field Work II
Continuing supervised professional experience in the same social
work setting, consecutive to Field Work I, focuses on refining
previous skills and understanding and moving into new tasks.
Initiative and progressively more independent work over time is
supported.
- ·_. ·:-..
SWK 505 Methods and Skills of Social Work I
This course identifies basic features of the helping process:
theoretical foundation, principles and techniques of Social
Work intervention. It provides role play and simulation
experience necessary for social work practice with individuals,
families and groups. Throughout the course, work with a
diversity of professional, natural helping networks and client
groups is stressed.
SWK 506 Methods and Skills of Social Work II
This course emphasizes systems and social change through a
focus on community organization, social planning and social
change and their connection to social policy. A focus on group
work continues into the macro setting with task oriented groups.
Other theories and methods appropriate to these macro approaches are studied. Skills are developed using role plays and
actual work with a community group. Throughout, the focus is on
work with diverse groups.
Pre-Concentration
SWK 504 Research I
Research plays an important role in building knowledge for social
work practice. This course provides an overview of methods
commonly used in social science research, in addition to the
ethical and applicability concerns in social work research. Research design is studied using both qualitative and quantitative
approaches. Methods of program evaluation are discussed.
Students have beginning hands-on experience with the use of
computers to analyze data statistically.
SWK 520 Introduction lo Family Practice
Theories and concepts underlying holistic professional social
work practice with families are explored. This course addresses
concepts of families in their diverse forms and function in the
context of the life cycle of their members, family systems theory,
the dual perspective, and stressors which may shape or alter
family development. Ethical issues of professional social work
practice with families are integral to this course.
SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development, Policy and
Administration
Social services are commonly carried out through organizations;
thus social workers are usually members of organizations.
Organizations and the effective functioning of social workers
within them is the focus of this course. With an assumption of
"organizations as communities," an overview of theories of
organizational development, maintenance and communication
are presented. The contributions of diversity in the agencyI
community is an important focus. Social workers' important
roles in agencies, as well as professional, ethical, effective
functioning in organizations are explored.
Concentrations
SWK 523 & 524 Field Work III & IV
The purposes of the Field Support Seminars are (1) to provide
the student opportunities to share experiences from his/her
practice in a confidential setting; (2) to give and get support,
honest feedback, and valid encouragement on issues regarding
field placements, in particular, and social work practice with
families or in administration/program development, in general;
(3) to discuss and help the student integrate theories and
methods from other social work classes into the practice experience; and (4) to promote the development of students' leadership roles in organizations. These seminars accompany the 480
hours of professional supervised field work in the area of
concentration.
SWK 527 Research II
This course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range of
research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of
research in assessing effectiveness in the social service delivery,
and identification with the responsibility of social workers "to
expand the knowledge base" of social work. Building on the
basic research skills developed in Research I, students actively
adopt the researcher's role in relation to both their current
agency experience and their preferred practice setting. The
course will enable students to use basic statistical methods for
organizing, interpreting and analyzing quantitative data, plus
creative techniques for qualitative data.
Family Practice
SWK 540 Family Practice I
This course builds on content initiated in the Introduction to
Family Practice course, focusing in-depth on the "normal"
developmental crises of the family across the lifespan, and in
relation to the larger environment. Problem-solving methods and
cross-cultural models of practice are studied as well as policies
that affect families and practice.
This course is a prerequisite to SWK 541 Family Practice II and
must be taken prior to or concurrent with SWK 523 Field Work III.
SWK 541 Family Practice II
This course is a continuation of Family Practice I. It further
explores the family as cause and effect in the community in
benefitting from or changing social policy. Students will study
issues for further discussion, culminating in development of their
own service delivery models. Ethical and religious dilemmas (e.g.
abortion, euthanasia) will be raised. Advanced study of family
developmental issues focuses on catastrophic events and on
empowering families and the profession to take leadership in
developing appropriate intervention strategies and policies.
SWK 542 Family Diversity
This course examines the various theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. Recognizing that the family is the basic institution through which one
is socialized, this course will also examine how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity,
gender roles, sociological script. The course also explores the
impact of policies, discrimination and political, social, and
economic disorder on diverse families.
SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision
This course examines how social workers can discover their own
creative abilities in relation to innovation in social work supervision and practice. The course examines the relationship of
creativity and self-esteem. This course also explores ways to help
others, e.g. workers, clients, agencies and communities to
eliminate barriers which inhibit creative responses to problemsolving and practice.
Program Development, Policy and
Administration
SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development
Building on the community organization and research foundation (including needs determination and program evaluation),
the primary processes of program development study in this
course are: techniques of program planning and budgeting,
development of necessary community and larger public support,
identification and mobilization of resources, and funding proposal preparation.
SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration
The activities and skills necessary for effective program
administration are studied including short- and long-range
planning; leadership; program implementation and management; personnel recruitment, allocation, supervision and
management; social work values and ethics in the workplace;
analysis of financial statements; administrative policy, board
relations and agency policy implementation.
SWK 552 Interorganization, Community and
Political Relations
The development and maintenance of constructive relationships with external organizations in both the public and private
sectors are critical to successful implementation and management of social service programs. An organization's power to
influence social policy is related to such relationships. The
development and maintenance of these relationships so critical
to the provision of services that address community needs, and
the influence of social policy to effect social change are the foci
of this course. Among topics included are: interorganizational
relations, public relations, public information, political activity
and leadership.
SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy
All social workers have impact on the development and
modification of social policy whether intentionally or unconsciously. This course provides an in-depth focus on the development and implementation of social policy at the various
levels of the public and private sectors. The various means by
which social workers can have intentional impact on policymaking and exercise leadership roles is studied. Reading,
seminars and an internship in the policy area are included.
Topics
Topics 560
Topics such as the following are offered for students to choose
as electives:
SWK 560 Old Age: Identifying and addressing creatively, the
physical, psychological and socioeconomic needs of elderly
people, their families and the communities in which they live.
A variety of racial, cultural and life-style perspectives are
studied. Values and ethical considerations which accompany
geriatric knowledge and its technological advances are explore
together with existing and proposed public policies. Methods
of developing and changing social policy related to this population to promote social justice are studied.
SWK 560 Child Welfare: History Policy and Practice. An
overview of child welfare services. Permanency planning and
family-based services are the underlying themes through which
current child welfare policies and practices are examined. The
course will concentrate on ethnically sensitive practice to
address the disproportion of oppressed groups and persons
represented in the child welfare system.
SWK 560 Dual Diagnosis: Mental Health and Substance
Abuse. Focusing on individuals who suffer from both addictive
behaviors and mental health disorders, a broad array of related
topics are considered. The challenges involved with assessment;
comparisons and contrasts; psychopathology and the outcome
of psychoactive substances abuse; management approaches in
the human services delivery system; the effects of and response
to dual diagnosis cross-culturally; and available services are
among topics explored .
..· '. . .
SWK 560 Poverty, Equality and Income Support Policy:
Program and policy issues around poverty, income distribution
and social welfare reform are examined. Among issues explored are equality and income distribution, the changing
composition of the poverty population, causes and politics of
poverty, existing and proposed strategies. Current federal, state
and local approaches as well as new initiatives are studied such
as the social insurance program, child support policies, the
Earned Income Tax Credit concept, etc.
SWK 560 Contemporary Practices in Developmental Disabilities:
The nature of developmental disabilities and services needed
by persons with developmental disabilities and their families
are studied. Current systems of services, legal perspectives,
responsibilities and roles and functions of the various disciplines which provide services are explored.
SWK 560 Social Work with Involuntary Clients: Clients who
are required by legal mandates or other forces to have contact
with social workers and the involuntary transactions therein are
the foci of this course. Social work theory, ethical principles,
research findings and practice skills needed to help involuntary
clients are studied and applied.
Thesis
SWK 589 Master's Thesis and Seminar
The study of research, like all of social work, comes alive in the
implementation. A thesis is required of all Master of Social
Work candidates so they may experience and learn the utility of
research to social work practice, and so they can contribute to
the knowledge of social work practice and to the building of
social work theory. The thesis is based on an area of the
student's practice focus. The research- selected by the student
in consultation with the thesis advisor - focuses on an area of
social need, practice, service and/or policy.
The thesis seminar is described in the Thesis Guidelines, which
all students must review. The seminar provides a forum for
students to develop their thesis plans, consult with each other
and the faculty leader, present research methodology and
identify how they will accomplish completion of the thesis.
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry and Art History
libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to
over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and
the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide
network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
Alccreditation and
Affiliations
The Augsburg Master of Social Work program is in candidacy
with The Council on Social Work Education (CSWE), part of
accreditation by CSWE. Augsburg is accredited by the North
Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The college is a
member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
the Lutheran Education Council in North America and the
Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board.
~tudent
Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and
responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters
of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for a
complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs
(330-1160).
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights
and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect
all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except
where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge
inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to
experience education free from discrimination based on sex,
race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital
status or age.
m amission Requirements
The Augsburg Master of Social Work Program promotes the
widest possible diversity within its student and faculty populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the admissions policies ensure educational opportunities that include
persons from a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs and
cultures.
Because of the particular nature of the Master of Social Work
Program, a strong liberal arts background in the behavior
sciences is required. A course in biology, physiology or
anatomy that includes studies of the human systems is required. A course that includes basic statistics is strongly
recommended. Applicants who have completed majors in areas
other than the behavioral sciences are encouraged to apply and
will be given consideration based on their composite assets.
Students who do not hold a Bachelor's degree in social Work
should apply as Foundation Level students. Students who meet
all of the criteria for Advanced Standing may apply for PreConcentration consideration.
Applicants to the program will be assessed on an individual
basis according to the following guidelines. Strengths in some
areas may balance other areas for development.
Foundation Core:
Admissions deadline: March 1
Notification of Admission: Early May
Matriculation date: Early September
Requirements: Bachelor's degree from an accredited college or
university; a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale
(B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program;
a minimum of two years employment or volunteer experience,
one of which is in the human service area; a course in human
biology, physiology or anatomy; a solid foundation in the
liberal arts.
Pre-Concentration Core:
Admissions deadline: October 1
Notification of Admission: Early December
Matriculation date: Early April
Requirements: Bachelor's degree in Social Work from a CSWE
accredited college or university; a minimum grade point
average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (B average) for the last two years of
an undergraduate program; a course in human biology, physiology or anatomy.
Alpplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Master of Social Work Program:
1. Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
.·. ·
2. Written personal statement, the length of which is open
(typically 3-8 pages in length), that addresses: why the applicant
is interested in social work as a profession; the reasons for
seeking an MSW, at Augsburg, in particular; what strengths the
applicant brings to the Augsburg community; and what the
applicant intends to do with the MSW once the degree has been
completed.
3. Three letters of reference, including checklists, that address
the application evaluation criteria in relation to the applicant.
4. Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work,
which indicate degrees conferred, from each institution attended.
5. Possible interview with admission committee members.
Application Evaluation Criteria
Applicants will be evaluated on the following criteria:
1. Academic strengths and potential
2. Professional, volunteer and life experience
3. Professional orientation
a. Understanding of social work, including values and ethics
b. Motivation for pursuits of the Masters degree in Social
Work
c. Relationship of past experience to decision to enter the
field
d. Applicant's perception of relationship of MSW to longterm career plans
4. Understanding of roles and functions of diversity in a
multicultural society and global environment
5. Commitment to social action and social justice
6. Ability to cope successfully with the stress inherent in a
graduate professional program.
lllvaluation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Social
Work degree will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point
scale with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
P
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in
grade point average)
N
Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit and
non-punitive -not computed in grade point average)
W
Grade given when course is dropped
I
Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to
complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary documentation.)
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade
below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned
the second time are counted in the grade point average.
A)cademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If
a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to be
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of Nin a
course, the student must petition successfully with the MSW
Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the
program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at
that time. If the cumulative grade point average again falls
below 3.0, the student may be dismi ssed from the program by
the MSW Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed
by the MSW Program Committee for behavior d etrimental to
the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as
published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only
after established procedures were followed.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Social Work program is
the equival ent of four semester credits or six quarter credits.
Students meet in class a total of 32 hours and are responsible for
a significant amount of individual study and preparation. An
additional four-hour Sunday Seminar is required each trimester.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either two or three courses each trimester.
All students are required to complete the program within four
years. Students who leave the program for more than one term
must request a leave of absence in writing from the MSW
Program Committee.
Residency
Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the
equivalent of the last year or nine courses.
Transfer Students
Up to eight courses from a C.S.W.E. accredited MSW program
may be transferable if the grades are 3.0 or better. Transfer
students must meet the admissions and residency criteria.
Advisement
The Augsburg Social Work Program Director assigns advisors
whose purpose it is to promote student growth, development,
and the achievement of personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours are posted on office doors; students
may meet with faculty at other times by appointment. In
addition to to the academic advisor, all social work faculty are
accessible to students. Social Work faculty consider advising
time a high priority and work to be available.
m ee and Payment Schedule
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ................ $25.00
Tuition (per trimester course) .............................................. $884.00
(one course= 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable) ......... $100.00
late Fee ...................................................................................... $25.00
(charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Late registration per day includes
incomplete registration as defined:
a. Unsigned Registration Form or
b. Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Class Meeting ..................... $5.00
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ................ $2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate
of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of
30 days or more.
Fees
The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application
deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit
reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is
accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are
responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No refund after third scheduled class meeting.
Payment Options*
1. Payment in Full: Due Day of Registration.
2. Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will
be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3. Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which
are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course
reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days after the
end of the term.
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on
any amount with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments
at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted
only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full
as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or
academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full.
This also applies for student loan funds administered by the
college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according
to established repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid
and could affect further credit extended by the college.
m inancial Aid
Students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program
costs in a number of ways. Enrollment in three courses per
trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. Two
courses is considered part-time enrollment. The Office of
Student Financial Services (330-1046) will assist students in
assessing financial aid eligibility and offering financial aid from
available alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have
financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as
individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related
or degree-related college programs.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State
Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For
assistance in applying please contact Augsburg's American
Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal
agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard nationally accepted methodology.
Federal Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg
College-federally funded program administered through the
College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal
at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5
percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a
month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for
new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10
years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined
undergraduate and graduate study is $30,000.
The Federal Family Education Loan Program
1) Federal Stafford Loan. Available to students based on a
financial eligibility determination. Annual loan limits are up to:
$2,625 per year for first year undergraduates
$3,500 per year for second year undergraduates
$5,500 per year for third year and beyond
$8,500 per year for graduate students.
Aggregate loan limits are $23,000 for undergraduates and
$65,000 for graduates (including undergraduate borrowing).
Interest rates for new borrowers with loan periods beginning
10/1/92 or later are determined annually by the 91-day
T-Bill+3.1 %, with a cap of 9%. Students with outstanding
balances on Stafford Loans (Guaranteed Student Loan) will
continue with the interest rate on the previous loan. No interest
accrues to the student borrower while enrolled at least half-time
in an eligible program. The federal government subsidizes the
interest during this time.
2) Federal Stafford Loan - Unsubsidized. Program characteristics (loan limits, interest rate, etc.) are the same as the above
subsidized Stafford Loan, except that the interest accrues to the
student borrower while enrolled. This loan is available to those
who do not qualify for the subsidized Stafford Loan. A normal
financial aid application is required.
3) Federal Supplemental Loan for Students (SLS). Available to
independent students who are enrolled at least half-time.
Variable interest rate is set annually (on July 1) with a cap of
11 %. Payment usually begins within 60 days of disbursement.
Annual loan limits are $4,000 for first and second year students
and $5,000 for third year and beyond. Graduate students may
borrow up to $10,000 per year. Aggregate loan limits are
$23,000 for undergraduates and $73,000 for graduates (including undergraduate borrowing).
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate and $6,000 per
year for graduate students with a $25,000 aggregate maxiumum
when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest
rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school.
Principal payment begins 13 months after leaving school.
Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least
half-time.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1. Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for financial aid.
2. The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the
necessary application and financial statement form (or
you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial
Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Graduate Program Office).
3. All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file
with Augsburg from each previously attended institution
even if you did not receive aid. Forms are available from
the College.
4. Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
5. Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within
the deadline stated.
.B)bout Augsburg College
History
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Mipneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg
College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free
Church merged with The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities
metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis
and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W.
Adjacent to the campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the
West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the
Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection
between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing
towers, College Center, main academic and administrative
halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most
accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system
lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside.
In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students
with disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran,
15percent other Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic.
Several other affiliations are represented among students and
faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as
amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities, and employment practices.
D ampus Guide
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage II Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni
Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
22. Site of new residence hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
K. Student/Commuter
Parking
6. Accessible Entrance
N
I
•
I
I
I
I
......
......
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open
for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday
evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and
22nd Avenues and on Butler Place between 24th and 25th
Avenues South. Most street parking is four hour parking,
seven days a week. Additional parking is available for a fee
in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U ofM parking lots
on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Aicultyand
Administration
Anthony Bibus, Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Vern Bloom, Assistant Professor of Sociology, MSW Fieldwork
Coordinator
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Nancy Brennan, Associate Professor of Social Work
B.A., M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work,
BSW Program Director
B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University
of Minnesota.
'·
Elizabeth Bruch, Associate Dean of Graduate and
Non-traditional Programs
B.A., Elmhurst College; M.S., Indiana University; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work, MSW
Program Director
B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Patrick Clemens, MSW Program Coordinator
B.A., Macalester College; M.T.S., Harvard University.
Blanca-Rosa Egas, Associate Professor of Social Work
M.D., M.Ed. and Psychiatry Residency, Universidad de
Guayaquil; M.P.H and Substance Abuse Fellowship,
University of Minnesota.
Kathy Enger, Reference Librarian
B.S.W., College of St. Catherine; M.L.I.S., University of Iowa.
Edwina Hertzberg, Professor of Social Work, Director of Faculty
Development
A.B., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, Associate Professor of Social Work, Department
Chair
B.A. Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London
University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Sharon Patten, Associate Professor of Social Work
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A. (Public Affairs), Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Curt Paulsen, Associate Professor of Social Work
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Douglas Perry, Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Vincent Peters, Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.A., Loyola College; M.S.W., University of Madras.
Edward Skamulis, Associate Professor of Social Work
B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of
Nebraska.
Mary Lou Williams, Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
12/92/5.SM
Augsburg College_;
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS ,
MN
55454
Show less
A ACADEMIC
CALENDAR
A INFORMATION
SESSIONS
A TUITIONAND FEES
A CLASSSCHEDULES
Academic Calendar.....................................................................................2
..................................................................3
1993-1994Tuition and Fees ................ Show more
A ACADEMIC
CALENDAR
A INFORMATION
SESSIONS
A TUITIONAND FEES
A CLASSSCHEDULES
Academic Calendar.....................................................................................2
..................................................................3
1993-1994Tuition and Fees ........................................................................4
Program Information Sessions
General Education Guidelines ..................................................................
5
Graduation Requirements .........................................................................
6
Class Schedule, Fall 1993-1994..................................................................7
Class Schedule, Winter 1993-1994...........................................................ll
Class Schedule, Spring 1993-1994..
.........................................................15
NOTE:
Class schedule changes may occur after this schedule is published. Students
should consult the course list each term for the most current schedule of classes.
Fa12
Trimester
Winter
Trimester
Spring
Trimester
Aue 27
Dec 3
Mar 14
Applicant File Completion Deadline
Sept 3
Dec 17
Mar 28
New Student Orientation
Sevt 11
Tan 3
Aur 4
Registration
Begins
Ends
June 4
July 30
Oct 29
Nov 24
Jan 28
Feb 28
Payment & Registration Conhation
Mail Deadline
Aug 27
New StudentsIMake-up
Sept 11
Dec 17
Jan 3
Mar 25
Apr 4
Classes Begin
Jan 7-9
Apr 8-10
Application Deadline
Sept 17-19
Last Day to Add or Drop Class Without Record Notation
Sept 19
Jan 9
Apr 10
Last Day to Change Grade Option
Oct 31
Feb 13
Mav 23
Last Day to Drop a Class
Nov 15
Feb 21
Tune 6
Classes End
Dec 10-12
Mar 25-27
Tun 24-26
Final Grades Due
Dec 20
Apr 4
July 5
Classes Meet
Sept 17-19
Oct 1-3
Oct 15-17
O d 29-31
Nov 12-14''
Nov 19-21
Dec 3-5,
Dec 10-12
Jan 7-9*
Jan 14-16
Jan 28-30
Feb 11-13*
Feb 18-20
Mar 14-6
Mar 18-20*
Mar 25-27
Apr 8-10
Apr 22-24
May 6-8
May 2@221Y
June 3-5
June 17-1Y
June 24-26
+
One week between classes
** Classes scheduled on Sunday, May 22, will meet Monday night, May 23,from 6-10
p.m. to allow students to participate in graduation ceremonies.
The college reserves the right to change one or more of the above dates should it be necessay. In such cases, suficient adwnce notice will be given.
Program Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled
throughout the year These information sessions are free of charge
and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend
College Ofice (330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1993-1994
--
Tuesday, May 25
Saturday, June 12
Tuesday, June 29
Saturday, July 17
For Winter Trimesteq 1993-1994
Tuesday, October 12
Saturday, November 13
For Spring Trimester, 1993-1994
Tuesday, January 25
Saturday, February 26
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Phone: 6121330-1782
FAX. 6121330-1649
-
5:30 p.m.
9:00 a.m.
1993 - 1994
Tuition and Fees
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per course)
($221.25 per semester credit)
Tuition (per summer course; 1993)
Activity Fee (per trimester)
Audit a Course
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
Nursing Clinical Fee
Student Teaching Fee (per course)
Late Fee (per day)
Registration change after first class meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time)
Transcript Fee (first is free, per copy after first)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Augsburg College resmes the right to adjust charges should economic conditions
necessitate.
General Education Guidelines
Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992academic year and
transferred in seven or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the
General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than
seven Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives
along with the requirements for their major.
Students who entered Augsburg during the 1992-1993academic year and
transferred in 16 or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the
General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than 16
Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along
with the requirements for their major.
Students who entered Augsburg during the 1993-1994academic year and
transferred in 25 or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the
General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than 25
Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along
with the requirements for their major.
A list of courses that fulfill Liberal Arts Perspectives is made available with
registration materials or may be obtained from the Registrar's office.
Graduation Requirements
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the
Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the
Registrar's Office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be
no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
1. Students under general education distribution requirements must
complete 35 courses?
2. Students under Liberal Arts Perspectives requirements will follow the
guidelines listed below:
If you matriculated at Augsburg between September 1,1991, and
December 31,1992, you must complete 34 courses: meet the full Liberal
Arts Perspectives requirements, Entry Level Skills Assessments, and
Graduation Skills Requirements.
If you matriculated at Augsburg on or after January 1,1993, and transferred fewer than 14 Augsburg equivalent courses, you must complete 33
courses: meet the full Liberal Arts Perspectives requirements, Entry
Level Skills Assessments and Graduation Skills Requirements.
If you matriculated at Augsburg on or after January 1,1993, and transferred in 14 or more courses, you must complete 33 courses*, meet the
advanced-transfer Liberal Arts Perspectives, Entry Level Skills
Assessments, and Graduation Skills Requirements.
* At least 11 course credits must be Uppe~Division, numbered in t he 300s or 400s. Included
in the number of courses requiredfirgraduation must be the completion of a major.
Fall Trimester 1993-1994
Friday Evening, 6:00-9:30
ART 240
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
EDE
102
242
355
362
391
271
112
350
EDE 379
EDE 382
EDS
EDU
EDU
ENG
ENG
GST
HPE
NUR
NUR
NUR
PHI
PHI
PHY
PSY
PSY
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
S W
350
210
264
331
271
140
114
305
350
403
230
350
101
105
361
399
356
472
231
265
111
345
260
Art History Survey
Biological World*
Principles of Management
Marketing Communications
International Business
Business Law
Cobol
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments:Kindergarten-Elementary
(9117-11/12) 5
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (9117-10115) 2.5
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics
(10129-12/10) .5
Reading in the Content Areas (9117-11/12) .5
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (9117-11/12) .5
British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Introduction to Liberal Arts (9117-11112) .5
Safety Education (9117- 11/12) .5
Contemporary Nursing I:
Communication *
Introduction to Nursing Research
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families
Logic
Philosophy of Religion (same as REL 350)
Astronomy *
Principles of Psychology
Personality
Psychology Internship
History of Religions
Theology of Paul
Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Public Speaking
Organizational Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning, 8:30-1200
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology *
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS
BUS
CHM
CSC
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
331
391
100
330
112
113
313
377
387
EDE 388
EDE 389
ENG
ENG
ENG
INS
MAT
MAT
MIS
MIS
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
111
227
245
232
103
124
175
279
110
342
381
221
440
211
355
463
Financial Management
Business Law
Chemistry for Changing T i e s
Theory of Computation
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (9/1&10/16) -25
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts
(10/30-12/11) .5
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (11/20-12/11) .25
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education
(9/18-11/13) .5
Effective Writing
Journalism
Introduction to Literature
African American Experience in America
Basic Mathematics (no credit toward graduation) *
Calculus I
Computer for Business, Economonics and MIS
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Introduction to Philosophy
Mass Communications in Society
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Biblical Studies
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
Human Community and the Modem Metropolis
Small Group Communication
Community Organization and Development
Saturdav Afternoon, 1:15-445
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
EDE
EDS
EDU
EDU
The Biology of Aging
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Managerial Cost Accounting
Human Resource Management
Structured Programming
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Music (11/20-12/11) .25
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (10/3@12/11) .5
Media Technology (9/18-11/13) .5
ENG
ENG
HIS
HPE
PHI
POL
POL
REL
REL
SOC
SOC
SPC
SWK
SWK
251
350
103
116
120
160
342
111
370
121
375
354
257
466
Readings in America Literature
American Literature to 1920
The Modern World
Health Concepts for Educators (10/3&12/11) .5
Ethics
World Politics
Mass Communications in Society
Introduction to Theology
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Introduction to Human Society
Social Psychology
Interpersonal Communication
Exploring Human Services
Field Work 111
Sunday Afternoon, 1:15-445
ART 132 Photography
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading
EDE 495 Topics: Kindergarten-ElementaryInterdisciplinary
StudiesISocial Studies (9119-11114) .5
EDU 388 Human Relations (10-31-12112)
.5
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing
HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (10131-12/12).5
HPE 482 Coaching Theory of Sport
INS 233 Women in Cross-Cultural Perspective
MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics, and MIS
MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
MIS 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations
REL 441 Feminism and Christianity
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, Race
SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I
SWE 111 Beginning Swedish I
SPC 352 Persuasion
SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs
To Be Arranged
EDE 263 Kindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences .5
EDS 252 Clinical Experience .5
Evening Classes (meet weekly, September 8 through December 16)
CSC
CSC
ECO
ENG
EDS
EDS
EDS
HPE
MIS
PHY
POL
POL
POL
SPA
145 Computing for the Liberal Arts, Thurs 6-9 pm
340 Digital Communication and Computer Networks, Thm 6-9 pm
414 Labor Economics, Tues 6-9 pm
345 Introduction to English Language, Tues 6-9 pm
364 English Methods, Thurs 4:50-8:00 pm
366 Foreign Language Methods, Thurs 4:50-8:00 pm, .5
374 Natural Science Methods, Thurs 4:50-8:00 pm .5
002 Racquet Sports, Tues 5:30- 7:30 pm
(9121, 9/28, 10/5,10/12,10/19,10/26)
Intermediate
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
479
and MIS, Thurs 6-9 pm
116 Introduction to Physics, Thurs 6-9 pm
325 Public Administration, Thurs 6:30-9:30 pm
370 Constitutional Law, Tues 630-930 pm
421 Topics in American Politics, Wed 690-9:30 pm
111 Beginning Spanish I, 6-9 pm, evenings TBA
Student Teaching (Prereq: Approval and Placement by Education Dept.) * **
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481A K Student Teaching
481B K-El Student Teaching
481C El Student Teaching
482A K Student Teaching
482B K-El Student Teaching
482C El Student Teaching
48341 K Student Teaching
483B K-El Student Teaching
4 8 X El Student Teaching
484 El Student Teaching
481 Student Teaching
482 Student Teaching
483 Student Teaching
484 Student Teaching
* Extra class or lab sessions required
**Additionalclinicalfee required
Winter Trimester 1993-1994
Friday Evening, 6:OO-9:30
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
EDE
102
242
252
331
340
391
345
113
364
EDE 495
EDS
EDU
ENG
HPE
MUS
NUR
NUR
PHI
PHY
POL
PSY
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SOC
SPC
SWK
SWK
477
341
226
116
130
306
310
380
106
122
105
373
263
343
121
265
354
260
363
Design
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Human Resource Management
BusinessLaw
Principles of Computer Organization
Principles of Microeconomics
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:InterdisciplinaryStudies
(3143125) .25
Topics: Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language
Arts/Childrenls Literature
School and Society
Media Technology (117-2/18) .5
Introduction to Creative Writing
Health Concepts for Educators (2111-3/25) .5
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Contemporary Nursing I1
Community Health Nursing
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Introductory Meteorology
Metropolitan Complex
Principles of Psychology
Organizational Psychology
World Justice and Hunger
Theology of Marriage
Introduction to Human Society
Culture: EthnicityIGender and Race
Interpersonal Communication
Humans Developing
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Saturday Morning, 8:30-12:OO
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
231
221
222
352
425
433
320
The Biology of Women
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Marketing Research and Analysis
Advanced Accounting
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Algorithms
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
112
313
318
351
376
EDE
EDE
EDU
EDU
ENG
ENG
INS
MAT
POL
379
382
264
388
223
438
320
104
342
B Y 105
REL 353
REL 363
SPC 111
SPC 355
SWK 465
Principles of Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies
(118-1/29) .25
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (118-1129) .25
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Math (2112-3126) .5
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (2112-3126) .5
Human Relations (21123126) .5
Writing for Business and the Professions
Shakespeare
American Indian Women
Intermediate Algebra (no credit toward graduation) *
Mass Communications in Society
Principles of Psychology
Denominations and Religious Groups
Religion in America
Public Speaking
Small Group Communication
Social Policy
Saturday Afternoon, 1:15-4:45
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
222
252
323
465
210
113
312
415
350
EDE
EDS
EDU
ENG
ENG
HIS
HPE
MAT
MIS
MIS
PHI
377
375
370
245
351
222
115
121
175
279
120
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Marketing
Accounting Theory & Practice I1
International Management
Data Structures
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Managerial Economics
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
(118-2119) .5
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Science (118-1129) .25
Social Studies Methods (2112-3126) .5
Classroom Management (118-2119) .5
Introduction to Literature
American Literature since 1920
U.S. History since 1877
Chemical Dependency Education (2112-3126)-5
Finite Mathematics
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Ethics
PSY
REL
REL
SPA
SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
362 Behavior Disorders
111 Introduction to Theology
XXX Upper division -to be announced
111 Beginning Spanish I *
329 Intercultural Communication
351 Argumentation
364 Field Work1
469 Field WorkIV
Sunday Afternoon, 1:15-445
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
EDE
EDU
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
FRE
GER
HIS
HPE
HPE
INS
MIS
MIS
REL
SOC
SPA
SPA
SWE
SWK
118 Painting
242 Principles of Management
326 Tax Accounting
440 Operations Management
315 Money and Banking
375 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (2113-3127) .5
282 Introduction to Special Education
380 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (119-1130) .25
388 Kindeqarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (316-3127) .25
389 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education
(119- 2/20) .5
111 Effective Writing
111 Beginning French I *
111 Beginning German I *
102 The Shaping of Western Civilization
114 Safety Education (2113-3127) .5
353 Kinesiology & Physiology
105 Introduction to American Indian Studies
175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
475 Systems Analysis and Design
221 Biblical Studies
375 Social Psychology
111 Beginning Spanish I *
112 Beginning Spanish I1 *
112 Beginning Swedish I1 *
260 Humans Developing
To Be Arranged
EDE
EDS
HPE
REL
263
252
489
366
Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences .5
Clinical Experience .5
Coaching Practicum .5
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
Tentative trip date to Mexico: January 1522
- - - - --
-
-
Meets Weekly, WEC Winter Trimester, Jan 7- March 30
ENG
HPE
NUR
SPA
337
002
423
112
British Literature: Romantic to Victorian, Tues 6-9 pm
Lifetime Fitness, Thurs 5:N-7:N pm, 8 weeks
Pradicum in Nursing I, Thurs 6-9 pm
Beginning Spanish 11, Thurs, 6-9 pm
Meets weeklapring Day Schedule Jan 31-May 19
ART
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
HIS
225
101
216
341
399
480
370
Communication Design, Tues 6-9 pm
Developmental Writing, Tues 6-9 pm
American Indian Literature, Wed 6:N-9:30 pm
Advanced Creative Writing, Wed 6-9 pm
Internship (DevelopmentalWriting), Tues 6-9 pm
Criticism, Thurs 6-9 pm
The Late Middle Ages to 1560, Wed 6-9 pm
student Teaching W e q : Approval and Placement by Education Dept) * "
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481A K Student Teaching
481B K-El Student Teaching
481C El Student Teaching
48241 K Student Teaching
482B K-El Student Teaching
482C El Student Teaching
483A K Student Teaching
483B K-El Student Teaching
483C El Student Teaching
484 El Student Teaching
481 Student Teaching
482 Student Teaching
483 Student Teaching
484 Student Teaching
* Extra class or lab sessions required
**Additionalclinical fee required
Spring Trimester 1993-1994
Friday Evening, 6:OO-10:OO
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
EDE
290
242
270
466
445
350
EDE 376
EDE
EDS
EDU
ENG
ENG
HPE
MUS
380
353
388
272
361
114
272
MUS 472
NUR
NUR
POL
PHI
PHY
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
SWK
330
404
158
241
101
105
111
XXX
121
111
480
260
Tribal Arts and Culture
Principles of Management
Business Ethics
International Marketing
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
(418-5120) .5
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies
(613-6124) .25
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (418-516) .25
Creating Learning Environments
Human Relations (418-5120) .5
European Literature: Renaissance to Modern
Modern Fiction
Safety Education (418-5120) .5
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
(meets concurrently with MUS 472)
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
(meets concurrently with MUS 272)
Trends and Issues in Nursing *
Contemporary Nursing IV:Leadership and Management * **
Political Patterns and Processes
History of Philosophy
Astronomy*
Principles of Psychology
Introduction to Theology
Upper Division to be announced
Introduction to Human Society
Public Speaking
Publication/ Promotional Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning, 8:OO-1200
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
CHM
101
252
331
391
100
Human Biology
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
BusinessLaw
Chemistry for Changing T i e s
CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDU
ENG
ENG
HIS
HPE
MAT
MIS
PHI
POL
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
SWK
313
318
351
377
350
341
111
423
104
115
114
175
125
342
485
231
339
211
351
461
467
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques for Teaching Reading
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (419-517) .25
Reading in the Content Areas (5121-61251 .5
Media Technology ( 419-5121) .5
Effective Writing
British Novel
The Modern Non-Western World
Chemical Dependency Education (419-5121) .5
Elementary Functions *
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Ethics and Human Identity
Mass Communication in Society
Counseling Psychology
Religion in African American History
Television and Religion
Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
Argumentation
Advanced Methods and Skills of Social Work
Social Worker as Professional
Saturday A£ternoon, 1:OO-500
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDU
ENG
ENG
INS
MIS
PSY
REL
REL
SOC
SOC
105
221
222
355
438
170
112
311
360
379
386
264
223
245
260
370
493
221
345
231
349
Biology and Society
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Marketing Communications
Investments
Structured Programming
Principles of Macroeconomics
Public Finance
International Trade and Finance
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (614-6125) .25
Children's Literature (419-5121) 5
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (419-5121) .5
Writing for Business & Professions
Introduction to Literature
Contemporary American Indians
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
Psychology Seminar
Biblical Studies
Lutheran Heritage
Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
Complex Organizations
SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 *
SPC 352 Persuasion
SWK 462 Field Work I1
Sunday Afternoon, 1:OO-500
ART 250 Ceramics
BUS
BUS
BUS
EDE
242
423
450
364
EDE 375
EDE 388
EDE 389
ENG 225
FRE 112
GER 112
HPE 116
INS 233
MAT 131
MIS 279
MIS 476
REL 221
REL 483
SOC 265
SPA 112
SPA 211
SWK 365
Principles of Management
Auditing
Marketing Management
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies
(4110-518) 2.5
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (5122-6126 ) .5
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (4110-518) .25
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education
(51224126) .5
Intermediate Expository Writing
Beginning French I1 *
Beginning German I1 *
Health Concepts for Educators (4110-5122) .5
Introduction to Women's Studies
Math for the Liberal Arts
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Information Systems Projects
Biblical Studies
ChristianEthics
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Beginning Spanish I1 *
Intermediate Spanish *
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
To Be Arranged
EDE
EDS
NUR
NUR
263
252
311
427
K-El Clinical Experience .5
Clinical Experience .5
Community Health Nursing I1 * **
Practicum in Nursing I1 *
Meets Evenings
HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness, Thurs pm, meets weekly for eight weeks
HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (Thurs., 6-10 pm
4/14,4/28,5/12,5/19) .5
Student Teaching (Prereq:Approval and Placement by Education Dept) * **
EDE 481A K Student Teaching
EDE 481B K-El Student Teaching
EDE 481C El Student Teaching
EDE 482A K Student Teaching
EDE 482B K-El Student Teaching
EDE 482C El Student Teaching
EDE 483A K Student Teaching
EDE 4838 K-El Student Teaching
EDE 4 8 X El Student Teaching
EDE 484 El Student Teaching
EDS 481 Student Teaching
EDS 482 Student Teaching
EDS 483 Student Teaching
EDS 484 Student Teaching
* Extra class or lab sessions required
**Additional clinical fee required
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin,
age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education
Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehbilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission
policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices
Show less
.
. .. .
..
. ~.,.
.·~
.
.,.
.,
.'
r" •
., ·~J. :....
I'
·. ~· :.
. ...
f • • •• • •
=u ~
1
.,·:: 0~ :-.
1 .· ~ '·.
., ~ .
.
.
.. ~.
.
·:·z. :
'.
t
~
•
•
:
•
.
...... .,, .
. . . en··t·
.. ·
.
\
'.·
.
. ...
. : ....
."
·· ~ ~- ·
.
'· ""
.
. ~
·
· ~
"... Show more
.
. .. .
..
. ~.,.
.·~
.
.,.
.,
.'
r" •
., ·~J. :....
I'
·. ~· :.
. ...
f • • •• • •
=u ~
1
.,·:: 0~ :-.
1 .· ~ '·.
., ~ .
.
.
.. ~.
.
·:·z. :
'.
t
~
•
•
:
•
.
...... .,, .
. . . en··t·
.. ·
.
\
'.·
.
. ...
. : ....
."
·· ~ ~- ·
.
'· ""
.
. ~
·
· ~
"'.
<..'
.
'
..
·.JI..(
~ .:·
·P ··
•
·..~·
.. . . . .
I
••
.. · ~
..
.~~b
.· .oo_·:. . .
•
..
•
. . ...
•
•
••
1
..
..,.
..
..
.'
..•
.
!•
.
....
.,. .... ·. .•.,
~
~
,.
.. .
I
• .
•
rationally and intuitively the people who might be
? •
their followers, and the society in which they we embedded.
They had better comprehend the values of our common
...
culture, past and present, know how our political and
j
·..
economic systems work, and understand how and why
.•
science has changed the world. .. Leaders need specialists
:.. ~ . ..
. t'
• -~ 1• •
. ..
~
as advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are
....
generalists . .. At higher levels of leadership they cannot
achieve their full potential without considerable breadth of
'• .
knowledge. Only this way can they shape the contexts for
decisions where expert knowledge is used.
• •"
• ..
'
.
..
-
.
.. •
••
John Gardner
,
..
:. ~·
..
I.
. . . ,'
. ... .
llf I
.tl-UGSBURG
C•O•L•L•E•G•E
Graduate Programs Office
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
....., ..
·."',
'
I
. . I
.. .
.. .
·1
'•
..
.
... :
•·
..
.. .."·~
. .. ,..
'•
.
..
•
~
~·
.·
'•
·.·-. · .
:
%~LE OF CONTENTS
j
.
~
.....
. .· :
,.
;~ :
I
'
..:.. . .
..
,
I
....
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership ......................... 3
Leadership Development Model ................... ............................... 5
.•'
I
Curriculum Design ..................................................... ..................6
' •
Thesis/Leadership Application Project Requirement.. ................. ?
Course Descriptions ...................................... ............... ................. 8
••
t I•
....
.'I'.':.~ · ·:.
'
...
.•••. ·
..
·'· ..
' ' •.
!>'•' . . .
'
. . •:.: .·
"
.,
:
.~
•
I
.·.....
"'·
•\
..
••
. ..
..
~
Accreditation and Affiliations .................................................... 12
Student Support Services ....................... ........................ ............. 13
Student Rights ................................... ...... ..... ............... .. .... ... ....... 13
Admission Requirements ........... ................... .... .. ....... .... .... ......... 14
Attendance Policies ............. .... .... ............. ....... ..... ...... ................ 16
..
•·
International Applicants ......................... ....... ............ ................. 15
Evaluation Standards ................... .. ............... .. ..... ....... ................. 16
',:.."
•:
Library ..................................................................... .. ................. 12
Application Procedures ................................. ...... ..... ................... 14
~
,,
Graduate Faculty ....................................... ....... .. .. .. .. ................... 12
Academic Policies ........................................................... ........... 17
'
'.;
~·
Fee and Payment Information ..................................................... 18
.,.,
.......
.. :'· •. ';
.....
.
• . • •4 · ·:·.
...
'. .
..
~
.··:··....
......
.f,. :
.. ·~· ; .
•' ..
j
:::.~ ~ '
·,. · : .
..
~
·'
.
About Augsburg .......................................................................... 22
Campus Location Map ................................. ~ .............................. 23
•:
'•-,.
-.
Financial Aid .............................................................................. 19
'
Campus Map ............................... ..... ..... .. ........... ... ................... ... 23
Faculty and Administration .............. ............... ............... ... .........24
.
·...
. ....
.
·- ·.
•"'
•
~TRODUCTION
•,
• • I
..:· '
'
.
..
I
.
Developing Leaders for
Organizations and the
Community
The Master of Arts in Leadership
responds to the leadership
development needs of profit and
not-for-profit organizations.
While different in structure and
purpose, most organizations
seek leaders with the following
qualities:
• a vision which is ethically and
morally responsible, extending
beyond immediate concerns;
• an understanding of how
change occurs and affects the
immediate environment;
• a sensitivity to the complex
problems organizations face,
and an ability to achieve
solutions consistent with an
organization's mission;
• the ability to motivate and
inspire individuals and groups
to work toward a common
goal; and
• the ability to effectively
represent the organization both
internally and externally.
The Master of Arts in Leadership
provides a means by which individuals may discover and refine
these and other abilities and
awareness fundamental to effective leadership.
Accommodating the
Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Arts in
Leadership program is designed
..
. .. ....
to meet the needs and preferences of working adults. The
program is based on the
assumption that the men and
women who enroll are
employed, self-disciplined and
well-motivated individuals who
seek a balance of classroom
experience, group interaction
and individual study. Each
course is, therefore, divided into
periods of study, group efforts
and class preparation. To
accommodate this format for
learning, each class meets on
alternate Saturdays for
three-and-one-half hours and
alternate Thursday evenings for
one-and-one-half hours.
Leadership Development
Model
. • t .
The Master of Arts in
Leadership program promotes
leadership as a process which I)
inspires cooperation among
people who must compete for
limited resources, 2) promotes
productivity within and beyond
the organization, and 3) works
toward progress for the individual and the organization. To
accomplish this, individuals
aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key
attributes: a sense of vision, the
ability to persuade, and the
ability to direct action.
...
..
'.
......
·:·.
..
...··
.
t
.. .
1·
f
~·
·: ·
:
.,
•'
•
;
I
' -1
'
•
•
•
I
,
' .~ .
..
.
l.,
.
4
...
.
:.;'
.
•. ·. ...
. . ...,• .
•
..
-.•
·,
.
·.
' •I
~TRODUCTION
Underlying these attributes is a
broad range of abilities and
awareness. These abilities and
awarenesses, outlined in the
diagram on page 5, serve as
specific outcomes for the Master
of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's
model of leadership development
is designed to assess, promote,
enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual.
Community of Learners
. ..
~
'
;
..,..•'•· ,
-
..
',
I.
·•
.. ·..
~.
.•.
•
..
. ' ·•
·'·"
.
,
Essential to the goals of the
Master of Arts in Leadership is
participation in a community of
learners gathered together on the
Augsburg campus. Learning is
enhanced when the student is
involved in a stable community
that provides opportunity and
encouragement for active participation both in and out of the
classroom. This community will
be enriched by the presence of
men and women who bring to
the program a variety of work
and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community
interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make
use of college facilitates such as
the library, computer labs and
the Christensen Center; to take
the opportunity to share meals
and coffee breaks; to participate
in optional lunch time seminars;
and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic
presentations, and athletic
events.
Individual Professional
Development
Master of Arts in Leadership
students enroll in a half course
called Leadership Practicum.
Students are required to enroll
in this professional assessment
and development course for six
tenns during their graduate
work at Augsburg. Upon
completion of the entire
practicum, students receive a
half course credit. In each tenn,
specific activities related to the
practicum are scheduled.
Early in the program a major
component of this practicum is a
full-day professional assessment
to determine students' abilities
and potential relative to each of
the outcomes of the Leadership
Development Model (see page
5). Assessment instruments
include paper and pencil exercises, and simulation and group
experiences. Following the
assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor
who provides guidance in
personal goal-setting and in the
creation of a professional development plan or "blueprint".
Augsburg has contracted with
Personnel Decisions, Inc. (PDI)
to organize and facilitate the
practicums. PDI is a professional consulting firm providing
the full range of psychological
and human resource services to
enhance individual and organizational effectiveness. The
practicums work on a rotating
series of six, one per trimester.
The practicums are designed to
meet the needs of the students in
the following areas: effective
persuasion, communication
techniques, identifying and
defining problems, decision
making, interpersonal skills
required for leadership and other
professional development
topics. Each practicum will
focus on a specific topic and use
mini-lectures, small group exercises and experiential learning.
Students are required to participate in the practicum workshop
with PDI during the same term
they participate in the professional assessment.
•
r
•
;·, .._.,.
'.
·..
~ADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL
•
'
'
:\
.•.•: .
.
..
·~
• ·.
...
•.
'
Leadership
Sense of
Vision
Orientation
Toward Action
/
Ethical
• Social awareness
• Environmental
awareness
• Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
• Appreciation
of situational
complexity
.• .
Facility for
Persuasion
/
Creative
Communicative
+ Long-term
perspective
+ Flexibility
• Adaptability
• Innovativeness
•
•
•
•
Effective listener
Effective speaker
Effective writer
Diplomatic
ability
• Effective team
member
• Interpersonal
sensitivity
.....
Culturally
Aware
'
: .. ,
• Appreciation
for cultural
differences
• World-view
perspective
• Tolerance of
individual
differences
..
' IJ • .,.
·.
~
.. ....
..
I
'
..
..
J
Risk Assumptive
\
l
.
Decisive
I
•....
• Curiosity
+ Achievement
motivation
• Self-esteem
• Self-confidence
• Analytical ability
+ Ability to think
critically
• Understanding of
research
• Ability to manage
conflict
.
".
.
.
.;'
.....
"· .. '
.. .
•
.. ·
•
• ••
I
'·
•"'•. ,,
~
~
I
,•
•
.. ..·:.
··.
.
. ·"' .:
. ....
,•
.... ·.
WuRRICULUM DESIGN
,•
l-
·'
•
~
f
•
..
..
...
J •• ••
..
•
:
.~ •
. l
'f
•
.... ...
·-
•
·~
..
....··.
-
'
'
.. ' '·
.
. ...
' .·'·. ,' -..
t .
~
,.
. ..
... .
•!
•
•
...... . .,.•
..
'
~
The Master of Arts in
Leadership program is
comprised of 12 course credits
made up of 10 full credit
courses and four half credit
courses. Unless otherwise indicated, each course is equivalent
to one course credit.
Elective Courses
(6 - 8 course credits)
The. following core courses are
required of all students in the
Master of Arts in Leadership
program:
The Master of Arts in
Leadership program requires
that a minimum of six of the
required eight elective courses
be selected from the following
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
(A half course which spans six
trimesters.)
ML 5 I 0 Foundations of
Leadership (To be taken during
one of the first three trimesters.)
ML 514 Research Methods OR
EDU 514 Evaluation and
Documentation (To be taken
during one of the first three
trimesters, preferably after the
student has taken ML 510
Foundations of Leadership.)
course list:
ML 51 l Creativity and the
Problem-Solving Process
(Student may not receive credit
for both EDU 515 and ML 511.)
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values,
and Personal Growth
ML 521 Methods of Critical
Thought
ML 530 Ethics in
Communication
ML 531 The Dynamics of
ML 593 Leadership Research
Seminar I (.5 course)
Ml 594 Leadership Research
Seminar II (.5 course) (These
Change
ML 540 Politics, History, and
Leadership
two seminars are to be taken in a
student's last two consecutive
terms or when the student has
completed at least six electives.)
ML 545 Decision Making I:
ML 592 Thesis/Project
Technology
Consultation (.5 course) (To be
taken simultaneously with ML
594 and in the term in which the
thesis/project is completed.)
ML 560 Developing a Multi-
Qualitative Process and
Application
ML 550 Decision Making and
Cultural Perspective (Student
may not receive credit for both
EDU 513 and ML 560.)
ML 596 Women and Leadership
ML 598 Independent Study
Other courses as added .
;
.'..-..
have had demonstrated success
in advanced courses, develop
targeted leadership abilities and
understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs as students
employ these capacities in
multiple courses. Students are
encouraged to see abilities and
understandings as cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as
integrated. The very form of the
program reflects the view that the
world in which we operate is
complex and that dealing with it
successfully requires well-developed integrative ability.
Core Courses
(4 course credits)
ML 599 Special Topics
..
. ·:-.
The Master of Arts in Leadership
students are required to complete
12 course credits and a thesis or
leadership application project.
Each course unites two or more
liberal arts disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated
outcomes, and uses a variety of
learning techniques appropriate
to adult learners. Instructional
techniques are varied, such as
case study, debate, written and
oral presentations, and group
activity. These techniques, which
··..
~
,
: :··' .
..
.
.
.
.:
. . ,·.
Master of Arts in
Education - Leadership
Elective Courses (0 - 2
course credits)
The Master of Arts in
Leadership program will allow
for the selection of up to two
electives from the Master of
Arts in Education - Leadership
program. The electives can be
selected from the following list:
EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership
EDU 511 Legacy of Education
EDU 512 Models of Teaching
and Learning
EDU 513 Diversity and
Education (Student may not
receive credit for both EDU 513
and ML560.)
EDU 515 Creativity and
Problem Framing (Student may
not receive credit for both EDU
515 andML511.)
EDU 516 Models of
Educational Process
EDU 517 Politics and Public
Policy of School Offerings
EDU 599 Special Topics
(.5 or I course)
Please see the Master of Arts in
Education - Leadership program
bulletin for detailed descriptions
of these courses.
Thesis/Leadership
Application Project
Requirement
At, or near, the completion of
the course work for the Master
of Arts in Leadership program,
students are required to develop
and carry out a study of some
aspect of leadership or leadership related topic. This research
based study affords the student
the opportunity to "tie together"
what has been learned from the
study of leadership in the course
work, course related activities
and the practicum sessions.
Students in the Master of Arts in
Leadership program have the
option to do either a Thesis or a
Leadership Application Project
for completion of the Master of
Arts in Leadership degree. The
decision as to which of these
capstone alternatives is selected
depends on the interests and
orientation of the student. Some
students express a theoretical
interest in the study of leadership and identify topics which
lend themselves to a more traditional thesis project. Other
students express interest in a
more applied approach to leadership and wish to pursue
investigations which are not
appropriate for more traditional
thesis topics. Students with
more practical topics in mind
are likely to select the
Leadership Application Project.
Both the Thesis and the
Leadership Application Project
should be seen as the culmination of the Master of Arts in
Leadership program, offering
participants the opportunity to
either investigate some aspect of
leadership in depth or explore
the application of what has been
studied. The principal distinction between these two options
lies in their underlying orientation. The Thesis will have a
more theoretical orientation,
while the Leadership
Application Project will be
based on a more practical
applied orientation. The difference between these two options
will be explored in more detail
in the ML 514 Research
Methods course, taken during
the first year of the student's
program.
·~
.
'
~·
..
. .,
1
·,.
•
'· ( ·
t '.
..
I .~. ~
:
~
, . ..
" ..
'
> "
..
- ~:
•.·
. ...
. ·- ·.
·'
..
~t
•
t.' , .
t. .
. ...
:
.
WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS
..
••
variety of disciplines and
perspectives. The role of the
liberal arts, various learning
styles, methods of research and
inquiry, student outcomes and
program expectations are examined. Must be taken during one of
the student's first three trimesters.
ML 511 Creativity and the
Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from
the perspective of traditional
aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking.
This course uses creativity as a
method and it examines techniques for solving problems in
organizations, for enhancing
innovation and for seeking an
integrative world-view.
(Students cannot receive credit
for both this course and EDU
5 I 5 Creativity and Problem
Framing.)
,
..
. ·. ·
. ·.
. .ii. '
• .
•
' .. t
....
·.,
i.·
'·
•
'
. .•. .· .
, ':
~
~ . . ....1 .. ·
:
.. .......'
~
.
·.
;
.
...
' ;:
'
ML 500 Leadership
Practicum
A professional assessment and
development course which
spans six terms. This course
includes a full-day professional
assessment and six workshops
in the following areas: Leader as
Communicator, Leader as
Problem-Solver, Leader as
Diplomat, Situational
Leadership, Leader as
Coach/Counselor and Leader as
Adaptor/ Achiever. The workshops are offered in conjunction
with Personnel Decisions, Inc .
Students are expected to participate in both an Assessment
Center and a workshop during
their first term of registration.
Half credit. Graded on a P/N
basis. (Students in the Master of
Arts in Leadership program are
required to take this course.
Credit will not be granted for
EDU 500 Assessment and
Leadership Practicum.)
ML 510 Foundations of
Leadership
Introduction to the concept of
leadership, providing an historical and philosophical
framework for the program.
This course views the nature and
purpose of leadership from a
ML 514 Research
Methods
Evaluation and documentation
of programs, projects and ideas
as they relate to leadership theories and practice. Qualitative
and quantitative tools will be
discussed. Must be taken during
one of the first three trimesters,
preferably after the student has
taken ML 5 I 0 Foundations of
Leadership. (Students can not
receive credit for both this
course and EDU 514 Evaluation
and Documentation.)
.'.
. ..
.-·
•.
;
.,
,. ~
.
..
·,
·. ·,
. ' .. ..
ML 520 Self-Identity,
Values, and Personal
Growth
sensitivity to ethical conflicts
which arise in social and organizational settings.
ML 545 Decision Making
I: Qualitative Process
and Application
Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal growth
ML 531 The Dynamics of
Change
Decision making is fundamental
to all human endeavor, particu-
as related to professional and
personal life. This course may
employ psychological, philosophical and theological perspectives
to explore the role of the individual in the larger social context.
Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution
of self-identity and values, the
influence of sex roles and the
relationship to spiritual growth.
ML 521 Methods of
Critical Thought
Investigation of the processes of
critical thinking drawing from
philosophy and other disciplines.
This course focuses on the relationships between ideas and the
expression and application of
ideas. Students apply dialectical
processes in the effective formation, presentation and use of
ideas in organizational structures.
ML 530 Ethics in
Communication
Interdisciplinary study of ethics
and communication through the
investigation of a variety of
ethical perspectives within
human communication. This
course places particular attention on the use and abuse of
communication in politics,
advertising and interpersonal
relationships. It emphasizes a
This course offers an exploration of the context of social
change and varying responses to
diverse human needs. Ways of
achieving well-being may be
viewed differently by leaders in
public and private domains and
across cultures. The course
explores these various perspectives including areas of conflict
and opportunities for leadership
in social and organizational
change. Sociological, human
development and economic
theories are applied to contemporary public and private sector
issues for social change.
ML 540 Politics, History,
and Leadership
Analysis of the political aspects
of nation-states and other organizations. This course focuses
on the process of achieving individual, group or national goals.
Drawing on a variety of cultures
and nations, it examines
significant historical events and
the leaders who shaped them.
larly in leadership. Leaders,
regardless of their field, are
continually held accountable for
decisions in settings characterized by incomplete information
and limited time. The
constrained nature of the typical
decision making environment
necessitates the use of a systematic and objective decision
making process. Drawing on
various disciplines, course
participants will examine the
different stages of the decision
making process including:
analysis of the decision setting
and its relevant boundaries,
identification of acceptable decision outcomes, definition of the
implementation of the decision
and appraisal of potential
contingencies. While emphasis
is given to the qualitative rather
than quantitative aspects of
decision making, about 20
percent of the course will
include the development of
some basic analytical concepts:
data collection, graphs and
charts, measuring central
tendency and dispersion, and
association.
.... ..
..
..., .
...
.
. . ..
.. ...: .
. ..:. .. . . .
. ..
... ...
·• . ·.
•'
~
~,
.......
I
•
.
,. :
... ·.
.,.
.. ...
...
.
.. . .·
•.'•
'
•I
..
.. '
'•.
.
.
. ::· ·-
'•
.
~,,,
...
.,1
..
.·
'.
. ....
:
'
. ··.!
I
.
•..
... . ..
..
"' . •.
\
. ~.
,.,' .
.....•..
...·~
~
...
••.. '
·,
~
'
f>
WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS
ML 550 Decision Making
and Technology
•
.11
:
Historical analysis of the
decision making and problem
solving process. This course
focuses on the development of
technology as both the cause
and the solution of problems by
investigating various cases.
ML 560 Developing a
Multi-Cultural Perspective
... .
,fl
~ .
'
.....
..
. •
I
•
··~
.
"
•·
•••
.:
4..
..
Investigation of inter-cultural
issues. This course enhan~es the
ability to lead and work more
effectively with people of
different cultural backgrounds
through the study of diverse
values, beliefs and traditions
within the global community.
(Students can not receive credit
for this course and EDU 513
Diversity and Education.)
ML 592 Thesis/Project
Consultation
A series of meetings with a faculty
thesis/project adviser simultaneous with ML 594 Leadership
Research Seminar II: Synthesis of
Findings and during the trimester
in which the thesis/project is being
prepared for final submission.
Half credit. Graded on PIN basis.
Students not completing the
thesis/project during the same
term in which they are enrolled
in ML 594 are required to pay a
thesis/project continuation fee of
$100 during each subsequent term
until the thesis/project is
completed. (Students in the
Master of Arts in Leadership
program must take this course .
Credit will not be granted for
students present their final
results orally and submit a
written thesis or leadership
EDU 592 Thesis Consultation.)
application project. Half credit.
Graded on a PIN basis.
(Students in the Master of Arts
in Leadership program must
take this course. Credit will not
be granted for EDU 594 ThesisResearch Seminar II: Synthesis
of Findings.)
ML 593 Leadership
Research Seminar I:
Research in Leadership
First half of a two-course
"capstone" sequence for the
Master of Arts in Leadership
Program to be taken in a
student's last two consecutive
terms or after the completion of
at least six electives. This course
provides each individual the
opportunity to develop a research
topic to synthesize previous
study and work experience and
to demonstrate an understanding
of the program's principles. Half
credit. Graded on a PIN basis.
(Students in the Master of Arts in
Leadership program must take
this course. Credit will not be
granted for EDU 593 ThesisResearch Seminar I: Research in
Leadership.)
ML 594 Leadership
Research Seminar II:
Synthesis of Findings
Continuation of the "capstone"
seminar, taken in the term
immediately following the
student's registration in ML 593
Leadership Research Seminar I:
Research in Leadership. This
seminar focuses on the methods
of inquiry and results of individual projects. At the
completion of the seminar,
ML 596 Women and
Leadership
A seminar exploring the theory
and practice of women and leadership - political,
entrepreneurial and social.
Opportunity for research on a
topic and area of interest will be
provided. An interdisciplinary
approach to issues of women
and leadership with an emphasis
on literature developed by political scientists will be taken. The
course ·is intended to enhance
the critical thinking skills of the
students and to enhance the
leadership skills of those dealing
with women and of the women
themselves.
ML 598 Independent
Study
Provides directed independent
study in an area of the student's
choice. Open to students who
have completed at least three
courses with a grade of at least
3.0. Students must complete a
Proposal for Independent Study
and have it signed by the supervising professor. The proposal
then must be approved by the
Associate Dean for Graduate
and Special Programs prior to
final registration for the course.
Study of selected topics in
leadership that are not treated
extensively through current course
offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration.
' t" '
..• . 1.-•
,·.
...
..• .
.....
...
.
. .:-·.
.
~ADUATE FACULTY
taught by bringing together
faculty from different disciplines or combining a faculty
member with professionals from
relevant fields. In these situations, at least one member of the
team has a Ph.D. and substantial
teaching experience. All of the
program faculty have extensive
experience teaching adult
learners. Graduate faculty are
listed at the end of this bulletin.
The Augsburg library collection
includes over 175,000 books,
periodicals, films, audio and
video cassette tapes, and microforms. Access to the collection
is provided via a computerized
library catalog that includes the
holdings of Augsburg and six
other private liberal arts college
libraries in the metropolitan
area. Daily courier services
among these libraries facilitates
accessible through MINITEX, a
regional library network, and
through OCLC, an international
library network. Remote,
off-campus computer access to
all these services is provided via
a telecommunications link.
Students who successfully
complete Augsburg's
Leadership program will receive
a Master of Arts degree.
Augsburg is accredited by the
North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools. The
College is a member of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities (ACTC), Lutheran
Education Council in North
America and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Faculty who teach in the Master
of Arts in Leadership program
are predominantly full-time
senior faculty with doctorates or
appropriate professional
degrees. Some courses are team
•,
~BRARY
..
r '
Ii
•.
.
·•
•
.
~
' q
~
..
I
..
;
. "·
. ...,. "•·.'
the sharing of these resources.
Additional library resources are
':
I.• '
· ~·-
' ..
. .' :
..
...
....
·If;
.f .. ' ! •
Augsburg College is registered
with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board.
Registration is not an endorsement of the institution.
Registration does not (neces-
sarily) mean that credits earned
at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or
that the quality of the educational programs wou Id meet the
standards of every student,
educational institution or
employer.
.. .'
.
·,
~
. . ·" ,•
~DENT SUPPORT SERVICES
The Augsburg Master of Arts in
Leadership Program assists
students in making education
and career plans, in working on
their personal development and
in participating in activities
beyond the classroom. Some of
these services are:
Academic Planning
In addition to the faculty who
provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by
the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisors and Master
of Arts in Leadership staff.
Career Services
Available Include:
• Development of a resume and
a career-search plan through
the Career Services Office
'
,.
•.
•
•
I
·.. . ~ • 4l
.;
'·
;~·
• Work experience related to a
student's field of specialization through the Cooperative
Education Office (330-1148)
• Professional assessment
through Leadership Practicum
• Self/career assessment
counseling through the Career
Services Office (330-1162)
,,
~DENT RIGHTS
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and
responsibilities and has
provided for due process in the
matters of disciplinary action,
grievances and grade appeal.
Students who wish to identify
appropriate procedures for
complaints should contact the
Vice President for Student
Affairs (330-1160).
•.:
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy Act and Title IX.
Students have the right to
inspect all official records which
pertain to them and which are
maintained in the Registrar's
Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver of
access has been signed) and to
challenge inaccurate or
misleading information.
Students have a right to experience education free from
discrimination based on sex,
race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital
status or age .
••
.-·. .. : .... .
.. J
I
......
'
:• •
•.•
•.:
'.. ...
,
.. ·
. ...
.
. . ·..
..
·...
.. .
'# '•
•.•
..
• I ',
.. . ·f
•
•
I
.,,.
\
..
.....• ..
....
..
·~
'
•
·~
, •
,
t
.. ". ~
. '
..•.
. •.
..
nMISSON REQUIREMENTS
Applicants to the program must
hold a baccalaureate degree
from an accredited four-year
college or university.
Applicants are expected to have
a minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of
3.0 (on a scale of A- 4.0) OR a
minimum cumulative grade
point average of 3.0 for graduate
courses completed at an accredited college or university, with a
possible probationary tenn.
Applicants holding a Master's
or other advanced degree from
an accredited college or university are academically
admissible.
'
.
~
A
,.
Applicants to the program must
have five years of experience (or
equivalent) with one or more
organizations in a position(s) of
leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential.
Decisions about admission to
the program will be made on an
individual basis by the Master
of Arts in Leadership
Committee. Admission to each
entering graduate class will be
given to the most highly
qualified individuals.
Admissions are handled on a
"rolling" basis, with students
admitted at the beginning of the
Fall, Winter and Spring terms.
Selection of candidates will be
.
...
made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's:
• Previous college record,
• Letters of recommendation,
• Experience and organizational
background,
• Miller Analogies Test scores,
for applicants who do not meet
the published admissions
standards,
• For applicants whose native
language is not English, a
minimum score of 550 on the
Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL),
• Written statement, and
• Possible interview .
APPLICATION PROCEDURES
•
•
!,.
• ;
. ...
To apply, the following materials must be submitted to the
Graduate Programs Office:
• Completed application fonn;
• $25.00 application fee (nonrefundable);
.
• A brief ( 1-3 page) statement
relating the applicant's career
and life goals to his or her
leadership aspirations;
·.•., .
..
•••
..
• Letter of recommendation
from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential;
• Letter of recommendation
from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing the applicant's
work style and potential as a
leader;
• Official transcripts from all
undergraduate institutions
attended listing all courses
taken and any degree(s)
conferred;
• Official transcripts from all
graduate institutions attended
listing courses taken and
degree(s) conferred, if any;
• Official set of results on the
Miller Analogies Test will be
requested directly of applicants
by the Graduate Programs
Office, who do not meet the
published admissions standards;
• Official Test of English as a
Foreign Language (TOEFL)
score with a minimum score of
550, for applicants whose
native language is not English;
• Applicant may be asked to
participate in an interview
with graduate programs
faculty and/or staff member .
..
"
. ..
~·
·....·
. ··. ..
.. . .. .
.
.. .
:- . '
-.
:,
._%TERNATIONAL APPLICANTS
·~
.~
~
Augsburg College Graduate
Programs Office encourages
qualified applicants from other
countries and feels that they
contribute significantly to the
program. International applicants should keep in mind that
classes meet on alternating
Thursday evenings and
Saturdays. Students can take
only two classes plus a
practicum per trimester for a
yearly total of six classes and
three practicums. With this
schedule students can complete
the required course work in two
years.
Please see the section under
Admission Requirements for a
general description of the
admission process, selection
criteria and work experience
requirements.
Application materials required
for international applicants are:
• Completed application form;
• $25.00 application fee (nonrefundable) payable in U.S.
dollars;
• A brief ( 1-3 page) statement
relating the applicant's career
and life goals to his or her
leadership aspirations;
• Completed Declaration of
Finances (see below for
additional information);
• Letter of recommendation in
English from an immediate
supervisor, assessing
leadership potential;
• Letter of recommendation in
English from a co-worker (at
the same level) describing the
applicant's work style and
potential as a leader;
• Official marksheets with
certified translations from all
undergraduate institutions
attended listing all courses
taken, marks earned, dates
attended, and any degree(s)
conferred (diploma(s));
• Official marksheets with
certified translations from all
graduate institutions attended
listing courses taken, marks
earned, dates attended and
degree(s) or diploma(s)
conferred, if any;
• Official results on the Test of
English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) with a minimum
score of 550; and
• Applicant may be asked to
participate in an interview
with graduate programs
faculty and/or staff member, if
applicant is in the United States.
As a first step toward application,
all international students must
arrange for their own financial
sponsorship, because limited
financial aid from Augsburg
College may or may not be available. Students and their sponsor
must complete a Declaration of
Finances as part of the application for admission, along with
appropriate certifications.
Students will need to provide
proof of availability of funds for
tuition, books and living costs.
For the 1993-1994 academic
year, we require students to
provide proof of a minimum of
$10,000 in U.S. funds for living
expenses and the cost of tuition
must be added to this amount.
Students wishing to have spouses
and/or children accompany them,
must plan on having additional
funds available for their support.
.
" ..... ,,
.
.
··.·
... ··..,
.
•; .
:
. ... .
I
,.
.....: ,. :.
•
I
I
~·
I
.. •
NOTE: Additional information
may be required, as requested by
Augsburg College, to more accurately evaluate educational
credentials. Furthermore,
supplemental information may be
needed to issue an 1-20 or J -1 for
students admitted to the Master
of Arts in Leadership program.
Information requested for the 120 or J- 1 will not be used to
make an admission decision.
.
..
:
...
",,
.'
.
•
. ..
" ...
.... ..
!( •
.
..•
•
I ',
'. ..
...
I
I
'
~
'
.I
•
•
.
\
_.'~.
l ~t
•
....
·"
~ALUATION STANDARDS
..
·~ '
Evaluation of academic perfonnance in the Master of Arts in
Courses not offered on the
numbered grading system are
Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale
noted in the course descriptions
with these definitions:
in this bulletin as being graded on
a P/N basis. In order to receive a
..
..... ·,
,,
4.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence.
3.5
3.0
grade of P, a student must
Achieves above basic course standards.
achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
Achieves the minimum passing standard.
No more than two courses with
a grade below 3.0 will count
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
Performance below basic course standards.
toward the degree. Students who
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course).
receive an Nor 0.0 in a course
must successfully petition the
0.5
0.0
P
N
w
..
.. ..
. ".
·•
~
I
~
Committee before being
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
allowed to continue in their
non-punitive - not computed in grade point average).
program. If a second grade of N
or 0.0 is received, the student
Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after
the deadline for dropping without notation on the record
.
.. .
A
., . .
'·· '., ,
Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete
course requirements for reasons beyond the student's
control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a
petition with the Graduate Programs Office stating reasons
for the request, the plan and date for removing the
incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor and any
other necessary documentation.)
~ ·- ;
.' M'; ..... •
'
Master of Arts in Leadership
,•
... .
.
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in
grade point average) .
may be dismissed from the
program.
No more than two courses with
a grade of or below 2.5 can be
repeated. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time
are counted in the grade point
average.
TTENDANCE POLICY
Because leadership issues are
presented, discussed and
important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to
Irregular attendance may, at the
discretion of the instructor,
analyzed in the classroom,
regular attendance is highly
one's self, but to one's class-
adversely affect one's grade.
mates and course instructor.
'
. ..~. . .~
I
i·
A
I
,-
'f
...
cADEMIC POLICIES
•
Academic Probation and
Dismissal Policies
Students must maintain a 3.0
cumulative grade point average.
If a student falls below a 3.0
average, the student will be
placed on probation for the
following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be
restored in order for a student to
be removed from probation. If a
student receives a grade of Nor
0.0 in a course, the student must
petition successfully with the
Master of Arts in Leadership
Program Committee before
being allowed to continue in the
program. A plan for the student
to follow would be outlined at
that time·. If a second grade of N
or 0.0 is received, the student
may be dismissed from the
program by the Master of Arts
in Leadership Program
Committee. Students may also
be dismissed by the Master of
Arts in Leadership Program
Committee for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a
gross violation of college policy
(as published in the Student
Guide). Dismissal would occur
only after established procedures were followed.
Credit for Prior
Education, Training and
Experience
Due to the interdisciplinary
nature of the courses in the
Master of Arts in Leadership
program, it is unlikely that
courses taken elsewhere may be
substituted for a particular
course in the curriculum.
Students may petition the
Associate Dean of Graduate and
Non-traditional Programs for
approval of any variation in the
curriculum including the
transfer of credit. Transfer
credits will be evaluated on an
individual basis. The only
courses that will be considered
for transfer credit are those
earned from accredited colleges
and universities whose course
content is comparable to those
in the Master of Arts in
Leadership program. No more
than two courses will be
accepted for transfer credit.
•
Credit and Contact
Hours
Each full credit graduate course
in the Master of Arts in
Leadership program is the
equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Students meet in class a total of
31.5 hours and are responsible
for a significant amount of individual study and preparation.
'"
..
."
..:. ..
..
.;
...
·
Enrollment
Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or
two courses per trimester plus a
Leadership Practicum. Enrolling
in two courses per trimester
enables a student to complete
the course work in the program
"-'·
.
•
,,
...•··.
... .
_
...
• ,!t1 •
..
I
. . ·:.
..•
..
' •""
. .: ":'
. .. .
.
'
.
:
.~
.'
~
.
A
:..•·.
......
..
.·:·. ,
·.
'
\
•
..
..
,•,
I
co•
cADEMIC POLICIES
in two years. All students are
required to complete all components of the program within five
years. Extensions beyond five
years will be considered on the
basis of petition to the Master of
Arts in Leadership Program
Committee.
•
Students who leave the program
for more than one trimester
must request a leave of absence
in writing from the Associate
Dean of Graduate and NonTraditional Programs. A leave
of absence may be granted for
one calendar year. Time spent
on an official leave of absence
will not count toward the five
year deadline for degree
completion.
Last Day to Withdraw
from Class
The last date on which students
may withdraw from a class and
receive a "W" on their records is
published annually in the Master
of Arts in Leadership Program
Supplement.
.. .
'
.....•..
,
'
.
.... . ·" ..
,.
'
!'"•
•
"
'·
......
··.
,, 'a ' ;•
"'•
~E AND PAYMENT INFORMATION
;
. ..
If
....
..: !
A schedule of fees is published
separately in the Master of Arts
in Leadership Program
Supplement. Tuition is set on an
annual basis. ML 592, ML 593
and ML 594 are half credit
courses and are charged half of
the current full credit tuition.
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
is a separate charge. Please refer
to the current supplement.
Various Payment Plans
are Available: *
1) Payment in Full: Due day of
registration.
.
.. ..
··.-•
.. ~
....
,, . ··.•.
I,
..
.... . .
I
'
,
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college
approval, a three-pay plan is
available each trimester.
Payment plans will be
offered only if the student
has adhered to previous
plans .
3) Company reimbursement:
Full courses or equivalent
which are company
reimbursed require a deposit
of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment
due within 45 days after the
end of the tenn. A letter from
the employer, stating the
company's reimbursement
policy, must be annually
filed with the Business
Office.
Registration is permitted only if
the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full as
agreed. Augsburg College will
not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This
also applies for students loan
funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins
Student Loan); they must be
current according to established
repayment schedules.
* A non-sufficient-funds check
will declare your registration
invalid and could affect further
credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
In order to be eligible for a
refund, students are responsible
for canceling courses with the
Registrar's Office. A per-course
tuition refund will be made on
the following basis:
Prior to the first scheduled class
meeting - 100%
Prior to the second scheduled
class meeting - 90%
Prior to the third scheduled class
meeting - 80%
Prior to the fourth scheduled
class meeting - 70%
Prior to the fifth scheduled class
meeting - 60%
Prior to the sixth scheduled
class meeting - 50%
.
. .. ·, ·.. :
SlfNANCIAL AID
In a number of ways, students
may receive assistance in meeting
Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two full credit courses
per trimester allows the student
to be classified as full-time. One
course is considered half-time
enrollment. The Office of Student
Financial Services (330-1046)
assists students in assessing
financial aid eligibility and offers
financial aid from available alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide
grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic
potential and have financial need.
Sponsored Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues
outside funding for special
scholarships. The availability of
such scholarships may enable
the participation of individuals
of limited financial means as
well as individuals working for
volunteer agencies and other
organizations not likely to
provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition
Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and
corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees
who participate in work-related
or degree-related college
programs. Augsburg College
offers several payment plans by
which employees may handle
tuition reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs,
Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who
meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these
scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of
financial aid. For assistance in
application, please contact
Augsburg's American Indian
Support Program Director at
330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Federal and State Aid
Programs
The Office of Student Financial
Service determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial
aid programs available to graduate students. Determination is
based on standard, nationally
accepted methodology.
• Federal Perkins Loan
ProgramJoint Augsburg College-federally funded program
administered through the
College for students who
demonstrate financial eligibility.
No checks are issued, but the
student is required to sign a
promissory note at least once
per term. Funds are put on the
student account after the note is
signed.
BORROWING LIMITS: You
may borrow up to $3,000 per
year as an undergraduate with a
$15,000 undergraduate maximum
($30,000 as a graduate student).
.•.•
JNIEREST AND REPAYMENT:
Simple interest of 5% and
repayment of principal (at a
minimum of $40 per month)
begins nine months after you
. .: ".
~
. :.
graduate or leave school. Partial
or total loan cancellation privileges exist for certain types of
teaching, disability and, in
certain circumstances, military
service.
DEFERMENTS: No interest
accrues nor do payments need to
be made at any time you are
enrolled at least half-time or for
" t•
I
,, t
...
..
'
three years of military, Peace
Corps or VISTA. Contact our
student loan coordinator if you
think you are eligible for a
deferment.
• Federal SLS (Supplemental
Loans for Students) Federal SLS is a federally sponsored loan program which
permits independent students to
borrow to finance their cost of
education. Applications are available from the Office of Student
Financial Services anct must be
completed and returned to
Financial Services for processing.
Checks are delivered co-payable
to the College and the student.
BORROWING LIMITS:
Undergraduates may borrow up
to an aggregate maximum of
$23,000. Graduate students may
borrow up to $10,000 per year
with an aggregate maximum of
$73,000 (including undergraduate).
JNIEREST AND REPAYMENT:
Variable interest rates are
adjusted each July !st with an
•
Iii'
.... .
..
·'
·'
•
11'
•
•
. ...
11 .
•.
•.
.
. ...
.. .
'
,
..
... ,
i'
.. ···...
··.
'
. .. . .
. . .. .
,.
.." . .
SlfNANCIAL AID
L•
,
......•
.·
..
.... ." .
•'
·.
. .'
··'·' .....
~
"·
..
..: l
.
·~
.. ....
..
~
...
.:.t .
'"
N·
.. • • . •
~t'!
....•.
.' ·.~
... ···
·....
··.-,··'
.•·
••••• 4 •
..... .
... .. .
11 % cap. Interest payments
begin 60 days after the loan is
disbursed, but in many cases,
interest can be allowed to accrue
and is added to the principal.
Repayment begins 60 days after
you leave school or cease to be
enrolled at least half time. (For
7/1/92 - 6/30/93 the rate is
7.36%.)
DEFERMENTS: Deferments
exist for continued education or
disability. Contact your lender
for details.
• SELF (Student Educational
Loan Fund)The SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board.
Applications are available from
the Office of Student Financial
Services and should be
completed by the borrower and
co-signer and returned to
Student Financial Services for
further processing. Loan checks
arrive once per term and are
made co-payable to the student
and Augsburg College.
BORROWING LIMITS:
Graduate students may borrow
up to $6,000 per year minus any
other student loan indebtedness.
Maximum undergraduate
borrowing cannot exceed
$16,000 ($25,000 including
graduate). The minimum loan
amount per year is $1,000.
INTEREST AND REPAYMENT:
The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days
after the loan is disbursed and
continue quarterly thereafter
while the student is enrolled.
Principal payments begin in the
13th month after you leave
school.
DEFERMENTS: There are no
deferments. Contact the
Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board regarding
special circumstances and
repayment.
• Federal Stafford Loan
Program
Common Loan Provisions:
BORROWING LIMITS:
Effective with enrollment
periods beginning after October
1, 1993, graduate students may
borrow up to $8,500 per year
with an aggregate of $65,500. A
student may borrow from either
the unsubsidized or subsidized
programs or a combination of
both, but cannot exceed the
annual loan limits.
INTEREST RA TES: The annually variable interest rate is
determined by the 91-day TBills +3 .1%, capped at 9%, and
changes each July I st for new
borrowers (those borrowing for
enrollment periods beginning
after October I, 1992). The
interest rate for enrollment
periods beginning between
October I, 1992 and June 30,
I 993 is 6.94%. Repeat
borrowers will continue at the
same interest rate as their
previous outstanding Stafford
Loans (7%, 8%, 8/10%, or 9%) .
REPAYMENT TERMS:
Repayment begins six months
after you ceased to be enrolled
at least half-time in an eligible
program leading to a degree or
certificate. Repayment may
extend up to ten years .
DEFERMENTS: In most cases,
deferments are granted for
continued education, disability
and unemployment. Contact
your lender if you think you are
eligible for a deferment.
Program Specific Provisions:
FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN
(SUBSIDIZED): The Office of
Student Financial services has
determined that based on the
financial information that you
submitted, you qualify for up to
the amount listed on your
Award Notice.
INTEREST: No interest accrues
during the time the student is
enrolled at least half-time.
FEES: An origination fee of 5%
and a guarantee fee of up to 3%
will be deducted from the loan
check before you receive it.
FEDERAL ST AFFORD
LOANS (UNSUBSIDIZED):
You may borrow up to the
amount listed on your Award
Notice.
INTEREST: Interest accrues
during the period of enrollment
and may be capitalized.
FEES: An origination fee of
6.5% will be deducted from the
loan check before your receive it.
To Apply for Financial
Aid
I) Complete the Application for
Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for
financial aid.
2) The Office of Student
Financial Services will send
you the necessary application
and financial statement form
(or you may pick them up at
the Office of Student
Financial Services, 152
Science Hall, or at the
Graduate Programs Office,
2222 Murphy Place).
3) All students must have a
Financial Aid Transcript on
file with Augsburg from each
previously attended institution even if they did not
receive financial aid. Forms
are available from the College.
4) Complete and return the
financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid
offered, in whole or in part,
by the deadline stated.
.
..•
~
I ·.
I
..
·.:~ ;
' ,1/. .
•
~
.
.
f
.
I
41/1ll
, '
," '·
.
"
.. ...
·..• '
A BOUT AUGSBURG
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a
major effort to become one of
the most accessible campuses in
the region. Skyways, tunnels
and elevators provide accessible
connections between nine of 14
major buildings -student
housing towers, the Christensen
Center, main academic and
administrative halls, the library
and the music building. In addition, there are programs for
students with learning and physical disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of the
Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. We are a diverse
community, with many strong
religious traditions represented
among the students, faculty and
staff, including Lutheran,
Protestant, Roman Catholic,
American Indian Spirituality
and Thought, Buddhist and
Islamic faiths.
..
:
..
.
'· .•.
. . .:~·,,
'
'ii ,
•.
I
~'
•••
. .... ,.,
History
Campus Location
Augsburg was the first seminary
founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Named after the
confession of faith presented by
Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany,
in 1530, Augsburg opened in
September, 1869, in Marshall,
Wisconsin, and moved to
Minneapolis in 1872.
Augsburg's campus is located in
the heart of the Twin Cities
surrounding Murphy Square, the
oldest of 155 parks in the "City
of Lakes." Adjacent to the
campus are Riverside Medical
Center, the West Bank campus
of the University of Minnesota
and Mississippi River parkways.
Non-Discrimination
Policy
Augsburg College does not
discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin,
age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments
of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973 as amended in its
admission policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices .
• • 'I
• I
.;
.... ·'
~MPUS LOCATION MAP
N
e
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west
to Riverside exit,
right on Riverside
Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left
at _Augsburg sign.
Parking
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th
A venue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue
South, left at Augsburg sign.
All posted
Augsburg College
parking lots, with the exception
of resident parking lots in front
and behind the residence halls,
are free and open for student use
from 4:30 p.m. Friday through
I
.,.
··,
'
'
.
.•.•
.:
Sunday evening and Monday
through Thursday evenings after
4:30 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Lots
are located on Seventh Street
between 21st and 22nd A venues
and north of Eighth Street on
21st Avenue. Most street
parking is four hour parking and
available seven days a week,
except for the parking meters on
Riverside A venue. The parking
meters are as posted by the City
of Minneapolis. Additional
parking is available in the
Fairview Riverside Medical
Center ramp.
..
• •'!
•'
•
..
·,'
~MPUSMAP
•
'·
.t
I.~ , ~-
•
•
•
• . ·1
•
•
• .
.i"
/_
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
~
..·.'
. ..
.
..
7.
•
-
'·f
,.
..
.; .
~ .. '·
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni
Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
c. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
K. Student/Commuter Parking
6. Accessible Entrance
' 11,'.
.
.
..
''·
1
.. ~
.
. :...
:...
..1••
.~
,.
. ,..
.. .~ ...
. . ...
'
'·
..
..
~CULTY AND ADMINISTRATION
.. : '
' .•
I
....,..
..
•..
' .
"•
•'
I
Larry Crockett
• •
.. .
.., .. . .. ...
.•
,
. .:
11··... '.:·
.
;,.
·-·~
'
I
•
tJ
.. ...
!
•.:
•\
'
'
':·ti
...
'
~
.·.,... .... .
.. ..•
.. ..·
•:
"'·
•'
·.. . . •'
. ...
\
. .t ~.•
.
''
•'
:
.... .
. . ··-.
... .
. ,.
-
Norman Ferguson
Instructor of Speech,
Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
•'
'
Assistant Professor of Education.
B.A., M.A. , University of
St. Thomas; M.A., Luther
Northwestern Theological
Seminary; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Dan Hanson
....
., .,
Laura L. Ericksen
Coordinator of Graduate Programs
in Leadership. B.S., Illinois State
University; M.A., University of
Arkansas .
Professor of Psychology. B.A.,
Franklin and Marshall College;
M.S., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin.
..
~
Associate Professor of Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific
Lutheran University; M.Div .,
Luther Theological Seminary;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph A. Erickson
... .; ...,
.....
John Benson
Professor of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.S., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
. :·
'·
The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in the
Master of Arts in Leadership
Program:
.
Garry Hesser
Professor of Sociology, Director of
Cooperative· Education Program,
Director of Metro-Urban Studies.
B.A., Phillips University; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Ryan LaHurd
Vice President for Academic
Affairs, Dean of the College. B.A.,
Mt. Carmel College; M.A.,
University of Chicago; Ph .D.,
University of Wisconsin .
David Lapakko
Larry Ragland
Assistant Professor of Speech,
Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Associate Professor Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central
Missouri State College; Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin.
Thomas Morgan
Milo A. Schield
Associate Professor of Business
Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata
College; M.B.A., University of
Denver; M.S., University of
Oregon; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Associate Professor of Business
Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa
State University; M.S., University
of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
William D. Morris
William Swenson
Instructor of Philosophy . A.B.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Instructor of Political Science. B.A.,
Oakland University; Ph.D.,
Carnegie-Mellon University.
· Richard Nelson
Professor and Department
Chairperson of History. B.A.,
University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota .
Beverly Nilsson
Professor and Chairperson of
Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Norma Noonan
Acting Director of Master of Arts in
Leadership Program and Professor
of Political Science. B.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; M.A.,
Ph.D., Indiana University .
Michael O'Neal
Instructor of Sociology . B.A.,
University of Missouri; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota .
Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp
Assistant Professor of Business
Administration/MIS. B.A., M.A.,
Central School for Planning and
Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D.,
Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Alisa Potter
Instructor in Sociology. B.A.,
Concordia College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota .
Diane Pike
Associate Professor and Department
Chair of Sociology. A.B.,
Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
The provisions of this document are
not to be regarded as an irrevocable
contract between the student and
the College. The College reserves
the right to change the provisions
or requirements at any time within
the student's term of residence .
Show less
Starting April 18 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 18 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they
will be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
May 31 or June 1. Term I1 registrations
must be finalized on June 27 or 28. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on May 31 or June 1, and June
27 - 28. The balance owing for tuition
must be paid before registration is
finalized.
Augsburg students please note:
(Balance due on Augsburg account
from previous termls must be paid in
full before you can finalize
registration.)A late fee of $50.00 will be
assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 2. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on June 29. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term
I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for
Term I1 courses. This procedure applies
to internships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Any
refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
@ Printed on recycled W e r
I
---
'~o@mg-L
-2
&edultnne
&*-&.*
April 18
April 18
May 31 -June 1 June 27-2f
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 31
May 31-June 1
Last day to:
I Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
June 27
June 27-21
I
.
June 13
June 2
June 2
1
July 15
June 29
June 29
(noregistrations will be
I accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
-
May 30
June 17
June 24
July 1
--
July 4
July 22
August 5
August 12
-
NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or
affectioml preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status wlth regard to pubhc
assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and
employment practices.
The tuition charge for 1994 Summer
School courses is as follows: $776.00 for
full-credit courses, $390.00 for half-credit
courses, and $195.00 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April 15,1994. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Financial
Aid Application from the Financial Aid
Officer.
I
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. Quad
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial I3all
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Place
12. Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. S t m I1 Theatre
-
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19.. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American IndianSupport and
Black Student Affairs
22. Oscar Anderson Hall
23. East Hall
24. Murphy Square
25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
.
-- - -
Campus Location
26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
A. Admissions Parking
-
B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/
Residence Parkine
E.
F.
G.
H.
Parking
Commuter - Sheet Parking
Resident Parking
Visitor Parking
Fairview/%. Marv's Parkine
..
rn rn 35W from the North -
I
rn
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
I
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1
F '
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). .
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. $n active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides
a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships
and independent studies. Term I runs
I
. l f r o m May 31 -June 24, Term II runs
from June 27 - August 5. This brochure
presents the Summer School Program
and was correct at the time of
publication.
1
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
r
Course levels are inaicated by tne first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
n the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
leed more information about a special
-ummer offering, please contact the
Summer School Office.
Independent study and internships, in
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Director of
I
Residence Life. Call 330-1109.
..
b
The College reserves the right to cancel
listed courses.
I.
Y
Information
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 61W330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8OOff88-5678
Ryan LaHurd, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Coordinator
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Coordinator of Summer School to ascertain
eligibility under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
though the Office of Admissions or
Weekend College.
..
.
ART
ART 389-A
AMERICAN ART
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
1:00-4:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Foss 43
B10 101-A
Mickelberg
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor.) Dist.: Biology /Chemistry; Persp.:
Na tural World 2
12:00-3:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
SC1205
ACC 221-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Inkoduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 10
ACC 322-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY & PRACTICE I Kader
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
OM 23
BUS 242-A
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and responsibility;
analysis of the role of the professional manager.
6:00-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th . .
OM 10
BUS 301-A
BUSINESS LAW
Schield
An introduction to law and a survey of different
areas of law as they relate to the conduct of
business. Topics covered include contracts, torts,
employment discrimination, and labor law.
(Prereq.: BUS 221,222,252; ECO 112,113
recommended)
6:00-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
0~-29
BUS 331-A
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management
of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: Bus 222, ECO 113)
M,T,W,Th, F
OM I1
8:30-10:50 a.m.
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arranged
ECO 112-A
PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta
Introduction to macroeconomics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international
trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 16
9:30-11:50 a.m.
EDUCATION
EDE 382-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: P E T )
(1/2 course)
T,Th
L1
6:00-9:00 p.m.
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations. Required for all elementary
and secondary education majors. Open to all. P/N
only. (1/2 course)
M ,W
OM 18
6:00-9:00 p.m.
ENG 219-A
AMERICAN DIALECTS:
DIFFERENCES AND ATTITUDES
Schrnit
This course will examine the dialeck of various
English-speaking communities and attempt to
describe and understand their rules of speech:
their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and
their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/
Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
M,T,W,Th
OM 27
6:00-9:00 p.m.
ENG 245-A
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and races,
from male and female writers. As the prerequisite
for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to develop students'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
M , T , W , Th,F
OM 18
9:30-11:OO a.m.
HPE 499-A
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Staff
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Arranged.
HISTORY
HIS 348-A
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION
IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Kimball
The course offers an introductory historical survey
of the Soviet Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to
the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lenin's consolidation of power. Later topics
include: the rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejection of
Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent
even$ since the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diploma tic,
economic and cultural history by focusing on
Soviet political practices and institutions.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 13
9:30-11:50 a.m.
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-A1399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
-
MODERN LANGUAGE
GER Ill-A
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Quanbeck
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and - reading basic German for students with no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2
M,T, W,Th
OM 23
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
SPA I l l - A (Section I)
SPA I l l - P (Section 11)
BEGINNING SPANISH I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.:
Intercultural Awareness 2
8:30-10:50 a.ni.
M,T,W,Th,F (Section 1) OM 25
5:30-7:50 p.nr.
M,T,W,Th,F (Section 11) OM 25
MUSIC
MUS 271-A
MUSIC THERAPY TECHNIQUES AND
MATERIALS
Metzler
Study of non-symphonic instruments, OrffSchulwerk, applications of recreational music
activities to clinical settings. (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:OO p.nl.
T,Th
Music 3
PSY 105-A
PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGY
Hanson
An introduction to the methods and approaches
used in psychology for the purpose of
understanding behavior. Application of
psychological concepts to everyday situations is
emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp.:
Human Identity
REL 385-A
PROCESS THEOLOGY
AND CHRISTIANITY
Lorenzen
This course is an introduction to process theology
which is based on the philosophy of A.N.
Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical
Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology,
sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page
paper will be written and presented to the class.
Class sessions will include video and discussion.
(Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor.)
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
6:OO-9:OO p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Music 23
SWK 260-A
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Staff
This course provides the knowledge basic to an
understanding of human growth through the life
cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which
influence the growth of individuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturi,ng environment" in relation
to human growth, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:30-11:50 n.in.
M,T,W,Th,F
Foss 2 l A
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arrnnged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Arranged
SOC 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND
THEATRE . A D'"S
SPC 352-A
PERSUASION
Holmquest
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to
persuasion; logical and psychological appeals;
empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales,
advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass
movements and campaigns; impact of the mass
media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and
promotional projects.
5:OO-8:OO p.m.
M,T,W,Th
Music 22
(These courses are available only to graduate level students.)
EDU 510
ETHICS AND LEADERSHIP: ISSUES AND
VALUES FOR TODAY'S SCHOOLS
Study of leadership withb thc cantext afpawnal
and professional ethics and velum, Introductpt-y
mrse for MEL pro$rarri. Offered a t dtscounM
.ition. Available to special students and fully
enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits
(equivalent to 4 semester fledits or 6 quarter credits)
EDU 513
DIVERSITY AND EDUCATION
World concerns and cultural diversity as they
impact the field of education. Approval pending.
linnesota Human Relations licensure
.-.quirement. Open to special students and fully
enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits
'2quivalent to 4 semester credits or 6 quarter
.edits). For informa tion on dates, times, tuition,
~structors,please call the Graduate Program
Iffice at 330-1786.
EDU 599
SPECIAL TOPICS: DEVELOPING A
MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVE:
LEADERSHIP IN A LATIN AMERICAN
CONTEXT
A graduate course for educators sponsored and
coordinated by the Center for Global Education,
and held on site in Cucrnavaca and Medco City,
Mexico, June10- 21,1994.?hts mme C daigncd
to developan appkatlon hmltuml di&rek@
and to assist in broadening your world view
through face-to-faceencounter with the people of
the third world. 1.0 graduate course (equivalent to
4 semester or 6 quarter credits). For more
informa tion, call Center for Global Education at
612/330-1159.
-
!
tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on
income determination considering price level
changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322)
M,T,W,Th,F
OM 23
10:05-11:30 a.m.
BUS 340-A
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the
of the firm and society. (Prereq.:
BUS 242)
BUS 440-A
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Concepts and principles related to the
Cerrito
mimagemen! of apemlng hhcftons. b m p l m
horn swim bdwrries. no-gofit orpnimtions
,
ART107-A
DRAWING
Bollman
An intrahction to and d e 6 r i h of drawing
methods and media. h w i n g h piwentdas a
diverseartformwMchmnbeeqwknceclina
wkty of wya. TradIbml and WR-tradttrml
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 17
5:30-9.00 p.m.
I
1
I
,
ART 118-A
PAINTING I
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustra te the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 17
5:30-9:00 p.m.
ART 132-A (SECTION I)
ART 132-P (SECTION 11)
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.:
$175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
M , W (Section 1)
OM 4
1:30-5:00 p.m.
5:30-990 p.m.
M,W (Section 11)
OM 4
ADMlNlSTRATIONNIS
.BUSINESS
ACC 222-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221)
M,T, W,Th,F
Music 23
10:05-11:30 a.m.
ACC 323-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE I1
~~d~~
A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of
accounting theory pertaining to investments,
and rnanuItlctwrhg.Taught ma managerla1
poht of v l w . Topi- indudean overview of
knceptsof quality, invcntury management,
prlncfplesofscfr&uling and operations1control
[&anation system. ( P r e q . :BU5242 or m w n t
of instrrrctor)
PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTING
FOR BUSINESS
Schwalbe
An InWducKon to mmpu!jq mnrepts and
mlcrocumpucer-bsed inhmtltmsystem Study
k;l$aes of W w a r e , operahg g.stems,
Ianguages and m n t a p p h l W . Ltmm k,use
MSDOS, Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase HI+.
May study other applications (M~crosoftWord,
Excel). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing
grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175.
(Prereq.: MPG 11 or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced
Foss 20
gOMPUTER SCIENCE
CSC 160-A
INTRO T O COMPUTING AND
COMMUNICATIONS
Staff
Basic computer applications using word
processing, spreadsheets, and databases; files and
disks; simple programming; use of e-mail, Internet,
news, and information services. (Prereq.: MAT 114
or MAT 122 or MIS 379 or Math Placement Group
IV)
Foss 20
ECONOMICS -
3- -F- -
--
-
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
/
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or
Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1
or 2, or the City
Arrnnged
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
Graduate Level Skill: Writing (Prereq.:PFST, EDU
265) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Tli
LI
Dntes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14
ECO 113-A
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS SabeIIa
Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M,W
OM 29
EDS 390-A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN
THE ENGLISH CLASSROOM
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high school English. It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in the high
school English curriculum.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T ,TI1
L 17
ECO 315-M (SECTION I)
ECO 315-T (SECTION 11)
MONEY AND BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO
112,113)
6:OO-9:30p.nr.
M,W(Section 1)
Foss 42
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th (Section 11)
Foss 42
EDE 375-A
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.:
Consent of instructor and PPST) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
L 20
Dotes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14
EDE 377-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and pre~aration
of materials and
*
resources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/4 course)
IO:05-12:OO p.m.
T,Th
OM 4
&
July 19,21;luly 26,28; Aug~rst2,4
EDE 386-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for children's literature at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. (Prereq.:PFST) (1/2 course)
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T
EDE 387-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Themes
Examination and preparation of materials and
EDS 391-A
TEACHING MASS MEDIA
LaDuca
This course is for English-educa tion majors who
plan to teach high school English. Students will
explore the nature of the media as "consciousness
industries," examining the whys of teaching the
media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of
assumptions media education has been based on in
the past, and how to incorporate media education
into the English curriculum. The students will
become familiar with all forms of mass media and
will understand the impact of media on their lives.
Students will learn how to be discriminating users
of mass media and how to teach others to be the
same. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/2 course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M
L 17
EDU 341-A
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teaching/learning situation. Computer training
will be included in this course. ( Prereq.:PPST) (1/2
course)
6:OO-9:30p.m.
W
Foss 175
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the major
minority groups in Minnesota for the development
of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations.
Required for all elementary and secondary
education majors. Open to all. P/N only. (1/2
course)
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,W
L 17
ENGLISH
ENG I l l - A
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Castor
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques and writing critical reviews.
At least one work of literature is assigned.
Attention is givcn to increasing students'
effectiveness in choosing, organizing and
developing topics, thinking critically, and revising
for clarity and style. Minimum passing grade for
credit is 2.0. Entry level skill: Writing
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th
OM 18
ENG 241-A
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell
An investigation of the citl~mmticqualities,
theoretical principles~lsdb t o f i c d evo!ubllm of
the film medium. fi*! empbals Is on film A6 an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the international
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as the American studio film and
its gcnres, German expressionism, Soviet montage,
Italian neorealism and the French New Wave.
Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10
p.m. Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
Foss 175
I
I
1
ENG 282-Al482-A
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY:
GARDEN AND WILDERNESS
Griffin
In the city, remarks A h h dt! T o c q u ~ v i k
"humanity attains ils most mmplete development
and its most brutish here dvihtion works its
miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost
or
into a savage." The power of thP dty to &b
corrupt the human d is a persistmt heme in
western tradiliom milmune viu s a d y primarily
Amerimn mvcls, p m s , essays and films that
explorc th& theme. Tab will be supplemented by
&e rnewrcesof the Twin Cities. Course work will
involve discussion of texts, papers, exams, and an
out-of-class experiential component. Dist.: Literature
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M,W
OM 16
HIS 115-A
Zehnder
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of nationalism and the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the
current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the
Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how
the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, and its role in the wider world.
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
M ,W
INS 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student deslgns a Iearing a p m e n t with a
hrutty member which links the idmsand methods
of theL major to t h ~ - n p p o r found
~ L ~ in the
p~amm~nr.
hrtrdpation in a weHy geminsr Is
ertpfftrd, May Idfill the City Pmpective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
INS 225A
Kader
INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari' ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a
consideration of the differences between the Islamic
sects (Sunnis, Shi'ites, Sufis, etc.). There will also be
some effort to deal with the similarities and
differences between Islam and both Christianity
and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in
the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's
Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
11:40-1:25 p . ~ n .
M,T, W,Th
OM 16
MAT 163-A
INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS
Kaminsky
FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
The course includes treatments of some or all of the
following: descriptive statistics, elements of
probability, basic probability distributions, point
and interval estirna tion, test in^ of hypothesis,
regression, amlysb -of-uadance, cohiingcncy tables
and nonparamctric methods with appli,-atiom
chosen prhdP~l~y
from pmblems in-the life
scknms: biology, mcdiclnr. anthropology, ecology
and agriculture. Students will learn to use a
statistical computer package to solve problems.
(Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111) Dist.:
Ma th/Physics; Grad Skill: Quanhta tive Reasoning
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M,W
SC1112
-
-
GER 112-A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level 2;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM 27
SPA 112-A (SECTION I)
SPA 112-P (SECTION 11)
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1
Aims to dEvelup the four b s i c skills:
undetsbnding,spmking, reading, and wr~tingof
elementary Spanish. Inimductlon b culture of
Spnishdspeirking world. &it.: Language Level 2;
Persp.. Intercultural Awareness 3
M,T, W,Th
OM 25
8.10-9.55 a.m.
5.30-735 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
OM 25
PHYSICS
---:
-
-
PHY 101-A
ASTRONOMY
Staff
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. The course also traces the ,development of scientific thought from early
civilization to the present day. The necessary
optical instruments are explained and use is made
of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing
and lab sessions are important components.
Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are
required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group
11) Dist.: Math/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:00-9:30 p.m.
M,W
SC1123
REL221-A
,
BIBLICAL STUDIES
Quanbeck 11
The origin, literary character and transmission of
the biblical documents. The task of biblical
interpretation. The history of Israel and the
emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.:
Christian Faith 1 or 3
1:30-3:15 p.?rr.
M,T, W,Th
OM 10
REL 373-A
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
Benson
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, including
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. (Prereq,: REL 111,221, or consent of
instructor) Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 3
5:30-9:00 p.nr.
T,Th
OM 29
1
I
REL 440-A
VARIETIES OF
CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments,
including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological,
and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An
introduction to the basic practices of spiritualities,
especially prayer and meditation.
(Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor)
Dirt.: Religion; Persp: Christian Faith 2 or 3
5:30-9:00 p.nl.
M,W
OM 10
SOCIOLOGY
SOC 199-A1399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement with a
faculty member which links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunities found in the
placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult
instructor for clarification.
Arranged
SOC 356-A
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and
processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM I1
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arranged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Armnged
I
EATRE ARTS
SPC 351-A
ARGUMENTATION
Lapakko
Application of standards for sound evidence and
reasoning in public speaking, discussion and
debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumenta tive claims, being able to
distinguish between strong and weak arguments,
understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning and learning to apply principles of
argumenta tion to contemporary public issues.
Students have the opportunity to enhance their
skills in debate and discussion and also learn to
analyze and critique arguments they encounter in
their daily lives. Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
Foss 42
SPC 355-A
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Gaetano
A study of group dynamics and leadership with
emphasis on factors related to decision-making,
styles of leadership and conflict management. This
course combines lecture with practical experience
to help the student become a more effective and
productive member of a small, task oriented
group. (Prereq.: SPC 354)
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M,W
Murphy Ploce 1
SPC 414-AIINS 414-A
FEMINIST RHETORIC
NilssonlStratton
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical
perspective on American feminism, and 2) to
develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.:
Urban/Women's/Minority Studies
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
OM 10
Augsburg
,r
-itas=
.I
Show less
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................. Show more
......................................................................
2
..........................................................................3
..........................................................4
.....................................................4
............
................................................................5
................................................................-6
................................................................39
.................................................................40
lntroductlon
Calendar
About Thls Catalog
optlons . . . . . .
Vlsltlng Students
lnterlm Courses
UMAlE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Ufetlme Sports
...............................................42
Contents
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional
programs, activities and employment practices.
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025.
October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration
November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration
t
Day of Interim
January 4 .............................................
Class 1990 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00p.m.
Last Day for CancellAdd
January 5 .
Last
Day
for
Determining
Grading System
...........
January 15
with Registrar
January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
A Ends
January 27 ....................
February 1...................
S P M Semester Begins
February 5 ..............................................
Interim Grades Due
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will
begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with
your instructor for class scheduling on this day.
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office,
Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog.
International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one
of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse
opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present
a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship
Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan
approved by the supervising faculty member and the
Introduction
I
direded/independent study registration form. These forms
must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim
Office.
Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
I
Introduction
1
Alt 247-A
lnstructoc Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will
extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the
2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen.
Grades will be based upon quality and improvement.
There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class.
Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc
General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 17
610 102-A
lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have
influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative
instruments.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 105-A
Instructor Esther McLaughlln
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/
Mlnorlty
General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BUS 22GA
Instructor: Stuart Sfoller
Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and
finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students
to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting
ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain
money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e
view these financial statements to approve all loans.
The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors
with the basics to: record business transactions, understand
and use financial statements and communicate effectively
with financial institutions.
Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a
final.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 10
BUS 30 1-A
Instructor Mllo Schleld
An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of
a market-based economy. The course has three components: a
review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts),
an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of
market failures, their causes and their remedies.
Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three
quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive
exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate
verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in
grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs
or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can
analyze, defend, and attack the arguments.
Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status
or Instructor's permlsslon
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
BUS 368-A
Instructor Steven LaFave
An examination of current Japanese business practices using a
cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em-
ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio
speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to
text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial
participation expected on the part of students.
Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute
sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to
anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any
field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an
interest in Japan.
Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
INTRODUCTION
TO COBOL
CSC 27 1-A
Instructoc Noel Petlt
A study of the COBOL programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course
will expand a student's knowledge of programming and
programming languages through presentation of the features
of COBOL together with programming techniques for using
those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170)
Madmum Enrollment:20
rime: I
Room: Foss 42
Computer Science
ECO 112-A
lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy-
sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science
General Education Perspectlve:
Maximum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Fos 43
ECO 1 13-A
lnstructoc Ed Sabella
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house-
hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd
Maximum Enrollment: 25
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
ECO 495-A
Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy
- and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of
economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare,
technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact
on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an
interdisciplinary manner.
Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal
take-home research essay.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor
Madrnum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Foss 43
EDE 375A
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization,
research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be
included to share their unique experiences and perspectives.
Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and
examlnatlon.
Thk; Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
nme: I
Room: Ubrary 1
EDU 353-A
lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen
This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational
systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
international education. Special attention will be directed
toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There
will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class
presentations and investigative projects.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Ubrary 12
EDU 388-A
lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped,
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to
Education Dept. In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Llbrary 1
ENG 2 19-A
Instructor: John Schrnlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
and economical standing and our cultural background. For
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures,
student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides
presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy
General Education Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 249-A
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality
pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing
both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We
will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and
the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have
addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such
topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes
concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also
view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two
productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for
the local productions.
I
Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one
short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of
group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course.
Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly
recommended.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
General Education Perspective:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
ENG 282-A
ENG 482-A
Instructor: John Mltchell
This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo-
rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into
prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will
be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the
themes of their poems, especially those images and statements
that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will
be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected
poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class
discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given,
and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length
will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must
also read and give a written class report on a book that
discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling
for upper dlvlslon credlt
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 21
English
I
ENG 282-8
Instructor Joan GrlftYn
An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this
course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that
produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that
influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We
will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed
by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic
contributions to medieval civilization.
Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams.
Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 42
THEATREINAND AROUND
LONDON
ENG 269-A
InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad
A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten
performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites,
and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be
based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost
includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre
performances and four group dinners.
Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech
Madmum Enrollment: 30
FRE 243-A
lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery
will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project,
and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of
lnst~ctor
Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 27
GER 2 B A
lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They
were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe,"
"shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into
English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely
related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read
Yiddish as well as you can read German.
w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013
Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two
tests.
Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
nme: I
Room: Foss 2 1B
HPE 232-A
Instructoc Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching
assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
HPE 475A
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap
ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e
sources are utilized. Students will practice various training
techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical
skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequlslte:BIO 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 477-A
lnstructoc Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching
basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a
scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby l l l
HPE 483-A
lnstructoc Marllyn Florian
This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade
will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of
the grade will be based on tests.
Thls Is a one-half credlt course.
Time:1
I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby l l l
neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl
UPâ¬48 I-A
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill
be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a one-half credit course.
rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPâ¬47CFA
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward
sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce
dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball
(Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e
chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire
systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students
will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences.
There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and
mechanics of umpiring softball.
Thk Is a one-half credlt course.
Madmum Enrollment:20
Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
UPE 487-A
lnstructoc Jeff Swenson
The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals
who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary,
junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of
program will be covered.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time:1
I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays
Room: Melby 203
HIS 22GA
HIS 32GA
Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e
ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be
used.
There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be required to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected
to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements
for upper level.
History
Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 13
TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY:
A HISTORY
OF
HIS 33 I-A
lnstructoc Chris Mmball
Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame."
In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball
has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American
life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and
race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship
between the United States and its national pastime.
Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great
players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics
which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country.
Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on
amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the
color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of
the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the
empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the
ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to
baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a
short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this
region.
Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam.
Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of
Instructor
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 30
lime: I
Room: Old Maln 29
I
History
INS 12GA
lnstructoc Ann neener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during
seminars and lead seminars.
Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and
observation of students participating in seminars, reflective
writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation.
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 210A
lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in
their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures
that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope
with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
lime: I
Room: Muslc 23
Interdisciplinary
INS 225A
I n s ~ c t o rAmln
:
Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration
of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its,
Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the
similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin
Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time:1
I
Room: Foa 20
INS 245-A
lnstructoc Dlane Budco
Women assume multiple roles within the work and family
domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of
executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations
for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and
also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly,
they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting
types of behavior.
The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and
family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will
read several books related to women's roles in the work and
family domains. The assessment of this component of the
course is based on written responses to questions assigned for
small group discussion. A second component of the course is
a group project on the work and family roles of women. The
assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation
of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects
include an historical overview of the work and family roles of
women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a
summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of
issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and
family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women.
Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 10
INS 275A
Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach
The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly
developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study
three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the
anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and
daily life.
The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student
presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a
paper.
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Interdisciplinary
MAT 173-A
lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for
life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or
how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future?
Then this course may be meant for you. These and other
interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes.
This course should be usehl for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields.
Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:20
Vine: I1
Room: Old Maln 16
MAT 253-A
Insfructor: Bev Durkee
Our objectives are the explorationof
this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it reveals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and experience it as a form of artistic
expression via computer graphics.
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this
fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics,
and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals.
Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm
exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the
one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and
including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a
journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or
created.
Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Science 1 12
MUS 204-A
lnstructoc 0.
Nlcholas Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For
Music
non-music majors.
Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc
Mcudmum Enrollment: 30
77me: I
Room: Choral Room M-2
MUS 129
Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen
l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or
the Instructor's pemlsslon.
Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 394-A
Instructor Cynthla Lohman
"How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop
feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach
my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers.
To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat
performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and
spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can
directly empower their performing, this course focuses on
exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression.
Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own
performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro-
cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre.
Students will participate in the course through study and re
hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and
listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting
exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes.
Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or
audlllon.
Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room)
NOR 1 I 1-A
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 175A
lnstructoc Davld Apollonl
We will begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual
immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles
-Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality
and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences?
Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty
Madmum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 16
PHI 2 W A
Instructor Mark Fuehrer
This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human
sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking
consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these
topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm.
Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student
discussion will also be a factor.
Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: 1
Room: Old Maln 22
mrrosopny
PHY 151-A
lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread
sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not
an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more
intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a
wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in
areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Maximum Enrollment:20
7ime: I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 325A
Instructor Stuart Anderson
From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters
and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often
demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which
we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without
which most of what we know as modern high technology
would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student
with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control
and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students
to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under
these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory
experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for
formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent),
MAT
124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245).
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 30
POL 359-A
Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova
The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge
experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values,
and customs.
Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet
Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced
women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the
Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions
supporting the old regime, including the family and religion.
Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and
denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was
reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective
situations contradicted the policy in both cases.
Students will be expected to read several books, plus some
articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng
wM FSU or number of Department
Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:20
lime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 24
PSY IOSA
lnstructoc Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The
field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab
reports, computer exercises, and class participation.
Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology
Madmum Enrollment:20
nine: 1
I
Room: Murphy Place I
PSY 20 1 -A
lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld
The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and
socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts,
emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given
to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and
illness prevention and treatment.
Prerequlslte: PSY 105
MaAmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 23
REL 343-A
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life
with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper, and two tests. Two books will be required.
Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of
Instructor
Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
Madmum Enrollment:25
77me: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345A
lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury,
its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the
professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include
four exams.
Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1
Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be
used to meet rellglon requlremenis)
General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth
Maxlmum Enrollment:25
rime: I
Room: Old Maln I8
REL 366-A
lnstructoc Brad Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and
the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African
culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the
present development of indigenous churches in West Africa.
The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as
well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A
major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e
sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of
racial segregation.
Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Music 23
REL 445
lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The
importance of recognizing the varied character of language for
understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class
participation, two presentations to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1
Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation rellgion requirements)
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Main I I
SWK315A
Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas
This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer
holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental
and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the
coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness
modem health delivery and folk practices and different health
conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known
sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals
over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current
Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive
attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The
cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast
daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration
contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655.
Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers.
SOC 23 1-A
Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod
The human family is examined as a social system within
alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural
variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural
variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are
seen within their cultural and institutional contexts.
Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened
General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 13
SOC 265-A
Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human groups who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus
on a particular cultural group other than their own. This
observation will become the basis for a class presentation by
each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a
combination of class participation, their respective class p r e
sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a
P/N basis only.
Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban
General Education Perspective: intercultural
Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I
Room: Fos 20
socrorogy
I
BEGINNINGSPANISHI
SPA I1 1-A
Instructoc GabfielaSweet
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those
in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages
General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural
Awareness 11
Madmum Enrollment:25
nme: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 25
SPC 226-A
lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson
This course will explore principles and styles of movement
used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the
student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be
based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced.
Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance
students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one
final reflective paper.
The class is designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field
involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I
Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre
SPC 32 1-A
lnstructoc James Hayes
This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students
will be required to enter three different forensics events at
three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of
January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped
program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to
some degree, competitive success.
Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 1
I
Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b
SPC 495-A
Instructor: Anne Holmquest
The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose
is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to
the question: what causes conflict in communication and how
should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts
in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods.
e
q
wreading (onebook and
Students will be evaluated on r
articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally
Speech, Communication & Theatre
I
will be asked to give an oral report on research.
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I/
Room: Foss 43
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional
information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st
Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992.
These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally
carry a lower division number.
Australia's Business Climate
Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World
Vlew
The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural
Diversity
Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan
An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines
and Hawall
Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and
Services
Europe and The Rise of Modern Science
Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and
Denmark
Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland
Ecuador
Geography of the Baltic States
A Greek Odyssey
Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational
Settings
The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland
International Business and Culture in a European
Environment
Law In London
Uteraw Ireland
Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of
Europe
In Search of the Anclent Romans
South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change
Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United
Kingdom
Theatre In and Around London
Thls Is New Zealand
2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman
Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela
These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not
connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been
approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon
cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of
the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In
the Intertm Offlce.
HPE 455-A
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on
the water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin
Islands in January.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit.
Total payment is due October 31,1992.
Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health
and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247.
Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk
HPE 2 12-A
Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There
is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
POL 398-A
POL 398-A
Information on either of the above programs, housing, and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom,
Memorial 117A, 330-1197.
Other Courses
lrls
@ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less
MASTER OF ARTS IN
EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1992
1994
..
·1
.. - ·····- ·
":
-
-
~ ,..
,~.~ ! \... ;~
•
I ...
f I' , .a -
'
n !- i:' 'Jc
Jr
~n ~
f-
- -----------------------
:-.1 :.~·. • ~ ~ : ~· :·:: ' •
F·o;it. . y ProP<)::ir.il
i ~' ·1 ':3-:
'""-:1! '... Show more
MASTER OF ARTS IN
EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1992
1994
..
·1
.. - ·····- ·
":
-
-
~ ,..
,~.~ ! \... ;~
•
I ...
f I' , .a -
'
n !- i:' 'Jc
Jr
~n ~
f-
- -----------------------
:-.1 :.~·. • ~ ~ : ~· :·:: ' •
F·o;it. . y ProP<)::ir.il
i ~' ·1 ':3-:
'""-:1! '•!.,1, ,..
0tudsnts vvanting Continuino E.ducatiun :_;nit;:, iCi:.:.u ..:;1 i~jli·;,::, ;; 1<'.)ll ciedit fer
::··:1 C::•l!s~JE' '.':!,..:·,!_;Id rec:ists:· fc.r sn
Foci:::>! (;:·zdua!e ic· •·=> i r,our.ses at fa:.ir:-1sb·
1
.....
audi\ of each course.
-
..
e
-
-
-
Courses taken as audit cannot be convl':-~ed to graduate Greclit 1n the futU! e.
r-.1EL degree-seeki11q or non-dt::9ree
Set;,:. ;ng studems can audi~ Focus
I. MEL
COUl'Se$.
11
".'<. .,. '..-1
<:S:u!l\.I
t'-'d
·. ~/1!'I he gr·;,int 0 d a
, ) r:or11pl
..,:
.- 0.......
_.
certificate of attendance by the Graduat.:;; Programs Offlc0 c>nd po;,i.ed on ilie
rff;c·1~I
b''j 4-hA
. . t'""ffi ., ""S
-~·.., ,·~;; 1_,\,{
1rli~r
~1(T~ri·
...
l • ;,,...", tr<>nsl"'r'Jpt
c,t,.
L ..,... Rr--nistr~r•
..::.;;;. "'
:;-..
,_...,..,.
..:J
. 1 ~t"
. . ..,... ""'\!!'""
..... -:"- .
0C'J.llldPn"~
·- l~
)~
\n.tant'111r1
~
r
-...1
_
CE Li's 1;1or cr..t•t <::e·~
,! -
I
~
~, -...,
.~:.
~">
• .._
r.'l
·~I,_,I r
..~,~-· . . .,
-·.111-~
~,
;;.~ i,
~:.
W
..,..
v..
-
~
;\udited courses that are not successfu!lf compioted wiil be inciic:::tted by a
grade of '\f\/'.
\
Hrr_
1 he most important key
to developing a collective will to
overcome many of our commonplace problems is leadership.
Certainly leadership is characterized by more than knowing. It is
also more than acting. It is ultimately defined in coalescing others
to act when they otherwise might not have. Leadership, including
teacher leadership, is ultimately proven in the efforts of others to
attempt to scale heights of human achievement and plunge depths
of human caring not otherwise envisioned."
-Ken Howey
Augsburg College
731 21st A venue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
Table of Contents
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership ... 4
Leadership Development Model ................................................. 5
Curriculum Design ....................................................................... 7
Course Descriptions ..................................................................... 9
Graduate Faculty ........................................................................ 11
Library ......................................................................................... 11
Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................... 11
Student Support Services ........................................................... 12
Student Rights ............................................................................. 12
Admission Requirements ........................................................... 13
Application Procedures .............................................................. 13
Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 14
Academic Policies ....................................................................... 15
Fee and Payment Information ................................................... 16
Financial Aid ............................................................................... 17
Campus Map ............................................................................... 20
Campus Location ........................................................................ 21
About Augsburg ......................................................................... 22
Faculty and Administration ....................................................... 23
Introduction to the Master
of Arts in EducationLeadership
Developing Leaders for Education
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership is a program for
educators who value and enjoy their direct contact with
students and want to retain that focus in their careers. It is a
program that at the outset promotes the importance of teaching.
It is also a program that values the roles educators can play as
leaders in their places of work.
People who become part of this Master of Arts program will
have opportunities to:
• Examine what '1eadership" is and who leads;
• Explore who they are as leaders, both within an educational
setting and outside of it;
• Gain specific knowledge of education and leadership that
can support their development; and
• Develop skills that can increase the effectiveness of their
leadership.
This program values the role that good educators play in the
lives of students and operates from the belief that educators
need to exercise leadership within the workplace without
relinquishing the role of teacher.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program is
designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults.
TI1e program is based on the assumption that the men and
women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and wellmotivated individuals who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction and individual study. Each course is,
therefore, divided into periods of study, group efforts and class
preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each
class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours
and alternate Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours.
Leadership Development Model
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program promotes
leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among
people who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes
productivity within and beyond the educational organization,
and 3) works toward progress within the educational community. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of
leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision,
the ability to persuade and the ability to direct action. Th ese
abilities and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram on page 5,
Leadership Development Model
Leadership
Sense of
Vision
Orientation
Toward Action
~
/
Ethical
+ Long-term
perspective
+ Flexibility
• Adaptability
• Innovativeness
I
Risk Assumptive
+ Curiosity
+ Achievement
motivation
• Self-esteem
/
Cofflmunicative
Creative
+ Social awareness
+ Environmental
awareness
+ Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
+ Appreciation
of situational
complexity
Facility for
Persuasion
Effective listener
Effective speaker
Effective writer
Diplomatic
ability
+ Effective team
member
+ Interpersonal
sensitivity
+
+
+
+
\
Decisive
+ Self-confidence
• Analytical ability
+ Ability to think
critically
• Understanding of
research
• Ability to manage
conflict
""'
Culturally
Aware
+ Appreciation
for cultural
differences
• World-view
perspective
+ Tolerance of
individual
differences
serve as specific outcomes for the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership. Augsburg's model of leadership development is
designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership is participation in a community of learners. Leaming can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable
community that provides opportunity and encouragement for
active participation both in and out of the classroom. This
community will be enriched by the presence of men and
women who bring to the program a variety of life and work
experiences.
-. '
~·
..
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg
encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities
such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center;
to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to
participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other
college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and
athletic events.
Leadership Practicum
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership students enroll in a half
course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to
enroll in this professional assessment and development course
for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon
completion of the entire practicum sequence, students receive a
half-course credit.
Early in the program, a major component of the practicum is a
full day assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model. Assessment instruments include paper and p_encil
exercises and simulation and group experiences. Following the
assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor
who provides guidance in personal goal setting and in the
creation of a professional development plan focused on dimensions of leadership.
In subsequent terms, "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of students in the following
areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group
processes and other professional development topics as identified and designed by participants. Also included is the opportunity for participants to develop and monitor a leadership
project within their workplace.
Curriculum Design
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership is composed of ten
course credits composed of eight full credit and four half credit
courses. Each course uses a variety of learning techniques
appropriate to adult learners including case study, debate,
written and oral seminar presentations and small group
activity. These courses develop targeted leadership abilities and
understandings as a boundary crossing endeavor in need of the
leadership skills and visions of people from all levels of an
organization.
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will provide
opportunities for students to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reflect
•
•
•
•
Assess
•
•
Exercise •
•
Integrate •
•
Study
conceptual frameworks of leadership
issues of leadership
history of education
current issues in education
conceptual models of teaching and learning
on the various natures of leadership
on themselves as leaders
options and opportunities for leadership in education
on ethics and values in leadership
themselves as leaders
situations in which they lead
programs, projects and ideas
creative leadership both individual and collective
a variety of thought processes
viewpoints on leadership with personal experiences
viewpoints on education from a variety of disciplines
Core Courses (4 course credits)
The following core courses are required of all students in the
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program:
EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership (.5 credit course)
EDU 513 Diversity and Education OR
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation OR
ML 514 Research Methods
EDU 593 Thesis-Research Seminar I (.5 credit course)*
EDU 594 Thesis-Research Seminar II (.5 credit course)*
EDU 592 Thesis Consultation (.5 credit course)
Elective Courses (4-6 course credits)
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program requires,
at a minimum, that four of the six required elective courses be
selected from the following list:
EDU
EDU
EDU
EDU
510
511
512
515
Ethics and Leadership
Legacy of Education
Models of Teaching and Leaming
Creativity and Problem Framing OR
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
EDU 516 Models of Educational Process
EDU 517 Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings
EDU 599 Special Topics (.5or1 credit course)
Master of Arts in Leadership Elective Courses
(0-2 course credits)
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program will allow
up to two electives from the Master of Arts in Leadership
program to be selected from the following list:
ML 510
ML 520
ML 521
ML 530
ML 531
ML 540
ML 545
Foundations of Leadership
Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth
Methods of Critical Thought
Ethics in Communication
The Dynamics of Change
Politics, History, and Leadership
Decision Making I: Qualitative Process and
Applica tion
ML 550 Decision Making and Technology
ML 599 Special Topics
Please see the Master of Arts -in Leadership program bulletin for
detailed descriptions of these courses.
*EDU 590 and EDU 591 are now known as EDU 593 and EDU
594, respectively. During program updating, EDU 591 was
listed as having a 0 course credit on student transcripts instead
of 1 course credit.
Course Descriptions
EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum
A professional assessment and practicum which spans six terms.
Includes a full-day assessment, seminars designed by the participants in the practicum and opportunities to develop and monitor a
leadership project within the workplace with the support of peer
and faculty coaching. Half credit course. Graded on a P /Nbasis.
EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership
Study ofleadership within the context of personal and professional ethics, values and faith. Weighing and balancing competing values within an ethical framework will be explored as a
part of experiential exercises. Leadership issues of gender,
ethnic origins and culture will be explored. Leaders of past and
present, recognized and unrecognized, will be studied. This
course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a
variety of disciplines and perspectives.
EDU 511 Legacy of Education
Comparative study of education through political, historical,
economic and sociological perspectives. This course will provide
a knowledge base for students to discharge their leadership
responsibilities with wisdom gained from knowing the past.
EDU 512 Models for Teaching and Learning
Study of the teaching and learning processes. Recent researd1
findings about teaching and learning will be examined. Interpretation of the research findings in light of prejudgments concerning
teaching and learning will be explored. Technological applications
to the field of teaching and learning will be included.
EDU 513 Diversity and Education
An exploration of the interrelatedness of world concerns and
cultural diversity as they impact on the field of education.
EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation
Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects and ideas
as they relate to educational policy and practice. Qualitative
and quantitative tools will be discussed. Students generally take
this course near the end of their graduate program, but before
taking Thesis-Research Seminar I.
EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing
Study and application of the thi11king processes as they influence problem solving and decision making will be explored.
'foeories and myths of creativity will be investigated. Framing
and examining challenges from a variety of perspectives will be
experienced.
EDU 516 Models of Educational Process
Exploration of supervisory and consultative models, both
within and outside the field of education. Major topics include
mentoring, peer collaboration, varieties of administrative
processes and procedures and observational techniques.
Developing partnerships and collaborative ventures among
programs and institutions within the community will be a part
of this course. An underlying focus of this course is that of
change: identifying where it's needed, initiating the process and
adapting to the outcomes.
EDU 593 Thesis-Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership
This course provides each individual with the opportunity to
develop a research topic and to synthesize previous study and
work experience. Half credit course. Graded on a P /N basis.
EDU 594 Thesis-Research Seminar Il: Synthesis of
Findings
This seminar focuses on the results of individual projects
developed in Research Seminar I. Students will develop, write
and discuss the thesis work during the class. Half credit course.
Grad ed on a PIN basis.
EDU 599 Special Topics
Study of selected topics in educational leadership that are not
treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific
topics will be published prior to registration.
Graduate Faculty
Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or
appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team taught
by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or
combining a faculty member with professionals from relevant
fields. In these situations, at least one member of the team has a
Ph.D. and substantial teaching experience. All of the program
faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners.
Library
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history
libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to
over 1 million volumes is available via daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the
Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin
libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
Accreditation and
Affiliations
Students who successfully complete Augsburg's Education Leadership program will receive a Master of Arts degree.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools. The College is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education
Council in North America and Minnesota Private College
Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean
that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other
institutions or that the quality of the educational programs
would meet the standards of every student, educational
institution or employer.
Student Support Services
The Augsburg Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program
assists students in making education and career plans, in
working on their personal development and in participating in
activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are:
Academic Planning
In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum
assessors, thesis advisors and Master of Arts in EducationLeadership staff.
Career Services Available Include:
• Professional assessment through Leadership Practicum
• Self/career assessment counseling through the Career
Services Office (330-1162)
• Development of a resume and a career-search plan through
the Career Services Office
• Work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148)
Student Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and
responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters
of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Students
who wish to identify appropriate procedures for compJaints
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160).
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all
official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except
when a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge
inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to
experience education free from discrimination based on sex,
race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital
status or age.
Admission Requirements
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree
from an accredited four-year college or university.
Applicants are expected to have a minimum cumulative
undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) OR a
minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for graduate
courses completed at an accreclited college or university, with a
possible probationary term. Applicants holding a master's or
other advanced degree from an accredited college or univcrsi ty
are academically admissible.
Applicants to the program must have two years of full-time
experience (or equivalent part-time experience) in a position
demonstrating lead ership potential in an educational setting.
Admissions are handled on a "rolling" basis, with students
admitted at the beginning of the fall, winter, spring and
summer terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the
basis of an evaluation of each applicant's:
•
•
•
•
•
•
previous college record
letters of recommendation
experience and organizational background
Miller Analogies Test score
written statement
possible interview
Application Procedures
To apply, the following materials must be submitted to the
Graduate Programs Office:
• Completed applica.tion form
• $25.00 application fee (non-refundable)
• A brief (1-3 page) statement relating the applicant's
career and life goals to his or her leadership aspirations
• Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential
• Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing the applicant's work style and potential
as a leader
• Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions
attended listing all courses taken and any degree(s)
conferred
• Official transcripts from all graduate institutions a ttended Listing courses taken and degree(s) a:mferred, if any
• Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test, or for
students whose native language is not English, a minimum
score of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL)
• Possible interview with graduate programs faculty and/
or staff member.
Evaluation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership will be based on number grades using a
4.0 point scale with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Achieves the minimum passing standard
"
.: .·.·
P
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade
point average)
N
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
non-punitive - not computed in grade point average)
W Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after
the registration period .
I
Incomplete grade given when a student is unable to
complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must
file a petition with the Graduate Programs Office stating
reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the
incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor and any
other necessary documentation.)
No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. Students who receive an N in a course must
successfully petition the Master of Arts in Education-Lead ership Committee before being allowed to continue in their
program. If a second grade of N is received, the student may be
dismissed from the program.
No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5 can be
repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time
are counted in the grade point average.
Attendance Policy
Because leadership issues are presented, discussed and analyzed
in the classroom, regular attendance is highly important and
should be considered a responsibility, not only to one's self, but
to one's classmates and course instructor. Irregular attendance
may, at the discretion of the instructor, adversely affect one's
grade.
Academic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If
a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on
probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point
average must be restored in order for a student to be removed
from probation. If a student receives a grade of Nin a course, the
student must petition successfully with the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership Program Committee before being allowed
to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow
would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of N is received,
the student may be dismissed from the program by the Master of
Arts in Education-Leadership Program Committee. Students
may also be dismissed by the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the
program, such as a gross violation of college policy (as published
in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed.
Credit for Prior Education
Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. The
only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those
whose course content is comparable to those in the Master of
Arts in Education-Leadership program. No more than two
courses will be accepted for transfer credit.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each full credit graduate course in the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership program is the equivalent of four
semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a
total of 31.5 hours and are responsible for a significant amount
of individual study and preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or two courses per term plus
Leadership Practicum. Enrolling in two courses per term
enables a student to complete the program in under two years.
All students are required to complete all components of the
program within five years. Extensions beyond five years will be
considered on the basis of petition to the Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership Program Committee.
Students who leave the program for more than one term must
request a leave of absence in writing from the Associate Dean of
Graduate and Non-Traditional Programs. A leave of absence
may be granted for up to one calendar year. Time spent on an
official leave of absence will not count toward the five year
deadline for degree completion.
Last Day to Withdraw from Class
The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and
receive a "W" on their records is published annually in the
Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program Supplement.
Fee and Payment
Information
A schedule of fees is published separately in the Master of Arts
in Education- Leadership Program Supplement. Tuition is set
on an annual basis. EDU 592, EDU 593 and EDU 594 are half
credit courses and are charged half of the current full credit
tuition. EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum is a
separate charge. Please refer to the current supplement.
Various Payment Plans are Available:•
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
Three-Pay Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a
three - pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will
be offered only if the student has adhered to previous plam.
2)
3) Company Reimbursement Full courses or equivalent, which
are company reimbursed, require a deposit of $150 per course
reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days after the end
of the term. A letter from the employer stating the company's
reimbursement policy must be annually filed with the Business
Office.
Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a
previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not
release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts
are paid in full. This also applies for students loan funds administered by the college (Federal Perkins Student Loan); they must be
current according to established repayment schedules.
,. A non-sufficient-frmds check will declare your registration invalid
and could affect further credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
In order to be eligible for a refund, students are responsible for
canceling courses with the Registrar's Office. A per- course
tuition refund will be made on the following basis:
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting- 100%
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting- 90%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 70%
Prior to the fifth scheduled class meeting- 60%
Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50%
Financial Aid
ln a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting
Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. One course is
considered half-time enrollment The Office of Student Financial
Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing financial aid
eligibility and offers financial aid from available alternatives,
including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have
·
financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of li mited financial means as well as individuals who work for volunteer agencies and other organizations that are not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related
or degree-rela ted college programs. Augsburg College offers
several payment plans by which employees may handl e tuition
reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply foT these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application, please contact Augsburg's American Indian
Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
TI1e Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any federal or state financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination is based on standard nationally accepted methodology.
....
• Federal Perkins Loan Program - Joint Augsburg ColJcgefederally funded program administered through the College
for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple
interest of 5% and repayment of the principal begin six
months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after July 1, 1987). Repayment may extend up to ten years.
The maximum which may be borrowed is $15,000 for
undergraduate study and $15,000 for graduate, for a maximum cumulative amount of $30,000.
• Federal SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) - Independ ent students may borrow up to $5,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time.
Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12% (11 %
beginning October 1, 1993). Payment usually begins within
60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until
the student ceases half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the
lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment
ends. Students must apply for financial aid. Aggregate
maximum borrowing for undergraduates is $23,000 and for
graduates is $73,000.
• SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota state
loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year
($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000
aggregate maximum when graduate study is included
($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the
borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin
13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for
financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time.
• Federal Stafford loan Program - Loan funds are obtained
directly from a local lender or state agency in certain states.
While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no
interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% on the loan
balance and repayment of the principal begin six months
after leaving school. Beginning October 1, 1992, the rate for
new borrowers is a variable rate of T-bill plus 3.1 % with a
cap of 9%. Repayment may extend up to ten years. The
maximum loan for graduate study is $7,500 per year ($8,500
after October 1, 1993). The cumulative undergraduate and
graduate maximum is $65,500.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your
desire to also apply for financial aid.
2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the
necessary application and financial statement form (or you
may pick them up at the Office of Student Financial Services,
152 Science Hall or at the Graduate Programs Office, 2222
Murphy Place).
3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file
with Augsburg from each previously attended institution
even if they did not receive financial aid. Forms are available
from the College.
4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines
indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, by the
deadline stated.
Campus Map
L
I
UJ
i1 '
®
J
!!!/".J
<
D
/.
,r
er
tlj
®
'
I
8'11ZeRPLAC£
1Nr£11smrE
_ 94
A".i
-' . t. -
I
DouglasJ Mclaulfhlin 1991 • ReYi!IKl919:?
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Si Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage II Theatre
College Relations
Nordic Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Center for Global
Education
Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni
Center
20. Youth and Family
Institute
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
22. Site of new residence hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
c. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H . Fairview /St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
K. Student/ Commuter
Parking
~ Accessible Entrance
Campus Location
I
I
I
I
N
-$-
I
..... .....
.....
, ......
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
......
......
......
.....
......
......
..... ......
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside
A venue, left to 21st A venue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From Sl Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
A venue to 21st A venue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots, with the exception of resident parking lots in front and behind the residence halls, are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m.
Friday through Sunday evening and Monday through
Thursday evenings after 4:30 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Lots are
located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues, north
of 8th Street on 21st Avenue and on Butler Place next door
to the Nordic Center. Most street parking is four hour
parking and available seven days a week, except for the
parking meters on Riverside Avenue. The parking meters
are as posted by the City of Minneapolis. Additional
parking is available for a fee in the Riverside Medical Center
ramp.
About Augsburg
History
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in 1530 in Augsburg, Germany.
Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities
surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the
"City of Lakes". Adjacent to the campus are Riverside Medical
Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota
and Mississippi River parkways.
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the
most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels and
elevators provide accessible connections between nine of 14
major buildings - student housing towers, the Christensen
Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library and
the music building. In addition, there are programs for students
with learning and physical disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. We are a diverse community with many strong
religious traditions represented among the students, faculty
and staff, including Lutheran, Protestant, Roman Catholic,
American Indian Spirituality and Thought, Buddhist and
Islamic faiths.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as
amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities and employment practices.
Faculty and
Administration
Elizabeth Bruch, Associate Dean of Graduate and Nontraditional Programs. B.A., Elmhurst College; M.S., Indiana
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Mary G. Endorf, Assistant Professor of Education. B.A.,
Hamline University; M.S.A., SUNY-Cortland; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Laura L. Ericksen, Coordinator of Graduate Programs in
Leadership. B.S., Illinois State University; M.A., University of
Arkansas.
Joseph A. Erickson, Assistant Professor of Education. B.A.,
M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther Northwestern
Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ethelind K. Garetz, Assistant Professor, part-time. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Richard Germundsen, Assistant Professor of Education. B.S.,
Mankato State University; M.A., School of International Service,
American University; Cand. Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of
the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of
Chicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Marie 0. McNeff, Professor of Education, Director of Faculty
Development. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Vicki B. Olson, Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jacqueline 0. Richardson, Assistant Professor of Education.
B.S., Morris Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barry Sullivan, Instructor, part-time. B.A., St. Cloud State
University; M.A., University of North Dakota; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The College
reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any
time within the student's term of residence.
Printed on recycled paper with soy-based inks
I
.
Augsburg.College_,;
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS , MN 55454
Show less
F
ISupplement
-- Academic
Calendar
Infbrmation Sessions
-- Tuition
and Fees
Class schedules
1992 - 1 9 9 3
SUPPLEMENT
- -.
i
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CmENDAR ..................................
Page 2
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1992 .1993 TUITION AND FEES ..... Show more
F
ISupplement
-- Academic
Calendar
Infbrmation Sessions
-- Tuition
and Fees
Class schedules
1992 - 1 9 9 3
SUPPLEMENT
- -.
i
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CmENDAR ..................................
Page 2
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1992 .1993 TUITION AND FEES ........................
Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE, FALL 1992-1993 .................. Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE, WINTER 1992-1993 .............Page 8
CLASS SCHEDULE. SPRING 1992-1993 ............ Page 12
NOTE: Class schedule changes may occur afier this schedule
is published . Students should consult the course list each term
for the most current schedule of classes.
3/92/6M
Augsburg Weekend College
1992 - 1993 Academic Calendar
Fall
Winter
Trimester
Spring*
Trimester
Nov 30
Mar 15
Applicant File Completion Deadline
Aug 24
Dec 14
Mar 30
New Student Orientation
Aug 29
4 r3
Trimester
Application Deadline
Aug 17
Jan 2
Class Scheduling (course selection)
Begins:
J ~6Y
Oct 23
Ends:
Aug 1
Nov 24
Jan 29
Mar 1
Registration (schedule c o d m a t i o n )
Mail Deadline
Aug 21
Dec 11
New Students/ Aug 29
Jan 2
Make-up
Mar 25
4 r3
Classes Begin
Apr 16-18
Sept 11-13
Jan 8-10
Last Day to Add or Drop Class Without Record Notation
Sept 13
Jan 10
Apr 18
Last Day to Change Grade Option
Oct 25
Feb 14
May 23
Last Day to Drop a Class
Nov 22
Mar 14
June 6
Classes End
Dec 4-6
Mar 26-28
June 18-20
Final Exams
Dec 11-13
Apr 2-4
June 25-27
Apr 13
J ~5Y
Jan 8-lo**
Jan 15-17
Jan 29-31
Feb 12-14
Feb 26-28
Mar 12-14
Mar 26-28**
Apr 2-4
Apr 16-18
Apr 30-May 2
May 14-16**
May 21-23
June 4-6
June 18-20**
June 25-27
Final Grades Due
Dec 21
Classes Meet
Sept 11-13
Sept 25-27
Oct 9-11
Oct 23-25
Nov 6-8
Nov 20-22
Dec 4-6**
Dec 11-13
*
C1assc.s in Sping Trimester will be four hours in Iengh instead of three and one-half
hour^. Seepage 13for exact timw.
** One week between clmes.
Program Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augburg Weekend College are encouraged
to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout
the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are
approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College
Office (330-1652) to receive fUrther details on these information sessions
or to sign up for one of the following dates:
For Fall Trimester, 1992-1993
Saturday, May 16
Tuesday, June 9
Saturday, June 20
Thursday, July 9
Saturday, July 18
Saturday, August 1
For Winter Trimester, 1992-1993
Saturday, October 10
Saturday, November 7
Saturday, November 2 1
For Spring Trimester, 1992-1993
Saturday, February 6
Tuesday, February 16
Saturday, February 27
For more information write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Phone: 612/330-1652
FAX: 612/330-1649
1992 - 1993
Tuition and Pees
$15.00
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
$825.00
(one course is 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Tuition (per summer course, 1992)
$650.00
Activity Fee (per trimester)
$7.00
Audit a Course
$412.50
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
$100.00
$50.00
Nursing Clinical Fee
$150.00
Student Teaching Fee (per course)
$300.00
Late Fee (per day)
$50.00
Five working days after registration (schedule confirmation) are allowed
to complete late registrations. Per day fee is charged to any student
registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration also
includes incomplete registration as defined: a) unsigned registration
form; b) unapproved payment plan.
Registration change after first class meeting
$5.00
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time)
Transcript Fee (first is fiee, per copy afier ht)
$2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
1992-1993Class Schedule
Fall Trimester
Friday Evening (6:OO - 9:30)
t ART 352 Women and Art
t BIO 102 The Biological World*
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
t CSC
t ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
t EDU
t ENG
t ENG
t MAT
MUS
NUR
NUR
NUR
t PHY
t PSY
PSY
t REL
t SOC
t SOC
SPC
SPC
t SWK
242
355
362
391
340
112
350
379
382
387
350
264
245
271
131
130
305
350
403
101
105
493
356
265
231
111
495
260
Principles of Management
Marketing Communications
International Business
BusinessLaw
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (9/11-11/6) (.5)
K-El Art Methods (9/11-10/9) (.25)
K-El Math Methods (10/23-12/11) (.5)
K-El Language Arts (10/23-12/11) (.5)
Reading in the Content Areas (9/11-11/6) (.5)
Orientation to Education (9/11-11/6) (.5)
Introduction to Literature
European Literature: Homer to Dante
Math for the Liberal Arts *
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication *
Introduction to Nursing Research
Contemporary Nursing III:Families *
Astronomy *
Principles of Psychology
Seminar
History of Religions
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
Public Speaking
Topic: Self and the Organization
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30
BIO
BUS
BUS
BUS
t CHM
CSC
t ECO
t ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
103
221
222
391
109
330
112
113
3 13
376
377
388
389
111
- 12:OO)
Human Anatomy and Physiology *
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting II
BusinessLaw
General Organic and Biological Chemistry *
Theory of Computation
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
K-El Social Studies Methods (10/24-11/21) (.25)
K-El Science Methods (9/12-10/10) (.25)
K-El Health Methods (9/12-10/10) (.25)
I<-El Physical Education Curriculum (10/24-11/21) (.25)
Effective Writing
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * *
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481
481
481
482
482
482
483
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
KStudent Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extraclass or hb sessions required.
**Additional clinicalfee required.
t
These coulses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as
meeting the newLiberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993 Ausgburg catalog for
more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993 and transferring less than 1 6 Augsburg
course equivalents will complete Liberal Arts Perspectives along with their approved
major program.
Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992 academic year and
transferred less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete
the new Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Winter Trimester
Friday Evening (6:OO- 9:30)
t
t
t
t
t
t
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDU
ENG
ENG
ENG
INS
NUR
NUR
PHY
POL
PSY
PSY
REL
SOC
SPC
SWK
224
242
252
3 31
450
112
382
387
388
389
341
111
225
245
320
306
310
106
122
105
373
343
121
354
260
Publication Design
Principles of Management
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles of Macroeconomics
K-El Math Methods (1/8-2/26) (.5)
K-El Language Arts (1/8-2/26) (.5)
K-El Health Methods (3/12-4/2) (.25)
K-El Physical Education Methods (1/8-2/26) (.5)
Media Technology (1/8-2/26) (.5)
Effective Writing *
Intermediate Expository Writing*
Introduction to Literature
American Indian Women
Contemporary Nursing IT:Paradigms in Nursing *
Community Health Nursing I *
Introductory Meteorology *
Metropolitan Complex
Principles of Psychology
Organizational Psychology
Theology of Marriage
Introduction to Human Society
Interpersonal Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30 - 12:OO)
BIO 101
BUS 221
BUS 222
BUS 340
BUS 352
BUS 391
BUS 433
CHM 110
CSC 272
t ECO 112
ECO 3 13
ECO 3 18
EDE 351
EDE 379
t EDU 264
EDU 388
ENG 111
ENG 282
ENG 327
MAT 104
MIS 175
Human Biology
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting 11
Human Resource Management
Marketing Research and Analysis
Business Law
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
General Organic and Biological Chemistry *
Unixand C
Principles of Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading
K-El Art Methods (1/9-1/30) (.25)
Orientation to Education (1/9-2/27) (.5)
Human Relations (2/13-4/3) (.5)
Effective Writing *
Topics: Grow Old With Me
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Intermediate Algebra * (no credit)
Computers for Business, Economics &MIS
MIS
NUR
t POL/
SPC
tPSY
t REL
t REL
SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
279 Quantitative Methods fbr Business, Economics and MIS
404 Contemporary Nursing W *
342 Mass Communications in Society
105
363
471
222
352
363
465
Principles of Psychology
Religion in America
Jesus and His Interpreters
Intro to Theatre A m
Persuasion
Basic Methods (by demand)
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Saturday Afternoon (1:15
222
252
323
368
465
345
113
415
350
377
386
353
477
351
438
282/
482
t HIS 222
HPE 115
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
ENG
ENG
ENG
MAT
MAT
MIS
t PHI
PSY
t REL
REL
t SOC
t SPA
t SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
121
171
376
125
351
221
263
121
112
329
351
364
466
Principles of Accounting 11
Principles of Marketing
Accounting Theory and Practice II
Responding to the Challenges of Japan
International Management
Principles of Computer Organization
Principles of Microeconomics
Managerial Economics
Creating Learning Environments (2/13-4/3) (.5)
K-El Science Methods (1/9-1/30) (.25)
Children's Literature (2/13-4/3) (.5)
Creating Learning Environments
School and Society
American Literature Since 1920
Shakespeare
Topics: Women and Fiction
U.S. History Since 1877
Health and ChemicalDependency Education @ I S )
(1/30-3/27) (.5)
Finite Mathematics *
Discrete Mathematics *
Project Management
Ethics and Human Identity
Developmental Psychology - Child
Biblical Studies
World Justice and Hunger
Introduction to Human Society
Beginning Spanish II *
Intercultural Communication
Argumentation
Field Work I (by demand)
Field Work III
Sunday Afternoon (1:15
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
- 445)
- 445)
106/306 Calligraphy
242 Principles of Management
326 Tax Accounting
440 Operations Management
t ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312
ECO 313
ECO 315
EDE 282
EDE 364
EDE 375
EDE 376
EDE 380
EDS 374
EDS 375
ENG 336
t FRE 111
t GER 111
HPE 114
HPE 353
INS 232
MIS 175
MIS 475
t NOR 111
t REL 111
t SOC 265
t SPA 111
t SPA 112
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Money and Banking
Introduction to Special Education
InterdisciplinaryStudies (3/14-4/4) (.25)
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (2/14-4/4) (.5)
K-El Social Studies Methods (1/10-1/31) (.25)
K-El Music Methods (1/10-1/31) (.25)
Natural Science Methods (1/10-2/28) (.5)
Social Studies Methods (1/10-2/28) ( . 5 )
British Literature: 17th & 18th Centuries
Beginning French I *
Beginning German I*
Health and S&ty Education (E/S) (1/10-2/28) (.5)
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise
Afiican American Experience
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Information Systems Analysis and Design
Beginning Norwegian 1*
Introduction to Theology
Culture: Gender, Ethnicity and Race
Beginning Spanish I *
Beginning Spanish II *
Day Schedule Evening Courses
ECO 413 Labor Economics (meets Feb. - May, Tuesdays 6-9)
ENG 101 DevelopmentalWriting (meets Feb. - May, Tuesdays 6-9)
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness (meets weekly for 8 weeks)
To be Arranged
BUS
EDE
EDS
HPE
299/399 Internship
363 Clinical Experience (.5)
352 Clinical Experience (.5)
489 Coaching Practicum (.5)
Mexico Travel Seminar - Center for Global Education
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
Feb. 21-28
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* **
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
48 1
481
481
482
482
482
483
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extra C h or Lab Sea-ionsRequired
* *Additional Lab Fee Required
f These courses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as
meeting the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993 Ausgburg catalog for
more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993 and transferring less than 16 Augsburg
course equivalents will complete Liberal Arts Perspectives along with their approved
major program.
Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992 academic year and
transferred less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete
the new Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Spring Trimester
Friday Evening (6:OO - 10:OO)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
BUS 242
BUS 466
ECO 112
EDE 350
EDE 376
EDE 380
EDE 382
EDS 353
EDU 264
EDU 388
ENG 111
ENG 361
ENG 272
HPE 114
MAT 131
MUS 130
NUR 330
PHY 101
PSY 357
REL 111
SOC 121
SPC 111
SPC 343
SPC 480
SWK 260
Principles of Management
International Marketing
Principles of Macroeconomics
Creating Learning Environments (5/14-6/18) (.5)
K-El Social Studies Methods (4/16-5/14) (.25)
K-El Music Methods (6/4-6/25) (.25)
K-El Math Methods (4/30-6/4) (.5)
Creating Learning Environments
Orientation to Education (4/16-5/21) (.5)
Human Relations (E/S) (4/16-5/21) (.5)
Effective Writing
Modern Fiction
European Literature: Renaissance to Modern
Health and Safety Education (E/S) (4/6-5/21) (.5)
Math for the Liberal Arts *
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Astronomy *
Learning
Introduction to Theology
Introduction to Human Society
Public Speaking
Broadcast Production I
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:OO
- 12:OO)
Microbiology *
Principles of Accounting II
BusinessLaw
Chemistry for Changing Times
Data Structures
Algorithms
Principles of Microeconomics
Management Science
Techniques of Teaching Reading
K-El Saence Methods (6/5-6/26) (.25)
Reading in the Content Areas (4/17-5/22) (.5)
Media Technology (4/17-5/22) (.5)
Effective Writing *
Introduction to Creative Writing
American Literature to 1920
U.S. Topics: History of the Twin Cities
H
e
a
l
t
hand Chemid Dependency Education
(4/14-5/22) (.5)
MAT 114 Elementary Functions *
MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
BIO 108
BUS 222
BUS 391
t CHM 100
CSC 210
CSC 320
t ECO 113
ECO 318
EDE 351
EDE 377
EDS 350
EDU 341
ENG 111
t ENG 226
ENG 350
HIS 331
HPE 115
t PHI 120 Ethics
t POL/342 Mass Communications in Society
SPC
t PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY
REL
t REL
SWK
SWK
353 Developmental Psychology: Middle and Older Adult
(Upper Division to be Announced)
483 Christian Ethics
461 Advanced Methods (by demand)
467 Social Worker as Professional
Saturday Afternoon (1:OO
- 500)
t BIO 105 Biology and Society
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
CSC
t ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
ENG
ENG
HPE
221
252
331
355
425
438
450
445
112
311
360
379
386
223
225
475
INS 495
MIS
PHI
t POL
PSY
PSY
t REL
t REL
SOC
SPC
SPC
SWK
SWK
370
230
158
356
3 81
221
369
349
351
355
462
469
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Marketing Communications
Advanced Accounting
Invesments
Marketing Management
Operating Systems & Computer Architecture
Principles of Macroeconomics
Public Finance
International Trade and Finance
K-El Art Methods (6/5-6/26) (-25)
Children's Literature (4/17-5/22) (.5)
Writing for Business and the Professions
Intermediate Expository Writing
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(4/17-5/16) (.50)
Seminar: Research Methods in Women's Studies
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
Logic
Political Patterns and Processes
Environmental Psychology
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Biblical Studies
Religious Imagination in Modem Literature
Complex Organizations
Argumentation
Small Group Communication
Field Work IT (by demand)
Field Work IV
Sunday Afternoon (1:OO
- 5:OO)
t ART 107 Drawing
BUS
BUS
t ECO
ECO
ECO
EDE
EDE
242
340
113
3 13
3 18
364
375
Principles of Management
Human Resource Management
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
Management Science
Interdisciplinary Studies (4/18-5/16) (.25)
Discovery in the World ofKindergarten (4/18-5/23)(.5)
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
EDE
EDE
EDE
ENG
ENG
FRE
GER
HPE
MIS
MIS
NOR
REL
SOC
SOC
SPA
SPA
387
388
389
245
341
112
112
482
279
476
112
265
365
112
211
K-ElLanguage Arts (5/23-6/27) (.5)
K-El Health Methods (5/23-6/27) (.5)
K-El Physical Education Methods (4/18-5/16) (.25)
Introduction to Literature
Advanced Creative Writing
Beginning French II *
Beginning German I1 *
Coaching Theory of Sport
Quantitative Methods for Business & Economics
Structure Systems Analysis and Design
Beginning Norwegian IT*
(Upper Division-To be Announced)
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Beginning Spanish II *
Intermediate Spanish I
Thursday Evenings
HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (meets weekly for 8 weeks)
NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership & Management* * *
Time to be Arranged
BUS
EDE
EDS
NUR
299/399 Internship
363 Clinical Experience (.5)
352 Clinical Experience (.5)
311 Community Health Ntming 11* **
Day School Evening Schedule
ECO 413 Labor Economics (Tues. 6-9 p.m., Feb-May)
ENG 101 DevelopmenalWriting(Tues. 6-9p.m.,Feb-May)
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * *
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481
481
481
482
482
482
483
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extra clarr or lab sessiolzc required.
**Additional labfee charged.
t
These courses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as
meeting the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993Ausgburg catalog for
more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives.
Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993and transferring less than 16 Augsburg
course equivalents will coiiiplete Liberal AIIS Perspectives along with their approved
major program.
Studen@who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992academic year and transferred
less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete the new
Liberal Arts Perspectives.
7 3 1 2 1 s A~ V E N U E S O U T H
M I N N E A P O L IM
SN
. 55454
Show less
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 19 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they
will be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
June 1 or 2. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 28 or 29. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on June 1 or 2, and June 28 and
29. The balance owing for tuition must
be paid before registration is finalized.
Augsburg students please note:
(Balance due on Augsburg account
from previous termls must be paid in
full before you can finalize
registration.) A late fee of $50.00 will be
assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 3. A late fee of $50.00
will be assessed for Term I1 registrations
completed on June 30. Registrations will
not be accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term
I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 30 for
Term I1 courses. This procedure applies
to internships and independent studies
as well as scheduled courses. Any
refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
@ Printed on recycled paper
Summer 1993
Term I
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 19
June 1-2
April 19
June 28-29
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
June 1
June 1-2
June 28
June 28
June 14
June 3
June 3
July 16
June 30
June 30
May 31
June 18
June 25
June 30
July 5
July 23
August 6
August 11
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices
The tuition charge for 1993 Summer
School courses is as follows: $725.00 for
full-credit courses, $362.50 for half-credit
courses, and $181.25 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
.Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial Aid
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April 15,1993. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Financial
Aid Application from the Financial Aid
Officer.
13 Ice Arena
K. Student/Cornrnuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Campus Location
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue South.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
Augsburg in
the Summer-
fi
Augsburg College provides
a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships
and independent studies. Term I runs
from June 1 -June 25, Term I1 runs from
June 28 - August 6. This brochure
presents the Summer School Program
and was correct at the time of
publication.
L
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, tlie equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
v
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sopliomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
Summer Scl~oolOffice.
Independent study and internships, i,,
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships iiivolve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need liousing may obtain
information from tlie Director of
the Right to cancel
listed courses.
Information
and For-ulzs
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Murpliy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities.
graduates of sucli institutions, anc
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies tlia t the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact tlie Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
,
Acceptance as a summer student c'
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Tliosc
wisliing to begin a degree program at
the College should 'ipplv tor acl~nission
tl~ouglitlie Office of Aclmissions or
Weekend Collcgc.
mw
-
ART 389-A
AMERICAN ART
Anderson
A study of early Colonial through contemporary
American art, architecture, and folk arts.
M,T, W,TH
Foss 43
1:OO-4:OO p.m.
BIOLOGY
- -
BIO 101-A
HUMAN BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric
point of view. An attempt to answer such
questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a
niche in the ecosystem? What influence d o humans
have on the environment? What influence does the
environment, especially the urban environment,
have on humans? (Three-hour lectures. A student
may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does
not apply to the major or minor.) Persp: Natural
World 1 or 2; Dist.: Biology/Chemistry
M,T, W,TII,F
Sci 205
8:30-11:30 a.rt1.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 221-A
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.:
None
M,T, W,TII
OM 10
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
BUS 242-A
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The
nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility; analysis of the role of the
professional manager. Dist.: None
M,T, W,TII
6:OO-9:OO p.111.
MIS 279-A
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Morgan
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, samplillg
distribution, inference and estimation. Emphasis
on their use in applied problems in business and
economics. Students will use a computer-based
statistics program to analyze data as part of a
required statistical analysis project. (Prereq.: MIS
175 and either Math Placement Group 111or a
grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
9:30-11:50 a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 43
I
1
BUS 322-A
ACCOUNTING THEORY
Kader
AND PRACTICE 1
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as
applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113)
M,T, W,Th
OM 23
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-A
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and mauagcment
of funds within thc firm. Sources and uses of long
and short term funds, cost of capital, capital
budgeting, levcrage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prcreq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)Dist.: None
8:30-I 0:50 n.rt~.
M , T ,W,TIr,F
O M 11
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problcms facing
a metro-urban environment. This course will be
taught on an arranged basis. Contact with students
will be mutually arranged. By independent study.
Students nccd signature of instructor beforc Term
One begins (call 330-1152). P / N only. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/ Women's Studies, Persp.: Social
World 1 or 2, or City
Arrnr~gcd
ECO 112-A
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO-ECONOMICS Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, inter~iatio~lal
tradc, eco~lomicgrowth. Dist.: Economics/Political
Science; Persp: Western Heritage 1 or 2
6:OO-9:00 y.rn.
M,T, W,Th
O M 17
EDUCATION
EDU 282-A
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education.
Examines the nature, causes, and educational
interventions for such exceptionalities as mcntal
retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision
impairment, learning disabilities, behavior
disorders and giftedness. Dist.: None.
12:OO-3:OO p.rrr.
M,T, W,Tlr
O M 25
EDE 382-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
Drewlow
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Examination and preparation of materials and
rcsources for mathematics instruction at the
kindergarten and clemcntary levels. Dist.: None
(1/ 2 course)
6:OO-9:00 p,~rr.
T,Tlr
1. 4
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on thc study of values, of communication
techniques, and of tlie major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
rclations skills applicable to teaching and othcr
professional vocations. Required for all Elcmentary
and Secondarv Education maiors. Owen to all. P / N
only. Dist.: None (1/2 course)
5:30-8:30 y.rtr.
M ,W
O M 78
1
L
ENGLISH
ENG 245-A
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson
In this course students are initiated into the formal
study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to
appreciate more fully thc pleasures of literature.
The course aims to expand students' exposure to
literature and therefore draws on works from
several periods, from different cultures and raccs,
from male and female writers. As tlie prerequisite
for all upper courscs in literature, Introduction to
Literature aims in particular to devclop studcnts'
critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics
9:30-71:50 o.111,
M,T, W,TIr,F
O M 18
ENG 282-A
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: FILM
ADAPTATIONS OF FICTION
Schmit
This course is designed to consider narrative
fiction as a genre and tlic novel as a literary form.
To do this we will look at what happens whcn
novels arc recast in the strict thrce-act form of a
scrccnplay and translated into thc medium of film.
By focusing on differcnces with respect to point of
view, narrative time, and modes of representatiml
(linguistic vs. physical representation, for
example), we will see what a novel does and llow
it does it. We will read four novels as a class and
view a film adapted from each. In addition, cnch
studcnt will read a novel and view a film, then
make a presentation to the class about tllc
adaptation. In addition to thc prcsentatiou, there
will be a six to cight page paper and a final exam.
6:OO-9:00 p.rrl.
M,T, W,TIr
MP 3
ENG 282-8
Griffin
TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY
In tlic city, remarks Alexis de Tocquevillc,
"humanity attains its most complete development
and its most brutish; herc civilization works its
miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost
into a savage." The powcr of the city to nourish or
corrupt the human soul is a persistent theme in
western tradition. This course will study primarily
American novels, pocms, essays and films that
explorc this theme. Texts will be supplemented by
the resourccs of thc Twin Citics. Course work will
i~lvolvediscussion of texts, papers, exams, and an
out-of-class cxpcric~~tial
component.
6:00-9:OO ~ . I I I .
A4,T, W,TIr
O M 29
ENG 265-A1365-A
UNDERSTANDING AMERICA
THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Palosaari
Introduction to significant works of American
litcraturc and film. Selections will be studied as
cultural documents as wcll as works of art. Dist.:
Literature (Prereq.: ENG 111)
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,TIi
O M 17
MODERN LANGUAGES
GER I l l - A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts witli no
previous background in German. Dist.: Language
Lcvel 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
SPA I l l - A
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I)
O M 27
Kingsley
SPA I l l - P
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Lcvcl 1; Persp.:
Intcrcultural Awareness 2 - Language Level 1
8:30-10:50 n.11i.
5:30-750 p.111.
M , T , W,Tlr,F (Sectioli 1)
M,T, W,TIr,F (Sectioii 11) O M 25
INS 225-A
Kader
INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM
This course is designcd by a practicing Muslim to
present his perception of Islam to uon-Muslims.
The course will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sliari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will also bc a
consideration of tlie diffcrcnces between tlie
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will
also be some effort to deal with tlie similarities and
differenccs between Islam and both Christianity
and Judaism, and a visit to one of tlie mosques in
the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's
Studies; Persp,: Intercultural Awareness 1
8:30 - 10:50 n.111.
M , T , W,Th,F
1. 4
INS 264-A
AMERICAN INDIANS
Allery
IN THE CINEMA
This coursc will bc an historical survey of
Hollywood movies that created and continue to
foster images of the North American Indian in
Amcrica~isociety. Movies will include: Dr~rlris
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Alorig tlle Molmruk; Shndoru Cntclier; Broke11Arrow;
Little Big Mnrr; nlid Pozu-zuozu Highruny. Issues to bc
HPE 499-A
Staff
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
discussed will be authenticity, misreprcscntation,
stereotypes and the usc of Indian and uon-Indian
actors.
Arraiiged
8:30-10:50 o.111.
M , T , W,TII
OM 29
HISTORY
HIS 348-A
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic course offers an introductory historical survey
of tlie Soviet Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian liistory before t ~ ~ r n i ntog
tlie Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lcnin's consolidation of power. Latcr topics
include: tlie rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and tlie slow rcjection of
Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent
events since the emergence of Gorbacllev. Tlie
coursc will empliasize political, diplomatic,
economic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Soviet political practices and institutions.
9:30-17 :50 n.1r1.
M , T , W,Tlr,F
O M 23
PHI 120-A
Apolloni
ETHICS
Ethics studies our moral beliefs and lielps students
considcr the basis for making moral judgments.
Tlie course explores the major philosopliical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then
applies these approaches to contemporary
personal and social moral issucs. This enablcs
stude~itsto be aware of tlie nature of value
disputcs, the different perspcctives taken and tlie
reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the
course Christian ethics will inform our
considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not
take PI-I1 125. Dist.: History/Pliilosopliy, Persp.:
Christian Faitli 3
8:30-70:50 n.111.
M , T , W,TII,F
L1
INTERDISCIPLINARY
PHYSICS
INS 1991399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-based lcarning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement witli a
faculty member wliich links the ideas and methods
of their major to the opportunitics found in the
placement, Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: City
PHY 106-A
INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the
atmosphcre. The course is designed to provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for understanding weather and climate.
Laboratory exercises arc included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an
elective or to satisfy the distribution/gcncral
education requirement for the liberal arts student.
Plcase contact Bill Jasperson for schcdulc of
additional lab sessions. (Prercq.: Mathematics
Placement Group 11) Dist.: Matli/Pliysics; Pcrsp.:
Natural World 1 or 2
Arrnlrgcd
1.00-4:00 p.111.
M , T , W,Th
SC1205
PSY 325-A
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors which influence individual and
group bchavior in naturalistic and experimental
settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 105)
1:00-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 18
REL 369-A
THE RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION
IN MODERN LITERATURE
Skibbe
"Particillarities of religious discerliment,
symbolism, and world view. Reading and
discussion of nine novels." Students who take this
course must do work of 2.0 or better to get credit.
Dist,: Religion, Persp.: Christian Faith 3
8:00-10:15 n.!n.
M,T, W,TIi,F
MP 1
SOC 199-Al399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly scminar is
expected. Persp.: City
Arrnrrged
SWK 260-A
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Brennan
This course provides tlie knowledge basic to an
understanding of liun~angrowth through the life
cyclc and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors wliicli
influence the growth of iiidividuals and families in
contemporary American society. Emphasized is
tlie role of the "nurturing environment" in relation
to liuman growtli, the impact of "sustaining
environment" and other special stresses rclevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups
which represent racial, disability and sexual
minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through usc of their own
experiences. Persp.: Human Identity
9:3il-11:SO ~ . I I I ,
M,T, W,TIi,F
L 17
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of
instructor)
Arrn~~ged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent
of instructor).
Arrnllged
SPC 323-A
EFFECTIVE BUSINESS SPEAKING
Olson
The course is designed to increase studcnts'
understanding of communication, theory and
principles, and to improve presentation skills as
they pertain to an organizational setting. Format of
the class will include: text reading, lecture,
individual and group presentation, and class
participation. (Prereq.: SPC 111)
5:30-8:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
MP 1
SPC 347-A
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production course which integrates
lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production teams, gaining experience in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 n.~!!.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 170
1
JUNE 28
TO
AUGUST 6
w :4 4:,a,.:-â¢
ART 107-A
DRAWING
Bollman
An introduction to and definition of drawing
methods and media. Drawing is presented as a
diverse art form which can be experienced in a
variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional
media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM 17
ART 118-A1355-A
PAINTING
Bollman
Painting in opaque and transparent color. A
variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the
versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
OM l 7
ART 132-AISPC 132-A
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ARTl32-PISPC 132-P
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION11) Fciederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single
iens reflex camera. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp:
Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $175-$200.
(Class size limited to 14.)
1:30-5:00 p.ln.
M,W (Section I)
OM 6
M,W (Section 11)
OM 6
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUSINESS
MIS 175-A
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to computing concepts and
microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages
and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS,
Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study
other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will
serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1
or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
530-9:OO p.ln.
M ,W
Foss 20
BUS 222-A
PRINCIPLES or ACCOUNTING 11
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.
Dist.: None (Prereq.: BUS 221)
10:05-ll:30a.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 10
BUS 340-A
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker with
the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30 p.irr.
M,W
OM 10
BUS 440-A
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management
of operating functions. Examples from service
industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view.
Topics include an overview of operations, planning
operation processes, productivity measurement,
standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and
operational control information systems. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 10
ECO 110-A
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing
a metro-urban environment. By independent
study. Students need signature of instructor before
Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.:
Urban/ Minority/Women's Studies; Persp.: City
and Social World 1 or 2
Arrflnged
ECO 113-A
PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, lirm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/ Political
Science; Persp.: City and Social World 1 or 2
6:OO-9:30 p.t!l.
M ,W
OM 29
ECO 315-A
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-P
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly
commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: None
(Prereq.: Eco 112,113)
M , W (Sectioll I)
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,TIi (Sectio~i11)
Foss 42
EDU 341-A
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psycliological and philosopliical dimensions of
com~nunicationthrough the use of instructional
technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teacIiing/lear~~ing
situation. Computer training will
be included in this course. Dist.: None; Persp.: None
(L2 course)
5:30-9:OO ~ . I I I .
T,TIi
Foss 175
EDE 364-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
Drewlow
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for integration specific skill
developments througli various subjects at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels, (V4 course)
530-7:30 ~ . I I I ,
M , T , W,Th
MP-1
Dntes: [ I J I I C28 - / r ~ l y8
EDE 375-A
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student
teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level. Dist.: None ( l / 2
course) (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
11:30-1:30 p.111.
I. 1
Dotes:/rr~le28,29,30;/11ly1 , 6, 7 , 8, 13, 14, 15
EDE 377-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and .preparation of materials and
rcsources for science at the kindergarten and
elementary level. (1 /4 course)
1:30-3:30 p.111.
M,W
OM4
Dotes: 1111y7,12,14,19,21,26
EDU 388-A
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, communication
tecliniques, and the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professions. Required for all elementary and
secondary education majors. Ope11 to all. P / N only.
Dist.: None (1/2course)
70:05-11:30 n.111.
M ,W
L 77
EDS 390-A
COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE
ENGLISH CLASSROOM
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who
plan to teach high scliool Englisl~.It is designed to
improve students' skills in public speaking, oral
interpretation, listening, and small group
discussion as well as to explore methodologies for
teaching and incorporating these skills in tlie high
school English curriculum.
6:00-9% p.r11,,
T,TII
1. 17
EDS 391-A
TEACHING MASS MEDIA
LaDuca
This course is for English-Education majors who plan
to teach lug11 school English. Students will explore tlie
nature of tlie niedia as "consciousncss uid~~shies,"
examining the whys of teaching tlie media, how to
effectively go about it, what kind of assuniptions
mcdia education has been based on in the past, and
liow to i~icorpratemcdia education into the English
curriculum. The students will become familiar with
all forms of mass media and will understand the
impact of media 011 their lives. Students will learn
how to be discriminating users of Inass media and
liow to teach others to be the same. (1R course)
6:fJU-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M
L 17
A
EDE 386-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for cliildren's literature at tlie
kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab
experiences. Dist.: None (1 /2 course)
530-9:00 p.~rl.
T
EDE 387-A
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and
resources for language arts at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Labora torv cxoeriences.
Graduate > ~ c v eSkill:
l
writink (P;ereq.: EDE 255 or
EDS 265) (1/2 course)
17:30-1:30 P,III.
1. 4
Dntes: / I I J I ~28,29,.30; Jlrly 1,6,7,8,13,14,15
'GLISH
ENG I l l - A
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Castor
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning
research techniques and writing critical reviews. At
least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is
givcn to increasing students' effectiveness in
choosing, organizing and developing topics,
thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style.
Minimum passing grade for credit is 2.0. Dist.:
Entry level skill: Writing (separate)
6:OO-9:00~ , I I I .
T,TII
O M 27
ENG 241-AISPC 241-A
INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities,
theoretical principles and historical evolution of
tlie film medium. The cmphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the
viewing and analysis of both feature length and
short films illustrating the i~lternational
development of film form and selected aesthetic
movements such as tlie American studio film and
its genres, German cxprcssionism, Soviet ~nontagc,
Italian neorealism and the French new wave.
Bccausc of film lcngtlis, some classes will go to 10
p.m. Dist.: None,: Persp.: Acstlietics
6:OO-9:30y.111.
T ,7h
L4
ENG 361-A
Miskowiec
STUDIES IN MODERN FICTION
Significant works of selected prose writers of the
20th century, chiefly Europcan and non-Wcstcm.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Foss 20
9:00 rr.111.-12:00y.111. M,W
ODERN LANGUAGES
GER 112-A
Quanbeck
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding
and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Lcvel
2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3, Language
Level2
8:10-955 a.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 42
SPA 112-A
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-P
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking
world. Dist.: Language Level 2; Persp.: Intercultural
Awareness 3, Language Level 2
8:10-955 n 111.
M,T,W,Tli fSrctio11I ) OM 25
5:30-7:15 p.111.
M,T,W,TIi (Sectior~!I) OM 25
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 410-A
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF
THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health
programs and resources. Methods and materials in
health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community. (Prereq.: HPE 320)
CI. ROOIII
711
530-8:30 y.~n,,,
T, W,TIi
HIS 115-A
Zehnder
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from
the rise of ~~ationalism
and the decline of the
Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th Century to
the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and
the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of
how the Middle East reached its contemporary
complexity, its role in the wider world.
M,W
OM 13
6:00-9:30 ~ . I I I .
MAT 173-A
Kaminsky
MATH OF INTEREST
Ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits? Or why women pay less for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums and installment loan
payments are calculated? Or how much money to
invest to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual
payment at a future date? Tl~eseand other interesting
and useful topics in the mathematics of financial
transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based
on classroom participation and quizzes. This course is
useful for students in business and economics or
those students interested in careers in finance-related
fields. Course will satisfies the General Education
quantitative reasoning requirement. Math
Placement Group 111. Dist.: Math/Physics
6:00-9:30 p.nr.
M, W
HILOSOPHY
-
PHI 175-A
PHILOSOPHY OF LOVE AND SEX
Apolloni
What is thc nature of romantic love, sexual desire
and friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? This
course, will consider the following ethical sexual
issues: Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery
immoral? Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and 1.esbianism sexual perversions? Or
are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Language intensive. Discussion and term paper required.
Dist.: History/Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,T,W,TIl,F
L1
8:30-10:50 O.III.
PHY 101-A
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars
and galaxies. The course also traces the development
of scientific thought from early civilization to the
present day. The necessary optical instruments are
explained and use is made of 12 inch reflecting
telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a three-inch
Questar Night viewing and lab sessions are important
components. Students need to contact instructor at
330-1039 to schedule additional viewing and lab
sessions. (Prereq.: Mathcma tics Placement Group 11)
Dist.: MatIilPhysics; Persp.: Natural World 2
6:00-9:30 y.1~.
M,W
SC1205
'ICAL SCIENCE
INS 199-A1399-A
Hesser
INTERNSHIP
A work-bascd learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar
is expected. Persp.: City
A rro~iged
POL 329-A
Walcott
PUBLIC POLICY
This coutse will introduce the student to both substantive
public policy and policy analysis by simulating of a
congressional committee where stude~ltswill play roles
of both legislative policy makers and administrators
defending their programs. Students will not only read
about public policy, but will also apply their knowledge
of policy issues and the governmental proccss.
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,Tlr
OM 23
SOCIAL WORK
PSY 373-A/ SPC 373-A
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Attridge
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as
management styles, evaluation and maintenance of
work effectivencss, and social influences. (Prereq.:
PSY 105) Persp: None
6:00-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Foss 43
REL 373-A
Bensan
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan
that are usually associated with religion, i~lcl~iding
the popular religious traditions of China,
Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese
Shintoism. Dist.: Yes
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
T,TII
OM 29
REL 483-A
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Christian social respmsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics,
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3
11 :40-1:25 p.111,
M,T, W,TIi
OM 10
SOC 199-AI399-A
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of sociology to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation
in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City
Arm~lged
SOC 265-A
CULTURE ETHNICITY, GENDER
AND RACE
Bloom
Some dime~lsionsof gender, race and other intergroup relations. Major attention is focused upon
the role of society's values.and self-understanding.
(P/N only) Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women
Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 27
SOC 356-A
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and
processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc. Dist.: None
1:30-590 p.111.
T,TIi
Foss 20
-
SWK 257-E/399-E1599-E
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH & SOCIAL
SERVICES IN THE '90s, U.S.A.-U.K.
COMPARISONS
Egas
Identifies, analyzes and evaluates different
approaches in the U.S.A. and U.K. through interdisciplinary dialogue, classroom and field
cncounters. First week - Orientation at Augsburg
(6/21-24); Second and third weeks -Work with
British professionals and students at Bristol
University, England (6/25-7/9). British tutors and
group leaders. Cost: $3,500 (approx.) includes air
fare, ground travel, accommodations, most meals.
Call Blanca Rosa Egas at 330-1713 for information.
Dist.: None; Persp.: City.
Arrairged
Foss 43
SWK 399-A
SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP
Brown
Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of
majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arm~rged
SWK 499-A
SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown
Student must present a written proposal
containing rationale, objectives, methodology and
evaluation of the proposed study according to
Department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and
consent of instructor)
Armrrged
-
SPEECHXMN
THEATRE A nTC
SPC 352-A
PERSUASION
Holmquest
Theory of how people arc influenced to change
attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to
persuasion; logical and psychological appeals;
empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales,
advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass
movements and campaigns; impact of the mass
media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and
promotional projects.
M,T, W,Th
Foss 42
2:30-4:15 p 111.
SPC 414-A/INS 414-A
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical
perspective on American feminism, and 2) to
develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.:
Urban/Minority/Women's Studies.
5:30-9:30 p.~tr.
T,Th
OM 18
Augsburt
College
Summer School
Show less
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is... Show more
OFFICIAL
PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
731 2 1 AVENUE
~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN
, 55454
:I1
yI
..
'
b:
612-330-1000
in.
This catalog should answer most questions students have'
about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each
student to know the requirements and academic policies in
this publication. If you have questions about anything in this
catalog, consult a faculty advisor, the Dean of the College or
the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the catalog
for correspondence or telephone inquiries.
':
I
i
,
k
1
I
;
Location -Augsburg College was
founded in 1869in Marshall, Wisconsin.
The College moved to Minneapolis,
Minnesota,in 1872
increase awareness and provide
assistance for students with disabilities.
cal Lutheran Church in America
Financial Aid -Over 80 pacent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
(ELCA).Although a strong plurality of
students are Lutheran, two in 10
represent other Protestant denominations while approximatelytwo in 10 are
Roman Catholic.
Libmy -Over 175,000 items, access to
over 5,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin
Cities private college library consortium, and Minitex, the regional library
network
Accreditation -North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education. Approved by
American Chemical Society,Council on
Social Work Education, National
Assodation for Music Therapy, Inc.,
National Association of Schoolsof
Music, National League for Nursing.
School Year -Septemberto May, 4-14
calendar, with January Interim. Two
summer school sessions. Augsburg
Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program
-trimesters, W b e r to June.
Member -Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Eoard,as d d b e d on page 11.
Off Campus Programs-Center for
Global Education, Student Project for
Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher
Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA), Minnesota Studies in
InternationalDevelopment (MSID),
Study Abroad, International Business
Program, Upper Midwest Association
of Intedtural Education (UMAIE) and
extensive cooperative education
P'ogram.
Athletic Affiliation -Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference 0,
and National Collegiate Athletic
Assodation (NCAA), Division III.
Religious Affiliation -The Evangeli-
Enrollment (1990-'91) -2,%5 from 26
states and 28 nations.
Graduates -10,781 from 1870 through
August 31,1990 .
StudentlFaculty Ratio -15.6 to 1.
Class size averages 20-30.
Campus -15mapr buildings. Mapr
renovation 1979-'80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
Accessibility -Augsburg is now one
of the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway-tunnelelevator
system provides access to 10 major
buildings without going outside. In
addition to building modifiaations,
Augsburg has a student-run program to
Majors -More than 45 in 22 departments.
Policy -Augsburg College does not
. . . on the basis of race, creed,
e-t
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as requiredby
Title D( of the 1972EducationalAmendments or Section 504of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admission
policies, educational pmpms, activities
and employment practices.
Fads and Figures ................................................................................. 2
Introducing Augsburg ........................................................................ 7
Admissions ......................................................................................... 15
.................................... 21
Financing Your Education ......................
.
College Costs ................................................................................. 22
Financial Aid ................................................................................. 25
Scholarships
. ................................................................................... 30
Student Life ........................................................................................
47
Academic Information .....................................................................-59
General Information .................................................................. 6 0
Academic Organization and Programs .................................... 63
Majors and Minors ....................................................................... 63
Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................76
General Education CurriculumRequirements .........................81
Evaluation and Grading ..........................................................
-89
Departments and Programs (including course descriptions) .....97
Art ................................................................................................... 99
Biology ........................................................................................104
Business Administration and
Management Information Systems (MIS).............................108
Chemistry .....................................................................................116
East and Southeast Asian Studies ............................................121
Economics ............................ .
.
............... 123
Education .....................................................................................127
Engineering..................................................................................136
English .........................................................................................138
First Year Experience ..................................................................144
Foreign Language Department .................................................145
General Studies .................................-........
156
Global Education Programs ......................................................157
Health and Physical Education ...............................................161
History ..................................................................................... 165
Humanities ...................................................................
169
.
.
Interdisciplinary Studies............................................................170
American Indian Studies ....................................................
171
Ethnic Studies .........................................................................172
Women's Studies ...................................................................
173
International Relations .............................................................174
Mathematics and Computer Science .......................................175
Metro-Urban Studies.......................... .
.
.
............................... 182
Music ..... ............
.............................................................. 188
Natural Science
................................ 198
Nursing ....................... ,
.
.
..................................................... 1 9 9
Philosophy ...................................................................................
203
Physics ..........................................................................................207
Political Science ...........................................................................
212
Psychology ...................................................................................217
Religion ......................................................................................222
Scandinavian Area Studies........................................................
227
Social Science
.............................................. 228
Social Studies.....................................................
....*. .....228
Social Work ..................................................................................229
Sociology ......................................................................................
234
Soviet and East European Studies ............................................238
Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts .............................239
College Information ........................................................................ 247
Board of Regents ......................................................................... 248
ELCA Education Division .........................................................249
Directory ......................................................................................250
Administration ................
........................................... 251
Faculty Emeriti ............................................................................ 253
Academic Calendar ....................................................................254
Faculty ..........................................................................................Z 6
Index ..................................................................................................
269
Maps ..................................................................................................274
.....
....................
...
.......................
.
.
.
.
............ ..
A GREETING
FROM THE
On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg
College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and
to use thisopportunity to welcome new and returning students.
Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts
college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and
its metropolitanlocation attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which
is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another
country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg.
The College continues to grow at a mnarkable pace, building on a tradition
of excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It is a place
where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and
ideas.
I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an
exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future.
I look forward to meeting you on campus.
President
Augsburg College is grounded in traditions -the traditions of its founders,
of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to
the challenges of today's -and tomorrow's -changing world.
Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouragingand
respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education,
understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect
the future in positive ways.
The phrase, 'Think globally, act locally, rings true at Augsburg. The
College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities
for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural
enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg
students.
Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a
difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto,
"Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College:
To dmelopfuture ltnders of service to the world by proznding high quality educational oj?prtunifies which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by
an intentionally diverse campus community.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college
students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879.
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876).
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal
and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of
Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and
to provide such "college1' studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates;
second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer,
worker, and businessman The statement stressed that a good education is
also practical.
Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower
concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been
Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years.
Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (18761907), required students to get pre-ministerial
experience in city congregations.Student involvement in the community
gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for
Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called
the Lutheran Free-Church.The church was a group of independentcongregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity.
This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the
small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily
as an attachment to the seminary.
This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup,
Jr. became President He worked to develop college departmentswith an
appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be
ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the
College as a teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937,
Augsburg elected Bernhard Quistensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher,
to be pmident (1938-1%2).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles
made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life.
After World War JI, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the
institution than the seminary, and received the most attention.
Augsburg added departmentsessential to a liberal arts college, offering a
modern college program based on general education requirements and
elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effortto become
accredited.
The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had
entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time.
A study in 1962 definedthe College's mission now as serving the good
society as a whole first and the interests of the Lutheran Fnx Church
second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963.
President Oscar A. Anderson (19&1980) continued Augsburg'semphasis
on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out b non-traditional
student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people.
During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen
Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place.
Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980.He guides
Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and
freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws
on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom.
Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting Weekend College and three
Master of Arts degree programs, hosting national and international figures
at College-sponsoredforums and events, increased accessibility and the
addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community
and church;
Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension
in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens;
The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metre
politan center. There are now more than lO,W Augsburg alumni. In a world
that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still
sends out graduates who make a differencewhere they live and work.
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 155parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes."
The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest
medical centers -Riverside Medical Center -are adjacent to the campus,
with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few
blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of
arts, sports, entertahment and recreation opportunities, are minutes west
and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus,
or on bus routes that also conned with the suburbs. (See map in back)
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul Internationalm r t and bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United States.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
d,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Ad of 1973, as amended, in its admissionspolicies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries
regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinatorslisted in the
directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota
Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota
Street, St. Paul, MN 55101.
The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on
Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of
University Professors and the Association of American Colleges.
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher
Education (Secondary and Elementary).Our programs are approved by the
American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for
Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National
Association of Schoolsof Music (NASM).
We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private
College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsementof the institution.
Registration does not mean that &its earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutionsor that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer.
Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently
located near each other.A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower
dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall,
Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st
Avenue South and pmvides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
American Indian Support Program and International Center -Located at 620
21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to
American Indian and international students, as well as others who wish to spend a
term studying abroad.
Christensen Center -Center of non-academic activity, with spacious lounges
and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government
and student publications. (1%7)
Center for Global Education -Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides
offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global
issues.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication-The
newest building on campus establishes a new "front doof' for the College on
Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and
June Foss and those from a great number of alumni and friends of the College. The
Tpmhom-Nelson Theater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for
the campus ministry pmgram, drama and communication. Augsburg's computer
lab is located in the lower level of this facility. (1988)
Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational
skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974)
Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, Dean of Men from 1920 to 1942,
basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the
health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics,
chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961)
Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women from
1923to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass
students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973)
Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978)
Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with class-
rooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, and made
accessible in 1990, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details
from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900)
Science Hall -Houses classrooms, wellequipped laboratories, a medium-sized
auditorium and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the
roof was completed.
South Hall and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area,provide
additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff.
George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the
Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955)
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and
third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938)
Tutor Center -This house at 2011 South Seventh Street has rooms for individual
tutoring sessions, quiet study and assistance with study skills.
2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special
Programs, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964)
Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have
given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324
students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room,
with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967)
West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966)
Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - InterRace facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work,
communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal
study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South.
Minnesota Minority Education Partnership ( M M l T ) -A program that
encourages the retention and graduation of students of color. The program
coordinates the existing resources of schools, families and communities and
also develops new resources. Located at 2018 South Eighth Street.
Scandinavian Center -Coordinates the efforts of individuals and groups
interested in the five Nordic nations. Located at 2400 Butler Place.
Youth and Family Institute -Designed to help churches better serve the
changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2018 South Eighth
Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels,
as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center and counseling services.
A u g s b ~ college
r ~ is looking forstudents with intelligenceand
characler. We want people who can ben+t from and contribute to their
community -the College community and the community at large.
Becausefirsthand appraisal qf programs, facilities and academic*a
sphere is valuable,fieshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to
visit the campus and me& with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member 4 the jkulty and to attend
classes when schml is in session.
Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with
college planning. Just call the Admissions Ofice any weekday behoeen
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -(612)330-1001, or toll-free (800)788-5678.
They will answer your questions and arrange a tour@ any duy
(including Saturhy mornings during the school year). The @ce is on
the northwest corner qf Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in
Minneaplis. (Pleasecall first.)
Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful
consideration of each candidate's academic achieuemmt, psonal
qualities and interests,participation in activities and employment and
potential for development as a student and a graduate of Augsburg
College. lle Collegeselects students on individual merit without
regard to race, creed,disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age.
Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application
for admission and essay and return them to the Admissions Office together
with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee.
Transcripts-An o f f i d transcript from the high school is required of
freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students
at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent,
followed by a final transuipt upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree
scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school tramaipt.
Test Scores -Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the
Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT), or the American College Test (ACT).It will suffice if test scores are
recorded on the official high school transcript.
Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have
affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included
with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor.
Academic recommendationsmay be required by the Admissions Cornmittee before an admissions decision is made.
On occasion, the AdmissionsCommittee may also defer a decision on a
candidate's admission until other information has been received. For
example, more recent test scores, results of the present semesteis
coursework, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may
be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the
Admissions Office will inform the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling"
admissions plan. Studentsare notified of the admissions decision, usually
within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for
financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within
30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in
writing to the Diredor of Financial Aid.
Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make
a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in
College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit.
Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a
degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the
senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete
the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic
recommendationsfrom the high school faculty and arrange a personal
interview with the Director of Admissions.
Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at
Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment
Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information.
Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having
completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is
granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorilycompleted at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses
where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for
work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses
be taken at Augsburg.
Augsburg College limits transfer from two-year colleges once a student has
reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year
college as freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 18Augsburg courses, or
% quarter credits, will be accepted toward the minimum of 35 Augsburg
course credits required for the baccalaureate degree.
A cumulative grade point average (GPA)of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is
required on previous college work.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes
necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental
catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary.
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without
requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrais Office. Students who have attended any
other institution(s1during the absence from Augsburg must have an official
transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
In some circumstances,people may be admitted as special students (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually
part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree
by petitioning through the Registrar's Office.
Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at
Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be
sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution.
An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from
the Admissions Office.
A u g s b e welcomes students from countriesaround the world. Intemational students from more than 47 countries have attended Augsburg since
1954. Studentsshould contact the Admissions Office for an International
Student Application and informationon the application pracedm. Applications must be d v e d two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1
for Fall,November 1for Spring.
For more information, call (612)33@1001or write to:
InternationalStudent Admissions
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis MN 55454
A l l students re~eiiw~nancial
k l p iindrecttly, since a quality liberal arts
education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College r a k that
difference in
-fim alumni,faculty, stafi parents, church,^,
foudutions and endowment income.
Howeuer, the primay responsibilityfor paying@ a college education
r ~ ton
s students and theirfamilks.Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources.
sffs
The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1991-'92 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as
required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic
conditionsnecessitate.
Tuition (full-time enrollment)
..........................................................$10114S.00
This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1991.
Studentsare considered full-time when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school
year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to
most College-supportedevents, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable
in two equal installmentsat the beginning of each semester.
,.-..-.
-.-....
.....
Tuition (part-timeenrollment)per course
,
,
.
, $768.00
This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester
and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
....................................
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
$384.00
Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students
taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course.
.......................................................$2,00400
Full Board (19 meals a week)...............................................................$1,828.00
Room Rent (includes telephone)
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet
available from the Office of Student Life.
Partial board (14 meals a week) ......................
Flex 5 point plan
-...-.l-l.ll.$l1776.00
....................................................................................$1,616.00
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheddCash
ACTC Bus (full-time
$ 12.00
students only)
Late Registration (per day
after classesbegin)
$ 50.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change/grade
option, or combiition
$ 5.00
at one time)
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) $384.00
Private Music Lessons,
per semester (14 lessons) $225.00
Student Teachiig (per course
$ 30.00
for full-time students)
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) $326.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $150.00
Student Activity Fee
$ 85.00
Student Activity Fee (parttime students)
$ 4250
Application (new and/or
special students)
$ 15.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
$110.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
$ 10.00
Locker Rental (commuters) $ 15.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-~ar
$ 55.00
-motorcycle
$ 25.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) $ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in Registra/s
BOOKS AND ~
U
P
P
w)
~
These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year.
.................................................
$100.00
Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable)
Required of all new studentsafter acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is
credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated.Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be
refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the
Admissions Office.
......................................................................
$100.00
Housing Damage Deposit
Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve
a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or
fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages
and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract.
New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the
conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be respon-
sible for all costs i n c u r d due to late cancellationor lack of proper notification. If the new contrast is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or
January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as
a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellationis after
these dates.
Semester Fees -Rior to the start of each semester a 'Statement of Estimated
Qlarges" showingbasicchargesandfinancial aid dtsdesignatedbythe
Student Financial !%rvices Office is sent to the student from the Business Office.
Payment Options -(1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2)
Semester Payments, due August 15and January 15as billed; (3) Payment
Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is
available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges
letter; (4) lGmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval,
and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual charges may be paid in
10equal installmentsbegmung June 15 and ending March 15. No finance
charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will
be sent upon request.
I
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a IGmonth payment
plan in which payment is not current.
Tuition is set on an annualbasis, payable in two equal installments at the
begmmng of each semester.
W t r a t i o n is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full.
Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all
student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds
administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing
Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules
and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed.
Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Office of
Student Affairs.They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to
the Reg~~trar's
Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to parttime, are dismissed or ~IPreleased from a housing contract will have their
accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction
of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule:
100%90%80%70%60%50%-
through the first five days of classes (less$100 administrativefee)
from the 6th through 10th day of classes
from the 11th through 15th day of classes
from the 16th through 20th day of classes
from the 21st through 25th day of classes
from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term
No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board
refunds are made on a proportionate basis.
If a student is forced to .withdrawdue to illness or an accident, the refund
will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the
inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment.
Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not
entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students
who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for
a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available
in the Office of Student Life.
All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all
adjustmentsfor aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before
eligibility for a cash refund is determined.
Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a
person or family makes in a lifetime. So,proper planning and wise choices
are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used
to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial
Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and
advisory assistanceto protect access to a quality education in spite of
i n m i n g costs.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of
scholarships,grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College
cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in pmviding
various aid programs. For the 1989-'90 academic year approximately 83
percent of all students at Augsburg received xholarships, grants, loans and
part-time employment totalling over $11,500,000 from all aid sources.
The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the
student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and
family resources.
The Family Financial Statement (FFS)of the American College Testing
Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship
Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student
is eligible. This analysis estimatesthe amount a student and family can be
expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family
financial factorsas current income, assets, number of dependents, other
educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHENTO APPLY
New Students - Regular Admission
1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is
made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS)or Financial Aid Form (FAF)
from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application
and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for
priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS, which
includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program.Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents
using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014.
3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet
and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be
sent to you detailing your financial aid.
4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriateloan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college
previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid
transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Fiicial Aid.
Returning Students
Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by
the applicationand Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on
the familfs financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academicprogress
and fund availability.
A student applyingfor aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a s@c scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various
forms of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be
available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with
churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs and fraternal organizationsfor information on aid
available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these
sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans' Children and others.
Gift Assistance
President's Scholarships-President's Scholarships,which assuxe gft
assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically
qualified full-timefreshmen students. These scholarships are awarded
without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on
academic performance at Augsburg. Ekcause this is a d e d programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details
from the Admissions Office.
Dean's Scholarships-Dean's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance
equal to tuition, are awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualified
full-time students who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following
completion of an A.A. or AS. degree, having maintained a 35 GPA on a 4.0
scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are
renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified programffull
tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween
non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell
grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1.Details from
the Admissions Office.
Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or
grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from
the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1.
Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown
academic potential and have financialneed. A student's academic performance, financial need and high school and community involvement are
taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants -Awarded by the state to
Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 199G91, they ranged from
$100 to $ 5 3 3 . All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply.
SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grants -A federal program
administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S.
citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined
by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfadory academic standing at the College; and (4)be accepted for admission
Pell Grants -Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible
institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for
1991-'92 is $2,400. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and
requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to
the Pell Grant Program.
Bureau of Indian Afâ¬airs/Tribaland State Indian Scholarships-Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarshipsand Augsburg American
Indian Scholarshipsare available to Indian students (both full- and part-time)
who meet speclfic criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State
Indian Scholarships,studentsmust be 1/4 degree American Indian ancestry
and be enrolled with a federally recogruzed tribe. Eligibility criteria for
Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsvary; contact the American Indian
Support Rogram office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial
aid. Questionsmay be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to
your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate
financialeligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any
time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and
repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begn nine
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be
borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, ($18,000 including graduate
school).
Sta£ford Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local
lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the
student is attendingat least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple
annual interest of 8 percent (10 percent after the first four years of repayments) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begins six
months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The
maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining
years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, and some banks.
The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered
through the Minnesota Higher Education CoordinatingBoard. Applications
are available from the Office of Student Financial Services.
Undergraduates may borrow up to $4,000 per year minus any other student
loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $16,000. The
minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begn 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue
quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begm
the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments.
Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the
Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing.
Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The
maximum loan is $4,000 per year.
SupplementalLoans for Students (SLS)-SLS is a federally sponsored
loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance
their cost of education.
Students can borrow up to $4,000 per year. Interest is variable with a 12
percent cap and interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed,
but in many cases, can be allowed to accrue and add to the principal.
Repayment begms 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at
least half-time. Deferments exist for continued education or disability.
Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents
meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
$4,000 per student per year with an aggregate maximum of $20,000. Repayment begm within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate
not to exceed 12 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month.
Application forms are availableat Augsburg College or the lending institutions Applicationsare normally filed with the bank or thrift institutionwith
which your family has an account.
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven
finand need who a~ at least one-half time students. Assignment is made
on the basis of need and potential competence in
the duties
assigned.Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial
aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended.
All oncampus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made
monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study
positions.
College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program
-Under theseprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on
a matchingbasiswith the College to provide some part-tine work opportunities.
Scholarshipwinners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the
faculty unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners
are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of
awards are from statements of the donors' wishes.
*Indicates endowed scholarships.
Charles and Ellora AUiss Educational Foundation Scholarships-A number of
awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of
financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation.
The Dain BosworthlIFG Foundation Scholarship -Awarded as funds are made
available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deseming junior/senior students. Established in 1961to perpetuate her memory.
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1%9by Alma
Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory.
Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
needy and deserving upper class students. Established in 1979 in memory of their
husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs.
Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck.
M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established
in 1965by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem.
EW. Hallet Scholarship-Awarded, as funds are available, to students with
demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an Augsburg student of any class or major, based on
academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Mr. Joseph Hsieh
(6
' 11, Andover, Ma., in loving memory of his mother, his honorable teacher and his
respected advisor at Augsburg College.
The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by
Edwin C. Johnson ('25), Powers Lake, N.D.
Memorial ScholarshipFoundation Scholarships*-Awarded annually to an able
and deserving upper class student. Established in 1964by undesignated memorial
gifts.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts ScholarshipsGiven annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972.
Northern States Power Company Scholarship-Awarded to deserving students
in each class year on the basis of financial need and ability.
The Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are U.S.citizens, have a B average or above and qualify for need based aid.
Established in 1987by Mr. Nystrom as an expression of his belief in young people
and his hope that they will become meritorious leaders.
The Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship -Awarded annually to a
student(s)of any class or major based primarily upon financial need and evidence
of personal financial commitment. Established in 1991through a bequest in the will
of Rev. Martin J. ('23 Academy; '26, College; '29, Seminary) and his late wife, Olga
S. (2' 1) Olson, along with the gifts of many family and friends.
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to freshman students
who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in
1963by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck.
The Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*- Awarded annually to students
of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Establish
in 1990 by Dr. Martin ('29) and Mrs. Esther Quanbeck, Minneapolis, Minn.
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving
students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964.
The Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Estab
lished in 1990 by Ernest and Vivian Tinseth, Edina, Minn.
The Robert W. Wauyniak Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
junior or senior, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established
in 1986 in memory of Robert Warzyniak, ('65) through memorials, supplemented
by gifts of his wife, Sharon, and family.
The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one
or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Established in
1986through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, Minn.
A
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving
junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved
father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie.
*Indicatesendowed schokuships.
Aid Association for Lutherans -Awarded annually to able and deserving upper
class students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for
Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966.
The Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students who help the College fulfill its mission of being "an intentionally diverse campus community." Awards are based upon financial need and good
academic achievement (3.0 or higher G.P.A.), with preference given to students
who are planning some form of Christian service. Established in 1989 by Dr.
Charles S. and Mrs.Catherine G. Anderson, St. Paul, M i n .
The Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
mapring in purnalism or social work. Awards are based upon academic performance and finanaal need. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Ruth M. Baker, Edina, Minn.,
in loving memory of her daughter, Phyllis M. Baker, a 1952 graduate of Augsburg
College.
The Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class, based upon academic achievement, financial need and service
to others. kference will be given to a student who is taking private music lessons
and a student who shows teamwork in College physical recreation activities.
Established in 1991by friends, alumni, faculty and staff of Augsburg College, in
honor of Jeroy ('48) and Lorraine Carlson, and in appreciation for their commitment to and expression of the highest ideals of the College.
The Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
science students of any class, based upon academic achivement (32+ GPA), interest
and ability in the field of study, and a demonstrated sense of social and spiritual
community. Established in 1989by Dr. Carl C. ('59) and Mrs. Kathleen A. ('62)
Casperson, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
able and deserving student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Est?:olished in 1972by her husband, moyd Cleveland, to
honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian
leader and devoted wife.
The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto one or
more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church
(ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Raymond D. Erickson GO), in memory of his daughter, Laura
Ann Erickson.
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and
achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in
1979by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J.
Formo, 1964 alumnus.
The JulianP. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has
financial need, shows promise, and demonstratesfaith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances.Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Ariz.
The Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student at or
above the sophomorelevel who demonstrateshigh academic achievement and is
preparing for a career in some form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational, speech,
music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving 1986, by Dr. TheodoreJ. and
Mrs. Fern S. Hanwick, in gratitudeto the therapists who aided in the recovery of
their son, Theodore T. Hanwick ('66), from a severe accident.
The King Harald Scholarship -Established by authorization of the Augsburg
College Board of Regents in 1965on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince
Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from
Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge
Amerika Foreningen.
The Rev. JohnHjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*-Awarded annuallyto
second or third generation freshman or upper class students of any major who have
attained a 3.0 grade point average or better. Established in 1986 by Sigvald ('41) and
Helen Hjelmeland, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland.
The Hoversten Peace Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class
or major, based upon academic merit and financial need. Preference will be given
to students who have demonstrated an interest in peace and/or whose personal
outlook and career plans show promise of contributingto the cause of peace.
Members of the Hoversten family and international students are encouraged to
apply. The fund may also provide aid to students or faculty who undertake projects
that will contribute to peace and global understanding. Established in 1989 through
a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif.
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class women
of high moral character, with preference given to female or male students transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or elementary education.
Established in 1975in memory of Catha Jones, 1970alumna, by her parents, Mr.
and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior
Challenge Program.
The Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to a junior or senior who is interested in serving others, e.g. majoring in religion,
education, music, social work, medicine, and based upon academic achievement
and financial need. Established in 1990 through a bequest in the will of Rev.
Torgney (1
' 7 B.A. and '21 B.Div.1 and Valborg (Nydahl)Kleven, and memorial gifts
by family and friends.
The Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an
upper class student of any major, based upon academic achievement (3.0 G.P.A. or
higher) and financial need. Preference given to college students who have demonstrated an interest in community service by active participation and whose parents
have not achieved a Bachelor's Degree. Established in 1989 by family and friends in
memory of Harold Lanes ('11, Academy) and in honor of Laura Lanes.
I
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship-Awarded on the
basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum
award $800.00, maximum $1,500. The scholarship is renewable.
McVay Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Preference given to students majoring in
education, religion or social work. Established in 1986by the McVay Foundation.
The Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)Monson Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to students of any major after their first year, based upon financial need,
diligence in scholastic achievement, and active membership in a Lutheran congregation. Established in 1989 by Forrest ('37) and Thelma ('37) Monson, San Diego,
Calif.
The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
senior student(s)who has successfullyovercome adversity and has achieved
excellence in academic and extracurricularperformance. Established in 1977to
honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminarywho
overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who served
others with humanity and wisdom.
The Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students
with financial need. Preference given to students from Canada or transferring from a
public mllege or university who indicate an interest in religion, music or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('63),
in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday.
The Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any
class or major who show academic potential, financial need and a strong desire to
earn a college degree, with preference given to females of high moral character.
Learning disabled students are encouraged to apply. Established in 1985, and
endowed in 1989by Rosemary J. Shafer, Wayzata, Minn.
The John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students from Madagascar, or if none with financial need,
then to students from other developing nations. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Agnes
Siverson, Hendricks, Minn., thereby continuing a long tradition of generosity by
Agnes and her late husband, John.
I
The Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, based upon high personal motivation, rather than
high academic achievement or extreme financial need. Established in 1989through
a bequest in the will of Mrs. Genevieve E. Stelberg, St. Paul, Minn.
* Indiuztes endowed scholarship
The Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually
to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1988through the estate and trust of Ada
Bakken, St. Charles, M i n .
The Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance
and financial need, with preference given to students who are affiliated with a
federally-recognized American Indian tribe. Established in 1990 with the proceeds
of a benefit perhrmance at Augsburg College by Louie Anderson, a native of St.
Paul, Minn., who resides in Los Angeles, Calif.
The Asian-Pacific Student Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, to two Asian-Pacific students with demonstrated financial need and who
reside in Minnesota.
The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to
American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community service
project during the year.
The Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior Chinese students who
have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese
people. Established in 1983by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace
Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922alumna.
The Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American
Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have
experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian
Program Director and the Financial Aid Director.
The Hearst American Indian Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to an American Indian upper class student(s)who has a
cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in
1984by The Hearst Foundation.
The Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class international students who have overcome
adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracunicular performance.
Established in 1981by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family
members and friends in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at
Augsburg 1971-1973.
The KerridgelMuellerAmerican Indian Scholarship-Awarded annually to an
American Indian student of any class or major who demonstrates academic
potential and financialneed. Established in 1988by Dr. "Mike" Kerridge) and Dr.
Van Mueller, Minneapolis, M i n .
Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annually to upper class Oriental international students. Established in
1978by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion
to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students.
Pillsbury, Inc, Minority Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964in memory of Marlys
Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to
Minnesota minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance.
The JamesR Thorpe Foundation Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available,
to non-traditional and minority students with demonstrated need for financial
assistance.
'Indicates endowed schoLzrships
Art
The Queen Sonja Art Scholarship-Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978to honor the Crown Princess of Norway.
Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need.
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to upper class students mapring in art. Established in 1982by
his wife,family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and
teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College.
Athletic
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and
deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in
memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College.
Paul DahledGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an
able and deserving male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and
academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of
these two Augsburg College students.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students, participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only,
with a preference in basketball. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and
children Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of
David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus.
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually based on academic
achievement, personal character and ability in athletics. Established in 1945by Mr.
and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of
Okinawa.
Rory JordanMemorial Scholarship-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students participating in intercollegiate sports, with
preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980by the
William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler.
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students on
the basis of achievement, personal character and promise in the field of physical
education. Established in 1958by their children in memory of their parents.
The Hovt Messerer Athletic Scholarshiv*- Awarded annuallv to a male athlete
of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department.
Established in 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student
committed to Christian service, based on academic achievement and financial need.
Preference given to students who are interested and participate in athletics and
recreation. Established in 1990 by Ralph and Katherine Pederson, Santa Rosa, Calif.,
in memory of James, a 1934graduate, exceptional all-around athlete and coachathlete director at Augsburg College.
The Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
male students of any class or academic major who participates in the College's
athletic program and shows evidence of academic achievement and financial need.
Established in 1986by Glen and Gerald Person, in memory and in honor of their
brother, Stan Person.
Biology
Biology Scholarships-Established in 1972by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science
or medical technology.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* -A
merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
('74) Holmen.
Business Administration/Economics
Marianne Anderson Entrepeneurial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
woman who is interested in entrepreneurshipor engaged in business, based upon
academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend
College women who are older and have family responsibilities. Established in 1990
by members of the Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs (MINN-WE), in memory of
Marianne Anderson, a successful woman entrepreneur, and in honor of all
Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs.
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within
the Departments of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business
alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community.
The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship-Awarded annually,
as funds are available, to second, third and fourth year students in the fields of
insurance, mathematics, business administration, personnel and other areas related
to the insurance industry, based primarily on the basis of financial need. Recipients
will be expected to have maintained at least a 2.5 G.P.A. and are expeded to conduct
themselves acording to the laws of the United States and the state of Minnesota.
First Bank Systems -Awarded each year, as funds are available, without regard
to a speclfic mapr, but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an
interest in entrepreneurial development.
The Forss-Herr Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior business
student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financial need. Preference will be given to students from
families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in
1987by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, L.
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more
upper class students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965by The
GarnbleSkogmo Foundation.
The Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* -Awarded annually to working
women of any class who want to improve their skills and education by attending
Augsburg College part-time. The scholarship is designated for women who show
potential and have financial need, with preference given to those studying business. Established in 1989 by two working sisters-in-law, Mildred Krohn, Berkeley,
Calif., and Mrs. Eleanor Krohn, St. Louis Park, Minn.
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*-One or more awards are made
annually to a junior or senior student(s)majoring in business administration.
Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund,
Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College.
The Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are
available, based upon academic promise and financial need with preference given
to majors in business or economics.
The Norberg Business Scholarship-Awarded
achievement to a student majoring in business.
annually on the basis of scholastic
The David L Shaver Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to business
administration students of any class, based upon financial need and academic
' 61, through his
performance. Established in 1988by the late David L. Shaver (7
participation in the Senior Challenge Program.
The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
student of any mapr who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business manage
ment. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need.
Established in 1987by Joan L. Volz, a 1968graduate.
Chemistry
Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior and senior students
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1968by family, friends and the Augsburg College Chemistry
Department to honor:
Manivald Aldre
Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen
Dr. W.M. Sandstrom
Walter Gordon Schnell
Walter E. Thwaite, Jr.
Covey Hendrickson
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior
whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
Established in 1986by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, Minn.
The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student mapring or
minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda
Wey)('74) Holmen.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship-Awarded to
chemistry maprs who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979.
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students mapring in chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and,
prefaably, graduate or professional xhool goals. Established in 1984through the
Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915alumnus who was the first Augsburg
College graduate to earn a J?h.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator,
researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of
lanolin oil was his outstanding work.
Education
The S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors and
seniors mapring in elementary education, based upon academic achievement and
financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College students. Established
in 1990 by family and friends in memory of S. Luther Kleven ('50) and in honor of
the Kleven family.
David Mathre Scholarship*-Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s1
in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching.
The Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* -Awarded annually to education students
of any class who plan to teach. Awards are based upon academic achievement and
financial need, with preference given to students who are black, older or single
parents. Established in 1991by Mrs. Elva B. Lovell, Minneapolis, Minn., as an
expression of her belief in diversity and literacy.
The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K Nelson Scholarship*-Awarded
annuallyto a student of any class, based upon financial need, with preference
given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in
1986in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard
K. Nelson.
The St. Paul Companies, Inc., Minority Education Scholarship-Awarded to
Minnesota minority students, majoring in education, who have a demonstrated
need for finandal assistance.
English
Anne Pederson English Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior
students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to
teach English as a career. Established in 1971by faculty members of the English
Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at
Augsburg College.
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in
memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952.
Foreign Language
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
junior/senior students who are mapring in modem language, with preference
given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Kingsley.
Health-Related
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a
registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983by
The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association.
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
upper class student(s)preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in
1978in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards' devotion and service in health
care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder,
Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen.
History
The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a
senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to
honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness.
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshipr -Awarded annually to students
mapring in history, with preference given to those who plan a career in the field.
Established in 1969by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other
contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, professor of history at
A u g s b q College, 1900-1952.
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to history
students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to minority females. Established in 1990by parents, family and
friends of Dr. John R. Jenswold, Assistant Professor of History, Augsburg College.
The Nydahl History Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who
have potential and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986through a bequest in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl.
Mathematics and Computer Science
Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student
in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics Department.
Minnegasco Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to able and
deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the
basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco.
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs*-One or more
scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students who actively contribute
toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's
urban involvement. Established in 1982by colleagues, former students and friends
to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development
and urban affairs.
Music
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a
student of choral music. Established in 1965by Thomas I. Benson in memory of
Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna.
Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship8-Awarded annually to a
student of any academic class who is a choir member not mapring in music.
Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in memory
of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and
choral music.
The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a musically-gifted student, with preference given to a student of organ
and/or choral music who desires to serve, professionally or otherwise, in the
ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. Established in 1986 by the family.
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more
students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need
and are of high Christian character. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner
and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David
Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus.
0.I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who
show promise of academic success and have financial need. Reference given to
those who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instnniental music and
intaest or potential in conducting. Established in 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard.
The Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a freshman student member of the College Choir, based upon suitable
academic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to a choir
member who is a minority person. Established in 1990 by Garfield Hoversten ('a),
family and friends, in loving memory of Bernice Kolden Hoversten ('501, a soloist
with the choir.
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*-Awarded to upper class students
seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with
preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
Established in 1975by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message
of music.
The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a music
student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department.
Established in 1987by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia.
-
Kenneth 0.Lower Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to an upper class student mapring in music, based upon academic
performance and b c i a l need, with preference given to a person studying choral
music. Established in 1986 in memory of Kenneth 0.Lower ('28) and in recognition
of the heritage of the Nordkap Male Chorus.
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare
awarded annuallyto upper class student(s1preparing for careers in church music.
Established in 1980by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the
teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music.
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
10 scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications
and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15 of each year.
St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded
annually in honor of St. John's Lutheran Church's faithful sexton for 35 years, Mr.
John Norris. Applicants must be U.S.citizens majoring in music who are sophomores or above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfactory
academic progress, with preference given to racial minority students.
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a sophomore or
junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953by
his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951.
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding
students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program.
Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a student of any class who is a member of a College instrumental group
but is not studying music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda
(Ehiley)Holmen, in memory of Rev. Mark Ronning, who dedicated his life to
helping young people.
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a participant in the
concert band, based on talent and academic record.
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an Augsburg
student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise
for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955by her parents, Mr. and
Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg,
member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-'53.
String Scholarships-Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on
violin, viola, cello or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble and orchestra.
John and Vera Thut Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded
annually to upper class students who have achieved excellence in performance in
voice or piano. Established in 1980by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends.
The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of
which were at Augsburg.
Philosophy
Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*-A merit scholarship awarded
annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in philosophy. Established
in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bailey's
20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg College faculty.
Physics
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper
class student majoring in physics. Established in 1976by the Augsburg College
Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a
member of the Augsburg faculty.
Political Science
The Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded
annually to upper class students pursuing careers in political science. Established in
1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel.
The Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to seniors
majoring in history k d political science, based upon substantial academic accomplishment and financial need. Established in 1989 by Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven,
graduate of 1922 and Professor Emeritus, History and Political Science.
Psychology
The Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of
any class. Preference will be given to students studying psychology, especially
family understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester
T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif., in honor of his parents.
Religion and Christian Service Scholarships
The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by
Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to
the family, congregation, Augsburg College and the community.
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*-Available to both North
American and international students to encourage men and women to enter fulltime Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral
character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev.and
Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess.
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*Awarded annually to a student(s)in the senior class who is preparing for the
ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the
memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 19S1958.
The Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund -Awarded annually to
students of any class or major, who plan to enter the ministry, based upon aca-
demic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to students who
are members of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, Edina, Minn.
Established in 1989by a family of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church,
acting through the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina Foundation,
in memory of Rev. Donald C. Carlson ('421, founding pastor of the Normandale
Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina.
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to
an upper class student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to
honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg.
The Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors
who are declared pre-seminary or pre-medicine students or to students mapring in
social work or a related field of Christian service. Awards are based upon academic
excellence and predicated upon Rev. Luthard Gjerde's commitment to the Gospel
of Jesus Christ as central to the ministry of healing and wholeness. Established in
1989by Mrs. Sophia Gjerde, family and friends in memory of Rev. Luthard 0.
Gjerde, Augsburg College (3
' 3) and Augsburg Seminary ('36).
The Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student(s) in
the junior or senior class who is preparing for the ministry, with preference given to
those studying history, including church history. Established in 1991by the family
to honor the memory of Elias P. Harbo, a graduate of Augsburg College (1886) and
Augsburg Seminary (1889), the first President of the Lutheran Free Church, and
later Professor of Systematic Theology at Augsburg Seminary, 1909-1927.
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character
and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson.
The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to one or
more students of any class who demonstratepotential and financial need, with
preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Established
in 1985by Kenneth and Vera Nelson in memory of their pastor, The Rev. Arnold J.
Melom, a 1947 graduate of Augsburg College.
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service and devotion to the Christian
faith. Established in 1975by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Gerda
Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg
College.
Onesimus Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to students preparing for the
Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson.
Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are
awarded annuallyto Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in
Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory
of Johan J. 0.Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister,
as well as his scholarly research and pioneering thought concerning the Apostle
Paul's traditionally misunderstood attitude toward the question of equal rights and
equal status for women.
The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded on the basis of need,
scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958to honor the Rev.
Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the College, 1940-1952.
The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation
in the church.Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor
the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church,
Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years.
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary ScholarshipFund* -Awarded
annually to a junior or senior student preparing for service as a missionary through
the World Mission Department of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes.
The Johan L Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper
division Lutheran students. Awards are based upon academic performance and
financial need, with preference given to students who would like to serve in foreign
missions. Established in 1987 by Pastor H. Alfred Weltzin ('411, Viroqua, Wisc., and
Pastor TheodoreJ. Weltzin ('37), Watford City, N.D., in memory of their brother,
Johan L. Weltzin ('73).
Scandinavian Studies
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class
studenfds)with academic ability, in the pursuit of a degree with concentrationin
Scandinavianlanguages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by
their children and their families and friends to honor Iver and Myrtle Olson on the
occasion of their golden wedding anniversary.
Social Work
Stem Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* -Awarded
annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's
potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for
professional careers in social work Established in 1985 by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene
Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family.
The Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a female
junior or senior social work student, based upon financial need and suitable
academic accomplishment. Established in 1989 in memory of Lisa M. Weeding
('871, by her parents, Donald and Marilyn Weeding, family and friends.
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*- Awarded annually to a student in the general
field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor
the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg
from 193W35.
SpeechlCommunicationrrheatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*-Awarded
talent, scholarship and theatre participation.
to a senior student based on
The Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama ) -Awarded annually to new incoming
freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to
seven scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15of each year.
The Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship*-Awarded
annually to a junior or senior majoring in Theatre Arts, Communication or Religion,
based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to
students involved in drama who are preparing for a career in religious senrice.
Established in 1989by her daughter, Carolyn Canfield, family and friends in
memory of Dr. Esther J. Olson, Professor of Drama at Augsburg College.
'Indicates e n d o d scholarships
Experiences in the classroom are an important part college llife, but
learning and development also occur in formal and infomral activities
@the College and the metropolitan area. Whetherstudents are residents m commuters, the climatefor learning and living at Augsburg
will add dirnensiun to their education.
As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as
academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in
the opportunitieswe encourage and provide for students to explore their
own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different
religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a
similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups,
outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums,
concerts and plays are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where
students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thank. and hear the
Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity
Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of
the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian
heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The College Pastor has an office in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and is
available for spiritual guidance, counseling. support or information.
Through student government, students secure a closer relationship with
and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide
input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government
also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and
provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to
student life at Augsburg.
Student government is orgaruzed into the executive branch, the legislative
branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next
year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many
kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing editing or
service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or
Vice Fresident of the Student Body in their officesin the Christensen Center.
Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on
campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special
dinners, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalitiesin
various fields.
The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus.
Officesfor the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook,
the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite
classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR,a
studentaperated non-profit radio station senring the needs of Augsburg
and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess
Tower.
Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In
addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir,
Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours.
Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical
styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on
campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department and
have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with
visiting artsprofessionals.
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intemllegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic
M a t i o n (NCAA) Division 111.Men annually compete in football, soccer,
cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field
and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer,
basketball, track and field, softball and tennis.
Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and
relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of
team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been
an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is
open use of the gymnasium and ice arena.
The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services
and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These
programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and
interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students;
and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention
and environmental management. The following information provides a
brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division.
When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they
benefit from the programs of the Learning Center. The Center offers services
that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test
preparation and math, as well as techniques to improve and enrich even the
best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination,
time management or study skills in general, the Center has programs that
help.
This office, located at 620 21st Avenue South, was created in 1978 to recruit
and retain American Indian students. It is recognized as a national model
for success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian studentsin the State of Minnesota.
The American Indian Support program provides direct services a d
assistance in areas that include but are not limited to: Indian student
admissions and financialaid procedures, orientation and registration,
coursework selection and academic advising, career counseling, community
and professional referrals, employment assistance, internships, student
housing, personal and crisis counseling. It advises and supports the
Interhibal Student Union
The program also provides advocacy in areas pertaining to health care, child
care, mental health, court services, public assistance issues, chemical
dependency and other areas that require or necessitate intervention.
An academic component in the form of an American Indian Studies Minor
is available (see INS, American Indian Studies).
Periodically, cultural activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office.
The Black Student Affairs Office is committed to enhancing the education
and personal development of students of African descent, and to providing
cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. The Pan-African Student Union provides service to students and holds
monthly meetings in the Office of Black Student Affairs. In addition, the
Office sponsors events and activities such as Spiritual Life Series, Martin
Luther King's Birthday, poetry readings and Augsburg Black Alumni
Association meetings.
Career Services assists students in many ways. The staff can help students
explore interests for majors, find Internships and locate part-time jobs to try
out career possibilities. The staff provides seminars on career development,
interviewing skills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for
each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate programs.
All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions and
confusion about themselves, their values or their relationships. Sometimes
students need to talk things out or receive information about the excellent
helping services in the Twin Cities. The Counseling Center provides a
supportive environment where students may gain greater self-knowledge
and are assisted in the self awareness/personal exploration process by
experienced counselors.
The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) has
been recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students
with learning and physical disabilities. The C.L.A.S.S. program at Augsburg
is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a highquality liberal artseducation for students with diverse backgrounds,
experiences and preparation.
The staff include three licensed learning disabilities specialists, one physical
disabilitiesspeclalist, and support staff members specializing in taped texts
and specla1testing arrangements.This favorable staff/student ratio allows
Augsbmg to offer an intense level of personal attention that is unique in the
college setting. In addition to individual academic support provided by
specdists, other services include advising, computer assistance and advocacy both on and offampus.
The Minnesota Multiple Sclerosis Society has recognized Augsburg as an
outstanding accessible organization in the field of higher education for its
unique system of tunnels and skyways.
FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to
college for our students -an enriching beginning for a college career. To
provide focus for this introduction, FYE is centered on a series of themes.
These themes will be reflected in and expanded upon in readings, d i m s
sions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and
what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the
Program.
The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence
hall, aparhnent buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex The
housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educa-
tional and social programming which balances and complements the
educational experience of students. The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closely
with the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and
learning.
The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to
enhance their leadership skills through active involvementin developing
events, activities and organizationswhich serve the student community.
Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific
student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a
dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment.
The Tutor Center, located at 2011 S. Seventh Street, arranges for students to
meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomore level
courses. Study rooms and a graduate student study skills counselor are
available at the Center to help students.
The International Programs Office focuses on the needs of international
students and students interested in studying abroad. It also serves as a
resource for those interested in international events and global issues.
InternationalStudents -Augsburg welcomes students from countries
around the world. International students from over 47 countries have
attended Augsburg since 1954.
International students receive assistance in meeting their educational
objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa
problems, financialmatters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing,
daycare) and personal concerns (adjustment to U.S. educational system and
society).
New international students participate in an orientation program before the
begnmng of the term which provides practical information on housing,
banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also
learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg.
i
Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking
advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas
experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots
women's organizationsin Mexico, work in a small business or artisan
program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspechves on world peace in
Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state
opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical
thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths,
experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
Students intemted in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting
programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives.
Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing
and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs are offered to
assist students integrate the experience abroad into their coursework and
personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15for offcampus study the following year.
All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study o f f ~ p u sThe
. cost for many programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room and board for a semester oncampus. Financial aid is granted
on the same basis as oncampus study.
Students n o d y receive the same number of course aedits abroad as they
would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by
academic advisers and the International Programs Office before departure.
Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to
utilize the crosscultural perspectives of its international students and
students with experienceoverseas to educate the college community on
world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development
programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club
and the InternationalHouse, forumson world issues sponsored by the
Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of crosscultural communication for faculty and staff.
The College has a contract for its student health service with Srnileys Point
Chic, a teaching clinic of the University of Minnesota Medical School. The
Clinic is located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus.
Officevisits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students.
Students must check family health coverage to determine if they ~ I inP
cluded; if they aw not, contact the Dean of Students' office for information
regarding student health insurance.
The Commons-Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is
themain food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant,
spaciousroom feasmall table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions ~ I P
generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons.
Murphy's -Located on the ground floor of the Center, Murphys features
gnll items, soups and salads, desserts and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in
College houses or nearby apartments.
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the
learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a
variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program
promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group
decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more resident staff who
facilitatesthe process of group living and discusses personal concerns with
individual students.
Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomoresnot living at home to live
in College-operated housing. Manied student housing is available in annex
housing and South Hall. Studentsrent a room at the beginning of the fall
term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the
summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing
arrangementsin the spring. All resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by
June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be
provided housing only if space is available.
AU studentsliving on campus must pay an advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when
they move into the residence.
Umess Tower -AU new students and some upperclass students live in
Umess Tower. This 11story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is
considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their
own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished
except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads and lamps. Laundry
facilities a~ available in each residence.
Mortensen Tower -This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to
traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom
apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Mortensen Tower is
carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise
unfurnished.
South H
all -Contains 12apartments housing 34 upperclass students.
West H
all -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Annex Housing -This provides an alternative opportunity for group
living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house
responsibilities and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One
way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid
for a special interest house. Groups of students have created exciting
projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such
topics as environmental concerns, men's and women's awareness, international living honors program and Scandinavian studies.
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities
and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and
faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs.
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act
and Title IX.Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and
data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the
Registrar and the Placement Officeand to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential
letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed
under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination
based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, a d ,marital
status or age.
Persons
additional information on these topics should contact the
Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the
directory at the end of the catalog.
A.ugsburg College constructs its cuwiculum upon the premise that
students must be educated as fully human sons -intellechcally,
spiritually and physically. To act tff&.vely, human beings must have a
broad grasp of the ofthe wmldPam which they have come as well as the
m
l
d in which they live. By prouiding courses in the humanities, natural
sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces
students to the breadth and camplmPXIty
of knowledge and culture.
Required courses in religion are liesigned to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition a d encourage them to r$ect upon the importance
and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses qf2r
students the opportunity to deuelop skills for participation in exe~cise
and sporting activities.
Students choosefrom over 45 majar areas of study to gain a depth of
knowledge in a disciplineand to preprefor a career mfurther study.
Thus, through a balance of cuwicuiizr activities supported by full pre
grams in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strim to educate its students in a ral wmldfar the ral wmld.
Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The BS. degree is awarded to graduates with maprs
in Chemistry (ACS),Computer Science (BS.option), Music Therapy,
Nursing, Physics (B.S. option) and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded
to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance.
Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Augsburg also offers a Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in
Education-Leadership and Master of Social Work
Augsburg follows the 4 1 4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of
approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time
students normally take four courses each semester and one course during
Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual
summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks.
The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on
another campus during the regular term. (SeeRegistration.) January
Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to
employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigatequestions
and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular t e r n
The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all
students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to
classesoffered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities
within the United Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and
internships are among the many Interim options.
Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog
is published in the winter of each year and is distributed to all students, and
is available by contacting the Summer School Office.
Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester
calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and GraduatePrograms).
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider
their teaching to be the f m s of their activity. Faculty are involved in
research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of
medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union and homelessness in
American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and
national level and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries
and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as
supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty
development program which introduces them to current thought in many
fieldsbut especially in teaching techniques and theories.
Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and
counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is
assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close
interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants
make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over
175,000 books,journals, records, sound cassettes, films and microforms.
Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
A service-oriented staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction in the use of the library, &nce
service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide
variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements
are made for access by students with physical limitationsand special needs.
Students have access via a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier
service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of
the Twin Cities and the JamesJ. Hill Reference Library.
The Library AudieVisual Center houses and supplies media equipment,
films and video tapes free of charge for instructionaluse. Audio and video
tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are
charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for
lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video
editing tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and
movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and
advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center.
The fall 1991completion of a new computer classroom and lab is an irnportant addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to
Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters located in the dormitories, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are
connected via a campus-wide network that offers a wide range of network
services.
Augsburg College became a member of the National Science Foundation's
Internet in the fall of 1990, connecting Augsburg to hundreds of universities
and other institutionsin the US. and around the world. Internet access and
a focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these new
electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process.
The College curriculum is offered by 22 departmentswhich are grouped
into four divisionsfor administrative and instructional purposes.
Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson)
Art, English, Foreign Languages,Philosophy, Religion, Speech,
Communication and Theatre Arts, College Librarians
Natural Science and Mathematics -Mark Engebretson (chaqmwn)
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics
Social and Behavioral Sciences -Richard Nelson (Chairperson)
Business Administration/Management Information Systems (MIS),
Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology
Professional Studies -Marie McNeff (Chairpemn)
Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing Social Work
MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within
one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major
or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before
deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth
semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in
the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part
of the B.A. degree.
Studentsmay contact the Registrar about creating a unique major.
Art
Art History
Studw Art
Biology
Business Administration
Accounting, Finance,
International Business, Mi2~gt??nent
and Marketing
Chemisty (B.A. or B.S.)
Communication
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
East Asian Studies1
Economics
Applied Economics
Economics-Business Administration
Education
Kindergarten-Elementary
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese, French, Getman,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
Humanities
International Relations
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Education (BMS
Music P e r ~ n c (BM.)
e
Music Therapy (B.S.1
Nursing (B.S.)
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
East Asian Studies
East and Southeast Asian Studies
Economics
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese' French, German,Japanese,
Norwegian, Russian, Spanish
Health Education
History
International Business
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
Social Science
social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
'
speech
Theatre Arts
Transdisciplinary
Management Information Systems
Mathematics
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Phiiosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area Studies
social Welfare
Sociology
Soviet and East European Area Studies
Special Education
Speech
Theatre Arts
Theatre Criticism
Women's Studies
It is possible for studentsto complete other maprs through the Associated Colleges
of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a rnapr offered at one of
the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrafs Office.
I Cooperative Program of the Assodated Colleges of the Twin Cities and a g r m t s with
the University ofMinnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate
courses in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrm, Japaneseand Russian. Other languages may be
milable through special arrangement.
Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,Washington Unimsity School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological
Uniwsity.
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education:
English-LanguageArts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics,
Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies,
Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band
(K-12)and Classroom Music (grades5-12), Orchestra (K-12),Vocal and
Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grade35-12), and
Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary
level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their
academic major(s).
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the
ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineeringcan profit from a
liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or
seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned
accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in
their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to
arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser.
Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum
requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:
ENG, two courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirementsat other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables
students to complete introductory core requirementsin mathematics,
science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the
program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees
in engine*
while others elect to participate in a dual degree program.
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students
the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts,including an elected major, with the study of engineering.
Pre-Law -Students considering a career in law should examine the
handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and
consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Robert Clyde. Students may wish
to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine
their interest in law. Prelaw students should major in a discipline of their
own choosing and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with
a m r d of solid achievement in the liberal arts.
Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts
education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and
Chemistry Departmentshave majors which can fulfill the academic +rements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),
MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM
353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses.
The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from
each of five groups -(367,386,471), (355,474), (351,353,473), (361,440),
(476,481) -with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school.
Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requirements,
both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and
humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other
medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the
faculty adviser early in the freshman year.
Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota:
BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112or 113; ENG 111and a
second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122; electivesfrom humanities,
literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of
several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology or religion Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at
least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in
the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior yea..
Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College
of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are
recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 124; public speaking, one course;
CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122;
economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities,
theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics,
geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to
fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Honors Program
The Honors Program is a set of opportunities designed to challenge the
most academicallydistinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines
academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities.
The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of
honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics
seminars, a senior honors Interim course and a bi-monthly program of
speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through
the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of its very best
students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for
transfers and others. Requirementscenter on full participation in the
program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries for the freshman and sophomore program to Joan Griffin and the junior
and senior program to Larry Gockett.
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the
Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday
students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline,
Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester
at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instructionin music and some independent
studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to
parbcipate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get
better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or
mapr not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated
calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A
regularly scheduled bus shuttles studentsbetween the campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study
opportunities for the January Interim.
Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg,
in cooperation with 17other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semes
ters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All
HECUA programs are interdisciplinaryand address the critical issues
associated with social change and the human community. The consortium
also facilitatesinnovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing
among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies.
Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effortbetween Augsburg
College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis
has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work,
sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialiststo help professional people in dealing
with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses.
Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force
RO'K program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC
scholarships. For more information,contact the Office of the Registrar.
Naval ROTC -Augsburg studentsmay participate in the Naval ROTC
program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between
Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Officeof the Registrar.
Students are encouraged to consider study abroad as part of their educational program at Augsburg College. Study abroad provides opporhmities
to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience differentcultures and gain knowledge about the
increasingly interdependent world.
Eligibility and Application
All students in good academic standingat Augsburg may apply for perrnission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to
students studyingabroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to
prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15to
study off-campus for the next academic year.
Costs and Financial Aid
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for
a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis an oncampus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid
Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg but will add
an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in
a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the
humanities, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same
number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus.
Coursesabroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and
graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and
department chairs before departure.
I
E
I
A sample of study programs is highhghted below. For information on these
or other programs overseas, contact the InternationalPrograms Office.
Fall Term
Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education explores the
experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic
development, social change strategiesand the connectionswomen are
drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Students
begin at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuemavaca, Mexico, for most of the
semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition,
room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
I
Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America
Each fall, Augsburg's Center for Global Education offers this program
introducingparticipants to the central issues currently facing Latin America
by focusing on new models of political organizing,popular education and
human services. Students b e p at the US./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America.
Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus.
Application deadline: April 1
HECUA
Augsburg, in consortiumwith other colleges and universities, offers
programs through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA)in three different fullsemester programs in Norway, Ecuador or
Columbia. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize
intense language experience, internships and field trips.
For more information on HECUA programs, see the Metro-Urban Studies
listing in this catalog.
HECUAlSouth American Urban Semester: Ecuador or Columbia (SAUS)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationshipsbetween Third
World development and the consequences of urbanization on the growth of
cities in South America.
Application deadline: March 15
HECUAlScandinavianUrban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
(Also offered Spring Term.)
This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian
societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and
urban life. Field study in Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. is included.
Application deadlines: November 1(Spring term), March 15 (Fall term)
Interim Abroad
Each January, 25-30courses are offered around the world by Augsburg
professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International
Education W A I E ) . Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall
terms for the followingJanuary.
Application deadline: October 25
Spring Term
Program in Global Community
This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education examines the
history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the
chwch in Latin America. The program also explores the importance of
community and the responsibility of U.S. citizens in working for social and
political change. Students begm at the U.S./Mexico border, live in
Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central
America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester
on campus.
Application deadline: October 15
Minnesota Studies in International Development (MSID)
Augsburg, in cooperation with the ACTC colleges and the University of
Minnesota,offers the opportunity to study development issues in one of
seven countries: Ecuador, Colombia, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Morocco and
Senegal.The program consists of coursework in the U.S., a development
related internship in the country and community outreach upon return.
During the Fall semester, two required predeparture courses are offered at
the University of Minnesota.Directed study, internship or field research is
offered in the country during Interim and Spring terms.
Application deadline: May 15
HECUNLiterature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Educador (USLA)
This interdisciphaxyprogram focuses on development and social change
in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature and
arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities.
Application deadline: November 1
HECUNScandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST)
See description under listings for Fall term.
ACTC German Program: Germany and Austria
Students participate in intensive language study at the Goethe Institute in
Germany during January and February and in a course on AustrdXrman
culture, language and civilization in Vienna, Austria.
Application deadline: Odober 15
Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN)
Augsburg participates in SPAN as a joint venture with other colleges and
the University of Minnesota. Each January four countriesare selected and
applicationsare accepted during Spring term. Students participate in
language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study/research on the topic of one's choice during the
summer, and writing a paper and community projects upon return
Application deadline: May 15
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the Intemational Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead
State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of
countries through the Internationaland American Independent School
Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student
teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department.
EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION
PROGRAMS
Internships, Cooperative Education and Service-Learning
Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service,
Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal artseducation by
embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service
placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career
interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community
Service programs link employers, community organizationsand the
academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is
that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and
citizenship. The integration of "knowingand doing" adds breadth and
depth to the liberal artscurriculum and assists students in making more
informed academic, career and personal decisions.
The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiencesin small and
midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools,
government agencies and community-based organizations.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor
and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and
evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which
the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships
are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199.
Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps:
1. Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship
and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signaturesof the faculty
supervisor and Director of Internshipsand Cooperative Education.
2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The
signed permission form must be tumed in at the time of registration.
(Students may preregister without a placement seared, but a suitable
internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add
period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and
Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member
responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The
completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education
Office.
Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester
(or Weekend College trimester),interim or summer session. For extension of
an internship beyond one term see the section of the catalog under grading.
A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the 35 courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
CooperativeEducation is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career
objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice.
Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining
important on-the-job experience.Job placements typically are part-time
during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible
and can begn and end anytime. Co-op Ed is not aedited in and of itself,but
a nonaedit CooperativeEducation transcript entry is available during the
academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged
to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their
Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg
students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing.
Service-Learning
Augsburg's ServiceL.eaming program combines response to human needs
in the community with a conscious awareness and understandingof issues,
reflection and educationalgrowth. Augsburg students learn from and about
the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation
sessions, direct servicelearningactivities and seminarsor class discussions.
Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring
building housing for low income people or working with environmental
groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach
which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s1and the community.
The Service-I-eamhg Program works with community organizations and
organizes @c
projects to enhance student involvement and also assists
with and supports the integration of service-learninginto departmental
courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg
LINK program and campus ministry.
Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult
students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a
second mapr or pursue a personal interest or skill.
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
Students may take from one to four classes each term.
Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same
courses as the day school program, the cumculum is limited to selected
liberal arts courses and the followingmajors: Business Administration
(specializationsin accounting, finance, international business, management,
and marketing), Communication (concentrationsin human relations,
marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory
management), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary
Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work.
Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of
Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the
Master of Social Work
Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on
alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are thnx
trimester terms during the early September through June academic year.
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter
and approaches of the traditional liberal arts.This cross-disciplinary
program directs its acadanic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to orpnimtional leaders. AugsbUrg's
program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to
provide them with a more comprehensive understandingof their world.
The Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipprogram values the role that
good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief
that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without
relinquishingthe role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a
process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and
works toward progress.
The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offerstwo concentrations:Family
Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the
Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the
family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective.
The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has
been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership
and administration of policies and servicesthat respond to human need.
Both concentrations are founded on the asumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutionsmust be based on solid research, and that
the world is interdependent in all areas, includinghuman needs and the
services to address them.
These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984)
that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences.
OrFmPRContinuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers selected courses through ContinuingEducation.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for
Graduate and Special Programs.
Canadian Program
The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985 with an endowment from
the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports
s p e d events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty
activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community
involvement, increased awarenessof the importance of Canadian/U.S.
relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians
through visits and exchanges.
Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator
Center for Global Education
The Center for Global Education, founded at Augsburg in 1985 facilitates
crosscultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity. Students can participate in semester abroad programs,
as well as Weekend College and Graduate Program courses offered at the
Center's program sites in Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Africa,
and the Asia/Pacific region.
A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it.
Full-time students normally register for four courses per semester and one
course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a
semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4 5
courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission.
Although a student may register up to five days after the semester b e p s ,
registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are
charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancellingor
adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a
semester.
A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the
followingsemesters. As some courses are offeredonly in alternate years,
students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning
their class registrations.
Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer
School Office,Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for
those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures.
Specificinformationon registration and help with registration on another
campus are available from these offices:
Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms
Interim Ofice -Memorial 230
Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place
Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Mace
Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place
Pre-Registration
Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may preregister during
the fall for the Spring and during the spring for the Fall terms.
Class Confirmation
All students must confirm their registration at the begnning of each semester and complete financialarrangements.
Students who do not confirmtheir registration before the first day of classes
(unless s p e d arrangementshave been made) will lose all classes. They
may register and confinn during the first five days, but special late fees a=
assessed and added to their account.
Withdrawal from College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered
because this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellationof
courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office.
Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week
unless a petition is approved by the Student StandingCommittee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts an? effective as
of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the
Registrar's Office.
Leave of Absence
Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons.
A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of Students.
It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and
by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed
form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office.
A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an
extension of a leave of absence is needed, it should be requested in the same
manner as the original leave of absence, and the completed form must be
turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous leave
of absence, or readmission will be required.
Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing
must be observed by returning students. A leave of absence does not defer
repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines.
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the
Associate Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office.
AU degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the
Registrar'soffice prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be
no incompletes or open courses on the academic record).
See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about
requirements for these honors.
1. Completion of 35 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one
department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or
20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18for the
The course total must include three Interimsfor students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must
include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is
calculatedon each transfer s t u d d s evaluationof transfer credits.
No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses
q d two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of
internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional
grading (PIalso has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approvedby the department dxiqxmn
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrais Office about specific requirements for
a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
2 Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under
the departmental headings.
3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as
freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily
the FYE Fall Orientationand Seminar. See the program section on the First
Year Experience for a full description.
4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0
is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward
the major. Some majors, licensure and certificationrequire higher grades in
each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensurein
education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing,
socialwork.) See the departmental section for details.
5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of
seven courses for part-time students)must be at Augsburg. Contact the
Registrar if an official interpretation is needed.
Because a new general education curriculumfakes effkc.3Septemberf 1991,other
graduation ~equirementsdiffer depending on a studenYs class$katratrow
Former Students
Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice
between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or
using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission.
Regular Students Enrolled Before June, 1991
Students enrolled b e f o June,
~
1991, have a choice of using all graduation
requirements in effect when first enrolled or c h a n p g to the graduation
requirements in effect begmmngin September, 1991.No combination of
requirements may be made.
Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later
Students entering under the followingclassificationswill follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below.
Students entering in 1991-1992 who are classified as Sophomores,
Juniors, or Seniors;
Those entering in 1992-1993classified as Juniorsor Seniors;
Those entering in 1993-94 classified as Seniors .
All other entering students will follow the requirementslisted in the section
titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum Requirements"
(see pages 81-89).
Writing -A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of En@k Exemption tests are given
during the summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven mas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
English-Speech, Communication
and Theatre Arts (devoted to the
study of literature)
Psychology-sociology
Economics-PoliticalScience
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's
Office.
Foreign Languages-Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will
take one additionalcourse at placement level in that language or two
courses (111and 112)of another foreign language. International students
should consult with the Registrar.
Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one
may be an Interim course, are required. The number of religion courses
required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students
should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the
Reglstrar'sOffice.
Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies -One course.
Courses approved to meet this requirement arr published each t e r n
Information is available at the w s t r a f s Office.
Lifetime Sports -Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime
Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-courserequirement.
Rationale for the Augsburg General Education Curriculum:
The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supportingcourses and elective
courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal artsas expressed in the General Education
component of the college curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists 'To develop
future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational
opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting,
and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the
College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General
Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings:
liberal artsperspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search
for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a
variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to
the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional
disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciphq
reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content
with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the
student a more effective learner and participant in society.
The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen
to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are
embodied in the General Education Perspectives: 'The Character and
Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These
Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliationwith the Lutheran
Church,its insistence on the value of howing the approach which derives
from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve
s p e d considerationin Augsburg's educational program.
The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is also
emphasized in the other Liberal Arts Perspectives. Certain dimensions of
human life -of what it is to be human -form the core of the required
liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human
can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic
disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a
social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the
Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in
which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage,
students need to learn about and reflect on sigruficant aspects of this
heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time,
to focus on the West,alone would be ethnocentric:We live in a global
society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-CulturalAwareness. Attention to
moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and
Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other
perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students
to foms upon aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which
convey fundamentalinsights, express beauty and enhance life.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with
academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we
teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence
presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work.
The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays
attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level
skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing,
quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given
to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that
students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg
experience.
The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address
the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do
they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the
desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent
description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear
statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and
understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an
urban setting.
Entry Level Skills Requirements
The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in:
reading
writing
word processing
critical thinking
quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement)
Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these
inventories.
Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college
credit courses) and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) Transfer
Students:
Take entry level skills tests and satisfy requirements.
If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate
course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students
are q i i r e d to take the assessments before registering for the second term
and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first
year at Augsburg.
Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy
the entry level skill in writing will be required to take Developmental
Writing before Effective Writing. Freshmen must complete the writing
requirement before the begnmng of their Sophomoreyear.
Students who pass the writing assessment inventory at the advanced
levels (to be determined by the English Department)will not be required to
take Effective Writing.
Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable
work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory.
Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are
exempt from the critical thinking inventory.
Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course are exempt from
the quantitative reasoning inventory, and will be given information about
taking the Math Placement Test based upon previous mathematics courses.
Freshman and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) transfer students
will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements.
Junior and Senior Transfer Students
Entering Junior and Senior transfer students (entering 1993294 or after) are
I
exempt from word processing, reading and critical thinking assessments.
Those who have not taken an Effective Writing course or a college level
mathematics course must take entry level tests in writing and/or quantitative reasoning. If they do not achieve exemption from those mpirements,
they must satisfy the requirement in those areas.
Those who have a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit
by Augsburg College are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory
and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based
upon previous college mathematics courses.
Junior and Senior transfers (entering 1994'95 or after) are required to
satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only one
writing component course is required.
1
Graduation Level Skills
General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years
in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking spealung and quantitative reasoning are deliberatecomponents of certain courses. Completion of
the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for
graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative
reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill
requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives.
1
Lifetime Spohs
Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required.
Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35course
requirement.
The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of
providing the basis for begmmng to understand what it means to be a
human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspechve. Although courses approved for
each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every
course meets all the goals of each Perspective.
Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled
by the following policies:
A student will choose one course from each category.
No single course can fulfill the requirementsin two or more categories.
No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the
same department in meeting perspective requirements.
No student may count more than one course from the same department in
meeting the requirements of any single perspective except:
1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective,
"The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith."
2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or
physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World."
3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet
part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College:
The Christian Faith
This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as
a basis for its educationalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as
~vealedin Scriptureand the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It
consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scrip
tures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values and
dgious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.The Bible ( for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation).
2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious
beliefs.
3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside
the Christian faith.
4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the
possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and
defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society.
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following
1. Junior transfer students will be required to take two courses in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg; and
2. Senior transfer students will be required to take one course in the
Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City
This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges.In
addition, students should experience the community and should explore
opportunities for service in the community.
This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship
and cooperative education experiencesor by designated or college a p
proved noncredit experiences (such as volunteer service or college pmgrams). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by
seminars related to the experience.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Western Heritage
This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes
(found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that
have historically shaped Western civilization Attention should be paid to
the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic
minorities.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been
sighcant for Western society and the relation of these to present
world views.
2. S p d c historical themes, trends, events and persons and their
roles in shaping both the past and the present.
3. Historical and literary methods of ascertaining and conveyingthe past.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Human Identity
This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons,
men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiencesand
behaviors.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Methods and approachesthat attempt to explain how individual
persons think,feel and ad.
2. Scientific or humanistic interp~tationsof their own development as
persons.
3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and
professional lives.
4. Fadors involved in physical and mental health.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: Aesthetics
Aesthetic creationsconvey fundamental insights and values, expressbeauty
and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic
expressions by oneself and others.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Forms of artistic expression.
2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms.
3. Different theories of aesthetics.
4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art.
One course is required to meet this Perspective.
Perspective: The Social World
This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identdy, examine and
critique &, economic or political systems:to understand how and why
such systems develop, to see the connectionsamong these systems and to
use this knowledge as a participant in society.
I
From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and
critically reflect on:
1.The characteristicsand dynamics of human organization at the group
and societal level.
2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or
economic systems.
3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political
structures.
4. The relationship between various social, political, or economic systems
and the student's own responsibilities in society.
5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across
cultures and affect diverse groups in society.
Two courses are required for this Perspective.
Perspective: lntercultural Awareness
This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is
required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural
biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better
able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially
by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstreamNorth American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to
speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of
the Perspective, studentsare required to have demonstrated proficiency in a
foreign language. The foreign language requirement will be based upon
placement:
Foreign Language
Placement
Course
Requirement
111,112
112
211
212
No course required
Students who are m p r e d to complete two semestersof foreign language
must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language.
Perspective: The Natural World
This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in
relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and
moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific
knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for
critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues.
From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and
critically reflect on:
1.Selected aspects of the natural world.
2. The characteristics, strengthsand limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at
least in part through practical laboratory experience.
3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social develop
ments and the variety of ways persons and civilizationshave approached
the natural world.
4. The relations and differencesbetween science and theology; the
mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/physical
environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment,
and the interconnectedness of all living systems.
5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting
to describe, classify, and model objects and events.
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective.
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a
4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of
2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students
who chose the P/N option are cautioned:
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a
grade of 2.0
Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a
large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C".
For transfer students, P-graded courses do not count in the requirement
that 14traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be
considered for graduation with distinction.
See P/N limitationsunder Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and
several Interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some
education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the
traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other
courses are graded only PI 1.0 or N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports
are graded P/N.
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes
after the first five days of classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performancebelow basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P 8ass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the
instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request,
the work q u i d to complete the course, the plan and date for completing
the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of
the R e t r a r . Ifpermission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and
filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is
not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0.
Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the
grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of
registration A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study
is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to
communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory
progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically
continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be
issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated
(but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not
giving an X where satisfactoryprogress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal
from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their
registration Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student
would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of
initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be
necessary.
A course in which a grade of 0,05,1.0,15, N, I or X has been received may
be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned
may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses
taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses,
are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average.
A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for
dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by
registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without
charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs.
Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two
weeks of the beguuung of the term to determine expectations, attendance
and any other requirement. If expestations have been met, the course will be
listed on the tramaipt as having been audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred
from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded,
but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total a a d e mints - 2 (P or TransferCourses)
Courses taken - 8 or Transfer Courses)
Classification
Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim
terms.
Sophomores-Seven courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors-16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors-25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Advanced Placement Program Test
Advanced placement in courses beyond the begnning level is granted to
students with scores of 3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Program Test Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the
department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar.
International Baccalaureate Program
Coursesearned from the International BaccalaureateProgram will be
considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate d
Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Regstrar.
t
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many
life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal
arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at
Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning other
than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be
presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a
baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either
by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students
may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The
following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment:
The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to
students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for
this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th
percentile on a subject e&nination may receive academic credit for that subject at
Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the
Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in
obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met:
There is a departmental instrument available for s u b j j area in question.
There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the
exam.
The Student StandingCommittee approves the student's request to take the
exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only,
and there is a charge per exam.
The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)-This is a credit assessment alternative in
which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio
submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and
two faculty members from fields of study diredly related to the student's previous
learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who
wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may
include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation
of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the followingcriteria:
There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous
learning experiencethat involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content
material found within liberal arts coursework.
The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the
presenting student.
The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
The learning relates well to the student's educational goals.
The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four
courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA
of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or
fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the
credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the
student's transcript if credit is approved.
Transaipt credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total
number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of
courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course
number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements
I
and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student.
Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College
recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, thii learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based
liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (onefourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through
previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous
experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment
processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams and
credit granted through CAP Committee assessment.
English as a Second Language (ESL) Program
Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary
language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing or Effective
Writing will be detenriined by their scores on the Michigan test (8@90 range
for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an
objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on
this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional
ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade
of 35 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement.
If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/
218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally
be granted for no more than two courses.
Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation.
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal
The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a
cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher
Sophomore-A student who has taken fewer than 16courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher
Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 25 courses with a cumulative
GPA of 1.9 or higher
Senior -A student who has taken 25 or more courses with a cumulative
GPA of 2.0 or higher.
It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is q u i r e d for graduation
with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA.
Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelineswill
either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be
continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a
freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, d i s
missal fromthe College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the
Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the studenfs commitment to
academic progress is the major considerationin deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Studentswho have a poor academic record may be
strongly advised to withdraw beforethe end of a term. Those on probation
who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are
dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA
reaches the minimum levels stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as
freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned
additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades
may be removed from probation if their classificationchanges to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing.
Dean's List
The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
three full courses, or equivalent, for a weekday schedule student or two full
courses, or equivalent, for a Weekend College student, graded on the
traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for
credit. If permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown
newspaper of each student on the Dean's List.
/
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinctionis determined as follows:
Summa cum laude -3 8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
M a p cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 38 cumulativeGPA
Cum laude -3 3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulativeGPA
To quahfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is appmveci by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to
the Veterans Administration.
Augsburg's standards of academic progress are given in this Catalog.When
a veteran or eligible person fails to maintain these p&bed
standards of
progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Administration. It is the
responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students.
If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving
Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the
equivalent for which they had been certified.
A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans will need to meet the requirementsof the Veterans Administration
regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received.
m
DEPARTMENTS
AND PROGRAMS
Aands atruth
liberal a* institution,
College beliews thnt knaoledge
are infmrehtai and are infiegrakd infoa whole. The ktiditwn
Augsburg
ofthe academic world, however, divides this unified truth into m e
manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of indid u a l disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more
ac:cmItrleto studenti 17fese c o u can
~ be arranged in various ways to
coastruct majorsI fo crmte the suhtance of a broad general education
atd fo give M a t s the oppfunihj to study areas of particular
individual interest.
Wm'ptions qf c m r m are arranged by departments and programs.
k d s u i p i i ' i o p r s ofu a brkf summay ofthe subject matter to aid
students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed
explanation of content, approach arid requirementsfor a partkular
course can be obtained from the instructor.
Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its gmls and its place in the
College's program. A listing of requirementsfm individual majors and
minms follows the narrative.
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/
or Spring terms. The ACTC Schedule of Classes published each spring lists
offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms.
Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the
student review major requirementsand course offeringswith an adviser to
ensure that all requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offered in January Interim, Summer
School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Leadership-Educationand the Master of Social Work
programs are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offeredfor one credit A few fractional courses, for one-half
or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A
full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter
hours. Most courses meet for three 6Gminute periods or two 90-minute
periods a week, in addition to laboratories.
Numbering
Coursesnumbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in
the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors,
and 400sfor seniors.
Prerequisites
Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are
listed in the course description.A student ky
enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not beenfulfilled if there is prior approvalby the professor
teaching the course and of the academic adviser.
Augsburg College offers a minor in American Indian Studies. See listing
under InterdisciplinaryStudies (INS).
Am DETT~~ENT
(ART)
Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our suryival as a
culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and
beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have
made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the
art program at Augsburg.
Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that
it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of
visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher
and art historian is to celebrate visual experiencethrough a variety of media
and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see.
Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts,the visual arts,as
taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a
human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly
significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such
as language,history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology,
business, physical education and science.
A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art
because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas,
I
lI
I
I
disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg art study is further enhanced by
associations with a sigruticant number of artgalleries and museums in the
Twin Cities area.
Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide
on-the-pb, supervised, evaluated experienceswhich contribute to the
student's overall education and development. Primary goals include
improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies.
Hundreds of s m c careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg
graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public
schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making antique restoration and
sales, film and video work, portrait painting and gallery and museum work.
The f u t u holds
~
a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills
with a breadth of understanding.
Art Faculty Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman,
Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen
Studio Art Major: Nine-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; three art
history courses including 240. One course must be in two4imensional art (118,223,
360) and one in three-dimensional art (221,250). Majors are required to begin their
programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with
approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty.
Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; four studio disciplines from
118,132,221,223 and 250; second level courses in two areas; 240 and two other art
history courses. Consult with the Education Department for requirements in
education for teacher licensw.
Art History Major: Eight art history courses including 240 and 388; two studio
courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118or 221.
Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and
development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the Department Chairperson before the last term of
the senior year.
Studio Art Minor: Four studio courses including 107and 240.
Art History Minor: Five art history courses including 240.
Certificate in ATt: Eight art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses
may be taken in one studio area or in art history.
Foundations in Studio Art
102
Environmental Design
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of
experience in the environment leading toward appreciationand criticism.
Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction.
107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work.
225
Communication Design I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using
elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. An
emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process.
Studio Art
100,300 Special Topics
Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the
Department.
106
108
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on
the broadedged pen. Attention is given to the historical development of
calligraphyand the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. This course also has an Upper Division option.
Introduction to Art Therapy
An introdudion/overview to art therapy as a human setvices profession,
recognizing individualdevelopment through art and the creative process.
This course will study the various populations served through art therapy
and explore the various media and processes used.
118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil.
132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with
attention to black and white photographic process. Students need access
to a 35 rnm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$1!5&175.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
221
Sculpture l
An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and
assemble the respective media.
223
Print Making I
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silk-screen and woodcut.
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to
publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and
practice of coordinatingvisual images and typography with content in
publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters,
books and miscellaneouspublications. Students design and produce a
publication as a group project. (Weekend College only.)
Life Drawing
See Interim Catalog.
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on
handbuilding and glazing.
Tribal Arts and Culture
(see INS,American Indian Studies)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Communication Design II
A study of visual communicationsin magazines, television, film,advertising symbols and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography,
typography and illustration. (Prereq.:225)
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or
handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: W))
Painting II
Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118)
Watercolor Painting
Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in
transparent watercolor.
Print Making II
Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including
silk-screen, etching and woodcut, includingJapanesewoodcut technique.
(Prereq.: 223)
Internship
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine prow.
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and
bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221)
499
Independent Study
Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art
maprs.
Art History
240
Art History Survey
A survey of Western art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes
reading, research,viewing of slides, visits to museums.
Note: Thefollowing m r s e s are @ad
infemitfently, usually one or two sections a yem.
352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, includingthe fine
arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women.
382
Scandinavian Arts
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from prehistory to modern times.
385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D.
386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proteenaissance painting,
sculpture and architecture in Europe.
387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture, from the 14ththrough the
18thCenturies.
388
19th and 20th Century Art
European painting, sculptureand architecture from Neoclassicism
through the present.
389
American Art
A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with
specific emphasis on 19th and 20th Century art and its relationship to
European art as well as indigenous movements.
BIOLOGY
DEP-
(BIO)
Biology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living
matures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us.
This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological
world, an understandingof the basic biological processes common to all
organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain seIf-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions.
Another si@ant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that
even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists.
This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of
intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research
for many years to come.
Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organismshas
accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made
in understandingimportant biological processes, particularly those at the
cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some
extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine,
veterinary medicine, agricultureand food science have depended on the
findingsof basic biological research.
Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based.
Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on
applicationsof the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background
in the physical sciences is also important for biologists.
For many, an undergraduatemajor in biology serves primarily as a basis for
further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further
studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and
dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences,
leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and
applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have
embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high
school teaching and laboratory technology.
Biology Faculty Robert Herforth (Chairperson),Thomas Herbst, Esther
McLaughlin, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud
Major: Nine courses, including 111,112, 201 and at least one from each of the
following five groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386,471; Cellular to
Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361,
440; Environmental: 476,481.
The ninth course may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division biology course, including
an Interim course. BIO 491,a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and
seniors. Also required: CHM 105 or 115,106 or 116,and 223; PHY 103;Math
Placement Group III.
Studentswho intend to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools
should consult with the Department because these schools vary in their science
admission requirements. These may include CHM 351,352 instead of 223,PHY 121,
122instead of 103,and MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146.
Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also q u i r e s three courses in earth and life
sciences. For secondary teaching we recommend the broadest possible program in
biology. Studentsplanning to teach are advised to consult with the Education
Department early in their academic program.
The Department works with the CooperativeEducation Office in identifying and
defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities.
This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult
with the Biology Department CooperativeEducation Coordinator.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0overall, active participation in seminar,
one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research
report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior yea..
Minor: Five courses, including 111,112 and three Upper Division courses; CHM
115,116 (or CHM 105,106).
101
Human Biology
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view. An
attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another
member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the -system?
What influence do humans have on the environment?What influence
does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on
humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both
101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test theories is considered. No
animal dissectionswill be done in the laboratory. (Three hours lecture;
three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
(Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive
credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor)
105
Biology and Society
What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society
must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implications of
pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war,
occupational safety and health. An historical s w e y of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism.A critical evaluation
of the socialapplication s of biological concepts. (Three hours lecture.
Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (Three hours lecture, three
hours laboratory. For student nurses, health maprs, or consent of
instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Weekend College
only. Does not apply to the mapr or minor)
111,112 General Biology
A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other
science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology,
cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionarymechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of
organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instrubor.
(Three hours lecture; fourhours laboratory)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. (Rereq.: 112)
201
Methods in Biological Research
An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research,
which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas
chromatographyand physiological recording. The theoretical basis of
each method is discussed and experiments are conducted to demonstrate
the utility of each method. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory.
Pweq: 112)
203
Principles of Nutrition
A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption,
transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort
will be made to differentiate"fact from fiction" in this controversial
biological field. Clime hours lecture. Prereq.: 112or consent of instructor)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112)
351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology,
behavior, life history and evolutionaryrelationships. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
353
Comparative Vertebrate Zoology
A comparativestudy dealing with the classification, morphology,
distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the verte
brates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Genetics
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human
genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (Threehours
lecture, fourhours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Plant Biology
A survey of the mapr divisions of the plant kingdom including the study
of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. kereq.: 112)
Biochemistry
An introdudory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (Three
hours lecture. Prereq.: 112,CHM 223 or 352or consent of instructor. )
Immunology
A study of the structureand function of the immune system at molecular,
cellular and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental
principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Internship
Upper Division Internship. Students must be juniors or seniors. (Prereq.:
112)
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in
photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations
in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationshipsof these processes to
plant structures. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
Cellular Biology
A study correlating functionwith ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and
eukaryotic cells. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.Prereq.: 112,
367 or consent of instructor. )
Animal Physiology
A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever
possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical
principles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112;CHM
106 or 116;PHY 103 or 122 or consent of instructor)
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which
occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the
vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as desaiptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development,
the topics of malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112)
476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on
bacteria and viruses.Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology,
genetics and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.)
481
Ecology
A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal
relationshipsbetween organisms and their environments. (Three hours
lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361
or consent of instructor. )
491
Seminar
A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta
Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniorsand seniors is
required. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for
the major.
499
Independent Study
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an
instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors.
(Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor)
BUSINESS
ADMINERMION
(BUS)AND MA NAG^
INFO-ON
SYSTEMS
(MIS)DEPANMEW
The Department of Business Administration and Management Information
Systems (MIS) is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical
tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other
organizations as well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, three
majors are offered: Business Administration, Management Information
Systems (MIS) and a combination major in Economics-Business Admhistration. Business Administration and MIS should be considered separately in
regard to the limitation of no more than 13courses in any one department.
Within Business Administration, there are five specdizations:Accounting,
Finance, Management, Marketing and InternationalBusiness.
Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts
with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing
the occupational realities of the business disciplines, the Department is
equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This
balance is achieved in part by fosteringclose ties with the corporate community, which in turnprovides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide
variety of Internship opportunities as well as future job prospects.
Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the
community by contributing to an education which is ethically based,
technically competent and socially aware.
Business Administration Faculty:Amin Kader (Chairpason), Diane Busico,
Thomas Busico, John C. Cenito, Mary Dean, Earl Eames, Steven Freimuth, Peter
Gillen, Abo-el Yazeed Habib, M. Anaarn Hashmi, Wendy B. Hines, Marilyn
Horowitz, Jane Kammerman, Myron J. Kapel, Roy LaFayette, Lori L. Lohman,
Linda McKeag, Robert Kramarczuk, Fekri Meziou, Kinney G. Misterek, Thomas
Morgan, Robert M. Murphy, Paul Pender, Paul E. Portz, Hamed Sallam, Milo
Schield, Gregg Schneider, Robert Schultheis, Stanley H. Solnick, Stuart M. Stoller,
James Urbach, Cheree Waiters, Robert D. Wykstra
BUSINS (BUS)
Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance,
Management and Marketing specializations:BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,
391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315.
*Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or
425.
Specialization in Finance: 12Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or
415.
Speckdimtion in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or
SOC 349.
Specialization in Marketing: 12Core courses, 352,355 or 357,450, ECO 415.
Specializationin International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO
112,113,313. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as three semesters of a foreign
language (or tested equivalent).Also the following: one International Economics
course and BUS 362,364 and 466. Other configurations may be permitted on
consultation with the Department.
Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: Six Economics courses
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division); eight Business Administration/
MIS courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and two other Upper Division).
Notes: Studentswho plan to major in the Business Administration department are
strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible, in order to
carefully plan their program of study.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and camp*
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Business Administration: Six courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO
112and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Minor in International Business: Six courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113,
and three International Business courses. Other configurationsmay be permitted
on consultation with the Department.
*CPA. Certification: Studentswho wish to take the Certified Public Accountants
(CPA) examinationprior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have
completed the mapr in Business Administration-Accountingand taken all accounting and business law offered. Students mapring in Business AdministrationAccounting are qualiiied under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester.
*C.MA Certification: Students who have taken a prescnied course of study in
accountingmay take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination
prior to fulfilling the experiencerequirement. This certificateindicates proficiency
in the area of managerial accounting.
Notes: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may
take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fullilling
the experience requirement.This certificateindicates profiaency in the area of
managerial accounting.
In addition to the comes listed under Ihe title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS295,495), the Department has also offered: Research Methods for
Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for
Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship,
M i m Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, and Risk Management and Insurance.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship
221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities,basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuationof 221. Introductionto business activities, accounting for
corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting,
planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations.(Prereq.:BUS 221)
242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing
planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and
responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager.
252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical,
competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect
product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions.
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 279.)
Topics
Ledures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of
business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of h c i a l accounting with emphasis on accountingtheory
pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts,
FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and ECO 113)
Accountlng Theory and Practice II
A continuationof 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied
to liabiities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322)
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for manage
rial decision making. Manning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,
279, or consent of instructor)
Tax Accountlng
The more common and important provisions of planning apd compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of
instructor)
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the
firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital,
capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.:
BUS 222,279; ECO 113)
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the
worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:BUS 242)
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management;
research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the
effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.:BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or
consent of instructor)
Marketing Communications
This course looks at the communicationsaspects of marketing by integrat-
ing advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into
a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and
evaluation of marketing communicationsprograms, particularly advertising; selection of media; copycreative effort; advertiseragency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force
selection, compensation, territorial design and performance appraisal.
(F'rereq.: Bus 252) Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit.
Advertising
An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Note:
Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit)
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an
international context. Appreciation of the prospective required for
successfulplanning and management of any enterprise operating abroad
is emphasized by foreseeingboth the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in internationalbusiness. (Prereq.: Two Business and Economics
courses or consent of instructor)
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property
and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with
some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to
form the basis of opinion on a &t of financial statements. (Prereq.: BUS
323)
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323)
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
A system's approach to financial struchue and policy. Emphasis on
decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lechrres and
case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331)
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the risk/rehun relationships of various types of securities
from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors.
Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management.
(Prereq.: All Core courses or consent of instructor)
440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and
manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include
an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing
management and decision making, planning marketing programs,
channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies.
(Prereq.:BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357)
465
International Management
To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the
influence of national and international institutionson the multinational
corporation and on the strategies, structures, practices and effects of the
national co'potation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242,362)
466
International Marketing
Designed primarily for students interested in the study of business
activities on a global xale. More specifidly, the majority of the come
will be devoted to those issues and activities unique to marketing a
product or service in an "international setting." Topics will include
internationalenvironment scanning and analysis; comparative marketing
research; strategic planning; produd, price, promotioiand distribution issues in multinational markets. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and
MIS
(See under MIS 479.)
495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to
analyze some topic or issue in depth. Brereq.:consent of instructor)
Major in MIS: Eve business courses (BUS 221,222,242,252 and 3311, four Economics courses (ECO 112,113,313 and 318), one Mathematics course MAT 121or 171),
two Computer Science courses (CSC 170 and 210), and six MIS courses (MIS175,
279,370,375,475 and 476). CSC 352 can be taken in place of MIS 370.
Notes: MIS maprs are strongly urged to consider PHI 130, MAT 122, ECO 425 and
MIS 479. Students who wish to major in MIS should select an MIS faculty adviser as
soon as possible to plan their degree program.
Transfer Students:MIS maprs must either earn at least four of their Upper
Division courses at Augsburg or must receive an exemption from the Department
faculty.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and an oral
examination on some aspect of the major.
Course Prerequisites: If you lack either the course mpkements or the Mathematics
Placement Group (MPG)quimnents, you may not be admitted by the instructor.
Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) requirements: MIS 175,279,370,479, CSC
170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since
all maprs in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 279, they all must have at
least MPG 111.
Mathematics Placement Group Information: To obtain your current Placement
Group, contact the Mathematics Department, Weekend College, or the secretaryin
the Departments of Business, Economics, and MIS.A Mathematics Placement Group
(MPG) is based on: 1) a review of course transfers, 2) the score on the most recent
placement exam,or 3) passing various 100level Mathematics coqrses at Augsburg.
If you have previous courses that are not in your MPG, submit your transcript
to the Mathematics Department for review.
If you plan to take the placement exam,consult the Mathematics Department
for specific information on the exam schedule, the materials covered and the
availabilityof computerized tutorials.
see which mathematics courses will generate a particular Placement Group,
consult the Mathematics Department.
Placement Group time limits: The MathematicsDepartment may disregard
courses taken more than five years ago and may choose to lapse an MPG given
more than five years ago.
175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study
features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123(graphics, database and logical
functions)dBase HI+ and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing
grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (prrreq.: MPG 11or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399)
279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning,descriptivemeasures, probabil-
ity, sampling distributions, infaence and estimation. Emphasis on their
use in applied problems in business and economics. Minitab may be
required to analyze and survey data. e r e q . : MIS 175and either Math
F'lacement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104).
Topics
Lebures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of
Management InformationSystems.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499)
Advanced Computing for Business, Economlcs and MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and
associated flow charts and pseudocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus and dBASE.
(Prereq.: MPG III or a Pass in MAT 104. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with
permission of instructor, extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS).
Management lnformation Systems in the Organization
Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in
organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software)
and various types of information systems. May involve several case
studies: review business needs, summarize the relevant findings (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicatethe
recommendations.Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for
systems analysis. (Preq.: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer
course such as MIS 175or 370). Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.
Internship Program
A student may receive credit through an internship program which is
applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the
student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities
involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Systems Analysis and Design
Identifythe necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate
various representations for information, processes and relationships.
Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Preq.: MIS 375)
lnformation Systems Projects
Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and
extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.:MIS 475)
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business Economics and MIS
Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming
tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages.
Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and
statistical inhence plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo
simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade
of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended:MIS 370)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to provide an opportunityto analyze a topic
in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes
and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of
physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been
described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical
world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves.
Chemists as scientistsmust be well versed in the science of chemistry,
howledgeable in fad and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of
providing a public understandingof their work including potential problems as well as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand
themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the
arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human
and therefore truly scientific.
The Department is on the List of Approved Schoolsof the American
Chemical Society (ACS)and offers a chemistry major which meets the
chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists
To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our
graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully
with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions.
To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the
traditional positions as chemists.
To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain
lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that
may change after graduation and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise.
To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to
seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and
To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an
example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world
around us. The presentation of mapr concepts underlying the changes in
matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the
reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments
concerning science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty:Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg,John R. Holum,
Joan C. Kunz, Michele Nielsen
Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry:115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,
353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Because Upper
Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan
to take MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105,
106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; and one advanced course; PHY 121,122 and
two additional physics courses. Modem Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their
planning.
Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation mapr. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistancein planning a
course program early in their college career.
Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS mapr and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree.
American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelorof Science): 12 courses
including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,
497,499); Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124 or 145, MAT 125 or 146, and
224 or 245; PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year).
Reading ability in German equivalent to two semesters, computer proficiency,
Modem Physics, additionalmathematics and research experience are recommended.
Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and
physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in
seminar.
Minor: Five courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106), 353 and two other
chemistry courses from 223,351,352,361 or BIO 367.
Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106 and 116.
Other restrictions are in course descriptions.
E
Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with
a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is
necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a tw*
term course in registering for the second tam.
Placement in 105or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement
Examination: 105requires Group II placement; 115requires Group I11 placement.
High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115.
105,106 Principles of Chemistry
Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students
who will not mapr in chemistry, although students may go from 106to
351,353. This course covers basic concepts in chemistry, often from an
historical, technological or environmentalperspective. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II)
109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of
general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas
such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program),
inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education and others. Open
also to students in the humanities and social sciences.
Fmt term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic
chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special
applicationsto human physiological chemistry. (Three onehour lectures,
two hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the mapr or
minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105 or 115,
nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.:High school
chemistry within the last five years)
115,116 General Chemistry
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First
semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics and
bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second
emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and
electrochemistry. Many topics are presented from an historical approach
and bring in discussion regarding technologies and values resulting from
science, with recognition of current events or concerns. (Three onehour
lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math
Placement Group III)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the sophomorechemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a concurrent
seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding quirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriateplacement site by registering with
the Intanship and Cooperative Education Office.
223
Elementary Organic Chemistry
This onsemester course is designed for students whose professional
goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of
the year-long organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will
include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and
aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry
major, nor will credit be given for this course if Chemistry 351,352 is
taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for Chemistry 352.
Credit cannot be given for Chemistry 110and Chemistry 223, nor does
Chemistry 223 meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs.
(Preq.: 106 or 116.Three lectures and one threehour laboratory per
week)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing.
Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty
member in the Chemistry Department.
351,352 Organic Chemistry
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated
by means of modern theohesif chemical bonds, energy relations and
reaction mechanisms; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmentaland industrial fields. (Three onehour lectures, one
four-hour laboratory. Prerq.: 106or 116)
353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysisand solution equilibrium in
detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of
a variety of samples and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lech.m,
one four-hour laboratory. Pweq.: 106or 116)
361,364 Physical Chemistry
The basic theoreticalconcepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics,
quantum theory and states of matter are studied in the first semester.
Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria
and electrochemistryin the second semester. (Threeone-hour lectures.
Prerq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124or 145, MAT 125or 146)
363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112 course each)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data
collection and analysis and experimental application of concepts p r e
sented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken the first half
of the semester and involves experiments related to 361. CHM 365 is to be
taken the second half of the semester by aJl persons taking 364, except that
special students may ask the Department for exemption.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experienceat the junior-senior chemistry level in
which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning
agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the
opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent
seminar is ex@.
Prior to the beginning of the term/registration,
interested students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students
are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with
the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Organized around the problems of identifyingorganic compounds in the
laboratory. Lecture topics include struchm-spectra correlations for IR,
UV,N M R and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including
Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (Threehours
of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of
instructor; some reading knowledge of German.)
481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic
and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical mkhods as well as
chromatographic and eledroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (Three
hours lecture, one four and onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,361, or
consent of instructor.)
482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Selected topics, including descriptivechemistry, spectroscopicdata
interpretation, correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic,
valence bond and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is
discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Threeonehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. kereq.:352,361, or consent of
instructor.)
483
Quantum Chemistry
Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodingeis wave equation and
uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the
hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to
develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators,
electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Threeone-hour
lectures. Prereq.:364 or consent of instructor.)
491
Chemistry Seminar
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry maprs under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors
and seniors are expeded to participate, with seniors presenting papers.
Outside visitors are also invited to participate.
497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience
before graduation. Such experiencemay be obtained by working on a
summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or
by research participation during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunityto
be involved in industrial research projects. @mior or senior standing)
499
Independent Study
Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as
theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. aunior or senior standing)
COMMUNICATION
(See listing under Speech, Communicationand Theatre.)
Khin Khin Jensen, Director
Major or minor in East Asian Studiesare offered through Augsburg and the
other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers
in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work
with socialand recreational agencies or graduate studies.
Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or
Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There
also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East
Asian Studies Department for Japanese and Chinese language studies.
Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutesare available
in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for
information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel.
Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese
language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement.
Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including four courses (two years) of basic
college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; two courses in history;
two courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies, and two courses from
a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the
Director of the program.
Minor in East Asian Studies: Five courses, includingtwo courses (one year) of
basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; one course in history
of East Asia; and two Upper Division courses in cultural specializationfrom a list of
approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diredor
of the program.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentrationat
Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be
useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors.
Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies: Five courses, two from HIS 322,
323,324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,282;
and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is stronglyrecommended.
Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may
be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director.
226
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
(See under History Department.)
299
Directed Study
(See Director of Program.)
322
Modern Southeast Asia
(See under History Department.)
323
Modern China
(See under History Department.)
324
Modern Japan
(See under History Department.)
351
Communist Political Systems
(See under Political Science Department, Comparative Politics and
Analysis.)
363
Communist Foreign Policies
(See under Political Science Department, International Politics.)
382
From Marx to Mao
(See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis.)
399
Internships
(See Director of Program for guidelines to apply for an internship.)
474
The World and the West
(See under History Department.)
495
Seminar
(See Diredor of Program.)
499
Independent Study
(See Director of Program for guidelines.)
ECONOMICS
(ECO) D E P .
The Department of Economicsat Augsburg College offers a program
stressing a strong theowtical background, quantitative techniques and an
emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate
with a degree in Economics are well prepared to continue their education in
a variety of fields due to the strong liberal arts emphasis within the mapr.
Three majors are offered to students within this Department. The General
Economicsmajor is designed for students who are planning graduate or
professional studies. The Applied Economics mapr generally leads to
careers in the business world. Finally, the combined Business Administration/Economics major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in plannning their program of study.
Economics course offerings are designed to meet the needs of students
preparing for advanced studies as well as for those who, immediatelyafter
graduation, are interested in starting a career. An Augsburg Economics
mapr provides a solid foundation on which to build national or international careersin business, law, government or public service.
The program allows students, once they have completed the core courses, to
concentrate on their specrficareas of interest. Studentsare able to combine
an Economics major with other disciplines. For example, business, international relations, mathematics, management information systems (MIS),
political science, Soviet and East European area studies or Scandinavian
area studies are often combined with economics.
Economicsmajors and minors are available both through Day School and
Weekend College.
Economics F a d * Satya P. Gupta (Chairperson),Jeanne Boeh,Magda PalecznyZapp, Edward Sabella.
Adjunct Faculty: Paul Halverson, M. Shahid Islam, Eli Ndosi, Edward Raupp,
Hamed Sallam, Yong Narn Song
Major in Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three
other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 279; and MAT 114.
The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning
graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended.
Major in Applied Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and
three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 175,279,479; MAT 121;and PHI
130.
Combined Major in EconomicsBusiness Administration:S
i
x Economics coursg
(112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division);eight Business Admhktration/MIS
corn (BUS221,222,242,252,331; MIS 279 and two other Busings Upper Division)
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre
hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration.
Minor in Economics: ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper
Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the
Department.
Notes: Students who plan to mapr in the Department are strongly encouraged to
select a Department Adviser as soon as possible in order to c a d y plan their
program of study.
In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO
295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research
Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Soviet Economy.
110
112
Economics of Urban Issues
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metreurban
environment.Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis,"
Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free
Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools
introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a
basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in
Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an
Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business
Administration, MIS and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112and 113
which are also open to non-majors.)
Principlesof Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary
and fiscal policy, internationaltrade, economic growth. Application of
elementaryeconomic theory to current economic problems. May be taken
independently of 113or 110. ECO 112and 113maybe taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress
rapidly to the other courses.
113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics,the theory of the household, firm,
market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary
economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or
113. ECO 112and 113may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the
same term for the student to progress moR rapidly to other courses.
175
Computers for Business, Economicsand MIS
(See Business, M I S 175.)
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
215
Elements of Mathematical Economics
Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from
finance, management and marketing are also examined. Prerq.: ECO 113)
History of Economic Thought
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political,
economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be
on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems. Major topics may include anaent, medieval, mercantilist,
classical, socialist/utopian and modern economicthought.
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 279.)
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodologyand current national and
international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.:consent of
instructor)
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact
of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic
implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
lntermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed
via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy,
growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112)
lntermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and
industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution;
introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
Contemporary East-West Economic Relations
This course explores the motivations for economic cooperationbetween
countries with different political and economic systems. The conditions
for East-West economic cooperation and its
will be analyzed. The
focus is on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. The institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance
will be explored and explained (including institutional changes in the
directing of foreign trade in centrally-planned economies).At the global
level, effects of GATT, IMF, the World Bank, EEC and CMEA on EastWest economic relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113)
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commer-
cial banks, the Federal Resenre System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 112,113)
Comparative Economic Systems
This is an interdisciplinarycourse with emphasis on the differences and
similarities between market and planned economies and the recent
institutional changes in Eastern Europe. The course evaluates the performance of different economic systems with resped to their allocation of
resources. Different theoretical models are examined and compared to
their real-world variants in an attempt to assess the relevant merits of
capitalism, socialism and market socialism. (Prereq.: ECO 112or 113)
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of
management science to prepare students to make better business and
economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from
the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental
protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc.
(Prereq.:ECO 313)
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of
payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (kereq.: ECO
112or 113)
Internship Program
A student may receive course credits through an Internship program
which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will
afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with an
organization.In addition, the student &ill write a report on his/h&
activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor)
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination
of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society.
(Prereq.:ECO 313. On demand.)
Welfare Economics
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of
alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts
of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313)
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business.
Among the topics considered are theories anapractices in forecasting,
estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations and an analysisof economic
problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.:MIS 279, ECO 313)
416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macm-emnomictheory. (Prereq.:ECO
312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent.On demand.)
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
(See Business, MIS 479.)
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting
faculty regarding research methodology and current national and
international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor.)
499
Independent Study
The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually
supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunityto
analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Renq.: consent of instructor.)
E D U ~ ODEPARTMENT
N
(EDE, EDS, EDU)
Studentsintemted in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find
opportunities in the Department of Education
Professional education combinesthe study of theory with practice, and field
experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of
Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences
because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the
Twin Cities.
Classroom teachingis the career that first comes to mind for graduates of
teacher education pmgmns. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities m.In addition, they provide educational
services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries.
The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves
as a solid base for graduate education Some teaching fields mquire graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementaryor secondary
education However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings.
Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas.
As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take basic competency tests
(prescribedby the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills
and mathematics prior to begnning Upper Division courses.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any
course grade below 2.0 must be retaken.
Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is availableboth through
Day School and Weekend College.Selected secondary education programs
are also available in Weekend College.
Education Faculty: Mary Ann Bayless, Carolyn Clemmons, Bruce Drewlow, Mary
Endorf, Marian Enos, Joseph Erickson, Ann F'leener, Ethelind Garetz, Rich
Gerrnundsen, Hamet Johnson, Marie McNeff, Phyllis Metcalf, Vicki Olson,
JacquelineRichardson, Mary Jo Stump
Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 265,341,351,352,
381,382,383,384,386,387,388,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; SWK 260; PHY 103; and
an academic minor. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375:
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, is also required.
A GPA of 2 5 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in
student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.5
in all Education courses. Students must also fulfill requirements of the Minnesota
Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The criteria for acceptance
into the Department Licensure Rogram are available in the Education Department.
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
The examination and preparation of materials and resources for Elementary School science teaching. This course fulfills the math requirement for
licensure as well as the science methods course. Students must have a
Level I11 Math Placement before enrolling in this course.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek a n appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in
international education.
255
Orientatlon to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experlence
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. @rereq.: sophomore
standing or above)
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and position as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunityfor students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU265 Orientation to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizationsis required. (kereq.: Sophmore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See Special Education.)
295
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offaings. Specifictopics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Lower Division Independent Study.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1 12 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through
the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and
evaluation of effective audievisual materials for teaching/leamingsituations. Computer training will be included in this CO351
Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in
reading, and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties.
352
Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary
and Fleld Experience
The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the
contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
370
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and Secondaryeducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategiesof classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategiesfor
teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as
teaching the student at risk Students are encouraged to take introduction
to Special Education (282) prior to registering for this course.
375
Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (1/2 course)
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching
kindergarten. (Required for all persons seeking kindergarten licensure.)
381
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music
taught at the kindergarten and elementarylevels. Laboratory experiences.
382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
383
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health
(1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical
education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
384
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic
Studies (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies
and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (112 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resouKes for children's
literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
387
Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences.
EDU388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and
site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Partidpation in a c o n m t seminar is acpebed. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
478
School and Society
(SeeSecondaryEducation.)
481,482,483,484
Student Teaching K-6
Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary
levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required.
Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to
enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481,482,483
and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education
Department. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily
completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission
into the Education Department Licensure Program and admission for
Student Teaching)
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
(SeeSpecial Education.)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
lndependent Study (112 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
lndependent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized reseamh projects not otherwise
provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be
outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary faculty.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected Education Department students may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the
international and American School network Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad
will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg
faculty supervision.
It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to
conferring with the student's mapr field adviser.
Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure
Program: Baccalaureatedegree; academic mapr in an approved teaching area; EDS
265,354,388,478, methods course(s) in major area, EDS 481,482 (and 483 for Art,
Music, and Physical Education teaching maprs); HPE 114,115; SWK 260; GPA of
2.5 overall, 2.5 in all education courses, 2.5 in academic mapr and P in student
teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure &gram
q u i d . Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education
Department.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she
plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these
special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do %me student
teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art
mapr will register for 361,362; the physical education mapr for 365; and the music
mapr for 355.
Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades
K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1)
Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music
(5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12).
Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German,
Spanish), see Foreign Language Department for information on the required
competencyexams.
Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching
in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be
accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject
area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be
recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College.
The Professional T e r n School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly
in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at student teaching
seminars is required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the
activities of the professional term.
199
Internship
A work-based learningexperiencein which a student, faculty member and
site supervisordesign a learning agreement which enables the student to
explore education as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/
registration, interested students should consult with the departmental
Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by register-
ing with the Internship and Cooperative Education Ofke.
245
International Education
An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in
internationaleducation.
EDU 263 Critical Thinking
Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine
validity of claims and positions as well as articulate positions and
reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines.
EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s
This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in
urban educational environments.Students will be trained to understand
the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to
understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban
educational settings.
EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience
Investigatesvarious aspeas of the teaching profession, with opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the
professional teacher organizations is required. (Prerq.:Sophomore
standing)
282
Introduction to Special Education
(See SpecialEducation.)
295
Topics in Education
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
EDU 341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Elementary Education.)
350
Reading in the Content Areas (1/2 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist
students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required
for Secondary Education. Upper Division.
354
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience
The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning
settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional
teacher organizations is required.
355
Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The developmentof music skills
and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience.
356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings
(1/2 course each)
Study and application of instructionalmethods, materials and techniques.
361
Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching maprs only.
362
Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the
senior high school. (To be taken concurrentlywith 361.)
364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools.
Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching
experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literatureis
included. (Prereq.:EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments)
HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Health and Physical Education Department.)
366
370
Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching.
(Consult with the Foreign Language Department)
Classroom Management
A class for Elementary and SecondaryEducation students. The content of
this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage
ment techniques.
EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner
A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the
educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching
specla1education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282: Introduction to
Special Education prior to registering for this course.
374
Natural Science Methods (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom
textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and
references. Consult with the Education Department.
375
Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary
school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategiesand curriculum
development.Consult with the Education Department.
376
Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and
theatre and the directing of d c u l a r speech and theatre activities.
377
Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school
mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics
education. Consult with the Education Department.
EDU 388 Human Relations (112 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
Open to all.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expeded. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
HPE 410 Health Methods
(See Health and Physical Education Department, HPE 410: Admiistration and Supervision of the School Health Program.)
478
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society
and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Prereq.:
Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483, or 484)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and four courses required of Art, Music, and
Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors.
(Concurrent registration with 478)
495
Topics
Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced.
498
Independent Study (1I2 course)
Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking
licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by
permission).
499
Independent Study
Opportunityfor advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise
provided for in the Departmental curriculum. A projected program must
be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty.
Phyllis Metcalf, Coordinator
Minor: Minimum of six courses (282,491; PSY 351,357; one course chosen from
HPE 354, MUS 110 or 395; PSY 362; EDS 385 or SWK 304); and one course chosen
from PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course.
282
Introductionto Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the
nature, causes and educationalinterventions for such exceptionalities as
mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment,
l e g disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness.
491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population
plus on-campus seminar.(Prereq.:completion of courses for Special
Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this
course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a
placement prior to registering for the course.)
Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to
allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College
and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute
of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering
and Applied Science, St. Louis,Missouri; or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Becau~of the specla1requirements and
opportunitiesof these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg
Engineering Adviser is necessary.Applications for these programs require
the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
Stuart Anderson, Adviser
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for
two dual degree engineeringprograms:
Bachelor of Amachelor of Engineering ( B A K E . ) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three
years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that
time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of ArtslMaster of Engineering (BAJME.) enables students to receive a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering
degree from the University of Minnesota.This program involves four years at
Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology.
The curriculum is thesame as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several
extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize
the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the
University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The number of
such courses varies by lT department and area of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during
the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participantsin the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology.
Washington University (Three Year Plan)
Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan)
These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from
Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University
School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University
in a fiveyear period.
The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated
university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to
the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite
cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser
of Augsburg College.
Students are also enmuraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informationon these
and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser.
FinancialAid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual
degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineeringschool of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
E
Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226 or MAT
145,146,245,247; PHY 121,122;additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 or 145,
146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Studentsinterested in
Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352.
Those who study Enghsh believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps people understand who they are and who they can
become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature
helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the
study of English we see life's complexity, experiencelifeas others do and
undentand better the world in which we live and work
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and socjology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With
sciencerEnglish is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication,English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities,
English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times
and in different cultures.
The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to
assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the
campus. Enghsh majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills
through Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second
-ge
(ESL ) studentsrtutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the
Cooperative Education Program
Students with an Augsburg Enghsh major pursue careers in elementary,
secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the minis
try,library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing,
writing and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty: Kathryn Swanson (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen
Dalglish, Douglas Green,Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald
Palosaari, John Schmit
Major:Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245;one Upper Division course
in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and
three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or
438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental Adviser regularly. A student with a double
mapr or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the D e v e n t . Note: Transfer
students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg.
English-Language Arts Teaching Major:Ten courses, including those listed under
the major, ENG 345,and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must
include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses,
Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are
required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their mapr during the
freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the
spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the
English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements
for the mapr.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chairperson by October 15in senior year for Department approval. Submit
and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent
Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines).
Minor: Five courses above ENG 111,including ENG 245, an Upper Division
literaturecourse, and an additional writing course.
Note: Transfer students must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Note on Concentration:In addition to meeting requirements for the rnapr, English
maprs may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the
mapr, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English
majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration.
Interim courses, special courses and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit
well into a concentration.
The English Placement Test: A writing sample is q u i r e d of students to determine
their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show
competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructingparagraphs and sentences are required to enroll in
Developmental Writing where they will receive more individual instruction than is
possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing
before enrolling in Effective Writing.
Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite
for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature
course is ENG 245 or consent of the instructor.
101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENG 111:Effective Writing required of students
identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing
additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based
on their own observations, experiences and thoughts. P/N grading only.
Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation
requirement in writing.
111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and
writing a-itical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned.
Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developingtopics, thinking critically, and revising for
clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0.
216
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected Arnerican Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which
literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions.
217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL)
Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American
idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these
courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments and sessions with ESL
tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and i n m their
fluency. Understanding spoken Akerican English, speaking,reading
college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two
cow&. Testing will determine
in these courses, and testing, as
well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is
met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will
continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. By successfully
completing the courses, students will have fulfilled the foreign language
distribution requirement.
223
225
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing
for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and
proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use
material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111)
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG
111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of
revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationshipbetween reading
and writing. (Prereq.: 111)
226
Introductionto Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of
creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short
fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose.
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on
writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and
television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to
gather and verify facts and how to write those facts into a news story or
news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing
practices and include an introductionto legal and ethical questions faced
by journalists. (Prereq.: 111)
241
lntroduction to Cinema Art
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and
historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an
audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of
both feature length and short films illustrating the international develop
ment of film form and selected esthetic movements such as the American
Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave.
245
lntroduction to Literature
In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative,
drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of
literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and
therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures
and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper
courses in literature, Introduction to Literatureaims in particular to
develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature.
251
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative works by 10 to 12American authors
focusing on themes that yield an understandingof the Western heritage
and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of
national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the
nature of nature, definitionsof the American self, individuality, the place
of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of
American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America.
271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature -for example, the
epics of Homer and Virgd, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and
Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's "Metamorphoses."
Dante's "Inferno" will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with
reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background,
their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance.
272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval
to the modem period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rabelais,
Molike, Voltaire and Ibsen.
E
Topics In Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
t
have included
in the ACTC Class schedule for that year. ~ e c &offer&
ContemporaryPoetry and Women and Hction.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis
and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished
product. (Prereq.: 111,245;226 also recommended, or consent of instructor)
Advanced Journallsm: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed first on interviewingand then on organizing and
writing the i n t e ~ e w
story. The second half of the course will concentrate
on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course
will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews
and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be
laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227)
British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the develop
ment of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Milton and His Age
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the
Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will
be examined. (F'rereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual
and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians
A study of major writers of the 19th Century,emphasizingRomantic
poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the
period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their relationshipto their own age
and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
Creative Non-Fiction
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasizethe
conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice,
subjects and techniques for gathering information. l3y the end of the
course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of
publishable quality. (Prereq.: 225 and consent of instructor)
341
Advanced Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve
creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the ACTC Class
Schedule. (Prereq.: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted
work Offered on demand.)
345
Introduction to the English Language
This course is designed to give students a structuraland historical overview
of theoreticaland social issues concerning the English language. It will
include a summary of theories of language development and the impact of
cultural, social,economic and geographic forces on language acquisition.
Students will be introduced to the primary componentsof linguistics and to
the development of the English language. F i i y , this course will consider
the social impact of language as a marker of identity and membership in a
speech community. ((kereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysisof some works of selected American writers from
colonial tim& to WWI. We will study established writers such as
Hawthorne, Dickinson and Twain along with some lesser known writers
who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American
civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues
relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation
to society, the nature of nature and regional differences will also be
studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
351
American Literature since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to
represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity
of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary
works to the changing conditions of modem American l i i . (Prereq.: 245
or consent of instructor)
361
Studies in Modern Fiction
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European and nonWestern, of the 20th Century. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
The Department offers oncampus Internships in teaching writing and
ESL, and various off-campusInternships. Interested students should
consult the Department Chairperson.
423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th
Century beginnings up to the 20th Century. Novels studied will be
selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention
will be given to the conditions contributingto the rise of the novel and its
emergence by the 20th Century as the dominant literary form. (Prereq.:
245 or consent of instructor)
438
Shakespeare
Study of 10 or 12 major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art.
Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of
instructor)
482
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,
authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed
in the A f f C Class Schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry,Women and Fiction and Literary Criticism. (Prereq.: 245 or
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a GPA of 3.0 or consent of
Department Chairperson.Provides Independent Study in the area of the
student's choice.
The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of
transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of
this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the
College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the
process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated
seriously, and the logistics of being a college student.
The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminarsand FYE Interim Term Courses.
Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is
required of all students who begm Augsburg College as freshmen in the day
schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by
attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of
a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Studentswithout
a P for FYE 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree.
005
FYE Seminar
A series of Fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss
issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College
communityof learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a
variety of disciplines and sources colleded in "The Augsburg Anthology."
(P/N grading only; evaluationbased on attendance and participation.)
The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in
many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts
education for b c e in today's world. The Department is committed to the
view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed,
foreign language study goes beyond the developmentof new cornrnunications skills to foster an abiding awarenessthat the splendid diversity of
human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy
developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language
and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of
global perspective and hence is indispensablein the education of Augsburg
students.
The Foreign Language Department offers language, literatu~,and culture
courses in French, German,Norwegian, Ojibwe, Russian and Spanish.
Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College's affiliation with A m , a consortiumof Twin
Cities colleges.
A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in
the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department.
Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the
general principles which operate in and shape all languages. In thisway the
study of linguisticsaffords the student a unique view of one of the most
intriguingand central facets of the human mind.
Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are
essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable
specla1qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of
n
teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps or
fields such as f o ~ i g language
international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps
combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing
careersin many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry,
psychology or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign
language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special
assignmentsin their chosen field.
[i
Foreign Ianguages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Nancy Aarwold, Ruth
Aaskov, Rick Greczyk, Roxie Hale, Nelly Hewett, Gunta Rozentals, Frankie
Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz, Ronald Walter
Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in
courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of
high school semesters one has studied that language: zero-two = 111;threefour =
112; fivesix = 211; seven = 212; eight = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson.
Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a
course above the level determined by previous studies in that language.
Students who elect to takea course below the one in which they are placed by the
Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement
will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was
originallyplaced. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional.
Basic Requirements: Maprs must take four of the Upper Division courses at
Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the Upper Division
courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisiteto all Upper Division courses.
Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a m i n i of one Upper
Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must
consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment
in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0
average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a Departmental requirement for teaching maprs. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in
Secondary Schools under Department of Education.
Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year.
Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department
Chairperson for details.
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the ACI'C East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director.
Major Eight courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,
351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required.
Minor: Four courses above 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in
civilization and one in literature. Interim, summer or semester in France strongly
recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor:Five Upper Division courses beyond 212, including
one in conversationcomposition,one in literature, one in civilization. Study in
France strongly recommended.
Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog.
011
Directed Study
Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Ondemand)
111,112 Beginning French
Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings,
these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of
life. Four class meetings per week Laboratory work is an integral part of
the course.
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
211,212 Intermediate French
Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice
in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in
reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar.
Laboratory work
243
French Literature in Translation
Major representative works of French literature are read in English
translation. Through individualized background reading and class
discussion, studentsbecome acquainted with artistic qualities and
cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or minor. (Ondemand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build
fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effectiveorganization
of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A pmquisite
to other Upper Division courses.
312
French Expression
A twepronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking
and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics for business and personal use.French phonology
and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of
French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings,
reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.:311 or
consent of instructor)
332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th Century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that
promote understandingof French-speaking people and their contribution
to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor.)
350
Introduction to Ltterature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to a l l qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351,353 Survey of French Literature
The study of mapr French authors and literary movements in France
through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lebures,
discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor)
355
Twentieth Century Literature
A survey of the mapr French literary movements since World War I,
including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes,
oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor)
399
Internship
Upper Division Internship.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social
or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four
skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness,
characteristic levels of expression, refinements style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.
On demand)
450
French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story
Indepth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presenta-
tions in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings.
Preq.: 311 or c o m t of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced lwel.
Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet
individualinterests. In literature a major paper and its defense are
included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing.
Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser)
GERMAN
(GER)
Major: Eight upper division courses, including 311; 411, one in civilization, and one
in literature. Semester in Germany required.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or
semester in Germany strongly recommended.
Teaching Licensure Minor: Eve courses beyond 212, including one in conversation<omposition, one in literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses
must be Upper Division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, European History, another
language, English literature.
111,112 Beginning German
GER 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students
who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school
German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking,
understandingand reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available.
199
Internship
Cower Division internship.
211,212 Intermediate German
For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous
German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of
German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of
vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporaryGerman life and literature.
244
German Lierature in Translation
Principal works of German literature representing various periods and
movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also
discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit
for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore
standing. On demand)
299
Independent Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
German Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German.
Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written
composition.
331
German Civilization and Culture I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the
German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-EUIY)~~&
origins
(ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the
impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of
cultural selfawareness during the Middle Ages and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Rereq.:311 or consent of
332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment.
The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking
peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
351
German Literature through the 18th Century
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and
Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussionsin Classic
and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on
the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context.
Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in
&rman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352
German Literature: The 19th Century
Includes later Romanticism,Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic
philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions
help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express
themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
353
German Literature: The 20th Century
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of
international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings
in German with class discussionsare designed to aid students' selfexpression in German.(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
399
lndependent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced German Composition and Conversation
Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle
for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written
composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of
German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
451
German Prose
Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the
present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of
cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On
demand)
452
German Drama
Representative dramatic works from late 18th Century to the present are
discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns.
Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
499
lndependentStudy
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement
with the A C E East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department.See East and Southeast Asian
Studies Director for more information.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
289
Introduction to Llnguistics
An introduction to linguistic analysis and general liiguistic principles,
with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features
common to all languages) and psycholiiguistics (inquiry into the mechan-
ics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in
language).Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples
of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language
majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Theories of Grammar
Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current
linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical
assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which
distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent
disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication
theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the
inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
NORWEGIAN
(NOR)
Major: Eight courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in
Norway required.
Minor: Four courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition,one in
civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged.
Recommended Supporting Preparation:A second foreign language, linguistics,
European history.
111,112 Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading
and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory
work expected.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211
Intermediate Norwegian
Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience
expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in
spoken Norwegian and to &fferences between the two official languages
of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.:
211 or equivalent)
331
Norweglan Civilization and Culture
This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects
of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in
Norwegian as much as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at
work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be
examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be
required along with some field work (Preq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works.
Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base
for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old
Norse literature. All genres are examined and considerableattention is
given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures,
readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or
equivalent)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention
given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience
required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg,both as part of
the Foreign Language Department and as part of the American Indian
Studies minor.
111,112 Beginnlng Ojibwe
Aimed to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe
at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Emphasis on spoken
Ojibwe, but secondary goals with be to develop reading and writing skills
as well. Courses taught with assistance of Ojibwe elders.
Through dialogues, classroom practice, oral stories from elders and
readings, these courses work toward the discovery of Ojibwe culture and
tradition. It will help Ojibwe students re-connect with their rich tribal
heritage (though all students are welcome).
Beginning Ojibwe 112continues to develop basic vocabulary and grammar
in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level.
Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies
may be continued in the ACTC Soviet and East European StudiesProgram,
which requires two years of language for the major. See Soviet and East
European Studies Program Campus Coordinator.
111,112 Elementary Russian
Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational
skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short
compositions and acquaintancewith Russian culture.Extensive use of the
language lab.
211,212 Intermediate Russian
Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking
with an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar
topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACT0
SPANISH(SPA)
Major:Eight courses above 212,including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354,
and either 331 or 332 Study in Spain or Latin America is required.
Minor:Four courses above 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly
recommended.
Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in literature, one in civilization and two electives. All courses must be
Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended.
Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, another language, preColumbian
civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 Beginnlng Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
199
Internship
Internship for Lower Division credit.
211,212 Intermediate Spanish
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which
stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding,
students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with two to
four years of high school Spanish or its equivalent.
216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community.)
249
Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in
Translation
Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing
various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through
background reading and class discussion in English the student is
acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a
major or minor in Spanish. Sophomorestanding preferred. (Ondemand)
261
Spanish Language
(See Metro-Urban Studies, South American Urban Semester (SAUS) and
Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
311
Spanish Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correst expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work This
course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.:212 or
equivalent)
312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to i m p v e
oral and written e x ~ s i o with
n emphasis on conversational facility,
stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to
stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary
literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (Ondemand)
331
Spanish Civilization and Culture
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world
civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic move
ments. In Spanish. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor)
I
332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from
the precolumbian avilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or
212, with consent of instructor.)
350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in
English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and
different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory
through reading, analyzingand discussing selected works of literature.
Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualifed students.
(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II
A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by
lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature.
Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. @rereg.:
311 or consent of instructor. On demand)
354
Representative Hispanic American Authors
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor)
456
Spanish Drama
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written
reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern
Period. (Prereq.: one survey course)
457
Spanish Novel
Study of the outstandingnovelists of the 19th and 20th Century in Spain.
Oral and written reports in the language. (Rereq.:One survey course)
499
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
GENEIRAL
STUDIES
(GST)
Some courseshelp to integrate learning around topics in ways which are
different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include
speciakd academic enrichment programs, an integrative p m s m h a r
created by cooperating faculty and offerings of the Center for Global
Education.
General Studies Faculty:Joel Mugge, Donald Warren
009
Cooperative Education
Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of
evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op
Education staff.No course credit.
140,141 Introductionto the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each)
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the
philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The
course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic
success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook
reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training,
career planning and making decisions.
230
Cultural Issues Seminar
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, facilitates
crossculturallearning experienceswhich prepare people to think more
critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are
grounded in the p p e d i v e s of the poor and of others struggling for justice
and human dignity.
The Center for Global Education offersa Spring semester program, the
Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an
academic program that explores the history of political change, issues of social
justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Studentslive together as a
communityin the Augsburg Study Center, but wiU also live with Mexican
familiesin their homes for several weeks. The semester also includes a trip to
Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at
Augsburg. Coursesare offered for credit in the disciplinesas listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
macement level determined by Program Director.)
GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar
This seminar consists of a series of minicourses offered in a number of
relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each minicourse
consists of 12 hours. Any four minicourses fulfill the requirements of the
seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar providing opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and
educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will
be examined.
HIS 347 Mexico: An Historical Perspective
Four specific minicourses together provide an overview of Mexico's
historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day.
(Either this course or GST 230 required.)
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
(Prereq.: one course in religion or theology)
The Center for Global Education offers a semester program, Social Policy
and Human Services in Latin America, each fall in Cuernavaca, Mexico.
Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have
evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach
critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousnessand increase their ability to
work together to change their situations.SocialPolicy and Human !%mice in
Latin America is a three and one-half month study program designed to
introduceparticipants to the central issues currently facing the third world,
and to focus on Latin American models of education and serviceand their
contribution to the process of socialchange. These models have grown out of
the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with
the empowerment of individualsand groups to control their own lives.
The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to
full tuition, room and board at Augsburg College. Courses are o f f e d for
d t in the disciplines as listed.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
POL 295 Development Issues: Latin America
A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly
changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and
development, economic change and international trade, diminishing
resources, war and revolution, peace and justice, cultural diversity.
Emphasis on the development of a global~Fspective which recokizes
human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and
priorities.
SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs
Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are
involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping
networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal
government services and private initiatives.Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to w i a l work in
several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze
the current response to human needs in Latin America.
SWK 399 Internship
A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on
acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations
are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. Thae
are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to
Social Work maprs. One and onehalf years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement.
EDE IEDS 412 Latin American Models of Education
A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being
developed in Latin America. Studentswill apply their knowledge of
educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic
processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical
thinking, consciousness-raisingand cooperative problem-solvingExploring the transferabilityof these learning models to North America
will be a focus throughout the course.
SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work
- Upper Division or Sociology - lower division)
Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members
of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the
distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups,
the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that
have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies.
(Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as
SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5Independent Study to supplement the
North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on
the Augsburg campus.)
The Center for Global Education offers a second Fall semester program Women and Development Latin American Perspectives -in Cuemavaca,
Maico. It is a three and onehalf month intensive program of study and
travel designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Latin
America with emphasis on the experience of women. The program explores
gender roles in Latin America; women's roles in development; connections
that Latin American women are drawing between gender, race, class, and
global economics; and the ways in which liberation theology and feminism
interface.
The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent
to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit
in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are approved for credit in
Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies,
depending on the mini-courses chosen.
SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish
Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks
at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual
competency lwels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course.
Placement level determined by Program Director.)
INS 311 The Development Process
An integrative seminar pmviding opportunity to reflect critically on issues
of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special
emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development
and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies
will be examined.
POL 359 Toplcs: Women In Comparative Politics -Women In Latin
America
An examination of critical global issues affeding Latin America, and the
impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and internationaltrade,
political ideologies and revolution.
REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America
This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political
oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is
an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated
by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly
involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca.
Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women
and religious institutions. (Prereq.:one course in religion or theology)
POL 495 Seminar
Any three mini-courseoffered in POL 359 plus an independent study minicourse in order to do substantial research into one of the course themes.
Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in
their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It
is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in
professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical
activity. In addition, the N e d athlete as well as the occasional player will
find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities.
The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework
for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and
minor programs general education in Physical Education; men's and
women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and
women; and athletic facilitiesfor developmental and recreational activities.
Department graduateshave traditionally found employment in educational
settings. Additional career opportunitiesare possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness
instructors, and in working with people with disabilities.
Health and Physical Education Faculty Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), Brian
Ammann, Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack
Osberg, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Pam Schreurs,Jeff Swenson.
Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;BIO 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105;SOC
231 or HPE 216,336.
Teaching Major: Same as Health Education major plus 355. Students wishing to
become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for
requirements.
Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320or 410;â¬310103;SOC 231 or HPE 216.
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to
the individualand the community.
Health and Safety Education (It2 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
Includes informationabout xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs, problems of school age children and American Red Cross Erst Aid
course.
Health and Chemical Dependency Education (It2 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser.
Includes information about xhool health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member,
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
alternatives.Studentsshould consult with the departmentalInternship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human
sexuality. Open to all students.
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
School Health Curriculum
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and
development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and
diseases. (Prereq.:All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100
and 200 series and consent of instructor)
Introduction to DevelopmentaltAdapted Physical Education
(112 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from
early childhood to grade 12and the role of school-based health and
physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students.
(Prereq.: HPE 243)
Tests and Measurement (112 course)
S m e y of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and
physical education.
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materi-
als in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community.(Prereq.: 320.Odd number years)
Independent Study
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475;BIO 103.
Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355;223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,
472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult
with the Education Department for requirements.
Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department
Chairperson for individualprogram planning.
Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243.There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools.
Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 103), 475 (Prereq.: 350), a coaching
theory course from 476483,and pradicum in coaching (499is an optional method
for meeting the practicum requirement).
Notes: Coaches entering their first assignment as head coach in Minnesota high
schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota
teacher's license.
002,003 Lifetime Sports
Three hours per week Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education
requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department
Chairperson) No course credit
101
199
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify
personal health and fitness.
Internship
A workbased learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student
to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career
altematives. Studentsshould consult with the departmentalIntanship
Coordiitor regarding requirements and permission to register.
I
223
Team Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiatingteam sports.
231
Individual and Dual Sports
Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiatingindividual and dual
sports.
232
Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international
folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in
teaching and performing selected social dances.
243
History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport
History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
350
Kinesiology
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system
and analysis of movement. (Prereq.:BIO 103)
35t
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.:
BIO 103)
354
Introduction to DevelopmentaVAdaptive Physical Education
(1 /2course)
(SeeHealth Education.)
355
Tests and Measurement
(SeeHealth Education.)
365
Physical Education Methods (K-12)
Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education at the
elementary and secondary levels.
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles
of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship
Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register.
471
Physical Education Programming
Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decisionmaking for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.:243)
472
474
Gymnastics (1/2 course)
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics.Opporhmityto teach and
perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and
skill analysis.
Swimming and Aquatics (1/2 course)
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety.
Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors.
(Prereq.: swimming competenceas determined by pretest.)
475
476
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures.
(Prereq.:350. Even numbered years, Interim)
Coaching of Football (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd
numbered years)
477
Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching basketball.
(Odd numbered years)
478
Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.(Odd
numbered years)
479
Coaching of Track and Field (112 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching track and field.
(Odd numbered years)
480
Coaching of Baseball/Softball(1/2course)
Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coachingbaseball and
softball. (Odd numbered years)
483
Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course)
Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd
numbered years)
499
Independent Study
D i e d intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to
junior or senior majors.
~
R
DEPARTMEW
Y
(HIS)
History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalistJ.R
Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institu-
tion can function without constant reference to past experience. We are
ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are
ruled by the collective memory of the past It is thememory of common
experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community."
A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us
to deal more knowledgeablywith the continuitiesand changes in m m n t
issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by
developingconcepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of
information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer
enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the
educated person. Accordingy, history has long held a mapr role in the
liberal arts.This is true at Augsburg.
The Department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four
main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the
non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented
among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools
preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social
studies teachers in elementaryand secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history
majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides
one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for
personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices.
History Faculty: Richard Nelson (Chairperson), Orloue Gisselquist, Donald
Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen
Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be
Upper Division. A mapr must have at least one course (either survey or Upper
Level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and
non-Western.
Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may
take a History mapr in combination with specified social science courses and the
required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more
information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator.
Minor: Eve courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances,
application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign
language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Notes: First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses.
Distribution/general education credit is normally given only for courses 101-104.
200 level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students.
Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are
normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper
Division course.
The Beginnings of the Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical
world of Greece and Rome and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th
Century.
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of
the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
The Modern Non-Western World
An introdudion to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia
and Africa of the last 200 years.
Internship
Lower Division Internship.
U.S. History to 1877
A survey of U.S. history from Jarnestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by the Civil War.
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to
consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and
events that have created the modern United States.
A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolisISt. Paul
A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area
as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban
history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization
and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and
urban politics and reform.
Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiencesand contributions of selected women in
China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines and the state of Hawaii. Includes
a p s d i u a l perspective, gender and class issues, responses to impact of
modernization and Western education.
Directed Study
An opportunityfor a student to do readings or study on topics not
covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved
by the direding faculty member and the chairman of the Department
before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be
applied to the major.
Modern Southeast Asia
A study of the mapr historical events, personalities and political develop
ments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements
and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the
Philippines, Burma and Vietnam.
Modern Chlna
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839.The
erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th Century.
Modern Japan
An examination of the emergence of Japan as a mapr world power in the
20th Century. Components of the course will include a study of the
distinctive fea-s
of the PreMeiji era, modernization factors since 1868,
interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological
problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa.
American Indian History: PreColombian to Modern
(See under INS, American Indian Studies.)
Topics in U.S. History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign
policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration.
History of American Foreign Policy
The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is
stressed.
The American Century: The U.S. Since 1900
The interaction of popular ideas and formal thought within United States
society during a time of national ascendency and worldwide crisis and
unrest. Topics considered include American nationalistic exceptionalism,
social Darwinism, refonnism, racism, radicalism, liberalism, conservatism
and other ideologies and movements.
The American City
A study of the development of urban centers in the United States: their
colonial and frontier roots, their growth during the age of industrialization and immigration, and their adjustment to new realities in the late 20th
Century. Topics for study include the dynamics of urban growth, politics
and reform, urban planning, the growth of urban culture in America and
shifting definitions of community in U.S. cities and suburbs.
Mexico: An Historical Perspective
(See under Program in Global Community.)
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times
through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks.Emphasis is placed
on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and
political institutions.
361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 AD.
A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic
kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is
placed on personalities, the arts and sciences, and Rome's contributionsin
law and the political process.
370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560
A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the church and state
through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian
Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation.
399
Internship in History
A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper
Division students mapring in history. In this connection, students are
encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program.
440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included
in regular course offerings.The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
474
The World and The West
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world,
considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European
empires in Asia and the Americas and concludes with the breakdown of
these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century.
495
Seminar
Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course
is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admission by
permission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year.
499
Independent Study
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged
to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in
Independent Study may be applied toward the major.
The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experiencethe ways in which different academic disciplines
appmch similar questions and issues and to participate in interdisciplinary
learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing
a theme or topic you wish to study and then by taking courses in various
departmentsrelating to that theme.
The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the
humanities but in such areas as science, business or social science to
broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second
major.
Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiirson),John Benson and Richard Nelson
Major: Nine courses, five of which must be Upper Division. Courses must be
selected from at least four of these seven departments -Art, English, Foreign
Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and
Theatre Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to
satisfy the requirement.
Note: Each student taking a Humanities major will focus on some particular theme or
Six of the nine
perspective which will constitute the core of the major .pcourses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet
the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and
must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of
the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be
created by the student in consultationwith an adviser in the humanities. Further
information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook
A student may not list a double major in Humanities and in one of the component
disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the Humanities major is
significantly different from the other major.
499
Independent Studies
Individual study and research on some interdisciplinaryhumanities topic,
worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved
by the Humanities Major Committee.
&CAN
INDIAN
Smm, ETHNICS m m & W O ~S m
Sm
InterdisciplinaryStudies covers a broad spectrum of experienceand
coursework. Through Interdisciplinarycourses, students gain greater
insight and understandingof cultures and perspechves different from their
own. Through these experiences studentsare better prepared to become
contributing members of the global community.
For other Interdisciplinarycourse listings, see Global Education Programs
and Metro-Urban Studies.
Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns,
Women's Studies or Minority Studies requirements under the general
distributionrequirements.Consult the General Education list for courses
which fulfillthe specihc Perspectives.
Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to minor in American Indian
Studies or Women's Studies.
The American Indian Studies program offers courses that encompass the
range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered m two begnning
courses in Ojlbwe (Chippewa),the original language of one of Minnesota's
native people.
Mildred Mueller, Coordinator
Minor:Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course.
Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other
academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements.
INS 105 Introduction to American lndian Studies
An introduction to the content areas of American Indian Studies, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature,
federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music and language. Required for American
Indian Studies minor.
OJB 111, OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa)
Indians including vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
The second course continues vocabulary, reading, writing, oral skills and
culture, with increased emphasis on comprehension.This course is crosslisted with the Foreign Language Department.
ENG 216American lndian Literature: Traditional and Modern
Comparative studies of tribal oral traditions, early writings and modem
literature written by or about American Indians. Problems of translation,
interpretation and exploitationwill be examined. Modern novelists, poets
and historians will be included. This course is cross-listed with the English
Department.
HIS 223 American lndian History: Pre-Columbian to Modern
The government, tribal structures, philosophy, agricultureand commerce
among the native people of North America are explored from p r e
Columbian eras through European exploration and settlement. American
Indian contributionsto world economics, agriculture, government,
architecture, art and philosophy are included, as are wars, treaties,
relocations and inter-governmentalrelations. This course is cross-listed
with the History Department.
INS 260 Contemporary American Indians
The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934)with an emphasis on current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty,
treaty rights and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/
cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today.
ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United
States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In
addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific and
Southwest Indians, some content will include drama, dance, poetry,
mythology, rituals and religion. Students will produce art work such as
weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. This course is
cross-listed with the Art Department.
INS 320 American lndian Women
This course focuseson the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of
native North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over
time as well as changes in these roles as a result of the influence of
Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women of the
past and present and assesses the contributions made by women to Indian
community life today. (Rereq.:one course in Women's Studies or
American Indian Studies or consent of instructor) This course is applicable
to Women's Studies also.
REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Within these broad areas,the subjects of medicine,
healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also
included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual
ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. This course is cross-listed with the
Religion Department.
Also approved as an elective:
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
(See under Women's Studies.)
231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g.
African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism.This course
is cross-listed with the Religion Department.
232
Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies
An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the mapr issues
related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion,
art, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's
consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the
evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American
society.
Women's Studies values the experiencesand perspectives of women by
placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's
contributionsin life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement
other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing
misconceptions and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership.
Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to
raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing
social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the
work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for
decision making and critical evaluation of future learning.
mi no^: Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives, one of which must
be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC
colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written
approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
INS 199 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 201
Foundations in Women's Studies
This multidisciplinary course is designed to raise awareness of women's
status and women's diversity; to critically examine disciplines and social
practices through the lens of feminist theory; to recover past achievements
of women and survey the work that women now do; to expand perspectives; and to provide a basis for critical evaluation of future learning.
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological,
evolutionaryand historical origins of women's roles a i d status in human
society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in
different cultures. This comparison will include such North American
models as the Navap, 0jib;e and Iroquois; African models such as the
Pygmies and other tribal groups; the peasant societies of eastern Europe,
Mexico, the Middle East and China.
INS 265 Women in American Culture
Through discussion of works by women historians and selections from
women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other
aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black
and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies
to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other
"invisible" women minorities will be included.
INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 311 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives
(See Global Education Programs.)
INS 320 American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies.)
INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies
INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies
INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar
Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives.
INS 499 Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member and with the approval of the
Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study.
Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar.
See department listings for descriptionsof the following approved electives from
other departments:
ART352 Women and Art
ENG 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the
20th Century
WL421 Topics in American Politics
POL459 Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371 Psychology of Gender
REL441 Feminism and Christianity
International Relations is an interdisciplinarymajor which offers the student
both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses
and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and
other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an
Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required and some
students study two languages.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studieswith considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin
America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia and others.
Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a
foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are
possible with the InternationalRelations major.
Norma Noonan, Director
Major: 13courses. (1) Seven required courses: ECO 112or 113, HIS 103or 104, POL
158or 160; two of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of
college work in a modem foreign language. (2) Six of the following electives (not
more than three from any one disciplinemay be counted toward the mapr): ECO
360,495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 350,351,381,382,455,459; Rn
356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and
courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of
the Program Direstor; fourth tern or higher of college work in a second language.
Minor:Seven courses and one year of foreign language. Required: ECO 112or 113,
E3IS 103or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One
year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for
the major. Not more than two courses from any department could count toward
the minor.
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major;
prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13required
courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and
disciplinaryconcentrations possible within the mapr, for example, a concentration
on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program.
At least since b t e s , scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics
in developing the skills of critical thinking, understandingabstrad concepts,
and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs
of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally
educated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg
are intended to help develop these skills.
1
Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on
the development of civilization and the development of compute& has also
influenced modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must
include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of
these influences is important.
An increasingnumber of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department
serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields.
Majors within this Department are prepared for graduate school, work in
industry or service professions, with opportunities to focus on either the
theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. In fad, the Department
offers a concentration in applied mathematics as well as the more traditional
major. Internshipand Cooperative Education options help studentstake
advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technicaUy+riented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with
skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of m s .
MathematidComputer Science Faculty: Larry Ragland (Chairperson), Larry
Copes, LarryCrockett, Suzanne Dor&, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Noel Petit,
Beverly Stratton, Stephen Zhang
Mathematics Major: Nine courses in mathematics including MAT 145,146,245,
246,324 and three electives from MAT courses above 210, at most one of which is at
the 200 level; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior
and senior years. Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270. At least two of the Upper
Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. For teaching licensure,
the three electives must be 351,373, and 441. Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for other require
ments.
Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics: Nine courses
including MAT 145,146,245,246,324 and three electives from MAT 327,328,355,
373,374, and approved topics courses (MAT 481). Also required: CSC 170 or CSC
270, PHY 121,122; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during
junior and senior years. A minimum of two Upper Division mathematics courses
must be taken at Augsburg.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Mathematics Minor: Five courses, including 145,146,245, and 246 or 247, and one
elective from MAT courses above 300. For a teaching minor the additional course
must be selected from MAT 314,328,351,373,441.
Prerequisites/PlacementExam -Before enrolling in any mathematics course the
student must have placed appropriatelyon the Augsburg Mathematics Placement
Exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course
must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite.
The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other
announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those
who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course
taken at another college or who have passed the College Board Advanced Place
ment Exam. These students and those who place into Group V should consult with
the Department about appropriate courses to take.
103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and
transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers,
ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals and evaluation of
algebraic expressions.Counts as one course in semester's load but does not
give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics
Placement Test. (kereq.:Placement Group I. P/N grading only)
104
Intermediate Algebra
A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills
and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational
expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions.
Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward
graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
(Prereq.: 103or Placement Group 11. P/N grading only)
114
Elementary Functions
A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 145. Students who have completed 124 or 145 may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
(Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111)
121
Finite Mathematics
Topics of finite mathematics (combinatorics,probability, matrices, linear
programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the
social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students
who have competed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or
Placement Group 111)
122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and
behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 or 145may not
register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. )
124,125,224 Calculus I, ll, Ill
Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables
and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences,
integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily
for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement
Group IV for 124; 124for 125; 125 for 224)
131
Mathematics for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further
study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group IID
145,146 AUGMENT Mathemetics I and II
The Augsburg Mathematics Enrichment Program provides exploration of
mathematical ideas. Attention will be paid to historical and philosophical
connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics.
Includes calculus concepts such as: limit, continuity, derivative, antiderivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear
algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability geometry, topology,
dfnarnical systems, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq: 114 or
Placement Group IV for 145; 145 for 146)
171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics,
probabfity, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra
and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and
Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for
credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: Placement Group IV)
211
Number Theory
An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
215
Elementary Linear Algebra
A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices. (Prereq.: 224)
226
Differential Equations
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutionsby
special integral transforms; systems of differentialequations with matrix
algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224)
245,246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I & II
Topics introduced in 1 6 1 4 6 are further applied, generalized and
abstracted. Emphasis is on mathematical structures, logical reasoning and
proof formats. Additional topics include: multiple variable calculus,
vectors and vector spaces and linear transformations. (Prereq.: 146 for 245;
245 for 246)
247
Introduction to Applied Mathematics
Designed primarily for applied mathematics, preengineering and
physical science majors, this course includes additional topics from vector
calculus, differentialequations, complex functions and linear algebra.
(Prereq.: 245)
299
Directed Study
Independent Stuclyfor Lower Division credit. (Pmq.: Consent of imtmctor)
Abstract Algebra
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups,
rings, integral domains and fields. (Rereq.: 215 or 246)
Analysis
An introductionto the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous
study of mapr concepts used in the calculus and their applicationto more
abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
Complex Variables
An introductionto complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation
and integration, series, analytic functions, conformal mappings and
applications. (Rereq.: 224,246 or 247)
Modern Geometry
A study of transformational geometry including complex number
representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: 215 or 246)
Numerical Analysis
A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of
computational problems and development of algorithms for their
solutions, applications of a procedur&riented programming language in
numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative
formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems,
interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224 or
245; CSC 170)
Probability and Statistics I
A study of the structure of modem probability, enumeration techniques,
special discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications
to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, Chebyshds inequality,
the central limit theorem. (kereq.: 224 or 245)
Probability and Statistics II
A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other
distributions and methods of estimation: point estimation, interval
estimation; hypothesis testing, regression and analysis of variance,
nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: 373 or equivalent)
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship
Supervisor.
Foundationsof Mathematics
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of number systems.
(Prereq.: completion of or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or
328; or consent of instructor.)
481
Topics in Mathematics
Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract
algebra, topology, pmbability, statistics or computer science. (Prereq.: 314
and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the
mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developmentsin the field and about interestingideas that don't
arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are
welcome. Sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors.
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
Introductory Courses: 170,210, MAT 171 and MAT 124 or 145
Core Courses: 320,330,345,450
Computer Science B.A. Major: 11 courses including the four introductory courses,
the four core courses and three electives. The electives must be selected from MAT
355, MAT 373 and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two electives must
be selected from 270 or 271,340,352, and 445. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Computer Science B.S. Major: 16 courses including the four introductory courses;
the four core courses; 270 or 271,340,352,445, MAT 125 or MAT 146, MAT 224 or
MAT 245, MAT 215 or MAT 246, and one elective selected from MAT 355, MAT
373, and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two of the Upper Division
courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium
(CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall.
Independent Study at an advanced level.
Computer Science Minor: Six courses including the four introductory courses and
any two of the four core courses.
145
Computing for the Liberal Arts
An introduction to computers, programming and computer applications,
as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with
computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply
toward either a computer science major or minor.
Structured Programming
An introductionto computers, problem-solving, algorithm development
and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for
further studies in computer science. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 121or
MAT 122or BUS 279 or Math Placement Group IV)
Data Structures
Data structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and
sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods
using Pascal. (Prereq.: 170. Coreq.: MAT 121or MAT 171)
Electronics
(See PHY 261.)
FORTRAN
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the
student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done
programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course
with a study of a programming language)
COBOL
Study of COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student
has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in
some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a
programming language)
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms and tree and graph
traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP,
NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT
124or MAT 14.5)
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata,
computability and computational complexity. Topics include Turing
machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem and unsolvability.
(Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124 or MAT 145)
Digital Communicationsand Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing
systems, network protocols and securityand general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: 210)
Principles of Computer Organization
An introductionto computer architecture, processors, operating systems,
instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: 210)
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organiza-
tion and security, includingthe development of an elementary database
system. (Prereq.: 210)
399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific
task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices
of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Computer Science
Internship Supervisor.
445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process management,
interactions among major components of computer systems, and a
detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating
systems. mereq.: 345)
450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming
languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics,
BNF,parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures
and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: 210)
491
MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium
(See MAT 491.)
495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in
other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and Department.
METRDUANSTUDIES
(INS)
Metro-Urban Studies is a tramdisciplinary major and minor taught by
faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and
other related disciplines. The Metro-Uhan Studiesprogram seeks to blend
classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the
content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process
of urbanization.
The M-Urban
Studiesmapr and minor a~ designed to provide underpduate pqaration forpostgraduate studiesin planning,&kchmI law, public
..
admmstmtion, environmental studies, social
government, community
organkition and theology. 7he program and collegewideurban mpkment
introduce studentsto the wide e e t y of developing mdated to urt.>an and
metropolitan affairs,equipping studentswith the analytical and theoreticaltmls
n q m e d to understand the metropolitancommunity.
Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the
quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan
opportunities afforded by the College's location The Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)and Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty:Garry W. Hesser (Director, SOO, Andrew Aoki
(POL), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY)
Major: 13 courses including POL 122 and 421; PSY 356; SOC 211 and 381; an
approved Urban History course; SOC 362 or ECO 279; SOC 363 or POL 484;an
Internship (399);and any four approved urban-related c o w . HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especiallythe MUST Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Micrc-Economics.
Minor: Three lower level Urban Studies courses, two of which must be POL 122 and
SOC 211; and two upper division courses from the following:POL 421; PSY 356; SOC
381 or Internship (399), with the Internship highly recommended where appropriate.
Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program.
199
lnternship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty.memberand
site supervisor design a learning apmnent which enables the student to
exploremetro-urban studies as a mapr and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regardjig requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Wee.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of
instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211)
399
lnternship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of metmurban studies with the opportunities inherent in the
placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the terrn/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
b
-
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. ledures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is
designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty
member. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:
POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor)
URBAN STUDIES~ O N THROUGH
S
HEWA
Augsburg co-foundedand plays a leading role in the Higher Education
Consortiumfor Urban Affairs (HECUAIIa consortiumof 17 colleges and
universities.Augsburg's Metro-Urbandirector served as its president from
1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg studentshave access to five
interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional qualityI located in
ScandinaviaISouth AmericaI Central America and the Twin Cities.
This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings conned experiences and direct observation
with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social
inequality and unequal urban development. Competingtheories and
strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined and
assessed in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people
who challengeit.
359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing-views on the Twin Cities
"civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews
and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories
and strategies for explaining and overcoming it.
399
Internships (2 credits)
Internshipsplace students with sponsoring organizations that provide
supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week
Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments
and writing to meet the objectives of the internship.
n. SGWDINAVIAN
URBAN
STUDIES
TERM(SUST)
This interdisciphary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and
examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia.
372
Norwegian Language
Intensivelanguage instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with
emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with
advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying
Norwegian literature.
Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department.
377
Scandinavia in the World
Global perspedives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and
their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, EastWest relations, European security, trade and the Thii World. Emphasis
on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for
discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives.
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as
reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian
history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits
(theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a
variety of media.
394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices
as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformationsfrom rural and regional
cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on
Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative
perspective.
499
Independent Study
Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option
of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language
skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the
appropriatehome college faculty adviser.
III.SOUTH
AMERICAN
URBAN
SEMEER (SAUS)
This "semester in the city" program is located in either Quito, Ecuador, or
Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and developmentin the
Third World.
261
Spanish Language
All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language
emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS
program and field work.
361
Introduction to Latin America
Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics,
culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus on
economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin
America.
362
Urbanization in Latin America
The development of cities and implicationsfor social change in Latin
America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies'and urban elites.
Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and
applied to Latin America.
363
Wealth, Poverty and Community Development
The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on
field study in bamo communities and site visits to public and private
agenciesdealing with urban problems.
499
Independent Study
Studentswith advanced Spanish a= required to prepare an Independent
Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required,
supervision by a professional at a local college or research institution or by
SAUS faculty.
N.CITY ARE
This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship
between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides
rich sources for the program.
330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers
and community organizers for understanding the difkrencesbetween
formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and
participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and
culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions
integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social
change and activism.
399
Internships (2 Credits)
Internshipsinvolve participation in an ongoing project with an individual
artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of
learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement
varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences.
A Spring semester interdisciplinaryprogram that examines relationships
among literature, ideology and society and how these shape perceptions of
socialrealities.
360
Latin American Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
Study of selected literary works that illustrate s d &ties and express a
variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change.
Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as
manikted in major artistic periods.
364
Latin American Arts and Society
Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships
among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by
theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America.
367
Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America
Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to
development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their
implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependencia
and Marxism.
499
Independent Study
All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design
approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and
others appropriate for Spanish language credit.
(See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)).In the ACTC Class
Schedule, Minority Studies courses are listed under Ethnic Studies.
Music has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music
as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying
dimension to our lives. As a college of the church, Augsburg celebrates the
study of music as one of the @Is of God. Music in the Christian liberal arts
setting reflects Augsburg's mission of educating the whole person.
The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and
music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human
history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have
the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles
which perform locally, nationally and internationally.
Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of
Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education
needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major
combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide
range of graduate and professional opportunities. Studentsmay choose
from among four maprs in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music
Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music
Education Major, and Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major.
In addition to opportunitiesas professional musicians, teachers of music, and
music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders
in the professions and business regard a liberal arts mapr as an excellent
preparation for satisfymgand effective service in many occupational areas.
I
1
Music Faculty: Thomas Rossin (Chairperson), Trudi Anderson, Laine Bryce, John
Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Andy Heglund, Mary Homzaniecki, Kenneth Huber,
Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz,Cynthia Lohman, Steven Lund,
Charles McDonald, Roberta Metzler, Celeste (YBrien, Gordon W. Olson, Lila Olson,
Sandra Powers, Nicholas Raths, Robert Stacke, George Stahl, Angela Wyatt
Music Coordinato~Mary Ella Pratte
Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program.
Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (LevelI1
repertoire) in their mapr performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then
apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of
study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies.
Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarshipmust
have the recommendation of their ensemble director or private lesson instructor.
Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, s u b j j to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in
residence. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the
first class meeting of MUS 101 or 102.
Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the
sixth term of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the
Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program.
Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses are
necessary for the education licensure program.
All other music major and minor candidates must apply, by petition, to the
Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses.
Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, followingapplication,
during summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration, or during the first week of the school year.
Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from
among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A
faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and
certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate
quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting
an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department
Student Handbook for more information.
Core Curriculum (requiredof all majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311,
312,341,342 or 344; eight quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance Studies
and recital quirements as given under each specific degree and major. (See
Applied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education
requirements.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major: Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student
for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities.
Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter
one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose
this course of study.
Requirements: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; Performance Studies -six quarter courses and two half courses in the major
instrument or voice, two quarter courses in the minor jnstrument or voice and a half
senior recital (Music 458); keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire
tests.Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information.
Requirements for the Music Minor: Six course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or
232; 341; 342 or 344;four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses in Performance Studies.Music minors must pass one
Music Repertoire test.
Bachelor of Music
Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become
teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework
which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementarythrough the
secondary levels.
Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies -two quarter courses, four half courses, two full courses in the mapr
instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half
junior recital (MUS 358) and a full senior recital (MUS 459); improvisation compe
tency on mapr instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing three Music
Repertoire tests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2 5 in all music courses and in
the major performance medium.
Vocal emphasis -MUS 251,252,253,254,435
Instrumental emphasis -MUS 151,155, and one course credit of music elective
Other requirements:10 and onehalf course credits: HPE 114,115; PSY 105; EDS
265,354,355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser.
Music Performance Major: Designed for students who display advanced compe
tence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by
students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who
intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance.
Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance
Studies-two quarter courses and six full courses in the mapr instrument or voice;
two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals
358,459; keyboard proficiencytest, passing three Music Repertoire tests and
achieving a cumulativeGPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more
information.
Vocal Emphasie MUS 251,252,253,254,435, one course of music elective, two
courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements.
Piano or Organ Emphasis- 301,302,436,456, one-half course credit of music
elective.
Instrumental Emphasis MUS 301,302, one and onehalf course credits of music
electives.
Bachelor of Science
Music Therapy Major: Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration
with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for
the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for
Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become
registered music therapists.
Requirements: 18course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music
elective; two of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479;
Performance Studies -six quarter courses in the mapr instrument or voice, two
quarter COW
in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458;
keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and
achieving a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course. Other require
ments: EDS 282,356,357,358; PSY105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification
examination.
Applied Music
Ensembles (MUD:
One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members
of mapr ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit.
Traditional grading is required for music maprs and minors in ensemble courses.
The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading,
or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two
course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements.
Performance Studies for credit:Four synergistic elements are required -lessons,
jury examination at end of each semester, performance workshop, and listening
attendance at concerts, recitals and performance workshops).
Areas of Concentrations
The music mapr/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury
examination and performance.
Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available
for all students in the following categories:
No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week.
One quarter course credit -one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per
week
One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per
week
One course credit -two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per
week.
Performances: All students registered in PerformanceStudies for credit must
perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a
faculty panel, and additional performances as required by the instructor.
Listening: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to
attend eight designated music events during each semester. Failure to attend the
required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, mapr ensemble concerts, or other
designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in
Performance Studies. Music maprs must pass a total of three Music Repertoire
tests; music minors must pass one. (Consult the Music Department Student
Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests.)
Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music
faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a
prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance Major recitals. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for
recital performance.
Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and
consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an
outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists.
Departmental Sponsorship
Recitals required for the fulfillment of the BM., BA., or B.S. degree requixements or
Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals
may be departmentally sponsored.
Duration and Repertoire Level
All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic
guidelines set forth in the College Catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the
Music Department.
1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will
be at repertoire Level 111for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at
Level IV for Music Performance majors.
2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire
Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music
Performance majors.
3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS458) will be one-half hour in duration at
repertoire Level 111.
Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music
Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.)
Many music courxs are offered in alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class
Schedule or the Music Department for course offeringsin each term.
Theory
101
Materials of Music 1 (112 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of
part writing.
102
Materials of Music 11 (112 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations.
Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight
singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.:
concurrent registration in or completion of 101)
Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102.
(Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102)
Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course)
Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.:
102)
Form and Analysis (1/2 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th
Century practice. (Prereq.: 201)
Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201.
(Prereq.: 112and concurrent registration in or completion of 201)
Aural Skills IV (1/2 course)
Further developmentof listening skills to parallel progress in 202.
(Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202)
Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course)
16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double
counterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211)
Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course)
Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Soenberg,
Bartok, Hidemith, Stravinskyand Carter. (Prereq.: 301)
Composition 1 (1/2 course)
Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of
sound,ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple
forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed.
Composition 11 (1/2 course)
Advanced arranging for vocal and instmental ensembles of varying
sizes and types. Contemporarytechniques, atonal systems and larger
forms are studied and used.
Basic Conductlng (1/2 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score
analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature.
Choral Conducting (1/2 course)
Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection.
Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir.
344
InstrumentalConducting (112 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced
conductingtechniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles.
History and Literature
130
Introductionto Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For
non-music majors.
230
Electronics in Music
Ekploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The
study and application of practical eledronictechnology used in music will
be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the
art. For non-music majors.
231
History and Literature of Music I
A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.:112,
201)
232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.:112,201)
330
Ethnic Music
Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural
relationship. For the general as well as the music student.
The following four half courses a~ extensive studies of special eras in the history of
music. (Prereq.:231,232)
331
Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course)
332
Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course)
333
Music of the Romantic Period (112 course)
334
Music of the 20th Century (112 course)
432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemp*
rary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and
theology student.
435
Voice Repertoire (1I2 course)
Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th
Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232)
436
Piano Repertoire (112 course)
Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by
listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.:231,232)
498
lndependent Study (1/2 course )
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
499
lndependent Study
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the
Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval
by the faculty.
Technique
151,152 Voice Methods (114 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
155,156 Piano Methods (1I4 course)
Basic keyboard familiarity,simple accompaniment and music reading
skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. (Prereq.: MUS 101)
157,158 Guitar Methods (114 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
251
English Diction (114 course)
Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing.
Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all
students rqjstered for vocal instruction.
The following three quarter courses are continuations of 251 with application for
the Italian, German and French languages.
252
Italian Diction (1I4 course)
(Prereq.:251)
253
German Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.:251)
254
French Diction (114 course)
(Prereq.: 251)
358
Junior Recital
B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level III for Music Education Majors; full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No
course credit.
456
Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course)
Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey
of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.)
458
Senior Recftal
Half recital by BA. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course
d t .
459
Senior Recital (1 12course credit)
B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by
faculty committee.Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and
Level V for Music Performance maprs.
Therapy
110
Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to
various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and
sophomores consideringmusic therapy as a major to give students a
broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy.
(Interim only)
271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applicationsof
recreational music activities to cliical settings.
274,275 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis
on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding
of the research process and developmentof an experimental research
project.
373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a
multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music,
musical talent, and performance.
374,375 Music Therapy Practicums
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit.
472
Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on
psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior.
Understanding of the theory of music therapy.
473
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussionsof theories and research as they apply to therapeutic
settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to
therapy with music.
474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two
hours per week. (Prenq.:three of 274,275,374,375)
479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (112 course)
Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months.
Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance.
Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements)
These musical organizationsexist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is
determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrange
ment with the ensenibledirector. Assignment to an ensemble is then made
at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire
academic year which, on occasion, includesInterim.
While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal
ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel
Choir will satisfy the major, minor or distribution/general education
requirements. Instruments are available for rent.
111 Augsburg Choir (114 course)
112 Chapel Choir (Y4 course)
114 Advent Vespers Choir (0)
121 Orchestra (Y4 course)
122 String Ensemble (0)
131Woodwind Ensemble (0)
141 Concert Band (Y4 course)
142 Brass Ensemble (0)
143 Jazz Ensemble (0)
Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are
available to the non-music major or minor. AU lessons are adapted to the
individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented
by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following
expectations:No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor
-Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors -Enter I and attain III; B.M. Education
Major -Enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -Enter 11 and
attain V.
l l x Voice
14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,Baritone, Tuba
12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello,
15x Piano
Bass
13x Woodwinds: Oboe,Bassoon,
Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute
Recorder, Horn
4
16x Guitar
Percussion
18x Organ
19x Harp
Note carefully the following provisions:
1.Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes.
2. Senior music maprs who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their
mapr instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich
provides for free lessons in that mapr medium during the two semesters preceding
graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen.
3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the
Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher.
4. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher
at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a
lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson.
5. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College
Music Department.
The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide
strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure
requirements.
The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in
science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs
assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education
requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors,the
courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical
sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of
Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is
essential.
Arlin Gyberg, Coordinator
Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved
the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend
candidates in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science (minor), grades 7-12
Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12
Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12
Physics (minor), grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grades 5 9
Broad Base Requirement: Seven courses: two in Earth Science (Astronomy or
Meteorology, Geology), two in General Biology, three in Physical Science (Physics
for the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and two courses of General
Chemistry).
Biology Major (For licensure in L
ife Science):The Broad Base requirement plus
eight courses: seven BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the
following p u p s : 0351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or 353 (Comparative Vertebrate
Zoology), (ID 355 (Genetics) or 474 (DevelopmentalBiology), (III)361 (Plant
Biology) or 481 (Ecology), (W) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology),
(V) 440 (Plant Physiology)or 476 (Microbiology),and one course in Organic
Chemistry.
Chemistry Major (For licensure in Physical Science):The graduation major in
Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (GeneralChemistry) (or 105,106), 351,352 (Organic
Chemistry), 353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (PhysicalChemistry), 363
(PhysicalChemistry Laboratory), one Advanced Chemistry course, and Chemistry
Seminar.In addition, a year of General Physics and two additional physics courses
above General Physics. Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended.
Physics Major (For licensure in Physical Science): The graduation major in Physics:
PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (ModernPhysics), 351 (MechanicsI), 362
(Electromagnetic F'ields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and three additional
courses to be selected from 261 (Electronics),352 (MechanicsII), 363 (Electromagnetic Fields 11), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (Quantum
Physics II). In addition, a year of General Chemistry and one course each of Organic
Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry.
Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus seven
courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistry minor-and an additional Upper
Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus one additional course above
PHY 122.
Science (For Middle School Licensure -grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirement and
an additional seven Natural Science courses, two in Earth Science (Meteorology
and Mineralogy or equivalent), two Biology courses above General Biology, and
three in Physical Science, at least one each in Chemistry and Physics above the level
of General Chemistry or General Physics.
Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students
must still complete a college major.
Professional nursing is a scholarly discipline that offers a unique service to
individuals, families and communities as they pursue goals to promote,
maintain or restore their health. This service, as defined by the profession, is
the diagnosis and treatment of human responses to actual or potential
health problems.
The xope of professional nursing practice is changing and expanding.
Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ
from those in the past. Today nurses work not only in hospitals and clinics
but in corporations, government agencies, communities and their own
independent practices; they are direct care-givers, researchers, teachers,
leaders, managers, administrators and consultants.
The expanding practice of professional nursing mpkes practitioners who
are liberally educated in the humanities, in the natural and social sciences
and in nursing theory and methodology, and who are critical thinkers and
ethical decision-makers.The nursing major, informed by study in the liberal
artstradition and nursing theory, process, and research, prepares registered
nurses for professional practice based on knowledge, reasoned inquiry and
professional values.
Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a
major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse registration
in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for
School Nurse certification.
Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate
degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point
average of 25; a w e n t license to practice as a registered nurse in the state
of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition,
introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take
these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior
to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology,
psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward
distribution/general education requirements as well as toward admission to
the major. All prerequisite courses must be taken using the traditional
grading system and must have been completed at the 2.0 level or above.
Courses with grades below 2.0 must be repeated or challenged satisfactorily.
In addition, applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge via written
testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg
through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of
current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include
1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion
of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptableequivalent
All students are required to take the NLN Baccalaureate Comprehensive
Examination during the last semester of their senior year.
Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marian Enos, Sharon
Ostwald, Pamela Weiss-Faman, Teri Welcher
Major: 10 courses in Nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403, 404,423,
427; an approved Upper Division science course; and an ethics course, either PHI
380 or REL 483. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required
science and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the
Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required.
Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring
additional weekday time. The courses are designed so that the mapr may be
completed within three years. However, more time may be required to complete the
total course of study depending on the number of d t s transferred from other
colleges or universities.Studentsin nursing may take non-nursing courses in both
day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing mapr
should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning.
Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; applicationto the
Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by
Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April
15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis.
305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
This is a transitional course that introduces the componentsof the pro&
sional role and begins the professional wcialkation process. The
communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse
client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are
explored for their applicabilityto changing professional ro1'es and practice.
A teaching project is required. (Rereq. or current enrollment: an a p
proved Upper Division science class)
306
Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of
professional development is provided in this course. The function of
theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing
conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic
health assessment is required. (kereq.:305)
310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuseson community health delivery systems and the
practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they
apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and
definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community.
Ethical issues related to community health decision-making with aggre
gate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330)
Community Health Nursing II: Practicum*
This course provides a clinical experiencein the practice of public health
nursing in which the student provides direct care to culturally diverse
clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and
disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific
community system and the community's provision of health related
s e ~ c e s(Prereq.:
.
310)
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for
nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment)
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and the methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored.
Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice.
(Prereq.: 330)
Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families
This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing of culturally diverse
families throughout the life span. Content includes family as a social
system and explores theories related to family structure and functioning
as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to
the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 350. To be taken prior
to or concurrentlywith 423.)
Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as
emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and
advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism.
(Prereq.:403)
Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family*
This is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunityto apply
content from 403 in providing nursing care to complex families in a
selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment)
Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management*
This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected
practice setting. (Prereq.: 404)
Topics in Nursing
This course is designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics
in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and
interests of the students and faculty. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent
of instructor. On demand)
499
Independent Study
This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study
a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and
submit written study proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation
prior to registration.
*If the pracficums in nursing me not taken concurrently with their respectice theory
courses, students me required to consult zvithfaculty prior to registration regarding reztiezv
of the theoretical content.
The Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in
the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of
knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values
and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals am to instill in students a love of
truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sipficance and meaning of the world
they experience and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative
synthesis.
The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore
different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines.
Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to
explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong,
the world and God.Ekpmng with two Somatic principles: "The
unexamined life is not worth living" and l'Know yourself," the study of
philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for
understanding and self-fulfillment
Four courses in the history of philosophy -begmmng with the ancient
Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present -form the core of the philosophy program. In
these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize
great texts of Western civilization.
In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminarsin special topics.
This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two
majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most
use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine
or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the
study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically.
I
Philosophy Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiierson), David Apolloni, Kenneth
Bailey, Mark Fuehrer, Paul Holmer
Major: Nine courses, including 230,241,242,343,344, and a course in the 400s
(other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division.
Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty.Such recommendations will be made at the end of
the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic
of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of
this thesis before the faculty of the Department.
Minor: Five courses including two from 241,242,343, and 344.
I
110
Introduction to Philosophy
Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely
have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency,
adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed
skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunityto examine
critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. The purpose of this
course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas
and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to
evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs.
120
Ethics
Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping studentsto consider the basis
which they use to make moral judgments. The course explores the rnapr
philosophical approachesto evaluating moral actions and then applies
these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issues. This
enables students to be aware of the nature of value disputes, the different
perspectives taken and the reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout
the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking
120 may not take 125.
125
Ethics and Human Identity
This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding,
feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by
asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assessing the role of
reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then deciding on the
moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of
friendship and human loves is investigated next. The course ends with an
analysis of human happiness. Students taking 125 may not take 120.
230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn
the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course
focuses on inductive reasoning.
241
History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers
The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical
thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and
analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other
philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied:
Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism, in order to familiarizethe
student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy.
242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesisof elements of Christian
revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course
students will read writings by St. Anselm, St. Bonaventure, Occam, St.
Thomas Aquinas, Hildegard and Nicholas of Cusa in order to understand
the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructinga
Christian philosophy. Sincethe Renaissance intensified the medieval
synthesis, students willbe exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and
Bruno.
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
343
Historyof Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy
Does knowledge begin with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get
beyond our own concepts to know the world itself! What is an idealistic
view of the world? This course studies the mapr rationalists of the 17th
Century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz), the mapr empiricists of the 18th
Century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy and
19th Century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard,
Nietzxhe). (Suggestedprior course, 241 or 242)
344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy
What lies behind 20th Century philosophys love affair with language? Is
truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous
science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major
representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism and
phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 241,242 or 343)
350
Philosophy of Religion
What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with
human and animal suffering? Are miracles possible? Are we really
immortal? We will conduct a systematicinquiry into these questions
which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion 350)
355
Oriental Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianismand Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy)
360
Political Philosophy
By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquityup to the
modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions
concerning the organization of human society.The relation of the nature
of the state to religion, the home and the aty will be looked at through the
eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli.
365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores whether scientists' knowledge of the world is
profoundly different from and better than that of the nonscientist, what
constitutes scientific knowledge and the degree of certainty yielded by the
methods used by scientists to attain knowledge. In addition to dealing
with these questions, students will work in researching and developing
philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course,
230 or one course in natural science)
370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and
paradox. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy)
380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia.
399
Internship
Internship for Upper Division credit.
410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem or
interdisciplinaryproblems. S e m iformat. May be taken more than once
for credit. (Suggestedprior courses: any from 241,242,343,344 or consent
of instructor)
430
Studies in Individual Philosophers
Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers. Seminar
format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses:
241,242,343 or consent of instructor)
499
Independent Study
Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to
the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser.
See Health and Physical Education
Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their
aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in
previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of
controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the
study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of
galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to
the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinatingand expanding area of study
and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal
arts disciplines and contributesto society's understandingof such areas as
energy, weather, medical science and space exploration
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing M e n g e ,
the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but
also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects
challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques.
To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in
Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees
at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics
provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in
related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmentalscience, engineering and medical and health related fields.
In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportiverole
for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer
science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineeringprogram with
degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelois
and the advanced degree levels.
The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year
and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by
NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies.
The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds
designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, fundedby
NASA.
Cooperative Education, Internship and Undergraduate Research programs
provide opportunitiesfor students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, govemmental and academic settings. Studentsmay participate in alternating term
Co-op programs or work part-time during two or moR academic terms.
Internship opportunitiesalone generally involve only one semester.
The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the
non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding
of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic
starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to
follow new developments with some degree of comp~hension.
Physics Faculty Kenneth Erickson (Chairperson),Stuart Anderson, Mark
Engebretson, JeffreyJohnson, Robert Stenstrom,William Momma.
Physics Research Staff: Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Miriam Peterson,
David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for
Atmospheric and Space Sciences.
BA. Major:Nine courses, including 121,122,245,351,362,363,395 and 3% (onehalf course each), plus two courses above 122.
B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396
(one-half course each), and 486, plus two courses above 122. A year of introductory
chemistry is also required.
B.S. Major with Concentrationin Space Physics: 13courses, including 121,122,
245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 3% (one-half course each). 420 and 486,
plus one course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124or 145,
125or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and
226 or 247 during the sophomoreyear.
Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to
the Education Department section of the Catalog and consult with the Education
Department early in their planning.
Honors Major: A GPA of 3 5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122.
Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students
provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society
and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership
in SPS is open to all students interested in physics.
Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a
minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper
third of their class.
101
Astronomy
A descriptivecourse covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In
addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instnunents are
explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch
Celestron and a threeinch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory
sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive a p
proach to physics and is designed to serve students in biology and
education. (ll-me onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 111)
106
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.The course is
designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles
required for kderstanding weather and climate. Attention will be given
to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects
of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tomadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting,
the influence of weather on pollution, fronts, cyclones and optical
phenomena of the sky. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral
part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/generaleducation requirement for the liberal arts student.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11)
111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical
science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its
associated technology with philosophy, religion and culture. Study of
mechanics, electricity and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of
the meaning of 20th Century physics and of the role of electronics and
computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in
the laboratory. (Three onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Praeq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11)
121,122 General Physics I, II
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion,
thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for Physics
majors, Pre-Engineering students and other specified majors. Must be
taken in sequence. ('Tluee one-hour lectures, %hour
laboratory.
Prereq.: MAT 124 or 145, or concurrent registration)
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore physics as a major and consider its career alternatives.
Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to
register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby
registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modem physics from an historical and experimental
basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear
and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops
the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
F'rereq.: 122)
261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises
the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital
electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and
microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122or 125 or 146)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
320
Introductionto Space Science
A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary,
magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics. Topics
include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms and
magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and a m r a .
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245)
327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
An introduction to mathematical physics at an intermediate level, with
emphasis on functions which have been developed to aid in analyzing
problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex
numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series
solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other
orthogonal functions, partial differential equations and functions of a
complex variable. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122or consent of
instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent.)
351,352 Mechanics I, II
A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of
motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include
conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies,
gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference
frames. (Three orle-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226 or 247)
362,363 ElectromagneticFields I, II
The classical electromagneticfield theory is developed using the vector
calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's
and Poisson's kuations, electric and magnetic properties of materials and
the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations.
(Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247)
395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each)
An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including
participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics,
thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism,
optics and modem physics. (One threehour laboratory and one seminar
hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and
methods of physics with the opportunities inherent in the placement.
Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of
the term/registration, intaestd students should consult with the
departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and
permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate
placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
420
Plasma Physics
A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma
parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic
fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function and
Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, plasma waves and
instabilities and transport processes. The applicationsof plasma physics to
laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (Three onehour
lectures. Prereq.: 362,363 or concurrent registration)
481
Thermal Physics
The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperatureis
an important variable. The subject is developed from two independentyet
complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical
thermodynamicsand the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics.
(Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 351)
486
Quantum Physics I
A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the
Sduoedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values,
angular momentum and approximation methods. Specific problems
studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic
oscillator and the hydrogen atom. (Three onehour lecture. Prereq.: 295,
351)
488
Quantum Physics II
The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the
areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics
and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:486)
499
Independent Study
An opportunity for students to explore systematicallya problem in
experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a
faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval.
P O ~SCIENCE
L DEP-
(POL)
Firmly grounded in the liberal artstradition, political science has mots in the
humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical
analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficanceof authority in human
affairs establish the focusof political science; because politics is a central and
enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human
concerns.
As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and
analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The
student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and
values, investigatepolitical cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare
political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the
process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal
arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies
the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in
public adminstration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It
also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications and other fields. Lqplative and other Intemships, as well as si@cant independent research projects, are within easy
reach of Augsburg Political Science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a
successful career.
Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as
speual strengthsin interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental
faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it
does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of
informed choice in human affairs, is an important as@ of liberal learnings.
Political Science Faculty Norma Noonan (Chairpason), Milda Hedblom,
Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, William Morris, Myles
Stenshoel
Major: Nine courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 122or
160 or 170; 158; 484; and at least five other Upper Division courses in fourout of
five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for
that area.
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr in Political Science includes the requirements
listed above, plus the following: The student's gradepoint average must be 3.5 in
the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and
a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors
Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any
member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the Departmental Chairperson. Students should apply for the Honors
Major no later than the first term of the junior year.
Minor: Five courses, including 121or 122or 170; 158; and at least three Upper
Division courses in three out of five political science areas.
Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics, (ID Comparative
Politics and Analysis, (III) InternationalPolitics, (IV)Public Law and (V)Political
Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in
only one area toward major or minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Sciencemajor
in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson.
See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered.
I. American Government and Politics
121
American Government and Politics
The politics of American government including the forms of political
ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking, and current issues in American
society.
122
Metropolitan Complex
Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors and
strudures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex.
Discussion-lecture, simulation and meetings with political experts and
activists.
325
Public Administration
The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in
the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizingpolitical and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in
political science or consent of instructor.)
E
326
Political Parties and Behavior
The political behavior of the electorate emphasizingpublic opinion and
political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties
and interest p u p s and media in presidential elections (optionalin nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. Fall term of electionyears.)
342
Mass Communications In Society
Effects of mass communicationson individual behavior; the uses and
control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study
of censorship, newsmaking entertainmentand public affairs programming. gunior and senior students only.)
370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
421
Topics in American Politics
Selected themes, including legislative, executiveor judicial process and
policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus;topic to
be included in subtitle. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor. On demand.)
II. Comparative Politics and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process, with some comparison of major political systems and discussion
of contemporaryissues.
350
Comparative Democracies
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies,
focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.:one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
351
Communist Political Systems
A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (F'rereq.:
one course in politid science or consent of instructor)
359
Topics: Women In Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored.
Themes will vary. (Prereq.: One course in political science or consent of
instructor)
459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and
comparisons of political p m s s e s such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change and revolution. Topic
to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or
consent of instructor. On demand.)
Ill. lnternational Politics
160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including
the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations and a focus on recent problems.
363
Communist Foreign Policies
Analysis of the motivation, formulation and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
461
Topics in lnternational Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
490
Seminar in lnternational Relations
Capstone semjnar for students mapring in International Relations;
analysis of some methods for studying internationalrelations; analysis of
mapr trends; senior thesis. Open to other studentsby consent of instructor. (kereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence)
IV. Public Law
170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and
society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary
legal issues.
370
Constitutional Law
The legal-plitical-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of
powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170
or consent of instructor)
371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in Constitutional Law, especially Civil Rights. Content will
vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (preq.: 170 or consent of
-. -.--,
:- -.
375
Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics
A study of key issues and contemporaryconflicts in media ethics and
regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the
media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative
justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined.
(Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications
course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor)
V. Political Theory and Analysis
158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section 11for description)
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasiig the values, goals
and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human
governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
381
Topics in DemocraticTheory
A study of democratic theory. The s u b j j matter will vary and be defined
by the subtitle of the course: American political thought, comparative
democratic theory, etc. (prereq.:one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
382
Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing
Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political,
social and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the
preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.:158or consent of
instructor)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for
political study; mapr research required. (F'rereq.:SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships
199
Internship
Lower Division Internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship
Supervisor grants exception.)
295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and
subject matter. (On demand)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
399
lnternshlp
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prerq.:
consent of instructor. P/Ngrading only unless Internship Supervisor
grants exception)
484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of &fferent approaches and theories in the study of politics
including an examinationof the requirements of science as a model for
political study; major research required. (Prereq.: SOC 362 Statistical
Analysis; 158and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor)
490
Seminar in International Relations
(See W o n 111for description)
495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerningterms and
subject matter. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study: Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional College resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor)
499
IndependentStudy
Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student.
(prey.: consent of instructor)
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal
education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studyinghow people cope with their
environment and interact with each other.
The Department's courseshave three basic goals: (1)to introduce the
student to the m m n t information and methods in psychology as well as
earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to
analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral researchIand (3) to provide
practice in the application of these principles. The Department program
provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative
Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical
pre-professional experience.On-thepb experience gives students the
opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts.
Psychologistsuse a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications.
The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving
approach, the acquisition of information about human development and
interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial
in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and
government, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine.
Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire
practical, pre-professional experienceand develop professional contacts.
This program mutually benefits the students and the community.
I
I
Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chairperson),Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dyrud,
Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson
Major: 10 courses including 105,230,330,381,399, and 493. A minimum of five
courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also acpeded to select one course
from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the
mapr. Not more than two courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted
toward requirements for a mapr. It is recommended that Psychology majors take
additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their
particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration, biology or communication.AU psychology maprs must have an adviser in the
Psychology Department.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high
quality research project culminating the mapr program. Application for honors
consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department
Chairperson for more detailed requirements.
Minor: Five courses including 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg.
Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor.
101
Self-Identity and Values
A study of self-identity and values as related to personal l i i . This course
uses a psychological perspective to explore the role of the individual in
the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, develop
ment and evolution of self-identity and values and the influence of sex
roles. (This course does not substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto
Upper Division psychology courses.)
102
The Individual in a Social World
An investigation of the behavior of the individual as it occurs in social
environments. Examples of human behavior which are best understood
through analysis of both individual and social factors will serve as the
course framework. The scientific method is emphasized as an aid in
understandingissues of influence in social systems, with major topics
including attitude formation and group processes. (This course does
substitute for PSY 105as a prerequisiteto Upper Division psychology
courses.)
105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for
the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological
concepts to everyday situations is emphasized.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a lezrning agreement which enables the student to
explore psychology as a possible major and consider its career options.
See PSY 399 for additional information. (Prereq.: 102or 105 and one other
psychology course)
230,330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, II
A two-term sequence including experimentation in such areas as human
learning, problem solving, social psychology and sensation-perception.
Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design
methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without
continuing in Research Methods II. Majors in Psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence;230 must precede 330; 330 should be
taken in the term immediately following 230. (Prereq.: 102or 105and
MPG III)
251
Sensing and Perceiving
An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems.
Emphasis on the processing of environmentalinformation and how this
relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience.Topics include:
adaptationto novel environments, machine intelligence and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.:102or 105. On demand)
299
Directed Study
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study
must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
325
Social Behavior
Social factors which influence individual and group behavior in naturalis-
tic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Child
Emphasis on normal child developmentand behavior. Consideration of
theoretical systems used for viewing developmental sequence and
continuity.Inquiry into practical implications and applicationsof data and
theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Considerationof data
and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult
periods of life. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data
and theory related to developmentduring the middle adult and older
adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.:
102or 105)
Brain 81Behavior
A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for
behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and
wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental
disorders. (Prereq.: 102 or 105)Additional lab hours required. (On
demand)
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecologicalviewpoint to study the influence
which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior.
Major topics include: overcrowding and environmentalstress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as rooms,
buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Learning
Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of
instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects.
(Prereq.: 102or 105)
PsychologicalAssessment
Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence.
(Prereq.: 102or 105. On demand)
Personality
An introduction to the field of personality study including theory,
research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: 102or 105)
Behavior Disorders
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic
and psychological points of view. (F'rereq.: 102or 105)
Psychology of Gender
A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of
sex difkrences and roles, the effed of society upon values and goals,
differentiallegal status of each sex and psychophysiologicaldata bearing
upon these differences. (Prereq.:102 or 105 or consent of instructor)
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. A study of the
individual, groups, structure, change and developmentin organizations.
(Prereq.: 102 or 105)
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical developmentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical
positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses)
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty adviser and
site supervisor design a learning agreement that links the principles and
methods of psychology with the opportunities available at the placement.
Prior to the be$nning of registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.:junior class standing and four psychology
courses)
Program Evaluation
The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to
programs for social improvement.Designing information systems for the
ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing
program effectiveness and efficiency.The political and organizational
context of program monitoring and evalukion. The role of evaluation
research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC
362;SOC 363.O n demand)
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process.
Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling
relationship. (Prereq.: three psychology courses and junior class standing)
Current Topics in Psychology
Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 102 or 105 and consent of
instructor)
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by
psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five psychology courses)
499
Independent Study
Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in
psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration
including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed
Study.
Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from
which to undertake its educational task The biblical faith and tradition of
the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much
greater than is sometimes recogruzed. They have affected and continue to
influence language, literature, history, values and political structures.
The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other
areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of
the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought.
While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the
Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes
more thanis represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the
earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different
from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to
introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Coursesin religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other
disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of
theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the
Department that students will become better acquainted with the content
and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on
their own religious commitment.
The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Studentswho wish
to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriatefor that purpose.
Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson),John Benson, Bradley Holt,
Lynne Lorenzen, Curtis Peter, William Russell, Eugene Skibbe
Major: Eight courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially
for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major
must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One
Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major.
Religion Major with a Concentrationin Youth and Family Minis*
This major requires nine courses including an Internship. In addition to the courses
required for a Religion mapr, namely REL 111,221,356,481 and 495, the following
are required: REL 342,343,415, and a supervised Internship in the Youth and
Family area. Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family
Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the
Department of Religion may be achieved.
Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular
teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for
licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, five
courses in reliion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim)
and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in
both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School.
This program prepares students who are intmsted in teaching in Christian day
schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America,
although participation is not limited to such schools.
Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; research project approved
by the Department and colloquium with the Department.
Minor: Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the
minor.
Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval
is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion
Department and/or general education course credit. All maprs are urged to
consult with the Department Chairperson.
111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
199
Internship
Internship on Lower Division level.
221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents.
The task of biblical interpretation.The history of Israel and the emergence
of the church.
231
Religion in African-American History
(See INS Minority Studies.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study on Lower Division level.
342
Theology of Youth and Family Living
Contemporarytheories of youth and family living are examined within
the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual
development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how
Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioningof families, particularly in relationshipto current crises in teenagers &d families. Theology of Marriage
The Christian tradition provides the opportunityfor wholeness by
promising forgiveness of unworthy aspects of oneself, access to God's
love, and greater acceptanceof one's spouse. In this course, parallel
concepts of psychological wholeness, in the Jungiantradition, and of
repentance and forgiveness in the Christian tradition are applied to
marital relationships.
Philosophy of Religion
(See Philosophy Department)
Denominationsand Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations
and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be
considered.
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam.
Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious
communities.
Survey of Church History
A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and
modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to
interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its
inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will
be major elements of the study.
Life and Work of the Church
Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to
Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work.
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
The Church in the First Four Centuries
A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire,
including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of
the creeds, Christianityin conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions,
monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship. Also includes the
theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life
and thought of Augustine.
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of
the 16thCentury.Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and
other representative figures.
Religlon In America
A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the
rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominationsand the responses of
religion to the challengesof its environing culture.
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits)
The Church and Social Change in Latin America
(See Global Education, Program in Global Community)
American Indian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought
(See INS,American Indian Studies)
Internship
Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses,
have at least first semester junior standing and satisfy Department
guidelines.
The Gospels and Personality Theory
The ministry of Christ, as recorded in the Gospels, will be studied as a
context and foundation for the maximum utilization of personality theory
In effectively responding to contemporaryissues of teenagers such as food
disorders, suicide, addictions and perfectionism, among others.
Eastern Orthodoxy
This course will explore the history, theology, and liturgical life of the
Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be
considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in
Greece, Turkey, Bulgaria, Romania, Yugoslavia and Czechoslovakia, with
special attention to the Orthodox Church in the Soviet Union.
Church Music and Worship
(See Music Department.)
Feminism and Christianity
This course will consider the centralideas of Christianityand feminism
and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious
influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of
the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in
terms of language and metaphor.
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention
to the variety of interpretationsgiven the person of Jesus, includingthe
"quest for the historical Jesus."
Theology of Paul
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his
writings.
The Message of the Old Testament
The various types of Old Testament literature.The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets.
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament
period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious
development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber
and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Sodety annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in
the Religion Department.
Contemporary Theology
An introductionto some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the
continuing theological task of the Christian Church.
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociologicaldynamics. Emphasis on developing a c o m c t i v e perspective
for critical reflection upon moral action.
Psychology of Rellglon and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the
view of human nature. Special attention will be given
traditional -tian
to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung and William James, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by
permission of instructor.
Independent Study
Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental
guidelines.
Scandinavian Ama Studies is an interdiscipharyprogram drawing on the
combined resourcesof the A C E and the ScandinavianCenter at Augsburg
College. An expansion of the curriculum is underway, with plans to introduce new COW
in Scandinavian design, political science,social work,
history and geography beginning in the 1992-'93 academic year.
Major: Eight Upper Division courses.
Minor: Four Upper Division courses.
Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the mapr must come
from the list below. The remainder may be transferred to Augsburg and included
in the mapr on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a mapr
or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a
Scandinavianlanguage. See Norwegian course listings under the Foreign Language
Department.
Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Scandinavia (see Metro-Urban
Studies, SUST), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, history,
political science, urban studies, business administration, internationalrelations,
sociology or socialwork
Frankie Shackelford, Advisor
330
Contemporary Scandinavia
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on
conditions and developments in the 20th Century.Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. (Ondemand)
351
The Modern Scandinavian Novel
Ledures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlof, PZr Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
352
The Modern Scandinavian Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bpmson, Strindberg,
Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th Century dramatists. Lectures provide a
survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg.
Knowledge of a Scandinavianlanguage desirable. Language maprs and
minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a
Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand)
364
Scandinavian Immigrant Church History
(See Department of Religion.)
372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
3T7
Scandinavia in the World
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art.)
393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
394
Urbanizationand Development in Scandinavia
(See Metro-Urban Studies, SUST.)
499
Independent Study
In consultationwith a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for
study.
A student may not list a double major in Social Science ahd in one of the
component disciplinesunless the distribution selected in the Social Science
major is significantly different from the other major.
Khin Khin Jensen, Coordinator
Non-WesternMajor: 14 courses: HIS 104; one social science methodology course
(ECO 279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12 courses in at least four disciplines from
the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382,461;
PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Study or Interim courses on
relevant topics in history and/or political science The student planning to fuJfiU
this social science major should consult the Chairperson of the Department of
History in choosing a major adviser.
Studentspreparing to teach social studieson the high &ool lwel must
complete, in addition to the professional requirementsto be met within the
Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to
provide a broad foundation in the social sciences.
1
JerryGerasimo, Coordinator
Social StudiesTeaching Licensure:Seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, geography,
HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science,psychology or sociology. Geology and
anthropology are also acceptablefields, although they are not offered as majors on
the Augsburg campus.
Students consideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
SOCIALWORKDEPARTMEW
(SWK)
The SocialWork mapr prepares graduates for entry-level professional
practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree.
The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates
to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and
analyze social policy. Several courses within the program utilize a student
empowerment model for teaching and learning.
Augsburg's social work mapr also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields.Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of
Social Work d e p e on a weekend schedule.
The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with
education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its
emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity,
openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for
socialwork education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a
person who knows everytlung there is to know about his/her p b except its
ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective .socialworkers should
not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals.
Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the SocialWork Department. Unique learning opportunities for field
work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan
setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts,
outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work
opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of
its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides
both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external
experts for the classroom The ethnic and economic diversity present in this
metropolitan area provides opportunities for socialwork students to learn
to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from
themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse
clients and professionals.
The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as
to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a
wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the
LINK program on campus, mobilizing studentsto assist a social service
agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local
neighborhood center.
The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to
support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and
growth, human services and the methods of effective citizenship. Students
taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about
public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central
importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond
knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to
address the needs of society in the interest of the public good.
Social Work Faculty:Mary Lou Williams (Chairpenon), Maria Brown, Francine
Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link, Vincent Peters, Edward Skarnolis
Major: 11core program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and
SOC 365; and eight supportingprogram courses: 257,260; BIO 101; PSY 105; SOC
121,231,265,375. (The Sociology sequence constitutes a minor in that discipline.) A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0
average is required in the supporting program.
Concentration: Concentration in aging, chemical dependency, crime and corrections, social ministries, and youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in
religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is
noted on the transcript.
Candidacy: Social Work maprs must apply for candidacy status before the
beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written selfstatement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and
supportingprogram courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacyreview.
SocialWelfare Minor: Six courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,
463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and one of 465, POL 121,158,325.
School SocialWork Certification:State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of EDS 388 plus a senior year field placement in a school setting.
1
Elective Courses Open to All Students:
230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and develop
ment in the global context. It also identifes the focus of Social Work in
addition to the many other disciplines which are vital to fosteringpeace,
development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human
kind.
The dynamics of peace and dwelopment are speafically drawn from the
Social Work point of view with an overview of the socio-political, cultural,
geographical, economic, religious and scientific facets of peace and how
peace (or absence of peace) affects development and change. This is
presented in the form of dialogue on current and future issues such as
people-centered development, socialjustice, resource allocation, environmental depletion, and the women's movement in relation to peace
concerns. This course also explores the non-violent alternativesto the
current global arms build-up which is a contributing force in world-wide
problems such as hunger, poverty, environmentalproblems, and the
oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society and/or
racially segregated communities.
257
Exploring Human Services
Experiential learning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours (in a services
agency or institution which students select.) The placement must be
approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context
of this volunteer experience students have opportunityto interact with
human service professionals, clients and communities of diverse culture/
ethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socioeconomicstatus, lifestyles,
developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to
help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or
future career in the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is dwoted to discussions which assist
students in integrating agency experiencesand readings which explore
the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the
nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also
examine and critique the manner in which social, economic and political
structure impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their
own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value
system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms".
260
Humans Developing
This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human
growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural,
biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of
individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized
is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth,
the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant
to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent
ethnic and/or Westyle diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstandingthrough use of their own experiences.
299
Directed Study
An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of
interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
340
Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging
This course includes the study of the impact of socialpolicy on the older
population, the older population's impact on social policy, services
planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work
with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.:
sophomore standing or consent of instructor)
361
Soclal Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human
service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major
assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the
charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.:
junior standing or consent of instructor.)
399
Internship*
Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplementsthe
required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
463
Community Development and Organization
Locality development and socialchange through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)s w e y of historical
fonns of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to socialprotest and change,
3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual
practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques
of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor)
465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of
analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official.
Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical
experience. (Prereq.: 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor)
468
Speclal Topics (1 R to 1 course)
Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced.
(Prereq.: consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim.)
498
Independent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independentlydesigned course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, s y m p
sia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor)
-
499
Independent Study
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, o b ' j v e s
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.:257 and consent of instructor)
*Canbe takenin coordination with Cooperatize Education, which may provide payment for
work in fieldsites.
Courses Reserved for Social Work Majors Only
363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles
and techniques of social work interventivemethods and practical
experience necessary for social work pradice with individuals and small
groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; dwelopment
of the student's repertoire of relationshipbuilding skills. L,ecture
discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week (Prereq.: 361,
junior standing)
364
Field Work I*
Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency
which focuses on interviewing experience and relationshipbuilding. Ten
hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per
week. (Prereq.: 361, junior standing, concurrent with 363)
461
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof
the problemsolving model to diverse populations through lecture,
classroom exerciseand regular class work Enlargement of social group
work skills, emphasis on developmentof generalist practice skills and
eclectic approacheswith a focus on diversity of professionals and client
populations. (Preq.: 2.0 GPA in 363 and in 364, candidacy status.
Concurrent with 462)
462
Field Work II*
Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in
a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with
461)
466
Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)'
Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: candidacy
status, 2.0 GPA in 461,462,463)
467
The Soclal Worker as Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional p b attainment,
affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and
practices, organizationaltheory and resource development will be studied
in the course.The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 461,463)
469
Field Work IV'
Continuation of 466. ( P r q . : candidacy status, 2.0 GPA in 466, concurrent
with 467)
*Can be faken in coordinationwith CoopcratizeEducation, which may pr&
work in field sites.
payment for
Sociologyis a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively
young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme
which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum,
namely the theme that humans a w "social animals." Sociologyemphasizes
the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to
exhibit r e g u l m patterns over time. These pattern together form a
society or a social structure.
Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociologyalso seeks
to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a
society.
The SociologyDepartment at Augsburg is designed to help students think
sociologically in terms of obtaining an understandingof society and developing skills in analyzing social institutions and patterns.
Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional
learning models available, such as internships, independent study, Interim
courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's
urban setting as a laboratory for learning. A major in sociology can p-are
one for a variety of Careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education and Internships enable majors to apply the theories and
research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg
alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the
personnel departmentsof both government and private corporations, in
industrial relations work and in program evaluation Others have used their
majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry,
social work and urban planning.
The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a
liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding
and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world.
SociologyFaculty:Diane Pike (Chairperson), Vern Bloom, JerryGerasimo, Gordon
Nelson, Garry Hesser
Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362, 363,375,485. Highly recommended: an
internship, cooperativeeducation, independent study or Upper Division Interim
course in sociology.This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will
take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department.
Consult the Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration
Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0
overall. Application for honors in sociologycandidacy shall consist of submission
of thesis proposal to the Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year.
Candidacy is contingent upon Departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of
the junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for 499 to
complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology willbe granted to a candidate who
successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the
GPA through graduation.
Minor: Five courses including 121and two Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and
above).
121
Introduction to Human Society
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic
discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles,
groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. Sociology is an
essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it.
199
Internship
A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member
and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office.
211
Human Community and the Modern Metropolis
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modem world viewed from
the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutionsand
processes.
220
Sociology of Law
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society and the effect
of society on it. From a sociologicalperspective, we will explore crosscultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal
profession and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture
and discussion based on the reading assignments. Evaluation is based on
participation and two examinations. Students desiring Upper Division
credit will be asked to write a paper on an assigned topic in addition to
the exam.
231
Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
An examination of the famiiyas a social institution. The structures and
processes within families are studied within their institutional and
culturalcontexts.
265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
The dimensions of =cia1 and minority group relations. Mapr attention is
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.P / N
grading only)
273
Crime and Corrections
This course includes an examination of corrections programs (prison,
probation, treatment center, etc.) within the context of the American
society and justice system. Attention is also given to theoretical formulations as to possible causes of criminal behavior and attempts at prevention
and control. Field visit arranged to correctional facilities.)
299
Directed Study
Independent Study for Lower Division students. Prereq.: 121and consent
of instructor. )
300,301,302,303,304
Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests
which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of
instructor)
336
Introductionto Cultural Anthropology
The concept of cultureexamined in anthropology and in the way we see
and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the
ideas of "primitive," " c i v i l i i and "progress." The course will examine
the person's relation to cultureand conduct an analysis of selected aspects
of Western culture.(Prereq.: 121)
349
Complex Organizations
Organizationsaffect almost everythingin contemporarylife. This course
examines organizations as corporate actors, looking at the topics of
culture,technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121or
permission of instructor)
360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of
sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society.
(Prereq.: 121recommended)
362
Statistical Analysis
The fundamentals of descriptiveand inferential statistics for the social
sciences. Designed specifically for sociology and political science majors,
but recommended for others needing a statistical background for social
science quantitative analysis. (Prereq.: Group 111Math Placement Test. For
maprs, to be taken preceding 363.)
363
Research Methods
An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data
analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activities
and individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken
immediately after 362.(Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor)
365
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer o v e ~ e w
of
methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Designed
for social work maprs. Not to be taken by sociology maprs. (Prereq.:
Level 111 Math Placement Test)
375
Social Psychology
An examination of the idea of "group," its relationship to individual
behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and
what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human
behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the
trivial, the o r d i i and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an
important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of
dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121,junior or senior
students only)
381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confrontingthe
present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on altemative theories and approachesto shaping the future metropolis. Current
developmentsin the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted
to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources
include extensive readings, simulations, films,outside speakers and field
trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor)
399
Internship
A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member
and site s u p e ~ s odesign
r
a learning agreement which enables the
student to explore sociology as a mapr and consider its career altematives. Participation in a concurrent seminaris expested. Prior to the
beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult
with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements
and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative
Education Office. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
485
Modern Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions withii sociology,
tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th Centuries.
(Prereq.: two courses in sociology including 121or consent of instructor)
498
lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course which a student (or group of students)
develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of
resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in
consultationwith and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department.
(Prereq.: 121or 211 and consent of instructor)
499
lndependentStudy
Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives
and methodology of the proposed study according to Department
guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor)
-
Soviet and East European Studies is an ACTC pint major which seeks to
give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet
history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciphary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is quired.
This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in
government, teaching internationalbusiness or law, espeaally when
combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics,
history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation
for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or
international relations.
Magda Palmy-Zapp, Campus Coordinator
Major: 11courses: four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); two courses in Russian history; one course in Marxist theory; one
course in Russian literature; one course in Soviet politics; two other courses from
approved electives.
Minor: Six courses: two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent
competencies); one course in Russian history; one course in Soviet politics; one
coursein Marxist theory; one other course from the approved list of electives.
East European ConcentrationMinor: Consult the Coodinatorform& information.
Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator.
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augs
burg is designed to enhance understandingof communication in a variety
of contexts and to improve communicationskills.
Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the
Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields
such as business, economics, Enghsh, history, international relations,
political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology.
The Augsburg communicationmajor focuses on competencyin both speech
and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of
communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences,
majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics,
philosophy, logic, literature, statisticsand search methods in their p r e
grams. All communicationmajors must complete a core p u p of eight
required courses and participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics
Program. In addition to these requirements, majors must complete a
program of five electivesfrom one of three concentrations: general cornmunication studies, business communicationor mass communication.
Majors in all three concentrations are strongly encouraged to include an
intemship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Prospective majors should
meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an a p
proved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: David Lapakko (Chairperson),
Deborah Bart,Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest,
Martha Johnson
Honors Major:The Honors Mapr is designed to encourage overall excellence as well
as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors ma@ must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the mapr and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as
part of their mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors
quality (SPC 499). Honors andidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser
prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Majo~:13courses overall -eight required core courses and five
courses within one of three concentrations.
Required of all Communication majors: 111,342,351,352,354,355, and any two of
the following: ENG 223, ENG 225, ENG 226, ENG 227. Also required: participation
in at least two interscholastic forensicstournaments.
F
General Communication Studies Major: Five additional electives from the
following: 329,343,345, 347,350,360,399, 495; LIN 311; PSY 325, PSY371; SOC 362,
SOC 375.
Communication Major with Business Concentration: Five additional electives
from the following 132, 225 329,330,345,399, 495; BUS 340, BUS 355, BUS 357;
PSY325, B Y 371, F'SY 373; SOC 349, SOC 375.
Communication Major with Mass Communication Concentration: Five additional electives from the following: 132,225,232,325,330,343,347,350,360,375,
399,495; ENG 241, ENG 327.
For all three concentrations:Students may petition the Department to include as
part of their mapr concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such
requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior
approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or
Department chair.
Communication Minor: Six courses, including 111,342,351 or 352,354,345 or 355,
and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval
from a Communication faculty adviser.
Speech Major f or Teaching Licensure:10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350,
351,352,354,360; participation in at least five interscholasticforensics t o m e n t s
in at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation);and a minor in
English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama.
Speech Minor for Teaching Licensure: 111 and six of the following: 241 or 343,
350,351,352,354,360, and participation in at least five interscholastic forensics
tournamentsin at least two events (one public address, one oral interpretation).
111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effeaive speaking and critical listening. Students
have the opportunityto give several speeches and receive feedback about
their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and
organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style
and language, and critical thinking and listening.
132
Photography
(See Department of Art.)
199
Internship
Consult mapr adviser for details.
225,330 Communication Design I, II
(See Department of Art.)
227
Journalism
(See Department of English.)
lntroductlonto Cinema Art
(See Department of English.)
Dlrected Study
Independent Study for Lower Division credit.
Advanced Journallsm
(See Department of English.)
Intercultural Communication
This course exploresboth the problems and the potential of communication
between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western
and non-Westem cultural rulesIvaluesI assumptionsand stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and non-verbal messages. The
course stressesboth a general theoretical understanding of the d d c s of
cross-culturalinteraction as well as spedficknowledge
- of how these
principles relate to particular c u l d groups.
Mass Communications in Society
(See Department of Political Science.)
Junior and senior students only.
Broadcast Production I
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept
development, scriptwriting, directing and
for video. s t u d i t s
will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of
equipment.
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational
settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships,
formal and informal communication networks, management styles,
power and authorityImotivation of employees, organizational culture,
performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication
skills of both managers and subordinates. Studentsboth investigate the
literature on orp&tional communication and attempt to aPPiy it to
their own experiences in organizations.
Broadcast Production II
This course is an advanced television production course in which students
apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This
course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Studentswork in production teams to create and
produce a one-hour magazine format news program. (Prereq.:Broadcast
Production I)
Voice and Diction
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating,
articulating,listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism.
Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers,
voice tapes and individual coaching.
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public
speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill
in analyzing argumentativeclaims, being able to distinguish between
strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and
fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumentation to
contemporarypublic issues. Students have the opportunityto enhance
their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and aitique
arguments they encounter in their daily lives.
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior.
The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to
persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and
psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion
is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the
nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media
on persuasion, and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze
persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to
overcome communicationbarriers. This course combines theory and
practice to help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors
related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management.
This course combines lecture with practical experienceto help the student
become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small
BOUPOrganlzational Psychology
(See Department of Psychology.)
Media Regulation, Law and Ethics
(See Department of Political Science.)
Internship
(Consult mapr adviser for details.)
Communication Topics
Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of
primary sources and methodology of research.
499
Independent Study in Communicatlon
Independent Study for Upper Division credit.
Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory for learning that uses all of theliberal arts, theatre
is the essence of a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people
throughout history were thinkingfeeling and strugghg, students have a
greater understandingof their own humanity. Theatre enables students to
experience the beauty, mystery and ambiguity of life.
Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one
of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students
expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by
working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities.
Our theatre faculty have professional experience which enables them to
provide students with realistic guidance and contacts.
The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects
of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of
emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing or design.
Graduates enter many fields, such as professional theatre, television,
film, advertising, law, journalism, business and religion.
Theatre Arts Major: 11courses (222,228,229,232,361,362,366, &d four of the
following: 116,226,295,325,393,50,, 60,, 367,428,429,432, 495); one Internship,
one theatre Interim course, and 10 production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work (four required), playwriting,
direction, design and theatre management.
Because of the many professional and semi-professional theatres located in the
Twin Cities, internships are a significant part of the educational experience. Theatre
majors have the opportunity to work in the areas of design, technical, acting
management, directing and dramaturgy.
This mapr should be supported by coursesin dramatic literature including
Shakespeareand Modern Drama or ScandinavianDrama. Strongly recommended:
courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video).
Maprs must participate in dramatic productions everyyear. Students must maintain
an overall 2 0 GPA to have mapr participation in productions. Freshmen planning to
mapr in theatre arts courses should begin with courses 116,222,232 and 228.
Honors Major: Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding
achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors
must maintain a 35 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their
mapr program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC
499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to
their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project.
Theatre Arts Minor: Five courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366,
and five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical
crew work (two required), playwriting, direction, design and theatre management.
Theatre History and Criticism Minor: Five courses: 222,325,361,362 and 366.
Theatre Arts Major for Teaching Licensure:10 courses: 116,222,228,232,241 or
343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111, a minor in Engliih, and 10 production units in
three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work
(fourrequired), playwriting, direstion, design and theatre management.
Theatre Arts Minor for Teaching Licensure: Five courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or
116,361 or 362,366, plus 111, and four production units in the following areas:
acting (one required), technical crew work (one required), playwriting, direction,
design and theatre management.
Speech-TheatreArts Major for Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or
229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English
and partiapation in two activities (forensics, theatre, media).
116
Creative Drama
A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play
through activity, reading, observation and discussion. Emphasis on
improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of
dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some
fundamentals of acting are introduced.
199
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists;
dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques
of the play production process.
228
lntroduction to Stagecraft
Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, aafts,
magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and
theatre tours. Open to all students. (Lab required, lab fee.)
229
Stage and Llghting Design
An introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student
will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The
class will also taketheatre tours, have visiting designers and have
practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab
required, some materials needed.)
232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and
emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene
and character study in American drama.
Introduction to Asian and Asian-American Theatre
This course is a survey of the rich theatrical performance styles, aesthetic
theories, and plays of traditional Asian cultures. A s w e y of 20th Century
Asian America performers, productions, theatre companies, and plays
will also be explored. The course will include lecture, films, videos and
demonstrationsby visiting performers. Students will read and analyze
selected Asian and Asian American plays and will be required to attend
and review one live production.
Directed Study
Independent study for Lower Division credit.
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film.
Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script
analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to
finished product. (Prereq.: ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226
also recommended.)
Interpretative Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poehy and drama. Study,
discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poehy and drama before
small and large groups.
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also
introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre
productions are required.
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the
Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays
and attendance at local theatre productions are required.
Stage Direction I
Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production
organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and
characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or
excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.:a 200 or 300 level theatre course)
Stage Direction II
Indepth analysis and practical experiencein direding different play
forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction
of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play).
(Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor)
Internship
(Consult faculty in area of emphasis.)
428
Advanced Technical Methods
Advanced construction and problem-solvingtechniques in technical areas
of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes and make-up. (Prereq.:228 or
consent of instructor. Lab fee)
429
Advanced Deslgn
Advanced projects in set and lighting design. Introduction to costume
design. (Prenq.: 229 or consent of instructor)
432
Advanced Acting
This course explores the elements of characterization through character
analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, Restoration
comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the absurd culminating in
preparation and presentation of a professional audition.
495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
499
Independent Study In Theatre
Independent study for Upper Division credit.
Augsburg College offers a minor in Women's Studies. (See listing under
Interdkciphary Studies (INS).
COLLEGE
BOARDOF REGENTS
Chak
Wee Chair
Raymond A. Grinde
Trnasurer
David L.Swanson
RodneyP.3urwd
betaw
Barbara C Gage
Theyeminpmenthesesaffereachnmneis
the expi~ationdate of current term.
Nancy H. Bottemiller
(1992) Homemaker, Wadena, Minn.
Rodney P. Burwell
(1994)
Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
The Rev. stephen J. Comils, (19%) Senior Pastor, Central Lutheran Church,
Ph.D.
Minneapolis, Minn.
H. David Dalquist III
(19%) President, Northland Aluminum Products,
Inc., st. Louis Park, Minn.
Darrell J. Egertson
Julian P. Foss
(1994) Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Co.,
St. Paul, Minn.
(19%) Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz.
Barbara C. Gage
(1992) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn.
Raymond A. Grinde
Carolyn T. Groves
(19%) Retired Businessman, Roseville, Minn.
(19%) Admhktrator, S. J. Groves and Sons
Company, Minneapolis, Minn.
Norman R. Hagfors
(1995) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis,Minn.
Elling B. Halvorson
(19%) President, PapiUon Airways, Inc.,
Kirkland, Wash
Men A. Housh
(1995) President, Cargill Marine and Terminal,
Edina, Minn.
George 0.
Johnson, Ph.D. (19%) Associate Professor and Division Head,
Health ServicesAdministration,
University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minn.
'ZheHonLaJwe'lhamas
(1995) Judge, Hennepin County
Government Center, Minneapolii, Minn.
L;lngt=J.D.
Gary H. Lohn
(1994) Control Data Business Advisors,
Bloomington, Minn.
The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (19%) State Representative, Miiesota
House of Representatives, 9.
Paul, Minn.
The Rev. Maymid L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran
Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
I b d y n J. Nordaune, J.D.
Donald G. Oren
Harvey M. Peterson
Curtis A. Sampson
Richard L. Shepley
Ronald K. Speed
Gladys I. Strommen
Leland N. Sundet
David L. Swanson
Michael W. Thompson
Pamela L. Tibbetts
William A. Urseth
flo wiger, Ph.D.
May Ka-Yee Yue
DMSION
(1994) Partner, Nordaune & Friesen,
St. Louis Park, Minn.
President, Dart Transit Company,
St. Paul, Minn.
President, Catco Company, St. Paul, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
Communications Systems, Hector, Minn.
Partner, Marshall F m c i a l Group,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Vice President, Public Afhirs,
Honeywell, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn.
Chaiian and Chief Executive Officer,
Sundet Companies, Bloomington, Minn.
Retired Businessman, Minneapolis, Minn.
Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn.
Vice President, Strategic Planningand
Development
Fairview, Minneapolis, Minn.
President and Chief Executive Officer,
US. Directives, U.S. Restaurant
Minneapolis, Minn.
Associate Professor, St. Cloud State
University, 9.
Cloud, Minn.
President, Financial Services Associates, Inc.,
Edina, Minn.
m~ED~CUION
THEEVANGELICAL
LUTHERAN
CHURCH INArvmua (ELCA)
Board
Chair: The Rev. Dennis H. Dickman
Secretary:Solveig Gregory
Vice-Chair Mary Ellen H. Schmider
Executive Staff
Executive Director: The Rev. W. Robert Sorensen
Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson
Director for Colleges and Universities:James M. Unglaube
Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell
I
I
I
I
I
Area Code: 612
President ..............................................................................................................330-1212
Academic Affairs ..................................................................................................330-1024
Admissions ...........................................................................................................330-1001
Toll free number ........................................................................................143M-788-5678
Alumni Programs .................................................................................................=I179
Business Office (Feesand Accounts) .................................................................. 330-1029
Campus Ministry (CollegePastor) ..................................................................... 330-1732
330-1162
Career M c e s .................................................................................................
College Center Manager/Coordinator, SpecialEvents ...................................330-1121
College Relations (News and Publications) ...................................................... 330-1180
330-1171
Development (Fmancial Gifts to the College) ............,......-.............................
..................... 330-1120
Facilities Office ......................................................................
Fiicial Aid (Scholarships)...............................................................................330-1046
General Information (Other office numbers;
business hours only) ....-..............................................+.....*............................... 330-1000
Evenings ..............................................................................................................330-1234
330-1786
Graduate Program ..............................................gramgram.gram............gram......gram....g
Ice Arena Manager ...............................................................................................330-1251
Interim Office ........................................................................................................330-1025
Library ...................................................................................................................330-1017
Parent Programs ....................-...........................................+................................
330-1179
Personnel Office .............................................................................................
330-1058
Registrar ................................................................................................................330-1036
Student Activities Office ......................................................................................330-1111
Student Affairs .....................................................................................................330-1160
Student Government Office ...............................................................................-330-1110
Student Life (Housing) ........................................................................................=I109
Summer School Office ......................................................................................... 330-1786
Weekend College .................................................................................................330-1782
...-....
The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for disaimination inquiries or grievances:
Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race. creed. national or ethnic
origin)-Contact the Office of Finance and Management (612/330-1026)
Vern M.Bloom. Assistant Professor. Sociology- Memorial Hall (612/330-1133).
504 Coordinator (mattersbased on physical or mental handicap)
William R.Rosser. Vice President for Student Affairs Memorial Hall (612/3S
1168). Title D( Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status)
Sandra Jacobson. Director of Personnel- Ground Floor. Memorial Hall (612/3301023). Employment
All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual at Augsburg
College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. MN 55454.Formal grievance
procedures are described in the Student Guide.Copies are available from the
Personnel Office.
Office of the President
President ........................................................................................... Charles S. Andason
Executive Secretary to the President ............................................... Carolyn S. Canfield
College Pastor ............................................................................................ David T. Wold
Director, Church Relations ............................................................................Curtis Peter
Director, Admissions .................................................................................1
A. Stack
Cook
Assistant to the President for Diversity .........................................................n
Assistant to the President for CommunityRelations .................................. Rita Kaplan
Academic Affairs
Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College .................................................................Ryan A. LaHurd
Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................................... i s M. Nielsen
Associate Dean for Academic Affairs ................................................. David Gabrielson
Associate Academic Dean for Graduate
Vander Schaaf
and Special Programs ..................-........................................ a
Assistant to the Academic Dean for Advising ..............................Anita Johnson Gwin
Director, Weekend College .............................................................. J. Thoni
OperationsManager, Weekend College...............................................Nancy Shmickle
Graduate Program Coordinator ..............................................................Laura Erickson
Acting Registrar ............................................................................................. Jay Phinney
InstitutionalResearch Analyst .............................................................. R o W.Clyde
Director of Library ......................................................................................... e
Cline
P. Hackney
D i o r , Audio-visual Center .............................................................B
Interim Director ....................................................................................David Gabrielson
Director, Faculty Development ................................................................. M e McNeff
Director, CooperativeEducation .......................................................... Garry W. Hesser
Enrollment Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................Deirdre Middleton
Admissions Coordinator, Weekend College ....................................... JeanetteWittmer
Student Affairs
Vice President of Student Affairs and
Dean of Students ............................................................................... a
m R. Rosser
Executive !3ea&q .................................................................................. Casey McGuire
Assodate Dean of Students ...................................................... Linda SchremppAlberg
Director, Counseling ............................................................................ N a n Guilbeault
Warren
Director, Academic Enrichment ........................................................d
Coordinator, C.L.A.S.S. ..................................................................................... Jo Weir
Director, Career Services ..............................................................................T Wagner
Director, Residence Life .............................................................................char lie^ strey
Housing Coordinator, Tower ...............................................................Michael Peterson
Housing Coordinator, Area .............................................................................. Pat Sorac
Coordinator, International Programs ....................................................... Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
I
Housing Coordinator, Area ..............................................................................Pat Sorcic
Coordinator, InternationalPrograms .......................................................Kathleen Lutfi
Director, American Indian Support Program ...................................Bonnie A. Wallace
Director, Black Student Affairs ..................................................................M . Anita Gay
Coordinator, Student Activities ..................................................................e l l Krebs
Development and College Relations
Vice President for Development..............................................................Gregory Ritter
Executive !3cretaryto the Vice President ..................................................Betty Arnold
Director, Development ..............................................................................Gordon Olson
o m s I. Benson
Director, Planned Giving .....................................................................
C. Carlson
Senior Development Officer ..................................................................Jy
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..........................................Carol Forbes
Pam Meyer
Assistant Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ..........................................
Acting Director, Alumni Parent Relations/
Director, Annual Fund ......................................................................Donna McLean
Associate Director of the Augsburg Fund ........................................N o Okerstrom
-or,
College Relations .........................................................................P e Davies
Director, Publications ..............................................................M q r Westman Safgren
Publications Specialist ......................................................................
Holland-TUE
Finance and Management
Vice President for F i n c e and Management .......................................Michael Ranum
Executive Secretary to the Vice President ....................................................Pat Ostreim
Director of Student Enancial Swices ........................................H e r d A. Johnson
Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ........................................i s Larson
Financial Aid Counselor .....................................................................................................
Director, Personnel .................................................................................a
Jacobson
Dick Adamson
Controller ...................................................................................................
Director, Administrative Computer Center ........................................w e Terrien
Manager, College Center ...................................................................
M
A. Nelson
r
e E. Christopherson
Manager, Central Services ....................................................
Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .............................................................Robert P. Gores
Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services .......................................................T Wagner
Director, Plant Services ..........................................................................Weninger
Supervisor, Maintenance .........................................................................Robin A. Curtis
Manager, Ice Arena ....................................................................................James J- Carey
Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education.
Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D.,
Luther Theological !hninary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead.
Margaret J. Anderson, Lib&,
B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and
Theater, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Val& Baltha, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages.
Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia.
Carl Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
L Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English.
Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
K.Bemer Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota.
Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A.
Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics.
Orlue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Theodore J.Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University.
Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Einar 0.Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Washington.
James D. Johnson,Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota.
Laurette E. Pelton, Professor Emerita, Education.
LaVonne J.Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education.
M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marianne D. Sander, Dean of Students
Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College;
D. Mus., Lakeland College.
Marjorie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library
Dr. Paul G. Sonnack, Professor Emeritus, Religion
Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JohnThut, Professor Emeritus, Music
Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Fall 1991
Labor Day recess .......................................................................................
Upperclass validation, Freshmen registration
M, Sep 2
Classes begin .............................................................................................. w1Sep4
Last day to register,
add a class,
drop a class without notation on record,
move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division or Lower Division ...................................................T , Sep 10
Last day to designate grading option ................................................................ F Oct 25
Mid-term break ....................................................................................................F, Od 25
Interim registration ......................................................................... M, Od 28 - F, Nov 1
Spring term pre-registration ........................................................... M, Nov 18- F, Dec 6
Last day to withdraw from a class .............................................................. F Nov 15
Thanksgiving recess begins ............................................................................ Th,Nov 28
Classes resume ..................................................................................................... M, Dec 2
Classes end ........................................................................................................... F, Dec 13
F i i examinationsbegin .................................................................................. M, Dec 16
F i i examinations end ....................................................................................Dec 19
F d grades due and Incompletes due
from spring and summer '91 ................................................................. W, Dec 27
Interim 1992
Classes begin ........................................... ............................................
M. Jan 6
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record
or move Upper/Lower Division course
to Upper Division .......................................................................................T. J 7
Last day to designategrading option .................................................................F Jan 17
Last day to withdraw from a class ......................................................................F Jan 17
Classes end ............................................................................................................9Jan 29
Interim grades due ................................................................................................F Feb 7
Spring 1992
Validation of registration. Classes begin ...........................................................MI Feb 3
Last day to register.
add a class.
drop a class without notation on record.
move Upper/Lower Division course to
Upper Division or Lower Division ............................................................F Feb 7
Mid-term break begins .....................................................................................M Mar 23
Classes resume .................................................................................................M Mar 30
Last day to designate grading option .................................................................F Apr 3
Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Apr 17
Easter break begins ............................................................................................. F Apr 17
Classes resume ................................................................................................... MI Apr 20
Early registration for fall ..................................................................M Apr 27- F. May 8
Classes end .......................................................................................................... F. May 15
Fiiexaminations begin .....................................................................
...M ,May 18
Fiiexaminations end ................................................................................... May 21
Badureate and Commencement ............................................................... Su,May 24
F i i grades due and Incompletes due
from fall '91 and Interim '92 .................................................................. F May 29
Summer School 1992
Term I ............................................................................................ T May 28 .F. June21
Term I1 .............................................................................................. M. June24 .F. Aug 2
Correct as of February 8,1991.
Beginning yem of seruice on f m l t y is indicated with pmenthesis.
Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary;Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary,New York.
Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ruth L. Aaskov (1%0). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Gerald E. Allan (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., University of Pennsylvania.
Earl R Alton (1960). Professor and Department Ch-on
of Chemistry. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Patricia K. Amo (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Lyla M. Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology, B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University.
Barbara Andersen (1%9). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Computer Science
and Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuart M. Anderson (1989). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990).Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M. Northwestern University.
Andrew L Aoki (1988). Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Visiting Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mary Claire Baldus (1991). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Benedkt; M.S.W., Saint Louis University.
Deborah Bart (1980). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communicationand Theatre.
B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Shelley S. Baxter (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A. The Evergreen State
College; M.A., University of Notre Dame.
Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David L Beaulieu (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
JohnE. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Vem M. Bloom (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota.
Joseph C Bodziock (1986). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College;
M.A., University of New Hampshire, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Illinois.
Nancy C Bologna (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Regis College;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Washington State University.
JulieH. Bolton (1975). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Health and Physical Education. B.A., MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JamesA. Brothen (1988). Visiting Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American
University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studies.
B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Michael R Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre (Designer and Technical Dirxtor). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A,
University of Minnesota.
Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University.
Louis H. Cairoli (1990). Instructor in Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S.,
M.S., John Carroll University; M.S., Syracuse University; M.S. Kansas State
University.
Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
JohnCerrito (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work B.S., Augsburg
College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Marisha A. Chamberlain (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. M.F.A., Goddard College.
Stephen D. Chapman (1991) Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A. Augsburg College;
M.A., Hamline University.
Rosalie Clark (1979). Instructor, par-time, Social Work. BAS., M.S.W., University
of Minnesota.
Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University.
Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research
Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Elaine R. Cline (1990). Assistant Professor, Director of Library. B.A., College of
William and Mary; M.L.S., University of Michigan.
Mariette S. Cole (1989). Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., University of
California; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Larry Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Kenneth R Croken (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., St. Joseph's
University;J.D., New England School of Law.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine, M.F.A., Vermont College.
Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of
Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont.
Laurel R. Davis (1991). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Springfield College;
M.A., University of Iowa.
Mary E.Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown
University.
Suzanne I. Dorke (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin.
Bruce K. Drewlow (1988).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State
University, M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
John Dunham (1987). Studio Artist/Cello, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M.,
University of Michigan-Ann Arbor.
Beverly C Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A.,
B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State
University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987) Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University;
M.S., SUNY-Cortland;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976).Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
University of Minnesota.
Marian S. Enos (1987). Instructor, part-time, Nursing and Education. B.S.N., M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joseph k Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of
St. Thomas; MA. Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary;Ph.D. University
of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor and Department Chairpason of Physics.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State
University.
Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
University of Montana.
Phillip F. Fishman (1988). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University.
Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical
Education and Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St.
Cloud State University.
Bruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, F-time, Rdigion BA, Morningside Collegq
M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph-D., Princeton TheoIogical %mi~~ary.
Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel
College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Steven W. Freimuth (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Minnesota.
Mark L Fuehrer (1%9). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Stephen M.Gabrielsen (1963). kofessor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Frieda Gardner (1990). Instructor, part-time, English, B.S.. Columbia University;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Etheline K Garetz (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University,
Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University.
Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; MA.,
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.A., School of International Service, American University; Cand.
Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education and
Men's Athletic Director. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; MEd., University of
Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of Enghsh. B.A., Amherst University;
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University.
Richard A. Gresczyk (1990), Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.S., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Joan L Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University;
M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Brian G r h a (1990). Studio Artist/Saxophone, part-time. B.A., Dartmouth College.
Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics and Department Chairperson. B.S.,
M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southan Illinois University.
Donald R Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center.
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Roxannne Hale (1991). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A., University
of Pacific; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University.
James Hayes (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University, F'h. D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Summer Hamille (1989). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS.
B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi; M.B.A., Ball State
University; D.BA., Kent State University.
Milda K Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science and Director, Canadian
Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew Heglund (1989). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. BM., University of
Minnesota.
Thomas J. Herbst (1990). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. John's University,
M.S, Hofstra University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A.,
Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Edwina L Hertzberg (1977). Professor of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
G a q W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies,
Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame.
Melissa S. ("Mickey") Hessler (1991). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education, B.A., Augsburg College.
Nelly Trocme Hewett (1988). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Earlham College.
Wendy B. Hines (1991). Instructor, part-time. Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Southern University.
Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. BA., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
Paul L Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University.
Anne Holmquist (1991). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Bradley P. Holt (1981). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A.,
Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale
University.
JohnR Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marilyn N. Homwitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Admjnistration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota.
Mary Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artistfliolin and Viola. B.M., Indiana
University.
Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano. BM., M.M., Indiana University.
David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., University
of Minnesota.
Sally M. Hunter (1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., College of St.
Scholastics; M.T., University of Wisconsin.
M. Shahidul Islam (1989).Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka
University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota.
I. Khin Khin Jensen(1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and
Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E.Johnson(1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A.,
Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Harriet W. Johnson(1989). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of
Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota.
JeffreyE. Johnson(1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., MA., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Mary E (Mimi)Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business
Admiiistration/MIS. B.Comm., University of Cairo,Egypt; M.B.A., University of
Michigan.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. A.B.,
M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University.
Jane Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Mike Kapel(1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Robert Karl& (1973). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Randall W. Kindley (1991). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., M.P.A.,
University of North Carolina;Ph.D, Duke University.
Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College.
M d e e I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette
University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of MissouriSt. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S.B., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986).Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cheryl Leitschuh (1989). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.Ed., South Dakota State University; Ed.D, University of South
Dakota.
Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., SouthwestState
University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L Libertus (1985). Instructor, part-time, American Indian Studis. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A, Windham College.
Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Sodal Work M.Sc, London
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artistfloice, part-time. B.A., MM,
University of Minnesota.
Lori L Lohman (1990). Assistant Professor of Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of
Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; MA., The
Qaremont Graduate School.
Joyce Paxton Lumpkin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical
Education. B.A., California State University.
Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA, Smith
College; M.A, Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South
Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa.
Linda McKeag (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Admiistration/MIS. B.S.,,
University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph-D., University of California Berkeley.
Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development.
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Phyllis M. Metcalf (1989) Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A.,
Eastern Michigan University; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.
Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Felai Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
University of Tunis, Tunisia; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956).Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
JoAnn Michna (1991). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A.,
Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University.
Jay A. Miskowiec (1991).Instructor, part-time. English. B.A, University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris Vm.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of M i e s o t a .
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College;
M.A., University of Tennessee.
William Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College;
M.Div., Calvin Seminary;Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Thomas Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon.
William D.Moms (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. BA., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Mildred (Mike) Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A.,
Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instrustor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., University of Toledo.
Sr. Mary Henry Nachtsheim (1989).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A.,
College of St. Catherine; M.A., Ph.D. Lava1University.
Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Gordon L. Nelson (1967).Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of
Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard C Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A.,
University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Pamela Nice (1991). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre.
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine Cluistie NicholI (1973). Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A.,
University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michele M. Nielsen (1989). Assistant Professor, part-time, Chemistry. B.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.S., University of California, Santa Barbara.
Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.,
M.S., University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political
Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Celeste M. WBrien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Hamline
University.
Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Michael O'Neal(1989). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of
Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kathleen H. Olsen (1990).instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University.
Gordon W. Olson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Concordia College.
JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, par-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University;
M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary.
Lila J. Olson (1990). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.M., University of Kansas;
M.M., University of Nebraska.
Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. BA.,
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonorniczna, Krakow.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; MA., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education; B.A. Eastern Michigan
Universtiy; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D. University of Minnesota.
Cathy Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time. Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College, M.A.,
Lone Mountain College.
Curtis Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
M.B.A., University of Wisconsin.
Helene Peters (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. M.A., University of
Toulouse; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College,
Madras; M.A., Madras School of Social Work, Madras, India.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Diane L Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Paul E. Pork (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS., B.S.B.,
University of Minnesota; M.B.A., Mankato State University.
Sandra L Powers (1990). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.M., Eastman School;
M.M. Northwestern School.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary;M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary.
Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Langauges. B.A., Concordia
College; M.A., Northwestern University.
Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at
Austin.
0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of
Minnesota.
Edward R Raupp (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Carnegie Tech; M.B.A., Wharton School.
Patrick M. Redmond (1989). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.S., University of Minnesota.
Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of
Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Jacqueline 0.Richardson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Morris
Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael Robin (1990). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A, M.S.W., M.P.H.,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas C. Rolfs, Jr. (1986).Studio Artistflrumpet, part-time. B.F.A., University of
Minnesota; M.M., Northwestern University.
Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Eleni Roulis (1987). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., St. John's University; M.A.,
New York University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. BA., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
William R Russell (1991). Assistant Professor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary.
S
Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode
Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University,
Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R.
Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern
College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education.
B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University;
M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Gregg W. Schneider (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business/M.I.S. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College;J.D., Hamline University; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas.
Robert T. Schultheis (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.B. A., College of Sante Fe; M.B. A., College of St. Thomas.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A.,
Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
Edward R Skarnulis (1990).Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha
University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th.,
Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg Germany.
William W. Smith, I11 (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; M.Div., I.T.C. Morehouse School of Religion.
Stanley I-LSolnick (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado.
Meredith J. Sommers (1991). Instructor, part-time, Religion. BA., Minnesota
Metropolitan State University; MA.L., Augsburg College.
Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National
University, Korea.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas.
Nancy K.Steblay (1988). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of
Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D. University of Montana.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Myles Stenshoel(1965).Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics and Mathematics. B.S.,
M.S., University of South Dakota.
Lynn J. Stevensen (1990).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education.
B.S., Southwest Minnesota University; M.S., University of Windsor, Mankato
State University.
Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S.,
M.S., Long Island University.
Diane L Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato
State University.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.A., MA., Boston University.
Marie Struss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State
University; M.S., Mankato State University.
Mary Jo Stump (1988).Part-time student teacher supervisor, Education. B.A., Ball
State University; M.A., Northern State College.
Grace K.Sulerud (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ralph L Sulerud (1%4). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
K a h y n Swanson (1985).Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of
English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
William Swenson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Master of Arts in Leadership
Program. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
James Thomas (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.S., Concordia Teachers
College; M.Div., Christ Seminary/Seminex; M.Ed., The City University of New
York; S.TM., Union TheologicalSeminary;D.Min, Graduate Theological
Foundation.
Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor and Department Chaiierson of Art. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa.
James D. Urbach (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A.,
Augsburg College.
Ronald F. Walter (1988).Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages. B.A. ,
Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
G l o M.
~ Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf Collge; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Donald M. Warren (1978).Instructor, part-time, Introductionto Liberal Arts,
Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Martha A. (Cary)Waterman (1991).Instructor, part-time, English. B.A, University
of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University.
Pamela Weiss (1983).Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of
Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Theresa Welcher (1986).Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S. and two M.S. degrees,
South Dakota State University.
Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984).Assistant Professor and Department
Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania.
Maria K Woroby (1990).Assistant Professor, Reference Librarian. B.S., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Angela Wyatt (1981).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College.
Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS.
B.A., Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University.
Peter G. Yackel(1990). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., M.L.T., Wittenberg
University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University.
William C. Youngblood (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Valparaiso
University; M.A., Indiana University; M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary;Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
RD.Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.,
Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University.
Stephen Y. Zheng (1990). Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., Sichuan University, Chengdu;Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg ..........................8
ElAbout
Academic Affairs .....................251
Academic Calendar ........2.60. 254
Academic Internships................73
Academic Information .........59-96
Academic Organization and
Programs ...................................63
Academic Policies and
Procedures ............ ...
.....76
Academic Progress. Probation
and Dismissal ...........................94
Academic Requirements and
Credit .........................................69
Academic Skills Enrichment .....50
Accessibility..................................2
Accounting Specialization ......109
Accreditation ............................2. 9
Accreditation and
Memberships ........................211
Activities ..................................... 53
Adapted Physical Education
Major .......................................163
Administration ......................... 251
Admissions ......................1215-19
Advanced Placement
Program Test ............................92
American Indian Studies .........171
American Indian
Support Program ................1250
Annex Houses ......................13. 56
Application Procedures .............16
Art ............................................ -.-99
Art History ................................103
Assessment of Previous
Learning (APL) Program .........92
Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities
( A m Programs ...61.65.67. 71
Associated Support
Organizations .....-.,-............... 13
Athletic Affiliation .......................2
Athletics ....................
.
...... 49
Audio-visual Services ...............62
.-.....
Audit Fee .................................... 22
Auditing Courses ....................... 91
Augsburgian ..............................49
Augsburg Echo .......................... 49
................................ 37. 104
:%Student
Support Program ..................... 51
Board of Regents ...................... 248
Books and Supplies ...................23
Business .................................... 109
Business Administration and
Management Information
systems ................................... 108
..............................60. 254
ElCalendar
Campus ......................................... 2
Campus Guide ......................... 269
Campus Location ............... 11. 270
Campus Ministry .......................48
Campus Tours ............................ 16
Canadian Program.....................76
Cancellation of Courses .............78
Career Services ...........................51
Center for Global
Education ............................ 12. 76
Chemical Dependency
Program .................................... 68
Chemistry ................................. 116
Chinese ..............................121. 146
Choir .........................................
49
Christensen Center .........12.49. 55
City Arts ....................................186
Class Confinnation ....................77
Class Schedule............................ 98
Classification (Sophomores.
Juniors. Seniors) .......................92
Coaching Endorsement ...........163
College Costs 1991- '92 .............. 22
College Level b i n a t i o n
Program (CLEP) ....................... 93
College Relations ..................... 252
Commons ................................... 55
Communication ....................... 239
Computer Resources .................62
Computer Science ....................180
Concert Band ..............................49
Continuing Education
Program ................................... 75
Cooperative Education ........72, 73
Costs and Financial Aid ............69
Counseling Services...................51
Course Descriptions ...........99-246
C.M.A. Certification .................110
C.P.A. Certiiication .................. 109
Credit Assessment
Program (CAP) ......................... 93
Credits ......................................... 98
la
Dean's List .................................. 95
Degrees Offered ......................... 60
Departmental
Comprehensive Exams ............93
Departments and
Programs ............................ 97-246
Deposits .................... .
.
............. 23
Development and
College Relations .................... 252
Diredory ................................... 250
Disabled Student Program ........ 52
Distribution Requirements .......80
Division for Education
(ELCA) .................................... 249
Dismissal ..................................... 94
Divisions and Departments ......63
Dual Degree Programs ......65, 137
Early Admission of
Freshmen .................................. 17
East and Southeast Asian
Studies ..................................... 121
49
Echo .............................................
Economics ................................. 123
Economics-Business
Adminstration Major .............109
Education .................................. 127
Education for Senrice .................. 9
Elementary Education ............. 128
Eligiiility and Application ........69
Employment ............................... 30
Engineering .............................. 136
English ......................................1 3
English as a Second Language
(ESL) Program ..........................94
Enrollment .................................... 2
Entry Level Skills
Requirements ........................... 83
Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America (ELCA) .....................2.49
Ethnic Studies ...........................172
Experiential Education
Programs ...................................72
Evaluation and Grading ............89
Explanation of Grades ...............90
Facilities and Housing ...............12
Facts and Figures .........................2
Faculty .................................61. 256
Faculty Emeriti ......................... 253
Fees ........................................2 3
Finance and Management .......252
Finance Specialization .............109
Financial Aid .....................2.25. 69
Financial Policies ........................24
Financing Your
Education .............................21-46
Fine Arts .....................................49
First Year Experience
Program .......................52.79. 144
Food Service ...............................55
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Former Students ...................18. 79
Foreign Language Placement ...89
Foreign Language Department
..,,.......,.............
,
................. -145
Foreign Study .................54.68. 72
Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center
for Worship. Drama and
Communication ....................... 12
French ........................................ 146
Freshmen ,
16
Full-Time Student ......................22
..................-.......-...-
Education Curriculum
ElGeneral
Requirements .................79.8 1-89
Skills Component ....................83
Liberal Arts Perspedives ........85
General Information
(Academic) ................................60
General Studies ........................156
George Sverdrup Library ..........13
German ...............................72. 149
Gift Assistance............................28
Global Education
Programs ...............69.70. 71. 157
Grade Point Average ...........79. 91
Grades .........................................90
Graduate Program .....................75
Graduates .................................... 2
Graduation Level Skills ............. 84
Graduation Requirements ........78
Graduation with
Distinction .................................%
Grants ....................................27. 28
and Physical
HHealth
Education ................................161
Health Education ...................161
Health Service ............................54
Higher Education
Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) ....................... 68.70. 71
History ................................40. 165
History of Augsburg
College ........................................ 8
Honors Program ........................67
Housing ...........................12.23. 52
Humanities ............................... 169
Ice Arena ..................................... 12
Incomplete Grade ......................90
Intercollegiate Athletics.............49
InterdisciplinaryStudies .........170
254
Interim .....................................
Interim Abroad
.. 70
Inter-Institutional
67
Programs ...................................
International Baccalaureate
Program .................................... 92
International Business
Specialization.......................... 109
International Programs .............53
International Relations ............174
International Students .........19, 53
Inter-Race ....................................13
Internships, Cooperative
Education and
S e ~ e L e a r n i n g..................... 72
Intramural Athletics ..................50
Introducing Augsburg ...........7-13
KCMR Radio ..............................49
Kindergarten-Elementary
Education ................................128
27
Kinds of Aid ............................
Learning Disabilities
Program ....................................52
Leave of Absence .......................78
Liberal Arts Perspectives ..........84
Library .............................. 2.13. 62
Licensure Program for
Science Teachers .....................198
Lifetime Sports ...........................84
Linguistics.................................151
Literature. Ideology and
Society in Latin America
(LISLA) ....................................187
Living on Campus ..................... 55
Loan Assistance ........................ 2 8
Location ...............................11. 270
Majors and Minors (also see
Course Descriptions) ...........2 6 3
Management Information
Systems (MIS) .........................113
Management Specialization ....109
Maps ..................................269. 270
Marketing Specialization ........109
Master's Degrees ..................60. 75
Mathematics .............................176
Mathematics and Computer
Sdence .....................................175
Melby Hall ..................................12
Memberships .......................... 2,11
Memorial Hdl ............................ 13
Metro-Urban Studies ...............182
Metreurban Studies
Term (MUST')..........................184
Minors ...................................63, 64
Minnesota Minority Education
Partnership (MMEP) ................13
Minnesota Studies in International
Development ........................3. 71
Minority Studies
(see Ethnic Studies) ................172
Mortenson Tower ................. 12. 56
Murphy Place ............................. 13
Murphy's .................................... 55
Music .........................................188
Music Education ...................... 190
Music Ensembles ..............191. 197
Music Hall ..................................12
Music Performance
Studies .....................190. 191. 197
Music Therapy ..................190. 1%
Natural Science ........................198
New %dents .Regular
Admission .................................26
No Credit Grades .......................91
Norwegian (NOR) .................152
Numbering of Courses ..............99
Nursing ..................................... 199
Off-CampusPrograms ................2
....................................... 153
Old Main ..................................... 12
Orchestra ....................................49
Orientation (First Year
Experience Program) ...............52
m.
.
Part-Time Students .................... 22
s-No credit .................... 90.
Pastor ........................................ . 48
Payments .................................... 24
Perspectives ..........................84. 85
Philosophy ................................ 203
Physical Education ..................163
Physical Disabilities
Program .................................... 52
Physics ...................................... 207
Policies .........................2.11.24. 76
Political Science ........................212
Pre-Professional Programs ........65
PreRegistration ......................... 77
Plwqlisiks ..........................-... 99
President's Greeting ...............- 5
President's Office ..................... 251
.
Probation .................................... 94
Program in Global
Community .......................71, 157
Psychology ................... . 217
..
Refunds
El Ewts
........................*.*...........24
......................................
248
Registration ....................-.-....... 76
Religion ..................................... 222
Religious Affiliations ...................2
Residence Life ............................ 52
Residence Requirement .............79
Room and Board ........................22
ROTC .............-..........*................68
Russian ......................................154
Center ..................13
QScandinavian
ScandinavianArea Studies .....227
Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term ( S u m ........................... 185
Science Hall ..............-............ 13
Scholarships.....................27, 30-46
Secondary Education ...............132
Senrice-Learning
74
Sigma Pi Sigma ........................208
Smiley's Point Clinic ..................54
Social, Cultural,
Recreational .............................. 49
Social Policy and Human
Servicesin Latin America ......158
Social Science ............................228
Social Studies ............................ 228
Social Work ...............................229
Sociology...................................234
Society of Physics
Students .................................. 208
South American Urban
Semester (SAUS) ....................186
South Hall and
Annex Houses ....................13, 56
Soviet and East
European Studies ...................238
Space Physics ............................208
Spanish ...................................... 154
Special Education ..................... 136
Special Interest Houses .............56
Spcial Students
(Non-Degree) ............................ 18
Speech/Communication/
Theatre Arts ............................ 239
--
........................
Sponsored Scholarships ............30
Student Activities .......................53
Student Affairs .........................251
Student Affairs Division ...........50
Student Employment ................30
Student/Faculty Ratio .................2
Student Government .................48
Student Life ...........................47.57
Student Project for Amity
Among Nations (SPAN)..........72
Student Publications..................49
Student Rights ............................56
Student Teaching Abroad .........72
Studio Art ....................,.......,..
101
Study Abroad (also see
Interim Abroad) ............54,68, 72
Sverdrup Library .......................13
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall ..........................13
Teaching Licensure
also majors) .......................65
Test Scores ..................................
16
Theatre Arts ......................239. 243
Transcripts ..................................16
Transfer Students .................17. 83
Tuition. Fees. Room
and Board ..................................22
Tutor Center .........................13. 53
. (
Midwest Association
DlUpper
for International Education
(UMAIE) ...................................70
Urban Studies Options ............184
Umess Tower .......................13. 56
veterans ...................................... %
Weekend College ......................
mW&W
..................................
Withdrawal from College ...........
Women and Development:
Latin American Perspectives 160
.......
Work Study Program ................a
O Y o u t h and Family Institute .......13
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdrup Library
3. Science Hall (S)
4. Old Main (OM)
5 . West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall (M)
11. 2222 Murphy Place (MP)
12. Melby Hall (MH)
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. Center for Global Education
16. ScandinavianCenter
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama,
and Communication (F)
18. Youth and Family Institute
19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
22. Inter-Race
A. Admissions Parking
Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
H. Riverside Medical Center
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
Accessible Entrance
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
Allposted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use
from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th
Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st
Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven days a week.
Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or
U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Offlclal Publlcatlon of Augsburg College
Spring 1993
731 21st Avenue South
Mlnneapolls, MN 55454
6121330-1000
This catalog supplement amends information given in the 1991-1993
Augsburg Catalog. Only those sections which have substantial changes
are included. Consult the Registrar's Office for information on new or
deleted courses, changes in course titles or descriptions.
Supplement information is listed under the same headings as in the
Catalog, followed by page numbers in parentheses. Refer to these pages
in the Catalog for complete information.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and
academic policies contained in this publication and the 1991-1993 Catalog.
If you have questions about anything in this Supplement or !te Catalog,
consult a faculty adviser, the Academic Dean of the College or the
Registrar.
A1though information was current at the time of publication, it is subject
to change without notice.
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board
Special Fees
.....................................................-5
.............................................................................
,5
Refunds ...................................................................................- 6
Financial Aid
................... ......................................................
-6
........................ ....--...
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION
Kindsof Aid
Graduation Requirements
...................................
7
......................
.
..................................
.8
Liberal Arts Perspectives .............................................................. .9
..................................................................10
Map ...........................................................................~........ 11
Academic Calendar
Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or
Section 504 ofthe Rehabilitution Act of1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices
I
I
I
TUITION,
FEES,ROOMAND BOARD(P. 22)(1993'94)
Tuition (full-timeenrollment)
......................................... $11,292.00
Tuition (day school part-time enrollment) per course ...............$ 1,050.00
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course
Room Rent (includestelephone)
Full Board (19 meals a week)
........................$
434.00
$ 2,168.00
.......................................
....................
...............$
.
.
.
2,036.00
Partial Board (14 meals a week) ..........................................$ 1,976.00
............................................................$
Fees - ACTC Bus Fee ......................................................$
Flex 5 point plan
Fees - Student Activity Fee
...................
.....
OTHER SPECIAL
Fm (NoN--ABLE)
(P.
................$
1,800.00
12.00
100.00
23)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Fees Payable by CheckICash
Late Registration (per day
after classes begin) ......... $ 25.00
Application (new and/or
special students) ............$ 15.00
Registration Change after first
5 days (cancel/add/change grade
option, or combination
at one time) .................. $ 5.00
Nursing Credit
Validation Tests
............$122.00
Nursing
Comprehensive Exam
...$ 15.00
Music Therapy Internship
(one half course credit) ...$434.00
LockerRental (commuters) ...$ 20.00
Private Music Lessons, per
semester (14 lessons) ......$256.00
Student Parking Lot Permit
-car ........................$ 72.00
-motorcycle ............... $ 36.00
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ......$ 38.00
Student Teaching (per course for
day school
part-time students) ......$240.00
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) $184.00
Student Activity Fee
(part-timestudents)
......$ 50.00
Transcript Fee (per copy
after first, which is free) ...$ 2.00
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Scheduleon file in Registrar's
Wce)
Refundswill be calculated on a pro-rata basis for students attending
Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees,
and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point
in time of the period of enrollment. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee.
Current financial aid regulations and program provisions are disclosed
with the financial aid notice.
Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is normally a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The
College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in
providing various aid programs. Nine out of 10Augsburg students
receive financial aid in the form of scholarships, grants, loans and/or
part-time employment.
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg
Financial Aid Application determine the amount of assistance for which
a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and
family can be expected to provide for college expenses, using the a p
proved federal formula and taking into account such family financial
factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations.
How AND WHEN
TO APPLY
(P.26)
General Information
The Financial Aid Office can supply you with detailed instructions when
applying for financial aid. Financial aid applications are processed and the
awards are released in the order they are completed. All financial aid is
contingent on available funds and current regulations. It is the student's
responsibility to obtain funds from non-Augsburg sources (e.g., Pel1 Grant,
Minnesota State Grant). Although Augsburg will estimate these resources
where appropriate, they must be confirmed by the funding source.
Application Process
1.Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification
is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission.
2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) from a
high school or college financial aid office and complete the application
form. Mail the completed application to Federal Student Aid Programs in
the envelope provided.
3. Obtain and complete the Augsburg Financial Aid Application. Submit
this form and the required 1992 Federal Tax forms to the Student Financial ServicesOffice at Augsburg.
I,
,I
1
4. Priority will be given to applications filed by April 15,1993. Application
materials postmarked after April 15 will be awarded on a first-come, firstserved basis, based on available funds. Applications completed after July
1,1993, may not be processed by Augsburg until October 1,and then
based on available funds. Students enrolling for the fall term with incomplete financial aid applications must be prepared to meet the full cost of
the term without financial aid.
5. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that
time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will
meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter
will be sent to you detailing your financial aid offer.
6. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline
stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications
will be sent to you.
7. All transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each
institution previously attended regardless of whether or not you received
aid at the institution. Returning students who attend summer sessions at
another school are also required to provide the Financial Aid Transcript.
These forms are available through the Admissions Office or the Student
Financial ServicesOffice.
KINDS OFAID (27)
Gift Assistance
I
B
Regents' Merit Scholarship Program -The Regents' Merit Scholarships
are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement
Depending on rank or score, Augsburg will award scholarshipsof $ l , W to
$4,000 each year, renewable each year, regardless of financial need.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Distribution
Requirements for Graduation - No changes.
Students Matriculating after January 1, 1993, under Perspective
Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 33 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (SocialWork) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 33
total courses required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a
grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P) also has the following
limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one
in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses
taken that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements (extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrafs Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureatedegree or for the equivalent of a major.
Students Matriculating prior to January 1, 1993, under
Perspective Requirements for Graduation - See below.
Completion of 34 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper
Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in
one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for
the Bachelor of Science (Social Work) degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of
Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degrees. The
course total must include two Interims for students whose complete
academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total
must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is
calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits.
No more than the following maximums may be applied toward the 34
total courses required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits
with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits:
two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the
minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken
that are not counted among the course total for graduation requirements
(extra Interim courses) may still be counted for meeting Perspective or
Graduation Skills requirements.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher
degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements
for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major.
Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith
Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following:
1. Transfer students entering with 14-23 courses will be qMto take two
courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at A u g s b w and
2. Transfer students entering with 24 or more courses will be required to
take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at
Augsburg.
Perspective: Western Heritage
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
Perspective: The Social World
Two courses are required for this Perspective. (One course is required to
meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more
courses.)
Perspective: The Natural World
Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. (One course is
required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or
more courses.)
[
1
Fall 1993
Interim 1994
New student
orientation
Su, Sept. 5 - Tu, Sept. 7
Freshman registration
W, Sept. 8
Upperclass validation
W, Sept. 8
Classes begin
W, Sept. 8
Last day to register
Classes end
Last day to designate
grading option
F, Od. 22
Spring 1994
Mid-term break
F, Oct.22
Interim
registration
M, Od. 25 - F, Oct. 29
Spring Term
registration
-
M, Nov. 15 - Tu, Dec. 3
F, Nov. 19
Last day to add a class
or drop a class
without notation on record
F, Feb. 4
Last day to
withdraw from a class
F, Mar. 25
Mid-term break begins
M, Mar. 28
M, N ~29 ~ Last
. day to designate
Final exams end
M, Jan. 31
F, Feb. 4
Classes resume
Final exams begin
W, Jan. 26
Last day to register
n,N
~25 ~ Classes
,
resume
F, Dec. 10
F, Jan. 14
Classes begin
Thanksgiving recess
begins
Classes end
I
Last day to designate
grading option,
or withdraw from a class
Last day to add a class or
drop a class without
notation on record
Tu, Sept. 14
Last day to withdraw
from a class
II
T"* Sept. l4
Interim classes begin
M, Jan. 3
Last day
register,
add a class, or drop a class
without notation on record T, Jan. 4
grading option
Tu, Apr. 5
F, Apr. 8
M1Dee. l3
Early registration
for fall
M, Apr. 25 - F, May 6
Th'
Classes end
F, May 13
Final exams begin
M, May 16
Final exams end
Th, May 19
Baccalaureate/
Commencement
Su, May 22
1. Admissions House
2. George Sverdmp Library
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortensen Tower
7. Umess Tower
8. Christensen Center
9. Sverdmp-OftedalMemorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11.2222 Murphy Place
12 Si Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage I1 Theatre
15. College Relations
16. Nordic Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama and Communication
18. Center for Global Education
19. Jeroy C Carlson Alumni Center
20. Youth and Family Institute
21. American Indian Support and Minority
Education Partnership
22 Oscar Anderson Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview/% w s Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Stromrnen TennisCourts
J. Resident Parking Only
K. Student/Commuter Parking
Accessible Entrance
Show less
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
A... Show more
..............................~....................................
Introduction
2
Calendar.
3
About This Catalog ...................
4
Options
..,.
4
Visiting Students
5
Interim Courses
6
UMAIE Courses
47
Other Courses
48
Augsburg Lifetlme Sports ..........-.............l...I. .....,.51
Additional Courses
52
......................................................................
.
.
.
.
........................
.................................................... ...............
...............................................................
..............................................................
..............................~.............................
.............................................
.....
....
.....................................................
I
Contents
I
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4-14 calendar, with Fall and
Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-weekJanuary Interim. Interim is particularly intended to
be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics
in places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and
preparing for classas they would for a fourcourse load during
Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an A u g s b q student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The
number of r e q w Interim courses is adjusted for transfer
students. Transfer students should referto their transfer credit
evaluation form, or consult the registrar.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972
Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educational
programs, activities and employment practices.
Introduction
I
Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay
Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr.David Gabrielson,
330-1025.
Interim Registration
October 28 - November 1 .................................
December 2 ......................
...............Late Interim Registration
.
.
..........J
t Day of Interim
January 6 ..........................
Class I 9:00 a.m. (first day only)
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
.
.
.
.
.
.
January 7 .......................
................Last Day for Cancel/Add
January 17 ..................Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 17 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 29 .....................................................................Interim Ends
Semester Begins
February 3
Interim Grades Due
February 7 ............................................
.....
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning time wiIl be manged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon. (Onthe firstday of classes Time
1classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Mattin Luther King Day will be OM
at Augsburg with a
special convocation onMondayIJanuary20,at 1.UOp.m.Check with
your instructor for class scheduling this day.
I
Introduction
I
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings
of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recogruzed by
the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and
information about these courses are available in the Interim
Office, Memorial 230. Studentsmay also register for one of the
lifetime sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
- Students are invited tobe part of one of
International In*
the 23 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
AssociationforInternationalEducation(UMAIE).Thesecourse
opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships:Deadline: Friday, December 13. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmentalrequirementsand present
a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship
Office(Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall
classes (Friday, December 13).The LearningAgreement forms
are available in the same office. Internships during Interim
must involve full-time work placements for approximately
four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a p m
gram of independent study (upper division 499) or directed
study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more
than one independent study per Interim. Students choosingto
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. kesent to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervisingfaculty member. This
Introduction
1
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Oher Schools- Augsburg studentsmay enroll at
any other 414 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in
the Interim Office.The Interim Secretary will help students in
applying for registration at other schools. Registration for
Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during thehterim at other 4-14 schools are accepted forcredit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarilybe accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement.
Augsburg Collegewelcomes students from other 414schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg studentsfor the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $768for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write
to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms
provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an
application processing fee of $10. Studentsare welcometo stay
on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
1
ART 107-42040
ART 1 18-42041
ART 35542042
Instructor:Phlllp Thompson
Course options Include Drawlng, Palnting I and Palntlng 1
I
107 Drawing - Drawing projects in pencil, pen and wash
surveying the fundamentals of visual theory, composition,
and descriptive methods with a focus on the south Florida
environment. Activities will include referenceto historical and
contemporary examples of coastal landscapes.
118 Painting I - Painting projects with a focus on the south
Florida environment in water or oil based media against a
concern for fundamentals of visual theory, composition, and
descriptive methods. Studyof the significance of coastal landscapes in the light of historical and contemporary examples.
355 Painting II - (Prerequisite: ART 118 or equivalent) Advanced study of oil and water based painting with emphasis on the south Florida environment.
Each course of study will include some interdisciplinary activities with "morida Keys Marine Biology" and "Writers of
the Florida Keys" classes. Evaluation will be based on the
quality of work, participation, and artistic growth factors.
The course fee will be about $1,200 which will include air fare,
lodging, and most meals for about two weeks in south Florida.
The primary residence will be at the Newfound Marine Institute on Big Pine Key. The Interim will include stays at Miami
Beach and trips by van to the Everglades and Key West.
DlsMbvtlon:Art/Muslc
General Educaiion Perspectives:Aesthetics
Maodmum Enrollment: 12
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 4 & 17
Arf
I
ART 290-42043
Insfructor: Steve Chapman
An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within
the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and
South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern
Woodland, Plains, Pacific, and Southwest Indians, some content may include drama, dance, poetxy, mythology, rituals, or
religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving,
baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture, or prints. This course is
pintly listed as Indian Studies or Art, and is one of the c o r n
available to those interested in an American Indian Studies
minor.
Dlslnbutlon:Art/Muslc
Maxfmum Enrollment:20
77me: 1
I
Room: Old Maln 17
BIO 14042044
810 34042045
Insfructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound
Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute
offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing
and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse
habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove
swamps, seagrass communities, and tide pools. Organisms
from these communitiesand others willbe investigated on site
and in the laboratory.A marinebiologist from the Institutewill
be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized
classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there
will be a short trip to the Florida Evergladesto experienceyet
another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during
the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of the course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology
studentswillinteractwith studentsfromJohnMitchell'scourse,
"Writers of the Florida Keys",and Phil Thompson's drawing
and painting courses.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the pm
gram,a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final
examination. Upper division students will also do a special
research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper.
Dlslrlb~on:Blology/Chemlslry
Prerequlsltes:Blology 1 1 1, 1 12 for upper dMslon credlt
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme:I
Room: ScIence 205
610 102-42046
Instructor EWn Mlckelberg
A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by
plants in almost every area of society.Historically, plants have
influencedexplorationoftheplanet,militarycampaigns,health
care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will
look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh
kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence.
Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslry
Maxlmum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Sclence 205
BIO 10542047
Instructor: ThomasHehst
This class will develop an increased understanding of the
current environmental and health implications of such topics
as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering,
waste disposal, biological warfare, ccarcinogens, agricultural
fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest
may also be discussed.
Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be
q u i d .A fourto six page referencedresearch paper on a p r e
approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The
papers will be evaluated on style and content, r e f l b g a
thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlslryor Uhan/Women/
Mlnotify
General Education Perspecfive:Ncrtural World-2
Madmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 13
BIO 141-42048
Instructor:Esther McLaughlln
This course will introduce the "fifth kingdom" of organisms:
fungi. The importance of fungi in history, religion, culture,
medicine, agriculture, and industry, as well as their role in the
ecosystem (as decomposers and symbionts)will be explored.
The course will use lectures, student premtations, field trips,
audio-visual resources, and some classroom demonstrations.
Evaluation will be via weekly tests and graded presentations.
Dlslrlbvtlon: Blology/Chemlstry
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: 11
Room: Sclence 2 13
Biology
I
BUS 499-42049 (IndependentStudy)
Instructoc John Cedto
Congruent with the mission of Augsburg College, this course
will be of service to the urban community by providing
research assistance to both nonprofit and profit organizations.
Students enrolled in the class will have the opportunity to
conduct field-based research projects for community-based
organizations requesting and requiring marketing research
assistance. Students should contact the instructor to obtain an
outline of the expected research methodology.
Prerequlsffes: BUS 352 or SOC 363 or completion of
another research course approved by the I ~ c t o r .
Madmum Enrollment: 10
lime: Independent Study
Room: Contact the Instructorpriorto Interim reglslraflon
CHM 100-42050
Instructor: Ariln Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very
popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a
traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and
are taught as needed for understanding various topics and
implications.The course does assume the student is interested
in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry tolifeand
living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for
centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies.In recent
decades the human seeking of personal independencehas led
to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of
adual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, pills, plastics, processed foods, pollutants, and it goes on
and on. Emotional and mental disorders can often be traced to
chemical imbalance and wen learning appearsto be the result
of chemicalreaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society,our world, and our universe? Come, pin us as we take
a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be o f f d in a lecture/discussion format.
Article handouts and films will supplement the ledure/discussion periods. Daily quizzeswillbe used for evaluation. This
course meets a distributionneed but does not satisfyprequisites for Chemistry 106,110, or 116.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Blology/Chernlstry
General Educdon Pmpectlve: Natural World2
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I/
Room: Sclence 3 15
CSC 27@42051
Instructo~Lamy Ragland
A study of the Fortran programming language for students
with previous knowledge of computer programming. This
course will expand a student's knowledge of programming
and programming languages through presentation of the
features of Fortran together with programmingtechniques for
using those features. Studentsare expected to know how to do
computer programming in someprogramminglanguage(such
as Pascal) before entering this course.
This course will involve lectures and several programming
assignments in Fortran. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations.
Prerequlslte:One course which Includes programming
I
Com~uterScience
In a programrnlng language (e.g.,CSC 170).
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Foss 42
ECO 1 1M2052
Instructor Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metmurban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are:population "crisis", crime prevention, ecologyand income
distribution, distributing free bread, mass transit systems, etc.
Fundamental miroeconomic tools will be introduced to facilitate discussion of the above topics.
Final grade in the course will be based on three subjective
examinations.
Dlsf~ibvtlon:
Emer Economlcs/Pd~cal
Sclence or Uban
Concerns
Madmum Enrollment:25
rime: 1
I
Room: Sclence 2 12
ECO 1 12-42053
Instructor:Satya Gupta
An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, and em
nomic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems.
Dlstdbvtlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: I
Room: Muslc 22
ECO 32342054
Instructor: Jeanne Boeh
An introduction to the field of health economics. Application of
elementary economic theory to the m t players in our health
msyjtem- hoqitals, physichs, and payas.Thedstriiutive
effects of these programs will be considered. Also, comparisons
will be drambetweenour health care system and those of other
countries.
Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or consent of the Instructor.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 23
ECO 49542055
lnstructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zaw
Students will critically review the failures and successes of the
Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of
the course will be Perestroika - restructuring the Soviet
economy - and evaluating GorbacheVs economic program
in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer
w e k , technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991 and
their impact on the future of the SovietUnion willbe discussed
in intadisciplinaxy manner.
Method of evaluation: Active class putidpation; finallake
home research essay.
Prerequlslfe:ECO 1 12 or consent of lnslructor
Dlstrlb~on:
Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Memorlal Hall 323
EDU 353-42056
Instructor:Rlch G m u n d m
This course presents an examination and comparison of s e
lected Western and non-Western educational systems as well
as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Specla1 attention will be directed toward Scandinavian
and Central American models. There willbe lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student
evaluation will be based on class presentations and an investigative project.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standlng. or permlsslon of
Instructor.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: I
Room: Ubraty4
EDU 37G42057
Instructor: Mary Ann BaV,es & Carolyn Clemmons
This course will provide future teachers with insights and
strategies that will enable them to create positive learning
environments that will enhance achievement and build selfesteem in their students.
Prerequlsltes:EDU 265, SWK250,some M d work
expedence
Madmum Enrollment:25
Time: 1
I
Room: Ubraty 4
EDE 37542058
Instructot B ~ c Drewlow
e
This class prepares students for the unique experiences and
Education
responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will
stress issues associated with adult/chiId relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization
researchplans, and developmentalinstructionpractices. Guest
speakers will be included to share their unique experiences
and perspectives.
Grades willbe based on projects, discussion, and examination.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequkltes: PPST Dam and EDU 255
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I
Room: Ubrary l
EDU 388-42059
Instructor:Mlldred Mueller
This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and
oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, the
limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism,
sexism, homophobia, and economicissues.Emphasisis placed
on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms
which will include minority students, different religiousbackgrounds, the less abled, and students at risk. Students will be
expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and
complete a pro@. This coursesatisfiesthe Minnesota Human
Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is
a onehalf credit course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequlsttes:Passlng of PPSl and admntance to
Education program In process.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays,7hursdays and alternate Fddays
Room: Ubrary l
Education
ENG 2 1942060
Instructor: John Schmlt
Language plays an important role in our socialization and
acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and
tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social
u
l
w background. For
and economical standing and our c
this reason we should expect women to speakdifferentlyfrom
men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone
from a different background to have differences of language.
Even more importantly, we must understand these differences
in order to make sure that we understand speakers from
different language communities.
This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspealang communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: Their grammatical rules, phone
logical rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include
ledures, student presentations, and student-led discussions.
Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the
presentation topic and take a final exam.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Urban Siudles, or Women's Studies, or
Mlnom Siudles
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Maximum Enrollment:25
Time: 11
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 2404206 1
ENG 342-42062
Inslructor: Kaihy Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should be considered in making an evaluation?In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by mding a
variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of
the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with
tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics
for the student to appreciate the historical development from
Poe to Beattie. The come will involve practice in ways of
approachingliteratureandwill include studyof thebasic critical
terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students
who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Studentsare acpected to read the storiesand novel, participate
in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes
and a final exam.
Students taking this course for upper division credit will read
an additional novel and prepare a substantial paperlclass
presentation on it.
All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
Prerequlsltes: Completion of Effectlve WMng
Dlsfrlbvtlon:Englkh/Speech
General Educaiion Perspective:Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 27
ENG 136-42063
Inslrvctor John Mttchell
This course o k r s a study in the literary use of setting, in this
case an environment that will be studied aesthetically, ecologically, and culturally in concurrence with the reading of selected essays, poetry, and fiction. The study of the environment itself will involve an interdisciplinary program based at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key about
30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The I(ey West
Reader: The Best of the Key West Wrifers,1830-1990. In addition,
students will read three novels: Ernest Herningwafs To Hime
and ToHaw Not,Thomas McCuane's Ninety-Two in the Shade, and
Thomas Sanchez's Mile Zero, which will give a historical and
diversely cultural overview of the Keys'literary significance.
The interdisciplinary component of this course will be coordinated with two other courses:''Drawing" or 'Tainting" taught
by Phil Thompson and "Marine Biology" taught by Ralph
Sulerud. Field trips during the two-week stay will involve
excursions into the culturally and racially diverse Art Deco
District of Miami Beach; snorkeling in the coral reefs; trips to
the ,'back country" of the mangrove islands; visits to the
Hemingway house and other places of literary interest; and a
brief tour of the Everglades. A stimulating interplay of environment, culture, and literature will result; the student will be
an informed presence rather than a mere tourist.
There will be one week of introductory study on campus,
about two weeks of study in southern Florida, and about a
week to complete the course requirements back on campus.
Studentswill be expeded to keep a journal of observations and
impressions,to compose a verbal and visual sketch of a chosen
writef s house, and to write a final paper of about 10 pages in
length, based upon analysis and comparison of seleded writers' uses of environment as literary setting, especially in view
of what has been learned first-hand.
A fee of approximately$1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare), lodging, most meals, and the services
(field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the Newfound Harbor
Marine Institute.
Prerequlsltes:Petmlsslon of lnsfructor
Dlsiribution:Engllsh/Speech
Maximum Enrollment: 10
77me: 1
Room: Sclence 205
English
FRE 24342064
Insfructoc Ruth Aaskov
What is the attraction of French literature, its human and
artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in
mind we will read and analyze 810 shorter French literary
works available to us in English translation.
What willwe be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of
Dexartes and Paxal. We will explore the classical theater, the
social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth
century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St.-Exupery
will meal concernsof life that supercedenational boundaries.
We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West
Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point each student will choose another
short work for personal study and presentation for the class.
Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active
participation in class, your timely reading and discussion
preparations, four quizzes, your independent study pmject,
and an endaf-the- course discussion of the papers.
This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
Instructor
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Uterafure
Madmum Enrollment: 25
lime: I
Room: Old Main 12
HPE 11542065
Instrvctoc Richard Borstad
A course req& for all students majoring in education.
Students will gain knowledge of various chemicals and their
)
French/Health and Physical Education
effectson the mind and body; acquire an awareness of school
and community based resources available for assisting students with health-related problems; appreciate the teacher's
role in the school health program; and examine their own
attitudes and practices relative to chemicaluse. Topicsinclude:
legal, cultural, and historical asp& of chemicals; p h m c o l ogy; the school health program; community health programs;
epidemiology; and defining the drug problem. Lechmdiscussion format.Studentswillwrite a paper on a topic of their choice
and there will be periodic quizzes on lecture and reading
materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays,and akmate Fridays
Room: Melby 1 1 1
HPE 232-42066
Insiructor: Carol Enke
A course designed for Physical Education majors. Students
will develop an appreciation for rhythmic activities within
Physical Education; identify and perform various dances corresponding to a variety of musical forms; and develop and
practice strategies for teaching creativity in movement. Content
includes: fundamental movement patterns (hopping,skipping,
and leaping), dances (folk, squaw, social), and creative movement. Students will practice fundamental movements and a
variety of dance h s ; develop a dance and movement notebook; teach creative movement. Evaluation will be based on
attendance, participation, and a written and practical final
exam.
Thisis a onehalf credit course.
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby ZW2
Health and Physical Education
HPE 47542067
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The purpose of this class is to equip students with the skills and
knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for
trauma associated with physical activity. Contentincludes: the
identification and care of common injuries related to various
sports; procedures for preventing injuries; taping and wrap
ping; therapeutic measures; medical resources; legal considerations. Lecture, discussion, demonstration, and A-V resources
are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques.
Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials.
This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequlslte:610 103
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:I Tuesdays, 7hursdays,and alternate Fn'days
Room: Melby l l I
HPE 478-42068
Instructoc Ed Saugestad
This courseis designed to prepare students to become coaches
of ice hockey. Includes fundamentals of skating, stick handling, shooting, passing, position play; principles of team
defense and offense; motivation of players; public relations;
scouting procedures; and care of equipment. Activities include
ledure/discussion, demonstrations, guest spakers and A-V
materials. Some on-ice activity. Evaluation includes examinations and development of a coaching notebook
This is a onehalf credit course.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby I I I
I
Health and Physical Education
I
HIS 220-42069
HIS 320-42070
Inslructor: Khln Khln Jensen
This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United
Statesin themid-19th centuryand turnof the 20th century. The
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special atkmtion. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the postWorld War I1period.Studentswill study the pattern of Asian
immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made
by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and
the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the
Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United
States to some Asian immigration.
There will be a mid-term and a finalproject (a paper, topic to
be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the
instructor) due the last day of the term.
Upper division students will be m p h d to complete a longer
paper than for lower division credit.They will also be expected
to completea book review on a book related to the course theme
and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class.
Dlsfrfbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy
Mcudmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 13
HIS 440-4207 1
Inslructor: Don Gust&n
Gandhi and King m monumental personalities of our century,
individuals whose names carry an aura of saintliness and
whose lives and actions are now held up as pointing to the
higher levels of living that humans might reach. They are
worthy of study because of their impact on our times, but also
as a means of discovering what the passage of time may do to
the record and image of prominent figures.
In this month we will begin by looking at the contemporary
popular portrayal of both Gandhi and King as shown by the
films "Gandhi" and "Eyes On The Prize"and then by reading
materials contemporary with these men as well as later biographies and studies which attempt to assess the real persons
behind the p m t myths.
Grading will be based on papers, class participation, and a
h a l exam.
Prerequlsltes:Sophomore sta-h.~~
or above and at least
one college hlstory or polka1 sclence course.
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:11
Room: Old Maln 1 1
INS 22542072
Insfructor: Amln Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to p m t his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the
ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets,
Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of life. There will alsobe a consideration of
the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis,
etc.).Therewillalsobesomeefforttodeal withthe similaritiesand
differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
Dlstrlbutlon:Mlnortty-Urban Studies
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme:1
I
Room: FC 42
INS I W 2 0 7 3
Instructors: WcM O b n and Ann Reener
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates.Studentswillread selected readings, which
will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also
view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or
hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars
conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study
the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for
effective seminars; evaluatetheir own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students
and observation of students participating in seminars; reflective writing related to seminar content; and seminar participation.
Maximum Enrollment:20
lime: I1
Room: Sclence 3 19
INS 299-42074
sOC299-421 I I
Instructors: Gamy Hesser and Lds Olson
Learnfrom and about your experiences. Discover new ways to
learn by observing, collaborating, and subjectingyour acperiences to critical reflection.The course is designed to help you
connect your experiences to the liberal arts.
The actanship is a modified intanship designed for studmts
already placed in Cooperative Education positions, for studmts
Interdisciplinary
working part time in jobs related to their mapr or m r interests,
and for students actively engaged in community service. The
assumptionis that all students will be involved in appmximately
20 hours per week of placement activity during the month of
January (check with instructors if you have questions).
All students will design an individual learning plan and are
scpected to actively participate in a seminar that will meet
twice a week at times to be determined after the participant's
worklservice schedules are determined. Evaluation will be
based upon the overall quality of participation in the seminar,
which will include organizational analysis and critical assessment reflected in journals, seminar participation, and collaboration. The course is offered on a PIN basis.
Prerequlsltes:Placements secured during or prior to the
Fall semester whlch wlll contlnue during the Intefim and
pemlsslon of the Instructors.
Dlstribvflon:Urban Concerns
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Tlrne: I1
Room: Murphy Place 2
MAT 173-421 12
See Addiional Courses,page 52.
MAT 253-42075
Instructoc Bev Durkee
Our o b j j v e s are the exploration
of this new geometry of fractals, its
rules, its visuals, how it meals the
beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms
and exprience them as an art form
via computer graphics.
I
Mathematics
The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this
fernand theexistence of self-similarity regardless of the power
of magnification used in examining it. The class will also
consider the well known Mandelbmt set and Julia sets in color
and in three dimensional rendition.
Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm
and finalexam.Studentswill create a portfolio of visuals similar
to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets
which display the mathematical character of those visuals.
F i y , students will keep a pumal noting their reflections on
the intemmedions between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created.
Prerequlsltes:M d h Placement Group 111 or hlgher
Dlsiributlon: Mathemaiics/Physlcs
General Educaiion Pmpectlves: Aahetics
Maximum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Sclence 1 12
MUS 129-42076
Instructor: Stephen Gabrlebn
"Tmprovisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and
each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a
variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequlsltes: Mlnlmal abl11Yy on a muslcal Instrument or
h e Instructor's pemlsslon.
Maximum Enrollment: P m M o n of Instructor requlred
to enroll
77me: I
Room: Muslc 4
MUS 179-42077
Instructors:Robert Karien and Roberta MeMer
Much of American history and culture is derived from that of
continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris,
Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunityto
visit and experience important cultural centers that provided
theimpetus for development of culturallife in the New World.
Studentswill gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in
the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany.
Evaluation is based on full participation in all comerelated
group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and
exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous
experience in art or music is required.
Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast
daily, and five group dinners.
Regktmtion for this interim must be made before October 25 at
the InternationalPrograms Office,620 21st Avenue S., Minne
apolis, MN55954.Phone: 330-1655. O f f d onaP1Nbasis only.
Maximum Enrollment: 30
MUS 204-42078
Instructor: 0.
Nlck Raths
An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology
as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and
maturation (1%0s) periods. This course will examine the
musical content, methods, and historical background of s e
leded artists and their work.
Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive exam and a short term paper that includes a critical
analysis of a chosen song. For non- music majors.
Dlslrlbutlon: Art/Muslc
Maximum Enrollment:30
Tlme: I
Room: MUSIC5
NOR 1 1 1-42079
Instructor: Frankle Shackelford
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in spealung, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian cultwe. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and
the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will
be based on participation, daily assignments, q&,
a midterm, and a final exam.
Dlsfribvflon: Forelgn Language
General Educaflon Petspeciive: Intercultural Awareness
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:I
Room: Old Maln 25
PHI 17542080
Instructor: Davld Apollonl
We w
i
l
l begin by studying some common conceptions and
misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in
love with someone, and how this differs from just being
friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually.
In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following
ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there
such a thing as an ethics for sex?Is there such a thing as sexual
irnmox.ality? (b) Ssc and maniage -Is the use of birth control
moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses
does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles - Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely
alternative sexual preferences?
Teaching methods: ledure/discussion. Evaluation:two-thirds
of total grade will derive from weekly quizzes, and one-third
from a final term paper of five to ten typewritten pages. (Iwill
require that students turn in a rough draft of this paper for my
comments and criticisms.)
DlstribuHon: Hlstory/Phllosophy
General Educaflon Perspecifve: Human Idenmy
M d m u m Enrollment:30
77me: I
Room: Sclence 2 12
PH141W2081
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
John the Scot was a ninth century Celtic philosopher who was
also a mystic. We shall study his commentary on the Prologue
to St.John's Gospelto learn how he uses philosophyto develop
a mystical reading of Sacred Scripture. I.&um will be combined with class discussions.Studentswillprepam dailyanalyses of the reading, prepare a term paper, and take a final exam.
Prerequlslte: One course In Philosophy
Dlsfrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 10
PHY 10642082
instructor Noel Pelit
"Introduction to Weathef' is a study of the science of meteorology to provide a working knowledge of the principles of
atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic
areas: the physics of the atmosphere, weather observing,
man's interaction with the atmosphere and oceanI and under-
Philosophy/Physics
standingthe world's climate. Related topics to be included a:
hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), oceanography,
pollution, economic effeds of the weather, and weathds
impact on world events.
The course consists of three weeks of lecture and laboratory
sessionsin Minneapolisfollowedby a one week trip to Florida
to visit major weather facilities. The trip itinerary includes:
Kennedy Space Center, Cape Canaveral Air Forre Base, the
National Weather Service Office in Melbome, South Florida
Water Management DistrictHeadquartersinWest PalmBeach,
the National Hurricane Center in Miami, and WTVT-TV in
Tampa. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory
program. Topics discussed in the visits include: tropical
weather, upper air soundings, hurricane tracking, fresh water
management in Florida, weathersatellites,agricultural weather,
and broadcast weather.
During the course, the student maintains a journal of weather
observed and sites visited. Daily weather maps will be used at
the visited sites to monitor conditions and aeate our own
forecasts. Daily quizzes and ledures will be given during the
travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two examinations given during the classroom period, and an individual
project completed during the trip. Cost will be approximately
$750. Initial deposit of $100 due by the end of Interim registration. Contact Professor Petit for additional information.
PrerequMe: H/gh SchoolAlgebra,MaitternatlaLevel I1
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematics/Physlcs
General Education PerspecWe: Natural Worid
Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 723
PHY 1 17-42083
Instructors: Mark Engebrelson and Bruce Relchenbach
The course will focus on contemporary problems which arise
from our developing technological capabilities. We will consider the causes and effects of global warming, the irnplications of developing nuclear energy, the prospects and problems of genetically engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban implications of developing a light rail
system. To get a satisfactorygrasp on how to approach these
problems we will first explore what science and the scientific
methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology
(doing), the structures used for ethical evaluation, and the
resulting interactions between the three.
Grading will be based on two tests, two short papers, and
group work. See the complete description for more details.
Prerequlslte:Mathematla Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/l7Iyslcs
General Education Perspective: Natural World if2
Madmum Enrollment: 40
77me: I
Room: Foss21a& b
PHY 151-42084
Instructor Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in
business for years. However, it is alsopossible to usespreadsheets
to solve physics problems without using "high-powered'' mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student who is not an expert in
physics on a more intuitivelevel. We
mathematicsto +ence
will use Lotus 123to solve problems in a wide variety of physics
areas including planetary and p r o w e motion. Some of the
problems investigated might be in areas other than physics.
Gradingwill be based on spreadsheet pro*,
homework, and a
hal scam.
Prerequlslte: Math Level 111
Dlsiributlon:Mathematlcs/~ysIcs
Madmum Enrollment: 20
77me:I
Room: Sclence 30
PHY 337-42085
InsIructor:StuartAnderson
The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the
heart of modem physics, and l a m are probably the most
ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. This course will
begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding
imaging,beam control and dispersion, includingthe nature of
light, reflection, refraction, and interference.This setsthe stage
for tmting the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and
the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The
course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study
of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption,
and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed
on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period
will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the
balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on
the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two
onehour exams, and a formal research paper.
Prerequlsltes:PHY 12 1, 122,245 (or equhfalent),
MAT 124, 125,224
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Tlme: I1
Room:Sclence 30
POL 29542086
lnstructoc Elkabeth Anderson
Contrary to American popularbelief, Canada is not just a colder
version of the United States. Canadian national identity is alive
and well, and currently a much debated topic - in Canada.
In this new course, we will examine Canadian identities (thm
Ph ysics/PoliHcal Science
I
is at least one for every pmvince) through cultural forms produced in the last 30 years. Emphasizing the c u l t d studies
approach to history, we will draw from various "texts1' (stories,
poetry, non-fiction, film,music, W, newspapers, art and architecture)and events (the Quiet Revolution and the Refemdurn
in Quebec, theMeech lake Accords, thestandoff at Oka,the FIR
Trade Agreement between the U.S. and Canada, the arrival of
new immigrants, the Persian Gulf War)in ordm to q l o r e
Canada from Canadian perspectives. Our focus will mainly be
&an, and centend on the cities of Monkall Toronto, and
Vancouver. Our methods of analysis will be interdisciplinary
and comparative (Canada-U.S. border studies).
Grades will be based on active participation in class discussions, one oral presentation, and a final written project.
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
77me: I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
POL 37 1-42087
Instrvctor: Phll Ushman
This course will examine the c m t political and legal rights
and responsibilitiesof the American employee in the contemporary labor market. Various forms of employment issues,
including contract rights, wrongful termination, workers compensation for pb-related injjes, safety in the work place,
protection against illegal discrimination on the pb, drug and
alcohol testing, and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow''
will be studied. Wherever possible, the opposite position of
the employer will be presented.The role of the American labor
union movement and employel's political action groups will
be addressed where relevant.There will be field trips to o b
m e actual court and/or administrative law proceedings.
Students will also meet with employment lawyers and repre
sentatives of industry.
Students will prepare a specla1 mini-term paper and take a
final examination.
PrerequlsRes:Junlor or Senlor status; One course In
Pdmcal Sclence or Economics.
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Madmum Enrollment: 35
77me: Monday and Wednesday evenlngs, 6:309:30p.m.
Room: Old Maln 16
POL 42 1-42088
Instructor: Wllllam Mods
This course will examinethe impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/
or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracy of these
images by considering the films in light of the scholarly
literature and other information available on each subject.
Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical
situation and dilemmas of decision-making in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written analyses
and evaluationsof the political context or "image" of politics
in the films shown in class. These, plus additional articles and
portions of books from the social sciences and other literature
paralleling some of the films' themes, will serve as the basis for
class discussion. The papers, two tests on assigned readings
establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades.
Students will be assessed a specialfee to cover the rental of the
films and viewing equipment.
Prerequlsttes: POL 121, 122,or 158
Dlsfrlbvtlon: Economlcs/Pollflcal Sclence
Political Science
Madmum Enrollment: 20
Tlme:1I
Room: Old Maln 2 1
PSY 10542089
Inslructor: Wendy VanLoy
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understandingbehavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are
emphasized.
Dlslnbvtbn: Psychology/Soclology
General Educaffon Perspective: Human Identity
Madmum Enrollment: 25
77me:1I
Room: Old Maln 25
PSY 32 1-42090
Instructors:Nancy Stebkry and Dlane Plke
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence,and law and corporations.
Thew is a midterm and final examination plus two written
assignments.
Note: Students who have completed PSY 335should not enroll
in this course.
Prerequlsltes:SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 18
PSY34CM2091
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological,
cultural, and theological perspedives. A variety of myths and
symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding
of one's individual self and of how the conceptualizations of
your self have been molded by a variety of social, cultural, and
historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics such as the impact of science on myth; the mythologies
of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation;
and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will be scpeded to be p r e p 4
for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in
the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibilityfor leadingdiscussions.Evaluationwillbe based
on class participation and five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequlslte:PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 1 1
PSY 370-42092
Inslrvctor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of
the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will
be considered. Idealism direded toward other persons and
society will be the main focus.
-
Psychology
This course willbe conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Attendance at each
class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, fmpent shirt papers, and hequent oral reports.Each
student will be required to seek out and interview persons in
the adolescent-level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing skill will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be
availablein the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1.Content
of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and
will provide a base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
RerequlsRes: PSY 105
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 29
REL 24 1-42093
Instructor Brad HoH
Off the beaten track of American tourists, this journey focuses
on meeting African faith communities,observing their rituals,
listening to their music, and observing their art. We encounter
the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each of these faiths
brings intriguing surprises as they reflect African culture in a
variety of ways. Our access to the Christian communities will
exceed that of the other two, but Christianity in Africa can only
be understood in the context of "ATR" and Islam. Each of these
has influenced the others. Both the mission-founded and the
"independent' churches have developed creatively in music,
theology, and spirituality.At the same time, political tensions
characterizethe relations of the churches and Islam, as Nigeria
prepares for a return to civilian rule in 1992.Our learning will
Religion
include various kinds of input: reading, lectures, interviews,
visits to sites, observation of worship, and discussions.
Through it all, we live simply, encountering life in a Third
World country which is strugglingto find appropriateblends
of African and Western culture. We will travel light, study
hard, and experiencethe taste, the markets, and the worship of
one of Africa's most energetic nations. The course is designed
for students seriously interested in religion who are in good
health. A visa is required for Nigeria.
Fee: $3,495 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily,
one group dinner in London, all dinners (22) in Nigeria.
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requlremenls)
Madmum Enrollment: 15
REL 32842094
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than parties, sports, and
games. Yet most take them for granted. It may come as
something of a surprise to us, then, that the festival, play, and
"game theory" have been of keen interest, not only to anthropologists, sociologists, and psychologists, but also to students of religion and Christian theology. In this course we will
use lectures, small group discussions, and field trips to look
into some of this fascinating material. There will be two essay
tests, several special preparations related to discussions, and a
final project.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1
Dlsfrlbuiion:Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requirements)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln I8
Religion
REL 34342095
Instructor Cathy Paulsen
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision
that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our
heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether
you m manied or not, but it will increase your certainty and
the possibility for meaning/intirnacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many
theories will be studied with particular attention given to the
work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and secondarily to the family.
There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one
paper,andtwotestsTwobookswillbe~.
PrerequMes: REL I I I or /?EL22 I orpemlsslon of Insiructor
Dlstrbution: Rellglon (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellgon requirements)
Mdmum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Muslc 24
REL 345-42096
Inslructoc Eugene S k b b e
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is
at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century
and its development, and cultural influence during 950 years
of history. An anthology including two monographs and the
professox's lectures, plus reserve reading will provide an
overview.L.&m and class discussion will deal with examples
of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy,
sociology, and theology. Requirements include three exams
and one short paper.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or 221
DlsfrlbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: Chrlsffan F a l h
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: Old Maln 16
REL 44 1-42097
INS 49542098
Insiructoc Lynne Loremen
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and
feminism, and how they might be compatible. Attention will
be given to religious influences on societal roles for women
and men, feminist interpretationof the Bible, and the implications of feminism on Christian theology, especiallyin terms of
language and metaphor. There will be daily reflection papers
on the assigned readings which include questions for class
discussion. Evaluation will be based on the papers, class
participation, and a final exam.
Prerequlsltes:REL 1 I 1 or REL 22 1
DlsMbWon: Rellgbn (Only one Interim course may be
used to meet rellglon requlrements)
General Educatlon Perspecffve: ChrlsflanFaM
Mcudmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 25742099
Instructoc Mary Lou Wlllam
Experientiallearning occurs as studentsvolunteer 80 hours of
service (in a senices agency or institution which students
Re/igion/Socia/ Work
I
select).The placementmust be approved by course faculty and
supervised by agency staff. In the context of .this volunteer
experience, students have the opportunity to interact with
human service professionals, clients, and communities of
diverse culture/ethnic heritage and special c o n m s (age,
socioeconomic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical
abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students
learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future
career in the human services.
The three hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions
which assist students in integrating agency experiences and
readings which explore the historical development of social
welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of
social work as a profession. 9udents will also examine and
critique the manner in which social, economic, and political
strudures impact diverse groups in society. Students will
focus on their own responsibilitiesin society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns,
such as poverty and the "isms".
This course is required for the Social Work major; open to all
students.
General Educcrtlon Perspective: The Clty
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Tlme: I
Room: Muphy Place 1
SWK 3 m 2 100 (fv11COUM)
SWK 3D42/09(1/2 course)
Instrvctor Marla Brown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (Stokely
Carmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of society's
violent attitude? Why does family violence occur,and when,
and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has
Social Work
reached what many professionals consider epidemic proportions.This courseis intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributing factors and
consequences for the family and the broader society. Students
will research various forms of family violence. Classroom
speakers will include professionals who are involved in curm t policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
Onehalf d i t option: classroom discussions, readings and
the development of an annotated bibliography on area of
interest in family violence.
Full credit option: q u i r e s writing and presenting of research
on a m of interest in family violence, in addition to the above
work
Prerequlslte: Introductory coum work In soclal work,
psychology or sociology
Maximum Enrollment:25
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 23
SWK 339-42 101
Instructor: Edwlna Hertzberg
An historical overview of homelessness in the U.S. provides a
base for understanding the current situation in the U.S.and in
the Twin Cities. Ledures, films, discussions, field trips, guest
lectures, a research paper, and volunteer work with homeless
people in the field provide opportunities for participants to
learn the &ties of the situation of homelessness - needs,
resources, and causatives. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, volunteer work, and a research paper.
Specla1fee: $30 per person. Checkpayable to Augsburg
College to be glven to lnsfructor on flrst day of class.
Prerequlslte:Deslre to learn about homelessness
General Education Perspective: The CHy
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I
Room: Old Maln 22
Social Work
SWK 4.6642 102 (lull course)
SWK 4.6642 1 10 (1/2 course)
Insiructor:Rosemary Unk
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11 -educationally-focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field place
ment, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in
writing by the field instructor using previously developed
contract and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequlslte:SWK 462 (FleM Work II)
Madmum Enrollment: 30
Tlme:I
Room: To be arranged
'Note: Thls Is the depahent's new fitb for Sociology
265, which was previously Lted as Raclal and Mlnorfty
Group Relations.
SOC 26542 103
lnsiructoc Gordon Nelson
This course examines the nature of human p u p s who, for
reasons of birth, accident, appearanceIor behavior, have been
"set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society.
Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to
which such groups have developed meaningful cultures which
have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who m part of the larger society. In
addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will
include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation
during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a
particular culturalp u p otherthan their own. Thisobservation
will become the basis for a class pmentation by each member,
either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class
can scped evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, their respective class presentations, and a final
examination. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis only.
Dlslrlbuiion:Mlnorfty/Uiban
General Educdon Petspeciive: Intercultvral Awareness
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Sclence 3 15
SOC321-42104
Inslructor:Dlane Plke and Nancy Steblay
The purpose of this course is to examine law from both a
sociological and psychological perspective. Designed for u p
per division social science students, the course explains various aspects of law and the legal system, including: police,
lawyers, the courtmom, deterrence, and law and corporations.
There is a midterm and final plus two written assignments.
Students who have completedPSY 335should not enroll in this
course.
Prerequlsffes: SOC 12 1 or PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment:20
Time: I
Room: Old Maln 18
SPA 1 1 1-42105
lnslructoe Anffa nsher
Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but
secondary goals m to develop reading and writing skills as
well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continuewith
Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and
grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clanfy those
in the text.Evaluation will include class participation, a test on
each chapter, and a written and oral final exam.
Dlstrlbutlon: Forelgn Language
General Education Perspective: InterculturalAwareness
Mawlmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:1
I
Room: Old Maln 29
SPC 32 1-42106
Insfructor James Hayes
This "handsan" course will give students the opportunity to
refine their public speaking skills in a contest format. Students
will be q u i d to enter three d h t forensics events (irnpromptu speaking, a public address, and oral interpretation of
an event of their choice) at three interscholastic tournaments
held during the month of January. In addition, the class will
prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional
aid for future forensicscontestants. Evaluation will be based on
p e r and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Students
should contact the instructor at the time they register to obtain
an information packet that will help them get off to a "running
s W in January.Those who milmust be available to participate in tournaments outside of regular class time on the following dates: January 17-18, January 2425, and January 28.
Prerequlsltes:SPC I 1 1 or consent of instructor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme: I1
Room: Foss 2 1a/21b
Lnnnrh r m m d & m t i n n
&' Thnntrn
SPC 340.42107
Instructor: David Lapakko
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide
whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer,
to use photographs or body language to give a misleading
impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various
ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical
perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as
advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also
consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include ledures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations.
The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations
encountered in everyday life.
Prerequlsltes:A course In philosophy or consent of
Instructor
Madmum Enrollment:20
Tlme:1
I
Room: Fos 43
SPC 347-42 108
Instructor: Deborah Bart
A video production course which integrates ledure and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses
non-fiction subject areas. Studentswill view several d m e n taries in class and will work in production teams to produce
short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be
S ~ e e c h .Communication.
'
& Theatre
I
required for editing.
Prerequlsltes:Junior or Senlor
Madmum Enrollment: 15
77me: I
Room: Foss 175
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following comes can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 620 21st
Avenue S. (330- 16.5)or from the Interim Office (330-1025).
Registration for these Interims ends October 25,1991. These
courses are offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
The Carlbbean and Its People Through Literature
Chlna In Transltlon
Contemporary European Buslness
Contemporary Theatre & Soclety In Brltaln
Cultural Confllct In Renaissance Italy
Down-Under In New Zealand
Egypt In Transltlon
E~erlenclngIndla: Past and Present
Famlly In Focus: Pollcy and Programs In Sweden, Denmark,
and England
Fleld Blology In Ecuador: Raln Forest and Galapagos Islands
The Greek Bperlence
Hapsburg Herltage: Central Europe after The Fall of the Wall
Hawoll: Culture and Hlstory
Hope and Glory: ChristIanHyIn England, France and G e m n y
Iberla: A Fuslon of Cultures
Law In London
Literary Landmarks: England, Scotland, Wales
The New European CommunHy: Economics and Culture In a
Post- 1 992 Europe
Reconqulsta to Emplre: Medleval & Early Modern Spaln
Rellglon & Grassroots Movements for Soclal Change In Brazil
Rellglon In Afrlca: Creatlvliy and Confllct
Russian Language In Moscow
Sounds and Sights of Europe
Sovlet Unlon and Eastern Ewope: Gender Issues
UMAIE
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other
expenses which arethe responsibility of the student.They are
offered only on a PINbasis. Fuller descriptions and detailsfor
registering are available in the Interim Office.
4-
SAILINGIN THE VIRGIN~SLANDS(January7-23,1992)
HPE 455421 14
Insfructo~Joyce Hal7
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.The course will take
the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will
live aboard a 43% foot fixed-keel sailboat with fivelsix other
people and will function as an active crew member. Actual onthe-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg
day students and qualifying4-1-4 students.Others willhave to
pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academiccredit.
Total payment is due October 31,1991.
Prerequisite: Pemlsslon from Joyce Pfatf of the Heah
and Physlcal Education Depahent (6 1 2 / W 1247).
Dlslrlbutlon:Metlme Sports: also one course cred/t.
HPE 2 12-421 15
Check for informationin the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the M i ~ e s o t a b d i a nborder or for white-water canoeingand desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 26 through January26 period.There
is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
AGENDA
(December 29 - January 10,1992)
P O L 398-421 16
This is a two-week seminar which enables undergraduate
students to explore their own leadership styles in workshops
which use instructional resources such as Myers-Briggs PersonalityInventory. In addition, the students examinepersonal
styles of leaders from government and politics, the media,
education, and business, who address such topics as values,
ethics, risk-taking, decision-making, management theories,
and organizational structures.The seminaris a blend of readings and research on leadershiptheory, ampleopportunityfor
question-and-answer sessions with national leaders, small
group discussions, and workshops that help students practice
leadershiptechniques. SitevisitscanincludetheU.S. Chamber
of Commerce, the International Monetary Fund, and foreign
embassies in Washington.
AND THE
MEDIA
(December 29 - January 10.1992)
A
POL 398-421 17
This two-week seminar for undergraduate students features
Washington's media personalities, who are readily available
Other Courses
I
to The Washington Center. This popular topic attracts students in many fields, e.g., communications, journalism, political science, and English. Sample topics include the role of the
press in a democratic society; the press, politics, and public
policy; and how Washington journalists view national and
world leaders and issues. Site visits include mapr network
studios, the Pentagon, and foreign embassies. Guest speakers
have included nationally renowned print and broadcast purnalists, political media consultants and managers, and political-govement officials, such as former Republican National
Committee Chair Frank Fahrenkopf, ABC newsman David
Brinkley, MacNeil/Lhrefs compondent Judy Woodruff,
and Linda Edwards, Executive Director, National Association
of Black Journalists.
CAMPAIGN
1992: INPURSUIT
OF THE
PRESIDENCY
(January 12-17.1992)
POL 398-42 1 18
This oneweek seminar will introduce participants to the
politics and mechanics of running a presidential campaign.
h g r a m sessionswill be designed to familiarke studentswith
the presidential election process and its impact on American
politics. Topics will include the organization and procedures
of the Democratic and Republican parties, the primaries and
conventions, media coverage of the campaign, and current
campaignissues.Sitevisitswill include the headquarters of the
Democratic and Republican National Committees and the
Washington offices of presidential candidates. Campaign
workshops will be offered to give students hands-on skills in
grass-root organizing and managing campaigns. The seminar
will assist participants in developing the knowledge and
making connections to become involved in the presidential
campaign when they return to their campuses. Studentswho
plan to attend the summer convention programs are encour-
Other Courses
aged to attend IT
' n Pursuit of the Presidencf' as an intmiuction to the campaign process.
These Interims begln December 29 and conffnue unffl
January 18, 1992,Infotmaffon on either of the above
programs, houslng and flnanclal asslstance Is avallable
from Dr. Wllllam Monjs In Mernorlal Hall, 1 1 1B, or Brenda
Elllngboe, Memorial Hall, 1 17A. 33G 1 197.
The following actMnes are avallable to students during
Interim and students may reglster for these class6 as
well as for a regular course. These acff W do not carry
course credlt.but do meet the llfeffme spods requlre
ment for gradualion.
HPE 002-421 19
lnslructoc Mlke Teltelbaum
The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.
Dlsfrlbutlon: Ufeffme Sports
Maximum Enrollment: Controlled by lnsfructor
Tlme: 12:W1:00p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE 002-42120
lnslructoc Brian Ammann
Practice and playing of badminton.
Dlstrlbvtlon:Ufeffme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 15
Tlme:I Tuesdays.Thursdaysand alternate Fridays
Room: Melby Gym
I
Lifetime S ~ l o r t s
HPE 002-42 12 1
Instructor: Bdan Ammann
Practice and playing of racquetball.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufetlme Sports
Madmum Enrollment: 10
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and attemate Fddays
Room: Melby Gym
HPE CK)2-42122
Instructor: Carol Enke
Designed for students who may q u i r e special, modified
physical activity.Enrollment in this class requires consultation
with the instructor.
PrerequlsHe: Consent of Instructor.
Dlstrlbvtlon: Ufeiime Sports
Madmum Enrollment: Controlled by Instructor
lime:Ananged
Room:Ananged
EDU49542113
Instructor: Ted Welcher
This course will provide you with an introduction to issues
related to deafness and the modes of communication used by
deaf people. We will examine the language, education, social
and political aspeds, and cultural issues within the deaf com-
munity. Lectures, guest lechms, viewing of videotapes, and
reading assignments will include information pertaining to
the following areas: anatomy and physiology of the hearing
mechanism, etiology of deafness, hearing evaluation and
amplification issues, the grieving/adjustrnent process associated with having a deaf child or family member, education of
hearing impaired childm, oral versus manual comrnunication controversy, linguistics of American Sign Language, Pidgin Sign English and manual English communication systems,
historical/political perspectives of deafness (including legislation affecting deaf people), accessibility issues, deafness and
cognitive functioning and interpreting issues.
General Educdim Pmpectlve:Approval pendlng for
IntercuItvralA warenesf, cat ego^^ I.
Madmum Enrollment:25
Tlme:I
Room: Foss Center 43
INS 2 1G42 124
Insfructor BIII Green
This course introduces college students to the experiences of
first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study
in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways
to cope with these pressures.
Madmum Enrollment: 15
rime: 1
I
Room: Muslc 23
MAT 1 73-421 72
Instructor:Mathew Foss
You buy a car and have monthlypayments. Would you liketo
know how to figure out if your payments are fair? Or would
I
Additional Courses
'
you liketo be ableto determinehow much to save everymonth
so your kids can go to college?Or if you're paying a fair rate for
life insurance? If so, Math of Interest may intemt you. This
course will be of interest to students in business or economics
or anyone "interested" in exploring compound interest.Evaluation will be based on quizzes and classroom work.
Prerequlsttes: Math Placement Group 111 or equivalent
DlsMbvtlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime://
Room: Sclence 1 12
SOC 121-42123
Instructor: Rlta Webbrod
This course is designed to help studentsbetter understand the
social world they live in. The objectives of the course are to (1)
teach sociological concepts for analyzing society, (2) develop
skills in evaluating sociologicalarguments and issues, and (3)
acquaint students with the state of knowledge in areas of
sociological study.
Students will participate in a panel discussion on a current
social issue. Written assignments will include a short paper
focusing on the supplementary reading.
DlsMbvtlon: Psychology/Soclology
General Educdon Perspecfive: Soclal Wodd
Madmum Enrollment:25
lime: I1
Room: Old Maln 13
Additional Cor rrs.es
1
Show less
MAsTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
.,.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1991-1993
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and
intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society
in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the
values of our common culture, pas... Show more
MAsTER OF ARTS
IN LEADERSHIP
.,.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
1991-1993
Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and
intuitively the people who might be their followers, and the society
in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the
values of our common culture, past and present, know how our
political and economic systems work, and understand how and
why science has changed the world ... Leaders need specialists as
advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are generalists ... At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full
potential without considerable breadth of knowledge. Only this
way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert
knowledge is used.
- John Gardner
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
• able of Contents
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership .................. 3
Leadership Development Model .............................................. 5
Curriculum Design ..................................................................... 6
Course Descriptions ................................................................... 7
Graduate Faculty ...................................................................... 10
Library ............. ........................................................................... 10
Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................ 10
Student Support Services ........................................................ 11
Student Rights ........................................................................... 11
Admission Requirements ....................... :................................ 12
Application Procedures ........................................................... 12
Evaluation Standards ............................................................... 13
Academic Policies ..................................................................... 14
Payment Schedule .. ................ ....................................... ..... ...... 15
Financial Aid ............................................................................. 15
About Augsburg .. ..................................................................... 18
Campus Map ............................................................................. 19
Campus Location ...................................................................... 20
Faculty and Administration .................................................... 21
Advisory Council to the Graduate Program ........................ 23
''"':"·;·;•'.'·~:·.·:·~·:·~··:::·~,
;;,
;·"~
•nformation Sessions
MAsTER OF
ARTS IN
LEADERSHIP
Individuals interested in the Master of Arts in Leadership
program at Augsburg College are encouraged to attend an
information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester.
Please call the Master of Arts in Leadership Office (330-1786) for
details or to register for one of these information sessions:
Thursday, May 23, 1991
Thursday, June 20, 1991
Tuesday, July 16, 1991
Saturday, October 12, 1991
Saturday,February15, 1992
Thursday, May 14, 1992
Thursday, June 18, 1992
Tuesday, July 14, 1992
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
9:00 - 11:00 a.m.
9:00 - 11:00 a.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
6:00 - 8:00 p.m.
For more information write or call:
Master of Arts in Leadership Office
Augsburg College
73121st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612133~1786
...
Augsburg College_,;
731 21 S TAVENUE50UTH
MINNEAPOLIS . MN 55454
3/91
'
....
ljee and Payment
Schedule
'·
...'·.·
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course =6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable,
applicable to first semester's tuition)
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
Thesis Continuation Fee $100.00
Late Fee, per day (charged to any student registering
after the scheduled registration date).
Late registration includes incomplete registration as
defined: a) Unsigned Registration Form or
b) Unapproved Payment Plan
Registration Change after First Oass Meeting
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination
at one time)
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with
an open balance of 30 days or more.
$25.00
$884.00
$100.00
$125.00
$50.00
$5.00
$2.00
Fees
The appUcation fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline
for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit (applied to first
semester's tuition) reserves a place in the program in a given term,
once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered
only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days after the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in three equal installments at
the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the
student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current
according to established repayment schedules.
•A non-sufficient-funds check will decliire your registriition in"Dtilid iind could iiffect
further credit extended l1y the college.
ntroduction
Developing Leaders for
Organizations and the Community
The Master of Arts in Leadership responds to the leadership
development needs of profit and not-for-profit organizations.
While different in structure and purpose, most organizations
seek leaders with the following qualities:
.& a vision which is ethically and morally responsible,
extending beyond immediate concerns;
... an understanding of how change occurs and affects the
immediate environment;
.& a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face,
and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an
organization's mission;
... the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to
work toward a common goal; and
.& the ability to effectively represent the organization both
internally and externally.
The Master of Arts in Leadership provides a means by which
individuals aspiring to enhance their leadership skills may
discover and refine these and other abilities and awarenesses
fundamental to effective leadership.
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is designed to meet
the needs and preferences of working adults. The program is
based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll
are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals
who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction
and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into
periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate
Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours.
Leadership Development Model
The Master of Arts in Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among people
who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works
toward progress. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to
positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a
sense of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct
action. Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities
and awarenesses. These abilities and awarenesses, outlined in
the diagram on page 7, serve as specific outcomes for the
Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership
development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and
refine these capabilities within the individual.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is
participation in a community of learners. Learning can be
enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community
that provides opportunity and encouragement for active
participation both in and out of the classroom. This community
will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring
to the program a variety of work and life experiences.
To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg
encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities
such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center;
to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to
participate in optional lunch time seminars; and to attend other
college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and
athletic events.
Leadership Practicum
Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course
called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll
in this professional assessment and development course for six
terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course
credit. In each term, specific activities related to the practicum
are scheduled.
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a
full-day professional assessment to determine students' abilities
and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership
Development Model (see page 5). Assessment instruments
include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group
experiences. Following the assessment students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal
goal-setting and in the creation of a professional development
plan or "blueprint."
In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures,
group processes, and other professional development topics
identified by graduate students and staff.
Leadership Development Model
Leadership
Sense of
Vision
Orientation
Toward Action
FacilitlJ for
Persuasion
/
Ethical
i.
i.
i.
i.
Creative
Social awareness
Environmental
awareness
Tolerance of
religious and
philosophical
differences
Appreciation
of situational
complexity
i.
i.
i.
i.
Long-term
perspective
Flexibility
Adaptability
Innovativeness
I
I
Risk Assumptive
Curiosity
• Achievement
motivation
i. Self-esteem
i.
Decisive
i.
i.
i.
i.
i.
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
Ability to think
critically
Understanding of
research
Ability to manage
conflict
'·
.:· '.·..
Master of Arts in Leadership students are required to complete
12 courses and a thesis. Each course unites two or more liberal
arts disciplines, encourage pursuit of the de ignated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to
adult learners. Instructional technique ar varied, uch as
case study, debate, written and oral presentations and group
activity. These techniques, which have had demon trated
success in advanced courses, develop targeted leadership
abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs
as students employ these capacities in multiple courses.
Students ar encourag d to ee abilitie and understandings as
cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The
very form of the program reflects the view that the world in
which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative ability.
Required Courses Include:
ML 500
ML 510
ML 590
ML 591
ML 592
Leadership Practicum (a half course which
spans six trimesters)
Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during
one of the first three trimesters)
Thesis-Research Seminar I
Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars
are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive
terms.)
Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken
simultaneously with ML 591 and in the term in
which the thesis is completed)
Students are required to complete eight additional
courses chosen from the following courses:
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership
ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
ML 550 Decision-Making Technology
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
ML 598 Independent Study
ML 599 Special Topics
Other courses as added
.Dourse Descriptions
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
A professional assessment and development course which
spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional
assessment and subsequent workshops in the following areas:
communication skills, self-assessment measures, group
processes. The course culminates in a final professional
assessment. Half credit. Graded on a PIN basis.
ML 510 Foundations of Leadership
Introduction to the concept of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course
views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of
disciplines and perspectives. The role of the liberal arts, various learning styles, methods of research and inquiry, student
outcomes and program expectations are examined.
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking.
This course uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing
innovation, and for seeking an integrative world-view.
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal
growth as related to professional and personal life. This course
may employ psychological, philosophical, and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger
social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of
sex roles, and the relationship to spiritual growth.
ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought
Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from
philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the
relationships between ideas and the expression and application
of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective
formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational
structures.
ML530 Ethics in Communication
Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through
the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within
human communication. This course places particular attention
on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising
and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a sensitivity to
ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings.
ML531 The Dynamics of Change
This course offers an exploration of the context of social change
and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways of
achieving well-being may be viewed differently by leaders in
public and private domains and across cultures. The course
explores these various perspectives including areas of conflict
and opportunities for leadership in social and organizational
change. Sociological, human development and economic
theories are applied to contemporary public and private
sector issues for social change.
ML540 Politics, History and Leadership
Analysis of the political aspects of nation-states and other
organizations. This course focuses on the process of achieving
individual, group or national goals. Drawing on a variety of
cultures and nations, it examines significant historical events
and the leaders who shaped them.
ML545 Decision Making I: Qualitiative Process
and Application
Decision making is fundamental to all human endeavor,
particularly in leadership. Leaders, regardless of their field,
are continually held accountable for decisions in settings
characterized by incomplete information and limited time. The
constrained nature of the typical decision making environment
necessitates the use of a systematic and objective decision
making process. Drawing on various disciplines, course
participants will examine th different tage of th deci ion
making process, including: analysis of the decision setting and
its relevant boundaries, identification of acceptable decision
outcomes, definition of the implementation of the decision and
appraisal of potential contingencies. While emphasis is given to
the qualitative rather than quantitative aspects of decision
making, about 20 percent of the course will include the
development of some basic analytical concepts: data collection,
graphs and charts, measuring central tendency and dispersion,
and association.
ML550 Decision Making and Technology
Hi torical analysis of th decision making and problem solving
process. This cours focuses on the development of technology
a both the cau e and the solution of problems by investigating
various cases.
ML560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
Investigation of inter-cultural is ·ues. This course enhances the
ability to lead and work more effectively with p ople of
different cultural background through the study of di.ver e
values, beliefs and traditions within the global community.
ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I:
Research in Leadership
First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the Master of
Arts in Leadership Program. This course provides each
individual the opportunity to develop a research topic to
synthesize previous study and work experience and to
demonstrate an understanding of the program's principles.
Graded on a P /N basis.
ML591 Thesis-Research Seminar II:
Synthesis of Findings
Continuation of the "capstone" seminar. This seminar focuses
on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. At
the completion of the seminar, students present their final
results orally and submit written thesis. Graded on a P /N basis.
ML592 Thesis Consultation
A series of meetings with a faculty thesis adviser simultaneous
with ML591 and during the trimester in which the thesis is
being prepared for final submission. Half credit. Graded on PI
N basis. Students not completing the thesis durin,g the same
term in which they are emolled in ML591 are required to pay a
thesis continuation fee of $100 during each subsequent term
until the thesis is completed.
ML598IndependentStudy
Provid s directed independent study in an area of the student's
choice. Open to students who have completed at least three
courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Requires consent of the
Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs.
ML599 Special Topics
Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration.
....
. ...·,·
Faculty who t ach in the Master of Arts in Leadership program
are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate
professional degrees. Some course are team taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a
faculty member with professionals from relevant field . In
these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D.
and substantial teaching experience. AU of the program
faculty have exten ive experience teaching adult learners.
Graduate faculty are listed at the 1d of thj bulletin.
ibrary
The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals,
records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to
over 1,000,000 volumes is available v:ia daily interloan and
courier service among seven private liberal art colleges and
the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide
network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students.
:.ccreditation and
Affiliations
Students who successfully c mplet Augsburg's leadership
program will receive a Ma ter of Arts Degree. Augsburg .is accredited by the North Central Ass ciation of Colleges and
Schools. The college i a member of the Associated Colleges of
tbe Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Cow1cil in North
America and Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher
Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registrati n do snot (necessarily)
mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to
other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational
institution, or employer.
•
udent Support Services
The Augsburg Master of Arts in Leadership Program assists
students in making education and career plans, in working on
their personal development, and in participating in activities
beyond the classroom. Some of these services are listed below.
Academic Planning
In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisers, and Master of Arts in Leadership staff.
Career Services available include:
• Professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• Self/ career assessment counseling through the
Career Services Office (330-1162)
• Development of a resume and a career-search plan
through the Career Services Office
• Work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148)
• tudent Rights
The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters
of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Students
who wish to identify appropriate procedures for complaints
should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160).
The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all
official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office
(except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to
challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have
a right to experience education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed,
marital status or age.
• dmission Requirements
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree
from an accredited four-year college or university.
Applicants to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0).
Applicants to the program must have five years of experience
(or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position(s)
of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an
individual basis by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to
the most highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates
will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's:
•
•
•
•
Previous college record,
Letters of recommendation,
Experience and organizational background,
Miller Analogies Test scores, or for applicants whose native
language is not English, a minimum score of 600 on the Test
of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), and
• Written statement and possible interview.
A)pplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Office:
• Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
• Written statement relating the applicant's career and life
goals focusing on leadership aspirations.
• Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor,
assessing leadership potential.
• Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same
level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a
leader.
• Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work
from all institutions attended.
• Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test, or for
applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum
score of 600 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL).
• Possible interview with graduate program staff member.
mlvaluation Standards
Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in
Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point
scale with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
P
N
W
I
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Achieves the minimum passing standard
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed
in grade point average)
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and
non-punitive-not computed in grade point average)
Grade given when course is dropped
Incomplete grade given when student is unable
to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student
must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff
stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for
removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the
instructor, and any other necessary documentation).
No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count
toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade
below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned
the second time are counted in the grade point average.
Alcademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average.
If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed
on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade
point average must be restored in order for a student to be
removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N in a
course, the student must petition successfully with the Master
of Arts in Leadership Committee before being permitted to
continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow
would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point
average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed
from the program by the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Master of
Arts in Leadership Committee for behavior detrimental to the
program such as a gross violation of college policy (as
published in the Student Guide). Di missal would occur only
after established procedmes were followed.
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience
Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master
of Arts in Leadership Program, it is unlikely that courses taken
elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the
curriculum. Students may petition the Master of Arts in
Leadership Committee for approval of any variation in the
curriculum including the transfer of credit or the receipt of
credit for other training.
Credit and Contact Hours
Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership
Program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six
quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours and
are responsible for a significant amount of individual study
and preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
Students may take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the program in two years. All students are required
to complete the program within five years. Extensions beyond
five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the
Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Students who leave
the program for more than one term must request a leave of
absence in writing from the Master of Arts in Leadership
Committee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and
receive a "W" on their records is noted in the calendar insert.
Payment Options*
1) Payment in Full: Due day ofregistration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval,
a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent,
which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $150 per
course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days after
the end of the term.
Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal
installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is
permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is
paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release
diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are
paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds
administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must
be current according to repayment schedules.
*A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect
further credit extended by the college.
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following
basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are
responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting-100%
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting-90%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting-80%
Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting-70%
Prior to the fifth scheduled class meeting-60%
Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting-50%
inancial Aid
In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in
meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses
per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time.
One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of
Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in
assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from
available alternatives, including the following:
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to
graduate students who show academic potential and have
financial need.
Funded Scholarships
Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special
scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the
participation of individuals of limited financial means as well
as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other
organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement.
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial
tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related
or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College
provides several payment plans by which employees may
handle tuition reimbursement.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal
requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants
generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance
in application please contact Augsburg's American Indian
Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility
for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to
graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on
standard, nationally accepted methodology.
..6. Perkins Student Loan-Joint Augsburg College-federally
funded program administered through the College for
students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest
accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at
any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple
interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum
of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine
months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may
extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed
for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $18,000 .
..6. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students)-A Federal loan
program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per
year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least
half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of
12%; payment usually begin within 60 days after
disbursement. Principal may be def rred until the student
ceases half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's
option, acnunu late w1til the in-school deferment ends.
Students mu t apply for financial aid.
• SELF (Student Educati nal Loan Fund)-A Minnesota State
loan program. Stud nts may borrow up to $4,000 per year
($16,000 cumulative) as tmdergraduate with a $25,000
aggregate maximum when graduat study is included ($1,000
minimum). Interest.rate is variabl , paid by the borrower
qua1terly while in d1 I. Principal payments begin 13 month
after I aving d1 ol. Student must apply for financial aid and
be enrolled at least half-time.
• Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student
Loan)-Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or
tate agency in certain states. While the student is attending at
lea t half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual
interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the
principal begin six months after leaving school. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the
fir t two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of
W1dergraduate study and $7,500 per year for graduate study. The
cumulative Wldergraduate and graduate maximum is $54,750.
To Apply for Financial Aid:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Complete the Application for Admission and indicate
your desire to also apply for financial aid.
The Office of Student Financial Service will send you
necessmy application and financial statement form (or
you may pick up them up in the Office of Student
Financial Service , 152 Science Hall, or the Master of
Arts in Leadership Program Office, 2222 Muipl1y Place.)
AJJ students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on
file with Augsburg from each previously attended
institution even if they did not receive aid. Forms are
available from the College.
Complete and return the financial aid forms by the
deadlines indicated.
Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part,
within the deadline stated.
Albout Augsburg
History
. ...
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530,
Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapoli in 1872.
Campus Location
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities
smrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the
"City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus ar Fairview and
St. Mary's Hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University
of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways.
Accessibility
Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of
the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels
and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of
the 14 major buildings-student housing towers, Christensen
Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library
and music building. In addition, there are programs for
students with learning and physical disabilities.
Church Affiliation
Aug burg is a college of The Evange lical Lutherru1 Church in
America. About 59 p rcent of the students are Lutheran,
14 percent other Protestant a nd 19 p rcent Roman Catholic.
Several other affiliations ar e represented among student and
faculty .
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap a required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational
Amendments f Section 504 of the Rehabilita tion Act of 1 73
as amended in its admission policies, educational programs,
activities, and employment practices.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
Old Main
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
Music Hall
2222 Murphy Place
Melby Hall
Ice Arena
Stage II Theatre
Center for Global
Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
Youth and Family Institute
19. Office Annex House
20. Tutor House
21. American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty /Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson
Athletic Field
H. Fairview /St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
J. Resident Parking Only
I6. I
Accessible Entrance
•
ampus Location
I
N
I
-$-
I
I
I
......
......
DOWNTOWN
MINNEAPOLIS
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside
Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside
Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
Parking
All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and
open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through
Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between
21st and 22nd A venues and north of 8th Street on 21st
Avenue. Most street parking is two hour parking, seven
days a week. Additional parking is available in the
Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots
on the north side of Riverside A venue.
m acultyand
Administration
The following faculty and administrators are currently
involved in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program:
Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry.
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John Benson, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D. Columbia University.
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A.,
American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
John Cerrito, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A.,
Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S.,
Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Lany Crockett, Assistant Professor of Ma.th m<1 tics/Computer
Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran Uni ersity; M.Div ., Luther
Theological Seminary.
Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Mark Engebretson, Associate Professor and Department
Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College, M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and
Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy Guilbeault, Director, Counseling Services. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Satya Gupta, Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University,
India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative
Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union
Theological Seminary; Ph.D. University of Notre Dame.
Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the
College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A.,
Southhampton University; S.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Marie McNeff, Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University
of Nebraska.
Fekri Meziou, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, B.A.,
University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University
of Oregon.
.•
i·
William Morris, Adjunct Professor of Political Science. B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University.
Richard Nelson, Profes on md DepartmentChairper n of History.
B.A., University of N braska; M.A., Ph.D., University f Min.n sota.
Beverly Nilsson, Prof ,sor and Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Minne ota.
Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of Indiana.
Vicki B. Olson, Assistant Professor of Education, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. AB., Connecticut
College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Larry Ragland, Associate Professor Mathematics and Computer
Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University
of Texas at Austin.
Stuart M. Stoller, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
B.S., M.S., Long Island University.
William Swenson, Adjunct Professor of Philosophy. AB., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special
Programs. B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A. Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Theresa Welcher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., and two M.S.
degrees, South Dakota State University.
#;)dvisory Council to the
Master of Arts in
Leadership Program
Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager,
City of St. Paul.
Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division,
Land-0-Lakes, Inc.
Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist,
Personnel Decisions, Inc.
Dean Newman, Consultant.
Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of U.S. Specialty Divisions,
H.B. Fuller Company.
Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc.
Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer,
St. Paul Companies, Inc.
The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The
College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence.
.
\'
Augsburg Colleg0
731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH
MINN EA POLIS, MN 55454
Show less
-
-
-
.
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2
.
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1... Show more
-
-
-
.
Table of Contents
ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2
.
PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3
1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4
CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5
CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1992 ..................... Page 8
CLASS SCHEDULE. SPRING 1992 ....................... Page 11
Augsburg Weekend College
1991 - 1992 Academic Calendar
1991 Fall
Trimester
Application Deadline
Aug 19
1992 Winter
Trimester
1992 S p e
Trimester
Dec 2
Mar9
Applicant pile Completion Deadline
Aug 30
Dec 16
Mar 23
New Student Orientation
sept 7
Apr 4
Jan 4
Class Scheduling (course selection)
Begins:
June 2
Oct 25
Ends:
Aug 2
Nov 22
Jan 31
Mar2
Registration (schedule confirmation)
Mail Deadline
Aug 23
Dec 16
New Students/ Sept 7
Jan 4
Make-up
Mar 23
Apr 4
Classes Begin
Apr 10-12
Sept 13-15
Jan 10-12
Last ~ a ~ t o A or
d dDmp &ss Without Record Notation
Sept 15
Jan 12
Apr 12
-
-
-
~p
Last Day to Change Grade Option
Oct 27
Feb 16
May 17
Last Day to Drop a Class
Nov 24
Mar 15
May 31
Classes End
Dec 6-8
Mar 27-29
Jun 12-14
Final Exams
Dec 13-15
Apr 3-5
Jun 19-21
Dec 23
Apr 13
June 29
Sept 13-15
Sept 27-29
Oct 11-13
Oct 25-27
NOV8-10
NOV22-24
Dec 6-8**
D ~ 13-15
C
Jan 10-12**
Jan 17-19
Jan 31-Feb 2
Feb 14-16
Feb 28-Mar 1
Mar 13-15
Mar 27-29**
Apr 3-5
Apr 10-12*
Apr 24-26**
May 1-3
May 15-17
May 29-31
June 12-14**
June 19-21
Final Grades Due
Classes Meet
Program Information Sessions
Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encomged
to attend one of the infbrmation sessions that are scheduled throughout
5the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are
approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College
Office (330-1652) to receive further details on these information sessions
or to sign up for one of the fbllowing dates:
-
For Pall Trimester, 1991
Saturday, May 18
Tuesday, June 4
Saturday, June 22
Thursday, July 11
Saturday, July 27
Saturday, August 10
-
For Winter Trimester, 1992
Saturday, October 12
Saturday, November 9
Saturday, November 2 3
For Spring Trimester, 1992
Saturday, February 1
Tuesday, February 18
Saturday, February 29
For more infirmation write or call:
Augsburg Weekend College Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Phone: 612/330-1652
FAX: 612/330-1695
1991 - 1992
Tuition and Fees
Application Fee (payable once, non-rehndable)
Tuition (per trimester course)
$15 .OO
$768.00
(one c o r n is 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits)
Tuition (per summer course, 1991)
$595.00
Activity Fee (per trimester)
$7.00
Audit a Course
$384.00
Lifetime Sports:
Fee for course
Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning
$100.00
$50.00
Nursing Clinical Fee
$150.00
Student Teaching Fee (per course)
$300.00
Late Fee (per day)
$50.00
Five working days after registration (schedule conhnation) are allowed
to complete late registrations. Per day k e is charged to any student
registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration also
includes incomplete registration as defined: a) unsigned registration
form; b) unapproved payment plan.
Registration change after first class meeting
$5.00
(cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time)
Transcript Fee (first is fiee, per copy after first)
$2.00
Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per
month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Fall Trimester, 1991 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO - 9:30)
BIO 185 Biology ofAging
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 355 Marketing Communications
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 391 Business Law
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (9/13-11/8) (.5)
EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (9/13-10/11) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (10/25-12/13) (.5)
EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (10/25-12/13) ( 5 )
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (9/13-11/8) (.5)
EDU 264 Orientation to Education (9/13-11/8) (.5)
EDU 388 Human Relations (10/25-12/13) (.5)
ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to Modem
INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts *
NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research
NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:Families
PHY 101 Astronomy
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 361 Personality
REL 356 History of Religions
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 345 Organizational Communication
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30
- 12:OO)
BIO 103
BUS 221
BUS 222
BUS 242
BUS 324
CHM 109
CSC 271
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 313
EDE 376
EDE 377
Human Anatomy and Physiology *
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Managerial Cost Accounting
General Chemistry *
COBOL
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
K-El Social Studies Methods (10/26-11/23) (.25)
K-El Science Methods (9/14-10/12) (.25)
rnn
v
200
CI U L - I ~ L
I#-LL->-
/n
/-A
q
n
1x-i
/ -F\
PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy
POL 342 Mass Communications in Society
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 363 Religion in America
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 352 Persuasion
SPC 495 Topics: The Selfand the Organization
SWK 463 Community Development and Organization
Saturday Afternoon (1:15 - 445)
ART 240 Art History Survey
BUS 221 Principles ofAccounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 391 Business Law
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (11/23-12/14) (.25)
EDE 386 Children's Litelature (9/14-11/9) (.5)
EDS 353 Creating Leaming Environments
EDU 341 Media Technology (9/14-11/9) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing *
ENG 250 Readings in American Literature
HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877
HPE 114 Health and !hfkty Education (E/S) (9/14-11/9) (.5)
POL 160 World Politics
POL 342 Mass Communications in Society
REL 345 Lutheran Heritage
REL 339 Television and Religion
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SWK 361 Social R c p n s e to Human Needs
-
Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 445)
ART 132
BUS 221
BUS 252
BUS 331
BUS 423
Photography
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Auditing
E r n 21 2
T..+--~A:-+-
l i ~ : ~ ~ . . ~ ~ ~ . . . . ~ : ~
ENG 111
ENG 351
HIS
~ ~ ~
MIS 175
MIS 279
MIS 375
REL 420
SOC 121
SOC 265
SPA 111
Efictive Writing *
American Literature Since 1920
(To be announced)
1 1 and5 Chemical Dependency Education (10/27-12/15) (.5)
Health
Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
Quantitative Methods h r Business, Economics and MIS
Inhrmation Systems in the Organization
Eastern Orthodoxy
Introduction to Human Society
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
Beginning Spanish I *
Thursday Evening
CSC 330 Theory of Computation
NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I * **
Minnetonka College Center
(To be announced)
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002 Racquet Sports (Saturday Afternoons)
Time
- to be Arranged
EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5)
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approml and Placement by Ed. Dept.)*
-
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
48 1 K Student Teaching
481 K-EL Student Teaching
481 EL Student Teachiig
482 K Student Teaching
482 K-EL Student Teaching
482 EL Student Teaching
483 K Student Teaching
483 K-EL Student Teaching
483 EL Student Teaching
484 EL Student Teaching
481 Student Teaching
482 Student Teaching
483 Student Teaching
484 Student Teaching
Winter Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO- 9:30)
ART 224 Publication Design
ART 352 Women's Art History
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 388 K-El Health Methods (3/13-4/3) (.25)
EDE 389 K-El Physical Education Methods (1/31-2/28) (.25)
EDU 341 Media Technology (1/10-2/28) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing *
ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing*
ENG 245 Introduction to Literature
NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I *
PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology *
PSY 373 Or@nizational Psychology
REL 486 Psychology of Religion
SOC 121 In~oductionto Human Society
SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:30- 12:OO)
BIO 101 Human Biology
BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analys'i
BUS 391 Business Law
BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry
CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Achitecture
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (1/11-2/1) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (1/11-2/29) (.5)
EDE 387 K-EL Ianguage Arts (1/11-2/29) (.5)
EDU 264 Orientation to Education (1/11-2/29) ( 5 )
EDU 388 Human Relations (2/15-4/4) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing
n-T-
---
n
..- ..
1~ I
.
n
. .
--
- - > X E ---.
2.--
PSY 485 Counseling Psychology
REL 363 Religion in America
REL 471 Jesus and His Interpreters
SPC 111 Public Spealang
SPC 355 Small Group Communication
SWK 363 Basic Methods (by demand)
SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Saturday Afternoon (1:15
- 445)
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS 331 Financial Management
BUS 465 International Management
ECO 113 Microeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 415 Managerial Economics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (2/154/4) (.5)
EDE 377 K-El Saence Methods (1/11,1/18,2/1) (.25)
EDE 386 Children's Literature (2/15-4/4) (.5)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments
EDS 477 School and Society ( l / l l - 2/29) (.5)
ENG 216 American Indian Literature
ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions *
HIS 104 The Modem Non-Westem World
HPE 115 Health and ChdDependency Education (E/S) (2b-3/28) (5)
MAT 121 Finite Mathematics
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics
MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
PSY 264 Research Methods I
REL 221 Biblical Studies
REL 356 History of Religions
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 *
SPC 329 Intercultural Communication
SPC 351 Argumentation
SWK 364 Field Work I (by demand)
SWK 466 Field Work I11
Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 4:45)
ART
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
102
222
242
326
440
Environmental Design
Principles of Accounting 11
Principles of Management
Tax Accounting
Operations Management
EDE 376 K-El Sodal Studies Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25)
EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25)
EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (1/12-3/1) (.5)
i
sAge
ENG 332 Milton and H
FRE 111 Beginning French I
GER 111 Beginning German I*
HPE 114 Health and S t y Education (E/S) (1/12-3/1) (.5)
HPE 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise
MIS 175 Computers fix Business, Economics and MIS
MIS 475 Inbnnation Systems Analysis and Design
SPA 111- Beginning Spanish I
SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1
Day Schedule Evening Courses
CSC 352 Database Management & Design (meets Feb. - May)
ECO 414 We&e Economics (meets Feb. - May)
(required b r Economics major)
Minnetonka College Center
- -
(To be announced)
Lietime Sports
HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness (meets weekly fbr 8 weeks)
To be Arranged
EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5)
EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5)
HPE 489 Coaching Practicum (.5)
Travel Seminars
(To be announced)
Student Teaching (Prereq.:Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * *
EDE 481 K Student Teaching
EDE 481 K-EL Student Teaching
EDE 481 EL Student Teaching
EDE 482 K Student Teaching
EDE 482 K-EL Student Teaching
EDE 482 EL Student Teaching
EDE 483 K Student Teaching
EDE 483 K-EL Student Teaching
EDE 483 EL Student Teaching
EnF.484 F.T.Sfiident Tearhinv
Spring Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule
Friday Evening (6:OO - 10:OO)
BUS 242 Principles of Management
BUS 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 466 International Marketing
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (5/15-6/19) (.5)
EDE 376 K-El Social Studies Methods (4/10-5/1) (.25)
EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (5/29-6/19) (.25)
EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (5/1-6/12) (-5)
EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments
EDU 265 Orientation to Education (4/10-5/15) (.5)
EDU 388 Human Relations (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5)
ENG 111 EEctive Writing
ENG 261 Modem Fiction
HPE 114 Health and Safkty Education (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5)
Women's Studies course (To be Announced)
INS
MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts
MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the F i e Arts
PHY 101 Astronomy
PSY 105 Prinaples of Psychology
REL 111 Introduction to Theology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SPC 111 Public Speaking
SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionalCommunication
SWK 260 Humans Developing
Saturday Morning (8:OO - 12:OO)
BIO 108 Microbiology *
BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1
BUS 391 BusinessLaw
CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
EDE 377 K-El Science Methods (5/30-6/20) (.25)
EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (4/11-5/16) (.5)
EDU 341 Media Technology (4/11-5/16) ( 5 )
ENG 111 EEctive Writing *
ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing
ENG 438 Shakespeare
HIS
(To be announced)
HTE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (4/11-5/16) ( 5 )
MAT 114 Elemenmy Functions *
MTs 17<
f ! r \ r n n ~ ~ t ~ rfor
c R ~ ~ c i n ~Ernnr\m;m
n c
o n A MTC
POL 342
PSY 105
PSY 362
REL 353
REL 483
SOC 336
SPC 352
SWK 461
SWK 467
Mass Communications
Principles of Psychology
Behavior Disorders
Denominations and Religious Groups
Christian Ethics
Introduction to C u l d Anthropology
Persuasion
Advanced Methods (by demand)
Social Worker as Professional
Saturday Afternoon (1:OO
BIO 231
BUS 221
BUS 252
BUS 331
BUS 425
BUS 438
BUS 450
CSC 210
ECO 112
ECO 311
ECO 360
EDE 386
EDE 388
ENG 223
ENG 345
HPE 475
MIS 370
PHI 230
POL 158
PSY 265
REL 221
REL 369
SOC 349
SPC 351
SPC 355
SPC 360
SWK 462
SWK 469
Biology of Women
Principles of Accounting I
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
Advanced Accounting
Investments
Marketing Management
DataStructures
Principles of Macroeconomics
Public Finance
International Trade and Finance
Children's Literature (4/11-5/30) (.5)
K-El Health Methods (4/11-5/2) (.25)
Writing for Business and the Professions
Introduction to the English Language
Prevention and Care ofAthletic Injuries (4/11-5/16) (SO)
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS
Logic
Political Patterns and Processes
Research Methods I1
Biblical Studies
Religious Imagination in Modem Literature
Complex Organizations
Argumentation
Small Group Communication
Interpretive Reading
Field Work I1 (by demand)
Field Work IV
SundayAfternoon (1:OO
ART 250
BUS 242
BUS 340
ECO 113
- 5:OO)
- 5:OO)
Ceramics1
Principles of Management
Human Resource Management
Principles of Microeconomics
ECT) 31 3 Intermediate Microeconomics
ENG 340
FRE 112
GER 112
HPE 482
MIS 175
MIS 476
REL 263
SOC 265
SOC 365
SPA 112
Advanced Expository Writing
Beginning French I1 *
Beginning German I1
Coaching Theory of Sport
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
Structure SystemsAnalysis and Design
World Hunger and Justice
Culture: Ethniaty, Gender and Race
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Beginning Spanish I1
Minnetonka College Center
(To be announced)
Lifetime Sports
HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (meets weekly for 8 weeks)
T i e to be Arranged
EDE 363
EDS 352
HPE 489
NUR 311
Clinical Experience (.5)
Clinical Experience (.5)
Coaching Practicurn (.5)
Community Health Nursing 11***
--
Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* **
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDE
EDS
EDS
EDS
EDS
481
481
481
482
482
482
483
483
483
484
481
482
483
484
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
K Student Teaching
K-EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
EL Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
Student Teaching
*Extm class or lab sm'onsrequired.
* *Acirlitionallabfee chaged.
Au(qsbur2 Col lem
Show less
ble of Contents
.....................2
GENERAL INFORMATION ..............................
.
..................... 3
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................
3
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Characteristics of the Educational Program ..................... Show more
ble of Contents
.....................2
GENERAL INFORMATION ..............................
.
..................... 3
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................
3
FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Characteristics of the Educational Program ............................... 4
Student Support Services .............................................................
5
Career Placement ..................................
...,..
.........................5
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) .............................................
5
Veterans of Military Service .................................................... 5
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services .....................
5
ACADEMIC INFORMATION .......................,................................
6
Degrees/Majors .....................................
.A
Business Administration ..................................................1 1
Communication .....................................................................
13
Computer Science ...............................................................
15
Economics .........................................................................
.
,..16
Education ..............................................................................
16
Teaching Licensure ..............................................................
16
Coaching Endorsement ..................................................... 18
English ......................... ..................................................
18
Management Information Systems (MIS) ...............................20
Nursing .......................... ................................................ 21
Psychology .............................................................................
22
Religion ................................................................................
22
Social Work ................... ..................................................
23
Minors ..................................................................................... 24
Math Placement Group Requirements .................... ............24
Dean's List ...............................................................................
25
Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal ..............................
25
Attendance Policy .....................................................................
26
Department Course Limits ..................................................... 26
Grading Procedures ................................................................ 26
Incomplete Grade .................................................................27
Withdrawal fi-om College ....................................................... 28
Graduation with Distinction ..................................................
28
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ................................... 29
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...........................................................
30
ADMISSIONS/FINANCIAL INFORMATION .............................
70
Admissions Requirements and Procedures ................................ 70
Financial Aid ......................................................................... 71
Fees and Payment Schedule .......................................................
73
Payment Options ......................................................................
73
Refund Schedule ................................. ................................
74
Tuition Refund Policy ...............................................................
74
.
.
.............................................. 75
CAMPUS GUIDE .................................... ...... ...............................76
ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE
CAMPUS LOCATION ................................................................
IBC
Telephone Nzzmbers
Frequently Called Telephone Numbers
.................................................
Weekend College Office
330-1782
Director, Rick Thoni .....................................................330-1640
Operations, Nancy Schmiclde .........................................330-1740
Admissions, Jeanette Wittmer .........................................330-1792
Inquiry/Office Coordinator, Robin Sanderson ............... . 330-1652
Operations Assistant, Scott Ball ........................ .,.....,......330-1782
Enrollment, Deidre Middleton .................................... . 330-1777
Other Campus Numbers:
Boolcstore, Christensen Center .......................... ...,.,... ...330-1122
Business Office, Science Hall:
Cashier: 8:30 a.m.- 4:00 p.m. ......................................330-1028
Billing: 8:00 a.m.- 4:30 p.m. .......................................330-1790
Education Department, Library Building ....................
.,. 330-1130
Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ...................................
330-1046
Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall .............
330-1162
Library ..........................................................................
330-1017
Nursing Department, Memorial Hall .............................330-1209
Registrar (transcripts, grades), Science Hall .....................
. 330-1036
Summer School .............................................................
330-1786
General Information ......................................................
330-1000
Weekend College Off~ceHours:
Monday-Friday - 8:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.
(evening hours by appointment)
Office Hours on Class Weekends:
Friday- 5:30 p.m. - 6:15 p.m., Old Main Lobby
Saturday - 8:00 a.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby or WEC Office
Sunday - 12:30 p.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby
Weekend College Office hcation:
The Weekend College Office is at 2222 Murphy Place, located on
the comer of 23rd Avenue and 7 '/, Street on the Augsburg
College Campus (see #11 on map on page 76 ).
This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is
published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students.
Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the
policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog.
The Augsburg College Catalog should answer most questions students
have about Augsburg College and its curriculum and programs. Although
information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change
without notice. I t is the res~onsibilitvof each student to know the
requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have
questions about anything in the Augsburg College Catalog, consult a
faculty member or Weekend College adviser, the Dean of the College, or
the Registrar.
Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College
Purpose
Augsb~~rg
Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults
who desire college experience but who worlc or have other commitments
during the week. It is a means by which Inen and women may earn a
bachelor's degree, gain slulls for professio~laladvancement, prepare for career
change, or pursue a persolla1 interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts.
The Adult as a Student
The Augsburg Weelce~ldCollege program is designed to meet the needs
and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumpill be
tion that the Inen and women who enroll in Weekend College w
mature, self-dsciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a
balance of classroom experience and i~ldividualizedstudy. Each course is
therefore divided into periods of co~lce~ltrated
on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation.
Alternate Weekends
T o accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate
weelce~ldsfor three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday
morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected
by the student involves commitme~ltto one of these four class periods.
Weeltend College students may talce from one to four different courses
by attendng class every other weekend.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of A ~ ~ g s b uWeelce~ld
rg
College is participation in a
com~nu~lity
of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the
student is involved in a stable community that provides opportu~ityand
e~lcourageme~lt
to become i~lvolvedin i~lteractio~l
both in and out of the
classroom. This community d l be enriched by the presence of both
men and women with a variety ofwork and life experiences.
T o facilitate this kind of commiulity interaction, Ailgsburg encourages
Weelrend College students to make use of college facilities such as the
library and Christensen Center, to talce the opportunity of having shared
meals and coffee brealcs, to participate in optional lu~lchtime seminars,
and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events.
*Laboratovy sections or additional class hours may be scheduled duY-in~the week.
Characteristics of the Educational Program
Educational Mission
For over a century, Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual
freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a
liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the
present, and plan for the hture.
As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students
a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional
education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills
and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in
selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a hlgher level of
personal growth.
Accreditation and M i a t i o n s
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of
Colleges and Secondary Schools and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our
programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, The Council
on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are
a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North America, the Minnesota Private
College Council, and the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education
Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational
institution, or employer.
Paculty
Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members
of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields.
Library
Students and faculty use a carellly selected library of some 175,000
volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000
volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and
Minitex.
Internships
Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic
programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience
in their chosen fields.
Student Support Services
Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist
adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishingthe academic
tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and
participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are:
Academic Planning
All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert
academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient,
effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had
college experience d have their previous work evaluated early in the
admissions process.
Career Planning Services
Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in
assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major
field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career
plan for the individual involved.
Academic Skills Center (Tutoring)
This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of
writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic
tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center,
Counseling/Support Groups
Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work
on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the
experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar
characteristics and/or interests.
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about
completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other
information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.)
American Indian Support Program
Staff from this program are available to assist students in the areas of
financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling.
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services
(C.L.A.S.S.)
Learning disabled students have average or above average intelligence but
have difficulty achieving their f d l potential. Services available to such
students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning aids
and remedial instruction. If students are concerned that difficulties in
school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their
learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the learning
disabilities specialists, and arrange assessment and structures assistance to
increase their potential for academic success. Physically challenged students
also are served through ths office. Individuahzed attention and services are
provided for and/or coordinated to meet the mobility needs of students.
.
II
ademic Information
Degrees and Majors
Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree
program or to continue their education after beginning at another time
or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already
completed college degree. The following information outlines what is
involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend
College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.)
Bachelor's Degree
I
I
The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is
essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester
courses are required to graduate and may be fdfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous
learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester
courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included
in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, 11 upper
division courses, and courses selected fiom the following liberal arts
spectrum (transfer courses and courses talcen in the major may also be
counted for distribution requirements).
I
I1
I
I
I
Stude~~ts
entering (transfining)to Augsb~rgin 1991-'92 who are classified as
Sophomores,Juniors,or Seniors,those entering (transferring)in 1993-'94
dassilied as Senion should follow the general educationdistribution requirements
as listed below. (F~u-therexplill~ationof classi6catio11can be fbund on page 27.)
One approved course from each of seven areas:
1. Art/Music
2. History/Philosophy
3. Economics/Political Science
4. English/Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted
to the study of literature)
5. Psychology 105/Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer
course)
6 . Chemistry/Biology
7. Mathematics/Physics
1 A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency
I Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language
E
Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies
1 One course in the area of Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or
Minority StuQes
In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate
proficiency in two lifetime sports.
ALL other students will follow the Augsburg Curriculum adopted by the
College faculty beginning in 1990. Freshman students (transferring less
than seven Augsburg course equivalents) entering in 1991-'92 and
Freshman and Sophomore students (transferring less than 15 Augsburg
course eq~livalents)entering in 1992-'93 will complete the following
skills and liberal arts perspectives along with their approved major
program.
The Augsburg Curriculum
Rationale for the Augsburg Curriculum Components:
The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program
incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and
elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the
Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the
General Education component of the curriculum.
Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To
develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality
educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped
by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital
metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this
Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg
has divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills.
The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the
search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions
from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to
contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified
with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage
multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine
concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed
ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant
in society.
The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has
chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission
Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The
Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the
City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with
the L~ttheranChurch, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College, and its
location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational
program.
The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is
embodied in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life - of what it is to be human - form the core of the
required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to
be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the
various academic disciplines.
Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person.
Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in
both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the
Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in
which we understand ourselves derives largely fiom our Western heritage,
students need to learn Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same
time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: we live in a global
society. Hence this Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Finally, the
College has a concern for values. Attention to moral values is found not only
in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. Attention is paid to
aesthetic values in the Perspective on Aesthetic Values.
Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with
academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way
we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic
excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do
college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in
a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and
graduating students. Entry-level skill requirements in a number of critical
areas; including reading, writing, quantitative reasoning and critical
thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it.
Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only
maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience.
The proposed General Education Requirements provide a coherent way
to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way,
neither do they guarantee that students who graduate fiom Augsburg
possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is
provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally
educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes, and an
opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity ofwhat it
is to be human and Christian in an urban setting.
Skills Component:
A. En* Level Skills.All students who are entering Augsburg classified as
Freshman (fewer than seven college credit courses) are required to take
inventory assessments in the skills of reading, writing, quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement) critical thinking, and word processing.
Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these
inventories. Students with demonstrated deficiencies in critical thinking
will be enrolled in a critical thinking course, students with demonstrated
deficiencies in reading, quantitative reasoning, or word processing will be
given advice on how to prepare for retaking the respective tests. Students
are required to have taken the assessments before registering for the
second trimester and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the
end of their first year (three trimesters) at Augsburg.
All entering students; whatever their classification, who have already
received college credit for a course which has been accepted as the
equivalent of Effective Writing are considered to have already completed the inventory assessment in writing. Students with a transfer
mathematics course accepted for college credit by Augsburg College are
exempted fiom the quantitative reasoning inventory and will be given
information about taking the Math Placement test based upon previous
college mathematics courses.
Entering Freshman or Sophomore transfer students with demonstrated
word processing skulls; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt
from the word processing i~lventory.Entering Freshman or Sophomore
students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are
exempt fiom the critical thinltiilg inventory.
Entering Junior and Senior transfer students are exempt from word
processing, reading, and critical thulking assessments.
13. Graduation Level Skills. Ge~leralEd~~cation
includes e~lhancementof
certain slds during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical
thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate componellts of
certain co~mes.Completion of the requisite courses with a mnhim~ungrade of
2.0 or Pis required for grad~lation.Sh~dentsare required to have two courses
with writing comnpone~~ts
and one course each with critical thi~ddng,spealhg
and quantitative reasonu~gcomponents. These courses can simultaneo~sly
satisfjr slcill requirements and graduation req~ureme~lts
for the major or general
education perspectives. Two comes in Lifetime Sports are also required.
Liberal Arts Perspectives:
The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal
of providing the basis for begi~lni~lg
to understand what it means to be a
human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved
through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the
criteria established for each Perspective.
Students will choose courses from a list of courses meeting the Liberal
Arts Perspectives. These choices are controlled by the following policies:
A student will choose one course from each category.
No single course can fi~lfllthe requireme~ltsin two or more categories.
No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from
the same department in meeting perspective requirements.
No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective except:
1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The
Christian Faith."
2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence may be used to meet
the perspective, "The Natural World."
3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to
meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness."
The followi~lgsummary of the Perspectives will suggest their general
goals and breadth. A description of the Liberal Arts Perspectives appears
in the more detailed Augsburg College Catalog.
A. l%e Character and Mission of Aujsburj Colleg-e: The Christian Faith.
This Perspective focuses on A~~gsburg
as a College of the ELCA.
Augsburg accepts as its basis for its educatio~lalprogram the doctrines of
the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the
Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect
upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their
own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian
faith as part of becoming educated. Three courses are required to meet
this Perspective.
B. The Character and Mission of Augsburg Collge: The City. Students
should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its
diverse populations; cultural, governmental, and economic institutions;
and opportunities and challenges which this environment presents.
Students should experience the community and shodd explore opportunities for service in the community. Internships, cooperative education,
field placements and other approved experiences, as well as courses which
focus upon the metropolitan area are used to meet this perspective. One
course or approved experience is req~dred.
C. WesternHevitage:This perspective is intended to help students critically
examine ideas and themes (found in, for example, literature, philosophy and
the arts) and events that historically have shaped Western civilization.Attention is paid to the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women
and ethnic minorities.Two comes are required to meet this perspective.
D. Human Identity: This perspective is intended to help students view
themselves as persons; men and women with unique abilities, values,
beliefs, experiences, and behaviors. One course is required to meet this
perspective.
E. Aesthetics:Aesthetic creations convey hndamental insights and values,
express beauty, and enhance life: This perspective focuses on aesthetic
qualities ul artistic expressions by oneself and others. One course is required.
F . The Social World:This perspective is intended to help students learn
to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems:
to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems, and to use this laowledge as a participant in
society. Two courses are required for this perspective.
G. Intercultural Awareness: This perspective is intended to complement
the Western Heritage perspective by expanding students' awareness of
other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect
upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other
cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons
of other cultural baclcgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific
culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures.
In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by leanling to speak
and read a language other than their native language. For thispart of the perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a foreign
language. The foreign language requirement wdl be based upon placement:
Foreign Language
Placement
111
112
211
212
311
Course
Requirement
111-112
112
211
212
No course required
H . The Natural World:This perspective is intended to help students
understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role
as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient
technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and methods will be
provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in
public debates on technical issues. Two courses, one of which is a
laboratory course, are required.
Majors
Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 11 separate
majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor also is
available in several of these academic areas as well as in Sociology and
Women's Studies. (See page 24 for details.)
Business Administration
This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, marketing and international business. To provide a combination
of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of 10 business administration
courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer
programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in
Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Core Courses
All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will co~nplete
the following core courses:
BUS/MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
BUS
221
Pri~lciplesof Accou~~ting
I
BUS
222
Principles of Accounting I1
BUS
242
Pri~lciplesof Management
BUS
252
Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Eco~lomicsand MIS
BUS
331
Financial Management
BUS
391
Business Law
ECO
112
Principles of Macroeco~lomics
113
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO
Public Finance
ECO
3 11
or
ECO
312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
or
ECO
3 15
Money and Ballking
ECO
3 13
Intermediate Microeconomics
Accounting Concentration
Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a
co~lcentrationin accounting will co~npletethe following courses in addition
to the core:
BUS
322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS
323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
BUS
324
Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS
326
Tax Accounting
or
BUS
423
Auditing
or
BUS
425
Advanced Accounting
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
399
Internship
ENG
223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete
the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence.
Finance Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will co~npletethe following courses in addition to the
core:
BUS
322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
BUS
433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
BUS
438
Investment Theory
ECO
318
Management Science
or
ECO
415
Managerial Econo~nics
MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
324
Managerial Cost Accounting
BUS
326
Tax Accounting
BUS
399
Internship
ENG
223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
International Business Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in international business will complete 11 of the 12 core courses
(ECO 31 1 or 312 or 315 is not required) and the following:
BUS
362
International Business
BUS
465
International Management
BUS
466
International Marketing
BUS
399
Internship
or
BUS
499
Independent Study
ECO
360
International Trade and Finance
Three semesters of a foreign language
Management Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in rnanagemellt will co~npletethe followi~lgcourses in addition to
the core:
BUS
340
Human Resource Management
BUS
440
Operations Management
ECO
318
Management Science
PSY
373
Organizational Psychology
or
SOC
349
Complex Organizations
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
399
Internship
ENG
223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
PSY
371
Psychology of the Individual
SOC
336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
375
265
111
354
Social Psychology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Public Speaking
Interpersonal Communication
Marketing Concentration
Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a
concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in
addition to the core:
BUS
352
Marketing Research and klalysis
BUS
450
Marketing Management
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
BUS
355
Marketing Communication
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the following list:
BUS
399
Internship
ENG 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
PHI
120
Ethics
SPC
351
Argumentatio~l
SPC
352
Persuasion
Business Minor
BUS
221
Principles of Accounting I
BUS
242
Principles of Management
\BUS
252
Principles of Marketing
Financial Management
BUS
331
ECO
112
Principles of Macroeco~~omics
11 3
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO
Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson.
Cornrnunication
Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part
upon the quality of our communication. The communication major at
Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a
variety of contexts and to improve communicatio~lskills. All communication
majors must complete a core group of eight required courses, supplemented
by five electives in one of the following concentrations: public relations and
advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory
management. Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as
early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end
of the sophomore year. Majors in communication are candidates for the
Bachelor of Arts degree.
Required Communication Core
SPC
111
Public Speaking
SPC
342
Mass Communication in Society
Argume~ltatio~l
SPC
35 1
SPC
352
Persuasion
SPC
354
Interpersonal Commu~lication
SPC
355
Small Group Communication
Any two of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Communication Electives
With the help of an academic adviser, students select five elective courses in
one of the following concentrations:public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Listed
below are some of the electives recommended for each concentration:
Public Relations and Advertising
Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged to
take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major.
BUS
242
Principles of Management
BUS
252
Principles of Marketing
BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
BUS
35 5
Marlteting Communications
ENG 226
Creative Writing
ENG 227
Journalism
PSY
373
Organizational Psychology
SOC
349
Complex Organizatio~ls
SPC/ART 132 Photography
SPC/ART 224 Publicatio~lDesign
SPC/ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1
SPC
345
Organizational Communicatio~l
SPC
399
Internship
SPC
480
Public Relations/Promotionalal Communications
Marketing Communications
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
SPC
SPC
252
352
355
450
399
480
Principles of Marlteting
Marlteting Research and Analysis
Marketing Communications
Marlteting Management
Internship
Public Relations/Promotion Communications
Human Relations
PSY
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPC
373
485
231
265
349
329
345
399
480
Organizational Psychology
Counseling Psychology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Complex Organizations
Intercultural Communicatio~l
Orga~lizationalCommunication
Internship
Public Relations/Promotional Communicatio~ls
Supervisory Management
BUS/MIS 175
BUS
242
BUS/MIS 279
BUS
340
BUS
355
BUS
440
PSY
373
SOC
349
SPC
345
SPC
399
SPC
480
Computers in Business, Economics and MIS
Principles of Management
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS
Human Resource Management
Marlteting Communications
Operations Management
Organizational Psychology
Complex Organizations
Organizational Communication
Internship
Public Relations/Promotional Communications
I
I
I
Communication Minor
\SPC
111
Public Speaking
'SPC
342
Mass Communication in Society
\SPC
351
Argumentation
or
SPC
352
Persuasion
'SPC
354
Interpersonal Commu~lication
SPC
345
Orga~lizationalCommunicatio~l
or
'' SPC
355
Small Group Communication
Any one of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227
Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication
faculty adviser.
Computer Science
I
I
At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in
developing skills of critical thinlung, understanding abstract concepts, and
analyzing and solving problems. Computer Science courses at Augsburg are
intended to help develop these slulls. In addition, an increasing number of
academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics
and computer science. This major serves students studying/working in a
wide variety of fields.
Some courses may need to be taken in an evening schedule. Students should
meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their course of study.
Introductory Courses
CSC
CSC
MAT
MAT
170
210
171
124
Structured Programming
Data Structures
Discrete Mathematics
Calculus I
Core Courses
CSC
320
Algorithms
CSC
330
Theory of Computation
CSC
345
Principles of Computer Organization
CSC
450
Principles of Programming Language
Three electives from the following, two ofwhich must be selected from
courses with an asterisk:
*CSC 270
Fortran
*CSC/PHY 261 Electronics
*CSC 340
Digital Communicatio~lsand Computer Networlts
*CSC 352
Database Management and Design
CSC 399
Internship
*CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
CSC 499
Independent Study
'{
CSC 491
Computer Science Colloquium is required for all
juniors and seniors. This no-credit course meets weekly. '
-
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including the four introductory courses and two of the core
courses.
Economics
This major is also available in the weelte~ldschedule. However, one course
(ECO 414) may need to be talten on an evening schedule. Stude~ltsare
encouraged to meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to carefi~lly
plan their program of study.
BUS
221
Principles of Accou~lti~lg
I
BUS
222
Pri~lciplesof Accounting I1
ECO
112
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO
113
l'rinciples of Microeco~lornics
Methods for Business, Eco~lornics
ECO/MIS 279 Q~~antitative
and MIS
ECO
3 12
Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO
31 3
Intermediate Microeco~lomics
ECO
414
Welfare Ecollo~nics
MAT
114
Eleme~ltaryFunctions
Three additional upper division economics courses
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from
the followi~~g
list:
ECO/MIS 175 Co~nputersfor Business, Econo~nicsand MIS
MAT
124
Calculus I
MAT
125
Calculus I1
MIS
370
Advanced Co~nputingfor Business, Eco~lo~nics
and
MIS
Economics Minor
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional upper division course. Other
co~lfiguratiollsmay be permitted on collsultatio~lwith the department.
Education
Teaching Licensure
Teaching licel~sureprograms are offered for Itindergarten-Ele~nelltaryand
selected Secondary fields through Weelce~ldCollege. I~ldividualized
programs are worked out with an adviser in either Ele~nentaryor Seco~dary
education. T o be adnlitted to the Education Department the student will
have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in his/her major field.
All professional courses with the exception of Cli~licalExperience and
Student Teaching are available o n a weelte~ldschedule. In addition to
IGndergarten-Ele~nentary,Augsburg Weeltend College grants secondary
licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies. Students may also
work individually on the followi~lgmajors offered in co~lju~lctio~l
with day
school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical
Science (Chemist~yor Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech,
Theater Arts, and in the special areas ofArt (I<-12), Band (I<-12), and
Classroom Music (5- 12), Orchestra (I<-12) and Classroo~llMusic (5- 12),
Vocal and Classroom Music (I<-9),Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and
Physical Education (I<-12).
Contact an Education Department adviser for infi~r~nation
in your field of
study and for an application for admission to the Department of Education.
Students wanting I<-6 lice~lsuremust talte EDE 375.
All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department and take a PPST test before beginning professional education
courses (those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade
below 2.0 must be retaken.
Elementary Education
EDE
EDE
E1)E
EDE
EDE
ElIE
EDE
EDE
EDE
ElIE
ElIE
EL>E
ElIE
EDE
ELIE
EDE
EDE
ElIE
EDU
350
351
363
364
375
376
377
379
380
382
386
387
388
389
481
482
483
484
264
Creating 1,carning Environments (.5 coursc)
Techniques of Teaching l<eading
Cli~licalExperiences (.5 course)*
Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
Discovery in the World of IGndergarten (.5 caul-se)
IC-El Social Studies (.25 course)
IC-El Science (.25 course)
I<-El Art (.25 course)
I<-El Music (.25 coursc)
IC-El Math (.5 course)
Children's Literature (.5 course)
Language Arts (.5 course)
IC-El Health (.25 course)
I<-El Physical Education (.25 course)
Studc~ltTeaching**
Student Teaching**
Student Teaching**
Student Teachillg**
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(.5 course)"
El>U 341
Media Tecllnology (.5 course)
E1)U
388
H~umanl<clations (.5 course)
HPE
1 14
Safety Education (.5 course)
HPE
115
Chc111ical Dependency (.5 course)
SWIC
260
H~urna~ls
1)eveloping
College Level Math Course
Academic Minor or Second Major
*Field Evpe~ienceSepar'ate
* *Tlgc.reC ~ M Y S C .r'cqui~v
~
an extra fee
Students must be admitted to the Education Department bcforc they can be
considered for student teaching. Applications for st~tdentteaching must be
submitted to the Education 1Icpartment by the following deadlines:
Application Deadline
Tkimester Student Teachin8
October 30, 1991
Winter/Spring 1992
March 30, 1992
Fall 1992
October 30, 1992
Winter/Spring 1993
March 30. 1993
Fall 1993
Secondary Education
EDS
350
lteading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
EDS
352
Clinical Experience ( . 5 course)*
E1)S
353
Creating Learning E n v i r o n ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ t s
E1IS
477
School and Society Seminar (.5 course)
EDS
48 1
Student Teaching* *
EDS
482
Student Teaching**
EDS
483
Student Teachi~~g**
EDS
484
Student Teaching* *
EDU
264
Orientation to E d u c a t i o ~in~ an Urban Setting(.5 course)*
EDU
341
Media Technology (.5 course)
ElIU
388
Human l<elations (.5 coursc)
HPE
114
Safcty Education (.5 course)
HPE
115
Chemical Dependency (.5 course)
SWIC
260
H~unansDeveloping
Special Methods in Licensure Field
*Field Expe~ienceSepalpate
* * n i s cozwse f*equiresapz extrafee
Students must be admitted to the Education Department before they can
be considered for student teaching. Applications for student teaching must
be submitted to the Education Department by the following deadlines:
Application Deadline
Trimester Student Teaching
October 30, 1991
Winter/Spring 1992
March 30,1992
Fall 1992
October 30, 1992
Winter/Spring 1993
March 30,1993
Fall 1993
Major for Secondary Teaching
Licensure in Social Studies
Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must
complete, in addition to the professio~lalrequirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a
broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in
one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or
Sociology (the History major is described below) plus seven courses (ECO
112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121
and 336). Students consideri~lga career in social studies education should
consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and
the Social Studies Coordinator.
History Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these
courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course
(either survey or upper level) from each of these four areas: Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western.
Coaching Endorsement
Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete these
courses in Physical Education: 353,475,482, and 489. Individuals must hold
a valid Minnesota Teaching License to qualify for the coaching endorsement.
Prerequisite: BIO 103: Human Anatomy and Physiology
English
Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas
and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become.
Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see
life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better
the world in which we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is
concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the
contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is
concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is
interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With
science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of
language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English
studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in
different cultures.
Major: Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245; one upper division
course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271
or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660
(for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number ofwriters (336,
337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their departmental adviser
regularly. A student with a double major or special program that i~lvolves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with
an adviser in the department.
Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111 is strongly recommended but not a
prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper
Division course is successhl completion ENG 245 or consent of the instructor.
Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg.
English-LanguageArts Teaching Major: Ten courses, including those
listed under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in
the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in
the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in
early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Several of
the required courses, including the internship, are not offered on weekends.
Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department
and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements
within the Education Department as well as requirements in the major.
Students in this program who are transferring from other colleges should
consult the English Department chair soon after enrolling.
Minor: Five courses above 111,including ENG 245, an upper division
literature course and an additional writing course.
Management Information Systems (MIS)
This MIS major prepares studelits to work in the growing field of information
maiagement. The major co~nbinescourses and sltills from both the business
and computer scieiice majors to help students learn about the identification,
organization, analysis and processing of inhnnatio~iin a busincss setting. Students slio~ildmeet with their adviscr as soori as possible to plan their program.
MIS Major
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
BUS
ECO
ECO
ECO
ECO
CSC
CSC
MAT
MIS
MIS
MIS
or
CSC
MIS
MIS
MIS
221
222
242
252
331
112
113
313
318
170
210
121
175
279
370
Principles ofAccounting I
Pri~iciplcsof Accounting I1
Principles of Management
Principles of Marlccting
Financial Manage~ncnt
l'rinciples of ~ i c r o c c o n o ~ l l i c s
Principles of Microecono~iiics
Intermediate Microecono~nics
Manageme~itScience
Structured Programming
Data Structures
Finite Mathematics
Computers for Business, Econo~iiicsand MIS
Quantitative Methods for Busi~iess,Economics and MIS
Adva~icedConiputing fix 13usi1iess,EconomicsandMIS
352
375
475
476
lhtabasc Management and lksign
Managenlent Information Systems in Organizations
Systems Analysis and Design
I~ifor~nation
Systems I'rojccts
Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the
following courses:
1'HI
130
Ix~gic
MIS
479
Intermediate Qua~ititativcMethods for Business,
Economics and MIS
MAT
11 4
Elemental-\IF~mctions
or
MAT
122
Calculus for the Social and Bcha\~ioralSciences
MIS Minor
~ S U S 221
CBUS
242
S
ECO
MIS
MIS
252
113
175
370
Principles of Marltcting
l'rinciplcs of Microecono~iiics
Computers for Business, Eco~io~iiics
and MIS
Advanced Computing for R~rsincss,Economics and MIS
CSC
MIS
/MIS
352
375
4-75
Database Management and Design
Managcmcnt Information Systems in Organizations
Systc~nsAnalysis and Design
@
6
l'rinciplcs of Accounting I
Principles of Manage~ne~it
'
Management Science
OI'
MIS
470
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Nursing
Augsburg Weekend College oEers registered nurses an upper division
nursing major as a second step toward the completio~lof the Bachelor of
Science degree.* Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this
major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who
are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily
scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have
additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Preparation for
school nurse licensure is available.
Admissions Procedures
Admission to the ~lursingprogram includes first being accepted into
Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 70.
As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of
completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing
practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education
courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, fi~rtherprogress in
the major is co~ltingentupon:
1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite
courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry,
Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology
and Introductory Psychology.
2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.5.
3. Successfid completion of testing to validate lower division ~lursingIu~owledge.
*Graduatesof the program are eligible t o apply to the Minnesota Department
of Healthfir certzfication as a public health nurse.
Please see the Augsburg College Catalog for complete information about
the nursing major including additional special fees for entrance and exit
testing.
Required Courses in the Nursing Major
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
NUR
305
306
310
31 1
330
350
403
404
Contemporary Nursing I: Comn~unication*
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing*
Community Health Nursing I*
Community Health Nursing 11: Practic~un**
Trends and Issues in Nursing*
Introduction to Nursing Research*
Contemporary Nursing 111: Families*
Contemporary Nursing IV: Ixadership and
Management*
NUR 423
l'racticum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family**
N U R 427
Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management* *
*Thesecourses may require extra class or lab sessions.
**Thesecourses require extra time and costfor clinical work
Required Supporting Courses
PHI
or
1aL
I'SY
380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
483
353
Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course
Brain and Behavior
Psychology
Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides
a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of
human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and
interact with each other.
Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the
Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology,
human development, personality and computer applications. All psychology
majors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. The following courses in the Psychology core will be offered when a sufficient number
of students are ready for that portion of their program: PSY 264,265,381,
493. This may delay an individual student's ability to complete the major in
the Weekend schedule. Required courses will be available regularly in the
Weekday schedule.
Core Courses
PSY
105
GeneralPsychology
PSY
264
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I
PSY
265
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1
PSY
381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
PSY
399
Internship
PSY
493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Four additional upper division courses such as PSY 351 Developmental
Psychology: Child, PSY 373 Organizatio~lalPsychology or PSY 485
Counseling Psychology. Students should consult with their adviser regarding these major electives.
Minor
Five courses including PSY 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from PSY 299,399 and 499 may be
counted toward the minor.
Religion
Augsburg College uriderstands itself as a college of the church and it is
persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from
which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of
the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much
greater than is sometimes recognized.
The student encounters this influence in studying language, literature,
history, values and political structures. The study of religion and theology is
intended to malce such encounters more meaningfi~lthrough a better
knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a
larger acquaintance with theological thought. Large segrnents of the earth's
population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from
those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion also seeks to
introduce students to some of these major religious traditions.
Core Courses
REL
REL
REL
111
221
356
I~ltroductionto Theology
Biblical Studies
History of Religions
REL
REL
481
495
Contemporary Theology
Seminar
Major Electives
Three additional Religion courses approved by the department chairperson.
Religion Minor
Five courses approved by the department chairperson.
Note: It is important for Religion majors to consult with the department
chairperson during their first year at Augsburg College. Religion 111 or 22 1is
prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before
courses taken at other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department
and/or general education course credit. Completion of this major may require
enrollment in one or more courses offered in an evening schedule.
Social Work
Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science
in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal
arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professio~lallydirected field
experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an
appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups
who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in
Augsburg Weekend College includes seven courses from the Departments of
Psychology, Biology, and Sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas
of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work.
Field work is an important component of the program.
Social Work Core Courses*
SOC
SWIZ
SWK
SWI<
SWK
SWIZ
SWK
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWIZ
SWI(
365
257
260
361
363
364
461
462
463
465
466
467
469
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation
Exploring Human Services
Humans Developing
Social Response to Human Needs
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Field Work I
Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work
Field Work I1
Community Development and Organization
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Field Work I11
The Social Worker as Professional
Field Work IV
Required Supporting Courses *
BIO
PSY
SOC
SOC
SOC
SOC
101
105
121
231
265
375
HumanBiology
General Psychology
Principles of Sociology
Sociology of the Family
Racial and Minority Group Relations
Social Psychology
*Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with
the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be
offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion
of the program.
Social Welfare Minor
Six courses incl~~ding
SWIC 257 or department approved alternative
internship, SWIC 361,463; PSY 351 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and POI, 121
or 158 or 325, or SWIC 465.
Minors
In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, Econo~nics,
English, MIS, l'sychologp, lteligion and Social Welfare (listed under each
respective major), Weeltend College students are able to complete minors in
the followi~lgareas:
American Indian Studies Minor
This minor offers nine courses which encompass the range of A~nerican
Indian contributio~lsto North American culture. A minimum of five
courses, including an i~ltroductorycourse and one upper division course,
are required. All students are encouraged to ellroll in these courses. These
courses will be offered in the Weeltend College schedule on a 2-3 year cycle.
I
I
ENG 216
American Indian L,iterature
HIS 360
American Indian History
Introduction to American Indian Studies
INS 105
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
INS 233
INS 260
Contemporary American I~ldia~ls
INS 320
A~nericanIndian Women
OJB 111
Beginning Oji bwe
OJB 112
Beginning Ojibwe
Tribal Arts and Culture
AltT 290
These courses will be added in the near future:
American Indian spiritual it)^ and l'hilosopl~ical ' T h o ~ ~ g h t
Indians in the Cinema
Indian Law
Sociology Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and two upper division courses (n~unbered
300 and above).
Women's Studies Minor
Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives (one of which
~ u u s be
t upper division) and INS 495 or 499. A student's program IIILIS~
have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator.
Approved electives from other academic depart~nents:
AltT
352
Women's Art History
ENG
282
Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction
Mathematics Placement Group Requirements
MIS 175,279,479; C:SC 170,2 10; and all 100-level MAT courses l~avc
Math l'lacemcnt Group rccl~~ire~nents.
Since all majors in Business, Econonlics or Ma~iagemcntInfornlation Syste~nsm ~ ~take
s t MIS 279, all
students in thcsc areas nu st have at least MPG 111. Other specific courses
such as SOC 365 and PHY 103 also have MI'G recl~~irements,
Please refer
to the course description for any given course to determine if there is an
MPG required by thc department. Some instructors require MPGs in
courses they ccach. This s h o ~ ~ bc
l d noted in tlie s)lllabi for their coursc(s).
The Math Placclnent Requirerncnt call be met by transfer courses, Augsburg coursework or the Math Placement Assessment. This Assessment is
given at NCMJSt~ldentOrientation each trimester, or by appointment during
the academic calendar year. (The Math Department may disregard math
courses talren Inore than five years ago, or may choose to lapse an MPG
given more than five years ago.)
Dean's List
The llcan's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose
grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of
two fill1 courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system,
with n o incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Academic Progress, Probation and Disnlissal
The College rccluires that students maintain the following cumulative grade
point averages (GPA):
Freshman - a student who has talren fcwer than 7 courses
cu~uulativcG1'A of 1.6 or liighcr
Sophomore - a studelit who has talren fcwer than 16 courses
cumulative Gl'A of 1.7 or higher
Junior a student who has talrcn fewer than 25 courses
cu~nulativcGl'A of 1.9 or liigher
Senior a student who has talten 25 or more courses
cunlulati\/c Gl'A of 2.0 or liighcr.
It should be noted that a ~ i i i n i ~ n uGl'A
~ n of 2.0 is requircd for graduation
with certain majors rccluiring a higlicr mini~n~uii
GPA.
Students whose acadc~nicacllieve~iientfdls below these guidelines will either
be placed 011scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation, or will be dis~iiisscdfro111 the College. In addition, a
freshman who receives two zero grades or a sopho~norewho receives three
zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal fi-0111the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the
Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to
academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to
dismiss a student. Students who have a poor acadc~nicrecord may be
strongly adviscd to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation
who voluntarily withdraw fi.0111the College, as well as those who are
dismissed, IIILIS~have special permission to re-enroll.
Stude~ltsnay be removed fi.om probation when the cu~nulativeGPA
reaches the minimu~nlcvcls stated above. Students placed on probation as
fieshmcn h r Ila\~ingcarned two zero grades may be removed from probation if tlieir classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earlied
additio~ialzero grades, and if their cu~nulativeGPA reaches 1.7. Students
placed on probation as sopho~noresfor having carned three zero grades Inay
be removed from probation if tlleir classification changes to junior and their
cumulative Gl'A reaches 1.9.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or slle may appeal
the decision within 10 days to the Cornmittce on Student Standing.
Attendance Policy
It is expected that students attend every class. If a student knows she/he
will miss more than one class meeting, she/he should not register for
the course. Some faculty/courses require 100 percent attendance for a
student to earn a passing grade.
Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester plus Finals
Class Weekend. Some courses meet for the entire period on Finals Class
Weekend. Classes marked with an asterisk (*) on the Class Schedule require
additional class meetings, the dates and times ofwhich are either listed on the
course syllabus or determined by the class at the first meeting. Depending on
the course, these additional meetings are either required or optional.
Department Course Limits
Augsburg College's graduation requirements allow a maximum of 13
courses from each department except in certain approved majors (Social
Work, Nursing). Business Administration, Economics and Management
Information Systems are considered different departments for graduation
requirement purposes.
Grading Procedures
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations.
Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are
also used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0
to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0
or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are
cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and
professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P graded
courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P graded
courses do not count in the requirement that 14 traditionally graded
courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation
with distinction. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements
in the Augsburg College Catalog.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is
graded only on the P / N grading system and some education courses are
graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English
111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P,
1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O.
I11 courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional
system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/
N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made
according to the dates published each term. A fee is charged for any
changes made after registration.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
Achieves highest standards of excellence.
4.0
3.5
Achieves above basic course standards.
3.0
2.5
Meets basic standards for the course.
2.0
1.5
Performance below basic course standards.
1.0
0.5
Unacceptable perfbrmance (no credit for the course).
0.0
Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point
average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents
work at the 1.5 or below level.
An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of emergency. To receive an
incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the
course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to
complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments
fiom the instructor; and must file the form with the Office of the Registrar.
Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last
longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the
grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of
registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study
is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to
communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory
progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than
one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where
satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or
dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under
this circumstance, a registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if
done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if
done after one year a new registration would be necessary.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).The charge for auditing a course is listed under Fees and
Payment Schedule in the insert. Studentswho audit a come should confer with
the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the
course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have
not been met, the course will be listed a grade of W (Withdrawn).
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at
Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P / N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
Cla~s~cation
Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms as
follows:
Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points.
Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points.
Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points.
Withdrawal fiom College
Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since
this results in a &ling grade on the official record. Cancellation of comes or
withdrawal h m college must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from
college cannot occur during h a l examinationweekend unless a petition is
approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and
resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed
Withdrawal From College form is returned to the Registrar's Office.
Graduation with Distinction
I
I
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA
Magna cum laude - 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA
Cum laude - 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA
To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have
completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg.
Assessment of Previous Leariing (APL)
A~~gsburg
College recognizes that learning can and does talte place in Inally
life situations. Some o f this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition
within the discipli~lesthat compose the academic programs o f a liberal arts
college. The A1'L program (Assessment o f Previous Learning) at Augsburg
provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that
which is uansferred from anotl~eraccredited institution, may be presented for
exa~ni~latio~l
for possible credit toward the completion o f a bachelor's degree.
Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit
recog~litio~l
at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential
criteria: ( 1 )it is relevant to coursework in a field o f study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and ( 2 )it call be objectively demonstrated either
by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program
at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their
previous learning assessed for credit recognition:
CLEP (College Level Examination Program)
Students who achieve acceptable scorcs in CLEP exams may receive
academic credit at Augsburg College. CLE1' exams are available in a
variety o f general and specific subject areas. For morc information,
contact Weeltend College Admissio~ls(330.1792) or the regional CLEP
center at the Uni\lersity o f Minnesota (624-3323).
Departmental Assessment
Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do
11othave transcript evidence o f completed work may request a departme~ltal
assessment o f previous learning. This will most often include an examination
that covers the essential components o f the course involved. For more
information, contact the Registrar's Office(330-1036).
CAP (Credit Assessment Process)
This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluatioll o f a learning portfolio submitted by the student.
Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to
prepare a portfolio o f previous learning for credit assessmcnt. Students may
apply for CAP after co~npleti~lg
at least four courses o f academic work at
Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA o f at least 2.5. For Inore information, contact the Registrar's Office(330.1036).
ART 102
Environmental Aesthetics
Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for
the visual content of experience in the environment
leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual
and group projects exploring design problems in
representation, symbolism and abstraction.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies; Art/Music
ART 106/
306
Calligraphy
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills
with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention
given to the historical development of calligraphy and
the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on
practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention
given to foundational, italic, Gothic and unicial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is
based on quality of work plus participation and
growth factors. Upper divisio~lstudents are required
to complete demonstration sheets in three historical
writing styles plus an expanded project.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 107
Drawing
Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils.
Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors
and exteriors and experimental worlc.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and techniques in
acrylic and oil.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm single lens
reflex camera (materials will cost $150-175).
Distribution: Art/Music
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
Publication Design
An introduction to traditional design concerns and
procedures related to publication design as well as design
for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in
publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers,
newsletters, books, and miscellaneous publications.
Students design and produce a publication as a group
project.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising
ART 225
Visual Communications I
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type,
symbols and pictorial images. Emphasis will be placed on
the creative thought process.
Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of New World art fiom prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and
visits to museums.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an
emphasis on handbuilding and glazing.
Distribution: Art/Music
ART 352
Women's Art History
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts
including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts, and the
work of Native American women.
Distribution: Art/Music, Urban Concerns/Minority
Studies/Women's Studies.
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper
division)
BIO 101
H u m a n Biology
Basic biological concepts fiom an anthropocentric point
of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What
makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does
man have a niche in the ecosystem?What influences does
the environment, especially the urban environment, have
on man? (A student may not receive credit for both BIO
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required supporting course in Social Worlc
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A professional course in the structure and function of the
human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not
receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply
to the major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major/Coaching
Endorsement
BIO 105
Biology and Society
A co~lsideratio~l
of the biological basis of some of the
problems facing society, such as toxic polluta~ltsin air,
water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic
diseases and counseling, extinction, wilder~lessethics,
global warming, cancer, hunger, dmgs, and biodiversity.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biolog)~ or Urban Concerns/
Women's Studies/Minority Studies
BIO 108
Microbiology
Basic microbial features are co~lsideredas well as applications of microbiology to the field of ~nedicineand
sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or collsellt
of the instructor. (Prereq: C H M 110 or consent of
instructor. Does not apply to major or minor.)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major
BIO 185
The Biology of Aging
At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be i~lfluencedby people undergoi~lgagerelated changes. This course will concentrate 011 the
biological aspects of such changes.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
BIO 231
The Biology of Women
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and f~~nctioning
of the female
human orga~lis~u
as well as to evaluate rnisco~lceptio~ls
about women that have arisen in the history of biology.
Distribution: Chemist~y/Biology or Urban Concerns/
Women's Studies/Minority Studies
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 175)
BUS 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introductio~lto business activities, basic concepts, and
fi~~~damentals
of accounting, the accounting cycle and
preparation of fi~la~lcial
statements.
Major: ltequired for Business Administration,
Eco~lornicscore and MIS rnajor
BUS 222
Principles of Accounting I1
A co~ltilluatio~l
of BUS 221. Introduction to business
activities, accounting for corporations, basic concepts and
fi~~ndamentals
of managerial accounting, planning and
controlling processes, decision-malting and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq: BUS 22 1)
Major: ltequired for Busi~lessAdministration,
Eco~lolnicscore and MIS major
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, p l a ~ l ~ l i and
~ l g control. The nature of
authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the
role of the professional manager.
Major: Required for Business Ad~ninistrationcore and
MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and
Supervisory Management concentrations in Communication major
BUS 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing.
Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and
technological factors as they affect product, promotion,
~narltetingchannel and pricing decisions.
Major: Required in the Business Administration core and
MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and
Marketing Communication major
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics,
and MIS
(See under MIS 279)
BUS 322
Accounting Theory & Practice I
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial
statements, inco~neconcepts, capital stock and surplus
account, current and non-current assets. (Prereq: BUS
222, ECO 113)
Major: Kequired in the Accounti~lgand Finance
majors (upper division)
BUS 323
Accounting Theory and Practice I1
A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of accounting
theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible
fixed assets, liabilities and reserves. actuarial tovics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322)
~ i j b rRequired
:
in the ~ c c o u n %major
n ~ (upper division)
BUS 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
~ c c o u i t i tools
n ~ for planningand control of economic
activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost system, as
well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq;
BUS 222,242,252, MIS 279 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper diviyion)
BUS 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of federal
income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112, 113, or
consent of instructor)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in
the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 331
Financial Management
Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of
h n d s within the firm. Sources and uses of long and short
term hnds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222,
ECO 113, MIS 279)
Major: Required for Business Administration core
and MIS major (upper division)
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization
of human resources; desirable working relationships;
effective integration of the worlter with the goals of the
firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required for Business Management major,
elective in S~pervisoryManagement major (upper division)
BUS 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making in marleting management; research methodology; marlteting
research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research
in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, ECO 113, MIS 279 or
consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an elective
in the Marketing Communications major (upper division)
BUS 355
Marketing Communications
A look at the communications aspects of marlteting by
integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion,
and personal selling into a coherent pro~notionmix.
Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of
marlteting communications programs, particularly
advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort;
advertiser-agency relationship; management of the
personal selling function including sales force selection,
compensation, territorial design, and performance
appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the Marlteting major, elective in
Marketing Communications major, Public Relations/
Advertising major, or Supervisory Management
(upper division)
BUS 362
International Business
Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing
business in an international context. Appreciation of the
perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by
foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties
inherent in international business. (Prereq: BUS 221,
BUS 242 or 262, ECO 113, or two business and
economics courses or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in International Business major
(upper division)
BUS/MIS
370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics,
and MIS
(See under MIS 370)
BUS 391
Business Law
An introduction to law and a survey of different areas of
law as they relate to the conduct of business. Topics
covered include contracts, torts, employment discrimination, and labor law. (Prereq: BUS 221,222,252; ECO
112,113 recommended.)
Major: Required for Business Administration core
(upper division)
BUS 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on
internal checlts and controls for accounting systems.
(Prereq: BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, governmental
accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting.
(Prereq: BUS 323)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in
the Accounting major (upper division)
BUS 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
Advanced financial theory; a system approach to financial
structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making,
presentation through literature, readings, lectures and
case materials. (Prereq: BUS 331)
Major: Required in finance major (upper division)
BUS 438
Investment Theory
Appraisal of the rislt/retur~l relationships of various types
of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and
institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital
marltets and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core
cqurses or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in Finance major (upper division)
BUS 440
Operations Management
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating hnctions. Examples from service industries,
non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from
a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of
operations, planning operation processes, productivity
measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality,
inventory management, principles of scheduling, and
operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required in the Business Management major and an
elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division)
BUS 450
Marketing Management
Integration of marketing with other business functions;
marketing management and decision making, planning
marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing,
product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352)
Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an
elective in the Marlteting Communications major
(upper division)
BUS 465
International Management
A comparative study of management styles across cultures.
Models will be reviewed and developed which consider
the implications of culture on the effectiveness of particular styles of leadership, human resource management, and
strategic management. (Prereq: BUS 242)
Major: Required in the International Business major
(upper division)
BUS 466
International Marketing
This course is devoted to those issues and practices which
are unique to marlceting a product and setvice in an
international setting. Topics include international
environmental scanning and analysis; comparative
marlceting research; strategic planning; and marketing
mix issues in rnulti~lationalmarlcets. (Prereq: BUS 252)
Major: Required in the International Business major
(upper division)
BUS/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Bush~ess,
Economics and MIS
(See under MIS 479)
BUS 495
Topics: Risk Management and Insurance
A study of risk management. E~nphasison the f~unctionof
(1) determination of exposure to rislc; ( 2 ) analysis of rislc
and losses; ( 3 ) methods of combating risks; and (4)
administration of rislc insurance program. How to
recognize and evaluate the property liability and personnel rislcs facing a business, a non-profit organization, a
government unit, or an individual or family. How to
select and deal with an insurer. Public policy issues such
as availability of insurance are examined to identify and
evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework
of the economy.
Major: Elective for Busi~lessAdministration major
(upper division)
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
very popular boolc by John H. Hill of the same title. It is
not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science baclcground. Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us
to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come join us as we talce a molecular look at the
human condition. This course does not apply toward the
major or minor in chemistry nor does it meet any
prerequisite chemistry requirements.
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
CHM 109
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
1)esigned for s t ~ ~ d e nwho
t s need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for
careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including
Augsburg's upper division program), inhalation therapy,
histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open
also to other st~tdentsin the humanities and social
sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an
introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic
and biological chemistry with special applications to
human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged
time fo1'1aboratdry work. This course does not apply
toward the major or nli~lorin chemistry. (Prereq: High
school chemistry)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Kequired prerequisite for Nursing major
CHM 110
General, Organic and Biological Chemistry
Continuation of CHM 109. Organic and biological
chemistry with special applications to human physiological
chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work.
Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry.
(Prereq: CHM 109)
Distribution: Chemistry/Biology
Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major
CSC 170
Structured Programming
An iiltroduction to computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This
course provides a foundation for hrther studies in
cornputer science. (Prereq: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or
MIS 279 or Math Placement Group IV)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data Structures and their implementation, recursion,
searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal.
(Prereq: CSC 170. Coreq: MAT 121 or 171)
Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors
Electronics
(See under PHY 26 1)
CSC 270
Fortran
Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other
language. (Prereq: CSC 170 or another programming
language course)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity,
including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical
algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The
limitations of alaorithms. the classes P and NP.
NP-complete problems, and intractable problems.
(Prereq: CSC 210 and MAT 124)
Major: Elective for Co~nputerScience major
(upper division)
u
CSC 330
Theory of Computation
Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages,
automata, computability, and computational complexity.
Topics include Turins machines, Church's thesis, the
halting problem, and unsolvability.
(Prereq: CSC 2 10 and MAT 124)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 340
Digital Communications and Computer Networks
Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security,
and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors,
operating systems, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query
facilities, file organization and security, including the
development of an elementary database system.
(Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Elective for Computer Science and MIS major
(upper division)
CSC 399
Internship
A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to
complete a specific task and learn in a worlcplace. The
internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative
Education Office as well as the computer science
internship supervisor.
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 445
Operating Systems and Computer Architecture
Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of
computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of
computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq: CSC 345)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 450
Principles of Programming Languages
Principles that govern the design and implementation of
programming languages. Topics include programming
language syntax and semantics, BNF, parsing, compilers,
interpreters, data structures, control structures, and the
run-time environment. (Prereq: CSC 210)
Major: Required for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 491
Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium
This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets
weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science
community informed about contemporary developments
in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in
courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others
are welcome. All seniors give a talk. Other sessions are
presented by faculty members or outside visitors.
Major: Required for Computer Science major (no
credit)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science
not included in other courses. This course may be repeated
when the topics vary. (Prereq: Consent of instructor)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
(upper division)
CSC 499
Independent Study
Topics defined through consultation between student and
the department.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Application of elementary economic
theory to current economic problems. May be talten
independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be
talren in either order.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration,
Economics core, and MIS major
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to
market policy. May be talten independently of ECO 112.
ECO 112 and 113 may be talten in either order.
(Prereq: MPG 11.)
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for Business Administration,
Economics core and MIS major
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
(see under MIS 175)
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
(See under MIS 279)
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity;
debt policy and its economic implications.
(Prereq: ECO 112,113; strongly recommend ECO 313)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in
the Business Administration core, elective for Economics
major (upper division)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment and price
level analvzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of
monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle.
(Prereq: ECO 112)
~ a i o r : - o n of
e a choice of three reauired courses in
the Business Administration core, required for
Economics major (upper division)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer
behavior, firm and industry; the pricing factors of
production and income distribution; introduction to
welfare economics. (Prereq: ECO 113)
Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics
core and MIS major (upper division)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems,
particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve
System and its role in relation to aggregate economic
activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy.
(Prereq: ECO 112,113)
Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the
Business Administration core, elective for Eco~lo~nics
major (upper division)
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the
modern techniques of management science to prepare
students to malte better business and economic decisions.
Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the
areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection,
environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory
models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313)
Major: Required for Business Management major and
MIS major, one of a choice of three required courses for
the Finance major, elective in Economics and Supervisory
Management majors (upper division)
ECO 360
International Trade and Finance
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic
relations among nations. Developme~ltof the basis of
international trade; balance of payment; exchange rate
systems and commercial policy. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113
or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for International Business major,
elective for Eco~lomicsmajor (upper division)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and correspondillg practices
in business. Among the topics considered are theories
and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and
cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic
problems of relevance to management.
(Prereq: ECO 313, MIS 279)
Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a
choice of three required courses in the Finance major,
elective for Economics major (upper division)
ECO/MIS
479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
(See MIS 479)
EDE 350
Creating Learning Environments: IGndergartenElementary (.5 course)
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluatio~lof
teaching and learning in the contexts of educational,
psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories.
(Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 351
Techniques for Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniqi~esand
resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and
correction of reading proble~ns.Field placement requirement included in this class. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: l<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEducation major
(upper division)
EDE 363
Itindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences
(.5 course)
Stirdc~itsshould enroll for Clinical Experience by the
second trimester of their I<-Elementary course secluence.
Includes 160 hours held experience and is arranged by the
instructor in the Education ~ e p a r t ~ l ~ at
e i least
l t two
months prior to the term they intend to take Clinical.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (l'rereq: l'.l'.S.?'.)
Major: Required for Elementary Educatio11major
(upper division)
EDE 364
Itindergarte~l-Ele~nentary
Curriculum:
Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course)
Examinatio~~
and preparation of ruatcrials and resources
for integrating specific slcill developmcnts through various
subjects at the Itindergarten and elementary levels.
(l'rerecl: P.l'.S.T.)
Major: I<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEdi~cationmajor
(i~pperdivision)
EDE 375
Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course)
Stitdy and utilization of a variety oftechniclucs and
resources h ~teaching
Itindcrgarten. (IZcquired for all
persons seelcing Itindcrgarte~llicensure ~ 1 1 0take their first
education course in the Fall of 1989 or later.)
(Prcreq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: l<equired fix I<-6 licensurc (i~pperdivision)
EDE 376
IGndergarten-Elementary Curriculum:
Social Studies (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the Icindergarten and elementary
levels. (l'rerccl: l'.l'.S.T.)
Major: l<ecluired fix Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 377
Itindergartell-Elementary Curriculum:
Science (.25 course)
Examination and prep'lration of ~iiaterialsand rcsoiu-ccs
k)r science at the kindergarten and elementa~ylevels.
(l'rcrecl: P.l'.S.T.)
Major: l<equired for Elemcnta~yEducation major
(upper division)
EDE 379
Itindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Art (.25 course)
Examination a ~ preparation
d
of materials and resoivces k)r art
at the lcindergartcn and elementa~yle\~els.(Prereq: P.1'S.T.)
Major: l<ecl~~ired
fix Elementary Ectucation ~najor
(upper division)
EDE 380
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
(Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 382
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Mathematics (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 386
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Children's Literature ( .5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 387
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Language Art (.5 course)
Examinatioll and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 388
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 389
Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum:
Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for physical education instruction at the lindergarte~land
el'ementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
EDE 481,482, Student Teaching K, I<-6, or 1-6**
Students must apply to student teach by Oct. 30,
483,484
1991, for Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March
30, 1992, for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; Oct. 30,
1992, for Winter/Spring 1993; and March 30, 1993, for
Fall 1993. A minimum of three courses (481,482,483)
unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing
and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary
school personnel. Admission into the Education Department is required prior to student teaching placement.
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: All I<-Elementarycourseworlr
satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for
exception; P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary Education major
(upper division)
**Thesecourses involve an additional clinicalfee.
EDS 350
Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course)
The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through
the content areas. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 352
Clinical Experience (.5 course)
Students should enroll for Clinical Experience by the second
trimester of their secondary course sequence. Includes 70
hours of field experience. Seminars are arranged by the
instructor in the Education Department. Students should
pick up an Application for Placement form in the Education
Department at least two months prior to the term they
intend to take Clinical. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 353
Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of
teaching and learning in the context of educational,
psychological, and sociological theories. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
EDS 364
English Methods
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary
schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit
plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school.
The study of adolescent literature is included.
(Prereq: EDU 264 and EDS 353 or consent of instructor;
P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education English
Language Arts major (upper division)
EDS 366
Foreign Language Methods (.5 course)
Language learning theory. The theory and practice of
language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language
Department.) (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign
Language major (upper division)
EDS 375
Social Studies Methods (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history
in secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional
strategies and curriculum development. Consult with the
Education Department. (Prereq: EDS 353, P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies
major (upper division)
EDS 477
EDS 481,482
483,484
School and Society (.5 course)
The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to
society. Current major issues in education will be studied.
Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same
term as their st~tdentteaching. (Prereq.: P.P.S.T., EDU
264, EDS 353 and Methods in Subject Area)
Major: Required for Secondary Ed~icatio~l
major
(upper division)
Student Teaching**
Students must apply to student teach through the
Education Department by Oct. 30, 1991, for
Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March 30, 1992,
for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; October 30, 1992, for
Winter/Spring 1993 Student Teaching; and March 30,
1993, for Fall 1993 Student Teaching. Observing a ~ i d
directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Major
department nus st recommend student for student
teaching. A minimum of three courses, except four
courses rcquired of Art, Music, Physical Educatio~l
majors. Membership in a professional organization is
req~iired.(Prereq.:P.P.S.T., all Secondary Educatio~l
and major coursework successf~~lly
completed or
permission of the Department for an exception.)
Major: l<equired for Secondary Education major
(upper division)
* *i%ese couyses invohe a n additional clinical fee.
EDU 264
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
(.5 course)
Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching
profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first course to be taken.
Major: ltequired for Elementary and Seco~ldary
Education major
EDU 341
Media Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology.
Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of
effective aitdio-visual materials for teaching/learning
situations. Computer training will be included in this
course. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.)
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondaql
Education major (upper division)
EDU 388
Human Relations (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of co~nmunication
techniques, and of the minority groups in Minnesota for
the development of interpersonal relations slcills applicable to teaching and other professiollal vocations. Open
to all. (Prereq: P.P.S.T. needed by education students)
Major: lcequired for Elementary and Secondary
Education majors (upper division)
ENG 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work
of literature is assigned. Attention is givcn t o increasing
students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and
developing topics, thinlting critically, and revising for
clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those
needing additional help. The minirnurn passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
Distribution: ltequired for graduatio~l
ENG 2 0 9
Grow Old Along With Me
This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and
lovel lists have to say about the aging process. Students
will be expected to interview older people to discover how
they feel society regards the aging.
Distribution: English/Speech
ENG 2 1 6
American Indian Literature
A study of representative works of poetry and tiction by
selected American Indian writers. Discussio~land analysis will
ti)cus on ways in which the literature reflect and illu~ninate.
Distribution: American Indian culture and traditions
ENG 2 2 3
Writing for Business and the Professions
A practical course designed to improve writing sltills for
those preparing for business and professional careers. The
writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material
from their own areas of specialization. (Prcrcq: ENG 1 11
or equivalent)
Major: ltecom~nendedelective for Business Administration major, meets one writing requirement for Co~nmunication major, an elective for English major.
ENG 225
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of
Effective Writing, ENG 111. Its worltshop format stresses
style and organization, the process of revision, self and
peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and
writing. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent)
Major: ltequired for English major, meets one writing
requirement for Communication major.
ENG 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of this course is to introduce st~~dcnts
to the
process of creative writing and to various genres, empllasiz
ing poeny and short fiction but including journal keeping
and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent)
Major: Meets one writing requirement for Communication major, an elective for English major.
ENG 227
Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will
be placed on writing for the print media, but students
will learn to write for radio and television as well.
Students will consider how to recognize news, how to
gather and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a
news story or news feature. This course will cover basic
copy preparations and editing practices and includes an
introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by
journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent)
Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets one
writing requirement for Communication major, an
elective for English major
ENG 245
Introduction to Literature
In this course students are initiated into the formal study
of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to appreciate
more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to
expand students' exposure to literature and therefore
draws on works from several periods, from different
cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the
prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical analysis skulls in reading and writing
about literature.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Required for English major
ENG 250
Readings in American Literature
An introduction to representative worlts by ten to twelve
American authors focusing on themes that yield an
understanding of the Western heritage and American
world views. These themes could include the emergence
of national identity, the relationship between humanlund
and God, the nature of nature, definitions of American
self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and
ethnic minorities in the development of American
thought, and the continuity of Western culture in America.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 261
Modern Fiction
Signjficant worlts of selected prose writers; chiefly
European, of the Twentieth Century. Some non-Western
writers will be included.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 271
European Literature: Homer to Dante
A study of major worlts of Greek and Roman literature.
For example, the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies
of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of
Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno
will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the
classical traditions are combined. These worlts will be
studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence 011 later
literature, and their enduring relevance.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 272
European Literature: From the Renaissance to
the Modern Period
A study of masterpieces of literature; chiefly European,
from the medieval to the modern period, including such
authors as Cervantes, Rablais, MoliCre, Voltaire and Ibsen.
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets Western tradition requirement
ENG 282/
482
Topics in Literature
Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes,
movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for
study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for
that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian
Literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, The
Short Story and Women and Fiction.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of the instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: An elective for English major
ENG 327
Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing
Emphasis is placed on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the
course will concentrate on editing the work of others and
learning layout and design. The course will include
workshop sessions during which students conduct
interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow
students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to
layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227)
Major: An elective for English and Communicatio~l
majors (upper division)
ENG 331
British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans
Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as
the development of English poetry and drama in the
English Renaissance.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 336
British Literature: Seventeenth and Eighteenth
Centuries
Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected
writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with
attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 337
British Literature: The Romantics and the
Victorians
A study of major writers of the nineteenth century;
emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one
another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to
their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms
of poetry and prose.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 350
American Literature to 1920
Reading and analysis of some works of selected American
writers from colonial times to World War I. We will study
established writers such as Hawthorne, Dickinson, and
Twain along with some less known writers who also
demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to
American civilization. Attention will be given to the ways
writers approach issues relating to race, class, and gender.
Conception of the individual in relation to society, the
nature of nature, and regional differences will also be
studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets American literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 351
American Literature Since 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary worlis. Writers
are selected to represent the literary variety and the
regional, ethnic, and racial diversity of the men and
women who have responded significantly in literary worlrs
to the changing conditions of modern American life.
(Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns/
Women's Studies/Minority Studies
Major: Meets American literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 399
Internship
The department offers on-campus internships in teaching
writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult
the department chairperson. (Upper division)
ENG 423
Studies in the British Novel
A survey of the development of the novel in England
from its Eighteenth Century beginnings up to the
Twentieth Century. Novels studied will be selected from
the worlis of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Sterne, Austen, Diclcens, Bronte, Thackray, Eliot and
Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the
Twentieth Century as the d o ~ n i ~ l aliterary
~ l t form.
(Prereq.: Eng 245 or consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 438
Shakespeare
Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, historics,
tragedies - with attention to the development of
Shalrespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays
assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or
consent of instructor)
Distribution: English/Speech
Major: Meets British literature requirement
(upper division)
ENG 499
Independent Study
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of
3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides
directed independent study in the area of the student's
choice.
FRE 111
Beginning French
Aim is to develop com~nu~licatio~l
sltills of understanding,
spealcing, reading, and writing. Through conversations,
classroo~npractice, and readings, these courses work
toward the discovery of French culture and way of life.
Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an
integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
FRE 112
Beginning French
Co~ltinuatio~l
of FRE 1 11.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 111
Beginning German
For students with no previous background. Aims at
developi~lgbasic sltills. Classroom practice in spealung,
understa~ldi~lg
and reading basic German. Goals: ability to
read extended narratives in simple German, insights into
German culture and participation in short conversations.
Laboratory materials available.
Distribution: Foreign Language
GER 112
Beginning German
Continuation of GER 1 11.
Distribution: Foreign Language
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizatio~~s
in the Near East,
the classical world of Greece and ltome, and the middle
ages of Europe into thc 13th Century.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilizatio~lfrom
the time of Napoleon to the present.
Distribution: History/Pliilosophy
1
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political
power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 162
20th Century South Asia
This geographic area has produced the largest working
democracy in the world today. It is a standard example
for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This
course is designed for the student who has interest but
little or no background in non-Western subjects.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 222
U.S. History Since 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes
our modern day.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
HIS 331
Topics in U.S. History
Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history
(excluding foreign policy; see History 332, Augsburg
College Catalog). The specific topics to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
(Prereq: College History course)
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history which
are not included in regular course offerings. The specific
topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Prereq: College History course)
Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education (.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and
community life. Includes information about school health
programs and prevalent health needs and problems of
school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
This course is designed to help hture teachers become
more aware of the substance abuse problem among
school-age children and adolescents. Prevention strategies
as well as recognition of abuse, student assistance
programs, and treatment will be discussed.
Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors
HPE 353
Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the
muscular system and analysis of movement. The major
effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and
physiological pri~lciplesapplied to exercise programs and
motor training. (Prereq: 1310 103)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
HPE 475
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of
common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping
and training-room procedures. (Prereq: HPE 353)
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
HPE 482
Coaching Theory of Sport
The psychology of coaching, coaching theory, techniques
and administrative aspects of coaching athletics.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
HPE 489
Coaching Practicum (.5 course)
Theory and practice of sports techniques included with
supervised field experience in coaching consisting of no
fewer than 40 clock hours.
Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification
(upper division)
INS 201
Introduction to Women's Studies
This multi-disciplinary course will introduce students to
the contributions of women in history, religion, literature,
philosophy, sciences, and the arts and how the questions
and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
fiom women's perspectives. Students will also study the
history of the women's movement, diversity of women's
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation and class,
and other contemporary issues raised by feminists.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Minor: Required in Women's Studies minor
INS 231
Religion in African-American History
An examination of selected topics related to the Black
experience; e.g. African backgrounds, religion under
slavery, evangelicalism.
Distribution: Religion or Urban Concerns/Women's
Studies/Minority Studies
INS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the
biological, evolutionary and historic origins of womei's
roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed
on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
This com~&isonwill include such North American
models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the
peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the
Middle East and rural China.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
I
INS 265
Women in American Culture
Through a discussion of works by women historians and
selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short
stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations; the
class will collectively assess the position of Black and
white women in American culture from the founding of
the colonies to the present. Contributions by Illdial1
women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Minor: Elective in Women's Stitdies ~ninor
INS 495
Seminar
Selected topics. llequired of minors who d o not elect to
d o an Independent Study. T o be completed after the
introductory course and electives.
Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor
(upper division)
INS 499
Independent Study
Stitdent must present written proposal containing
rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed
study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq: SOC
121 or 2 1 1 and consent of instructor.)
Minor: Elective in Women Studies minor
(upper division)
MAT 103
Basic Mathematics
A self-paced course for students needing a review of
arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include
integers, fractions, decirnal numbers, ratios, percents,
metric system, exponents, radicals, and evaluation of
algebraic expressions. Counts as one course in semester's
load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Aitgsburg Mathematics Placement Test.
Meets weeldy. (Prereq: Placement Group I. P/N grading
only. )
MAT 104
Intermediate Algebra
"
A self-paced course for stitdents needing to review basic
algebraic slulls and concepts. Topics include operations
with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and
radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and
inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic
functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but
does not give credit toward graduation. Admission ol~ly
by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets
weekly. (Prereq: Math Place~nentGroup 11. P/N grading
only.)
MAT 114
Elementary Functions
A study of fi~nctions:algebraic, exponential, logarithmic,
and trigonometric. For students planning to take MAT
124 or 171. Students who have completed 124 or 171
may register for credit only with consent of instructor.
Meets weeltly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement
Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
I
Major: Strongly recom~nendedfor Business
Administration major prior t o talting MIS 279
MAT 121
Finite Mathematics
Topics in finite ~nathematics(combinatorics, probability,
~natrices,linear programmi~lgand graph theory) of
primary interest to students in the social and behavioral
sciences, business and information science. Stude~ltswho
have co~npletedMAT 171 may not register for credit.
(l'rereq: MAT 104 or MI'G 111)
Major: lkquired in MIS major
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Differential and integral calc~~lus
of a single variable with
applications to the social and behavioral sciences. St~tde~lts
who have co~npletedMAT 124 may not register for
credit. Meets weelrly. (l'rereq: MAT 104 or Placement
Group 111)
Distribution: Math/Physics
MAT 124,125
Calculus I, I1
Differe~ltialand integral calculus, including calculus of
several variables and series, with applicatio~lsprimarily
from the physical scie~ices,integrated with topics from
plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily fix students
in mathematics or the sciences. (l'rereq: MAT 114 or
Placement Group IV for 124; MAT 124 for 125.)
MAT 131
Math for the Liberal Arts
An examination of the interaction between the develop~ n e n of
t ~nathematicsand that of civilization. l'riniarily for
students not intending filrther mathematics.
(Prerecl: MAT 104 or Placement G r o ~ ~111)
p
Distribution: Math/l'hysics
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics
Topics in discrete ~nathematicssuch as sets and logic,
combinatorics, probability, relations and fiunctio~ls,
vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory
of primary interest to students in Computer Science and
Mathematics. Students who have comvleted MAT 121
map register for credit only with consent of the instructor.
(Prerecl: MAT 114, 121 or Placement G r o ~ ~IV)
p
Major: 1Lequired for Computer Science major
MIS 175
Computers for Business, Economics and MIS
An i~ltroductionto microcomputer-based i~~fi)r~nation
systems. St~ldyfeatures of hardw'lre, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSIIOS, Lotus 123 (graphic, database and logical fiullctions)
and dBASE (index, c1ue1-y and vie^/). May study other
applications (Microsoft Worlts, Word Perfect, and
Minitab). T o test o ~oft MIS 175, pass either a comprehensive exam or MIS 370. (l'rcrecl: Math Placement
Gro~~
11por Pass in MAT 103)
Major: Iceq~~ired
in Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory
Management major.
MIS 279
Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics
and MIS
An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive
measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference
and estimation. Emphasis is placed on their use in applied
problems in Business and Economics. Minitab may be
required. (Prereq: MIS 175 and either Math Placement
Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104)
Major: Required in the Business Administration and
Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory
Management and Public Relations majors
MIS 370
Advanced Computing for Business, Economics
and MIS
An investigation of programmable systems. Examine
basic algorithms and associated flowcharts and psuedocode.
Apply these concepts by programming some of these
software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus, dBASE, Minitab, and
Word Perfect. (Prereq: Math Placement Group I11 or
Pass in MAT 104; MIS 175 or CSC 170 or with
extensive lcnowledge of Lotus and DOS which has been
verified by instructor.
Major: One of two choices in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in
Organizations
Use of a systems approach in analyziilg the role of
information systems in organizations. Review the features
of computers (hardware and software) and various types
of information systems. May involve several case studies:
review the business needs, summarize the relevant finding
(hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options
and communicate the recommendations. Learn to use a
CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis.
(Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer
course such as MIS 175 or 370. Consult with the
instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and
design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools
such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as
Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design.
(Prereq: MIS 375)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Using slulls developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a
complete and extensive project of systems analysis and
design. (Prereq: MIS 475)
Major: Required in MIS major (upper division)
MIS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business,
Economics and MIS
Utilize computer systems relevant to quantitative analysis:
Lotus, Minitab, SPSS or MathCad. Investigate statistical
descriptions, statistical inference and analysis of variance.
Investigate linear models, queuing models and Monte
Carlo simulations. (Prereq: MIS 175,279 and either
Math Placement Group IV or grade of 2.0 or higher in
MAT 114,121,122, or 171. Recommended: MIS 370
and ECO 318)
Major: Recommended in MIS major and one of a choice
of three required courses in the Finance major
(upper division)
MUS 130
Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other
fine arts. For non-music majors.
Distribution: Art/Music
NOR 111
Beginning Norwegian
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather
than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NOR 112
Beginning Norwegian
Continuation of NOR 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
NUR 305
Contemporary Nursing I: Communication
A transitional course that introduces the components of
the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. A communicative process is emphasized as
one means by which the nurse-client relationship is
negotiated. Interactive, group and learning theories are
explored for their applicability to changing professional
roles and practice. A teaching project is required.
(Prereq: or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 306
Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in
the process of professional development. The function of
theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected
nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process
format. Clinical application of a holistic assessment is
required. (Prereq: NUR 305)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 310
Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on community health delivery systems
and the practice of public health nursing. Concepts of
health are examined as they apply to current community
health problems and issues. Clinical application of course
content includes the assessment of an elderly person and
definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific
community. Ethical issues related to community health
decision making with aggregate groups are explored.
(Prereq: NUR 330)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 311
Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum**
This course provides a cli~licalexperience in the practice
of public health nursing in which the st~tdentprovides
direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. The
student will provide care to both disease and disability
and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a
specific c o ~ n ~ n u ~ lsystem
i t y and the community's provision of health related services. This practicurn lnay
require weekday hours. (Prereq: NUK 310)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
* * This coulaseinvolves an additional clinicalfee.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
This course is designed to investigate the current
responsibilities of the professional nurse. Current
economic, social, political and professio~laltrends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for
~lursingpractice. (Prereq: N U R 306, REL 483 or P H I
380, or concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 350
Introduction to Nursing Research
The research process and methods appropriate to ~lursi~lg
are emphaized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing
research are explored. Students critique nursing research
for its applicability to nursing practice and design a
research proposal. (Prereq: N U R 330, may be talcen
concurrently with N U R 3 10)
Major: Required for Nursing major ( ~ ~ p pdivision)
er
NUR 403
Contemporary Nursing 111: Fanlilies
This course provides a theoretical basis for ~lursi~lg
of
c~llt~~rally
diserse families throughout the life span as a
social system and explores theories related to family
structure and fiu~~ctioning
as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to the role of the
nurse in family health care. (Prereq: N U R 31 1, N U R
350, may be talcen prior or concurrently with N U R 423)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 404
Contemporary Nursing IV:Leadership and
Management
This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and
management as emcrging professional nurse roles.
Concepts of change, conflict, cornm~u~~ication,
and
system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accou~ltabilityand
advocacy provide the basis for role development and
professionalism. (l'rereq: NUR 403)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 423
Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family * *
A clinical practicu~noffering the student an opportunity
to apply content from NUR 403 in providing conlplex
nursing care to families in selectcd practice setting.
(l'rereq: N U R 403 o r concurrent enrollment)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division)
**Thiscourse involves an additional clinicalfie
NUR 427
NUR 432
Practic~unin Nursing 11: Leadership and
Management * *
This clinical practicu~nutilizes knowledge and sltills f i o ~ n
NUR 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership
and management theory in a selected agency setting. This
~xacticummay require weeltday hours. (Prereq: NUR 404
or co~icurrcntenroll~nent)
Major: Required for Nursing major (upper divisio~i)
* * This course involves an additional cli~iicalfee
Topics in Nursing
A course dcsig~iedto provide in-depth exploration of
selectcd topics in nursing. Tlie subjects studied will vary
dcpe~idi~ig
upon the needs and interests of tlie faculty and
studcnts. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instruct()~-.
011
demand.)
Major: Electi\le for Nursing major (upper division)
NUR 499
Independent Study
This learni~igexperience provides tlie opportu~iityfix tlie
students to study a selected topic or issue in depth.
St~tdc~lts
consult with faculty and submit written study
proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to
registration.
Major: Elective for N ~ r s i ~major
ig
(upper division)
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Methods
'Tliougli each person I~ashis or her own set of ideas and
belieti, rarely arc tliey critically analyzed or e\~aluatedfor
their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is
that individuals lack the needed slrills. Another is tliat they
may liavc had little opportunity to examine critically some
of the ideas basic to Western culture. Tlie purpose of this
course is to provide the student with some experience in
examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and
analytical slrills required to evaluate and construct a system
of ideas and beliefs.
1)istribution: History/Pliilosopliy
PHI 120
Ethics
Ethics studies our ~iioralbeliefs, helping students to
consider the basis which tliey use to ~nalremoral judgments. The course explores tlie ~najorphilosophical
approaches to evaluation of moral actions, and then
applies tlic~iito contemporary personal and social ~iioral
issues. This e~iablesstudcnts to be aware of tlie nature o f
value disputes, tlie different perspectives talren, and tlie
reasoning used to resolve them. Tlirouglio~~t
the course
Christian ethics will inform our considerations.
Distribution: Histor)~/l'l~ilosopl~y
Major: Recommended elective in Business
Ad~iiinistrationmajor
PHI 130
Logic
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you
must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When
does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid arguments and
work to develop your ability to recognize and construct
sound arguments.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration and MIS major
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise
in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the
dying and euthanasia.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing
major (upper division)
PHY 101
Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and
galaxies that requires elementary algebra. In addition, the
course traces the development of scientific thought from
early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical
instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch
reflecting telescope, an 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch
Questar. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are
important components of this course. (Prereq: Math
Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An int&oductoG course in which the applications,
problems and experiments are selected not only to
illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate
the relevance of vhvsic~to the life sciences. The course is
designed to serve students in biology, psychology,
physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also
a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the
liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
L
PHY 106
>
Introductory Meteorology
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.
The cdurse is designed to provide a working knowledge
of the basic principles required for understanding weather
and climate. Attention will be given to the overall
weather vatterns of the earth and to the manv varied
aspects of weather, some of which include: clouds and
precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes,
weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of
weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical
phenomena of the slty. Laboratory exercises are included
as an intregal part of the course. The course is designed
to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 111
Physics, Computers, and Society
A study of the historical development of selected topics in
physicd science. Attention will b e given to the interaction
of physics and its associated tech~lologywith philosophy,
religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and
digital electronics will lead up to discussio~lof the
meaning of Twentieth Century physics and of the role of
electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq:
Math Placement Group 11)
Distribution: Math/Physics
PHY 261
Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog
electronics comprises the first half of the course. The
second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq: PHY 103, 111or 122; and MAT
122 or 125)
Major: Elective for Computer Science major
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes of international politics,
including the dynamics of the international system,
theories of international relations, and a focus on recent
problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of
law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and
juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law;
law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Mass Communications in Society
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and control of mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmalung,
entertainment and public affairs programming.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies or Economics/Political Science
Major: Required for the Communication major
(upper division)
Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass
Communications
This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media
Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and
Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of
Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is
desirable to have taken POL 342 Mass Communications.
If not, talk with instructor before registration.)
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
(upper division)
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introductio~lto the methods and approaches used in
psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday
situations are emphasized.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Major: Required for Psychology and Social Work major,
a prerequisite for advanced courses in Psychology
PSY 264/
265
Research Methods: Design, Procedure and
Analysis I, I1
A two-term sequence includillg experimentation in
human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both
statistical and experimental design methodology.
Research Methods I may be taken for credit without
co~ltinuingin Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both courses in sequence in consecutive
terms. (Prereq: PSY 105)
Major: Required for Psychology major
PSY 355
Brain and Behavior
A survey of the h~lctionsof the nervous system which are
responsible for behavior in animals and human beings.
Major topics include: sleep and wakeh~lness,motivation
and emotion, learning and memory and mental disordcrs.
(Prereq: PSY 105 and o ~ l course
c
in biology)
Major: Required prerequisite course for Nursing
major (upper division)
PSY 356
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study
the influence which the environment, both natural and
man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include:
overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality,
defensible space and crime, and built environments such
as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq: PSY 105)
13istribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Major: Elective for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 373
Organizational Psychology
Theoretical conceptualizatio~~s
of organizational behavior. The study of the individual, group, structure, and
change and development in organizations. (Prereq: PSY
105)
Major: Required for Business Management major and
elective for Psychology major and three Co~nmunication
majors (upper division)
PSY 381
Psychology in Historical Perspective
Historical develop~nentof psychological viewpoints and
theoretical positions. (Prereq: PSY 105 and one other
PSY course)
Major: Required for Psychology major
(uppcr division)
PSY 399
Internship
Prior to the beginning of the trimester in which a student
desires an internship, interested students should consult
with the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding
requirements and permission to register for this course.
(Prereq: PSY 105 and Junior class standing)
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
PSY 485
Counseling Psychology
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the
counseling process. Consideration given to goals and
ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq:
Three PSY courses and Junior class standing)
Major: Elective for Psychology and Human Relations
major (upper division)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a
psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches
and methods used by psychologists in studying such
issues. (Prereq: PSY 105 and four other PSY courses)
Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division)
REL 111
Introduction to Theology
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology
and to the dialogue between the church and the world
which concerns Christian doctrine.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 215
Archaeology and the Bible
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical
archaeology, and review of some current findings.
Distribution: Religion
Major: An elective for Religion major
REL 221
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the
biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation.
The history of Israel and the emergence of the church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major
REL 263
World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New
World View
The course will survey the most recent reports and
analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger
including the root causes, the inter-connectedness of
other issues, the biblical mandate and the roles of justice,
charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The
purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become
sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and
responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for
social justice.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major
REL 345
The Lutheran Heritage
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, but also study its
origin in the 16th Century and its development and
cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by
Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class
discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to
the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,
and theology. (Prereq: REL 111 or 221)
Distribution: Religion
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major
denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary
cultic movements will also be considered.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 356
History of Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living
religions of the world; including Hinduism, Buddhism,
Confbcianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus
some discussion of primary documents from these
religious communities.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 360
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society
in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis
on contemporary sociological research on religious
movements in American society.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the development of religion in America.
Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism,
denominations and the responses of religion to the
challenges of its environing culture.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 369
Religious Imagination in Modern Literature
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and
world view. Reading and discussion of nine works
(novels, poetry, etc.).
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 445
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible.
The importance of recognizing the varied character of
language for understanding the biblical text.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division)
REL 475
Judaism
A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the
Old ~estamentperiod to modern times, with emphasis
placed upon the religious development. A special interest
in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel.
The Jewish Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to
Augsburg College in partial support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological
task of the Christian Church.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of
theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on
developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Required for Religion major, REL 483 or PHI
380 required for Nursing major (upper division)
REL 486
Psychology of Religion and Theology
A study of current psychological views of religion in the
context of the traditional Christian view of human nature.
Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by
Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Beclter, and to those
Christian theologians who have been influenced by them.
Distribution: Religion
Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division)
REL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Required of majors in their junior or
senior year. Others by permission of instructor.
Major: Required for Religion major (upper division)
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As
an academic discipline and a profession, sociology
provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction,
inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
Distribution: Sociology/Psychology
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work
major
SOC 231
Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View
A cross-cultural examination of the family as an institution
interacting with other social institutions. Effects of
position in the social structure are examined to explain
diversity in families in terms of class, race, and gender.
Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major
and an elective in the Human 1Xelations major
SOC 265
Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race
This course considers the dimensions of racial and
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon
prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The
course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an
opportunity for off-campus participant observation.
Members of the class call expect evaluatio~lto be based
on a combination of class participation, a research
project, and a final examination. The course is offered
only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work
major and elective supporting course in the Business
Management major
SOC 336
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
The concept of culhlru ex;mlineil in m~thrrlpology,TIie
way we see and livc in tlic world. An ;lnalysis of basic
assu~nptionsundorlyiiig tllc idens of t'narurc," "primitive," "civilized," and "pmp~rss."Tl~cpcrstrtl's rclation
to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western
culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor)
Major: lcequired for Social Studies major, recom~nended
elective in Business Management major (upper division)
SOC 349
Complex Organizations
There is little in contemporary American life that is not
sornehow affected by organizations. This course sociologically exnr~iii~cs
(both tllccl~.eticallyand rnrpirir3lly)
ho\v org,~niz.~tions
survive ns elititlcs and ~viiatl i l i is like
L'nr iwoplr within r hosu organi~ations.Tlirmrgti lcchrrc,
distiissio~l,gunt spuakcw, and participation w
w rvill
explore the topics of orgal~izatiol~al
goals, technology,
structure and process; as well as corporate and white
collar deviance, gender issues, and orgallizatio~lalchange.
(Prereq: SOC 121 or permission of instructor)
Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations,
Public Relations/Advertising, and Supervisory Management majors (upper division)
SOC 365
Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation
Overview of commonly-used research methods in social
science and their application to program evaluation.
Consumer overview of organization, comparison and
i~lterpretationof quantitative i~lformationas evidellced in
statistical analysis. Designed for Social Work majors. Not
to be taken by Sociology majors. (Prereq: Level I11 Math
Place~nentTest)
Major: Required in Social Work major
SOC 375
Social Psychology
An exa~ninationof the idea of "group," its relationship to
individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of
"self' and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A loolc at the major
assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life
- a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-
granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation
in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with
the major issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121)
Major: Required supporting course for Social Work
major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division)
SPA 111
Beginning Spanish
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish.
Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Laboratory work is an integral part of the course.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPA 112
Beginning Spanish
Continuation of SPA 111.
Distribution: Foreign Language
SPC 111
Public Speaking
Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical
listening. Students have the opportunity to give several
speeches and receive feedback about their performance
from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on
such topics as developing self-confidence,speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation,
effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking
and listening.
Major: Required for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
SPC 222
Introduction to Theatre
A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays,
artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic
concepts and techniques of the play production process.
Distribution: English/Speech
SPC 224
Publication Design
(See under ART 224.)
SPC 329
Intercultural Communication
This course will explore both the problems and potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping,
prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal
symbols will be examined in this course.
Major: Recommended supporting course in Human
Relations major (upper division)
SPC 342
Mass Communications in Society
(See under POL 342.)
SPC 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of the dynamics of communication in
organizatio~lalsettings. Focuses on topics such as
superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal
communication networks, management styles, power and
authority, motivation of employees, organizational
culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings,
and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both
managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the
literature on organizational communication and attempt
to apply it to their own experiences in organizations.
Major: Elective for three of the Communication majors
(upper division)
SPC 351
Argumentation
Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. IZey
objectives include increasing skill in a~lalyzingargumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and
weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and
fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of
argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students
have the opportunity to enhance their skulls in debate and
discussion and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives.
(Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for the Communication major
(upper division)
SPC 352
Persuasion
Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes
and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of
topics, including obstacles to persuasion, cultural
dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals, empirical research in persuasion; how
persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and
interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements
and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students
analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society,
with practical work in speech and promotional projects.
(Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Major: Required for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Marketing major
(upper division)
SPC 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through
verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that
build relationships and help to overcome communication
barriers. This course combines theory and practice to
help the student understand and manage communication
problems more effectively.
Major: Required for Communication major, elective
supporting course in Business Management major
(upper division)
SPC 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis
on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership
and conflict management. This course combines lecture
with practical experience to help the student become a
more effective and productive member of a small, taskoriented group. (Prereq: SPC 354)
Major: Required for Communication major, recommended for supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division)
SPC 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study,
understanding and practice in reading prose, poetry and
drama before small and large groups.
Distribution: English/Speech (upper division)
SPC 421
Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics
(See under POL 421 .)
SPC 480
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public Relations in the modern world of communication,
marketing and business. An overview of public relations as
a career and a survey of basic promotional communication
in profit and non-profit organizations.
Major: Elective in all Communication majors
(upper division)
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80
hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or
institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities,
social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the
helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper
report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration:
open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course provides the lcnowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of
the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and
families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is
the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to
human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to
growth. Growth related to populations and groups which
represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus.
Students will gain self-understanding through use of their
own experiences. Open to all students.
Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary/Secondary Education major
SWK 361
Social Responses to Human Needs
This course describes the historical and contemporary
systems of human service and diversity of professional and
client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and
governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the
course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 363
Methods and Skills of Social Work
Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work
interventive methods, and practical experience necessary
for social work practice with individuals and small groups
with a diversity b f professionals and client groups;
development of the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 364
Field Work I
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social
work agency focusing on interviewing experience and
relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small
group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq:
SWIZ 361, Junior, concurrent with SWK 363)
Major: Required in the Social Worlc major
(upper division)
SWK 461
Advanced Methods and Skills
Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing
adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse
populations through lecture, classroom exercise and
regular class w o r l c ~ ~ n l a r ~ e mof
e nsocial
t
group work
skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice
skills and eclectic approaches with focus on diversity of
professionals and ciiknt populations. Lectures and/or
laboratory exercises each weelc. (Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363
and 364, candidacy status, concurrent with SWK 462)
Major: Required in the Social Worlc major
(upper division)
SWK 462
Field Work I1
Progressively responsible supervised professional and
social work experience including worlc with individuals,
families, groups and/or communities in a social service
agency. Ten hours per weelc, plus one supportive/
discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: concurrent with
SWK 461, candidacy status)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 463
Community Development and Organization
Locality developmen&d social change through community organization, social planning, and social action.
Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of community
organization and socid change; 2) understanding the
theories, basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest
and change; 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the
functions and interrelationships of community organizations; and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the
essential principles and tqhniques of organizing. Open to
all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor)
Distribution: Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/
Minority Studies
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 465
Social Policy: Analysis and Development
Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation
and methods of analysis associated with needs and
services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social
work practice. Development and implementation will be
viewed firsthand through work with an elected public
policy maker. Readings and analytical paper integrate class
concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361,
463 and Senior or consent of instructor)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 466
Field Work I11
Continuation of SWK 462. Can be taken in coordination
with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work in field site. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWK461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 467
The Social Worker as a Professional
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job
attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment
issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resource development will be studied in the
course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory
for class exercises. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK
461,462,463)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
SWK 469
Field Work IV
Continuation of SWK 466. Can be taken in coordination
with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment
for work on field sites. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in
SWIC 466, concurrent with SWK 467)
Major: Required in the Social Work major
(upper division)
Financial Information
Admissions Requirements and Procedures
Who May Apply
Men or women who have:
1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate.
2. Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high
school or previous college work.
Admissions Process
1. Complete the application form and return it along with the
application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
2. Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary
institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office.
Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should
include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates.
3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review
the application materials and notif) students regarding acceptance
and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may
request that the student submit a personal statement or have a
personal interview with a Weelzend College faculty/staff member or
submit letters of recommendation to the Committee.
4. Students who are transferring previous college worlz to the Weekend
College program will be informed with their acceptance notification
as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to
be completed for the bachelor's degree.
5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that
section of thls bulletin.
Transfer Credits From a Two-Year Community College
Students with a Junior status equivalent to 18 or greater
Augsburg courses will not be granted additional transfer credit
toward graduation &om courseworlz talzen at a two - year
community college.
Financial Aid
Company Tuition Assistance Program
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer f
d
lor partial tuition
assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which
employees may handle tuition reimbursement.
Grants and Scholarships
Pell Grant
This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students
who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from
$250-2,300 per year.
Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program
The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for
state residents who take one course at Augsburg.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program
The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to
Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on
financial needs. Awards ranged from $100 to $3,867 for 1990-1991.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships
American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may
apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other
sources of financial aid. For assistance in application, please contact
Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or
your tribal agency.
Augsburg Tuition Grant
Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend
College students who show academic potential and have financial need.
Loan Assistance
Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded
program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be
made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time.
Simple interest of 5%and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of
$30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for
new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is
$9,000, and $18,000 if graduate study is included.
Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan) These loan hnds, which are based on need, are obtained drectly from a
local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While
the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge.
Simple annual interest of 8% (10%after the fourth year of repayment) on
the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after
you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum
loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years
of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of
$17,250 and $54,750 for graduate students. Applications are available at
the College and some banks.
SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) -A federal loan program.
Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum
of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate
is set annually with a cap of 12%and accrues from the date borrowed;
payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Students
must apply for financial aid.
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota State Loan
Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000
cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for graduate
students. ($1,000 minimum.) Interest rate is variable, paid by the
borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest begin 12
months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be
enrolled at least half-time.
To Apply for Financial Aid
1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to
also apply for financial aid.
2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application and
financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the Financial
Aid Office, 152 Science Hall, or the Weekend College Office).
3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must
have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each
previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid.
4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines
indicated.
5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the
deadline stated.
Tuition, Fees and Payment Schedule
Below are descriptions of Augsburg College's tuition, fees and payment
schedules. For the exact tuition and fees amounts, please refer to the
insert covering the academic year of enrollment (or planned enrollment).
Tuition
Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in three equal installments at the
beginning of each trimester. Tuition is charged per trimester course to a
maximum of four course credits per trimester. Courses with values of .5
or .25 are charged one half or one fourth of the per course tuition.
Therefore a student registering for 2.5 course credits would be charged
as follows: Per course tuition x 2.5 courses. Weekend College students
may register for Day schedule courses on a space available basis. A
student with a combination schedule (Day and Weekend) carrying 3.0 or
more course credits will be charged hll time tuition for that trimester.
Pees
Fees are also set on an annual basis and are payable in the trimester in
which they were incurred. Fees are charged according to the following:
Application Fee
Activity Fee
Late Fee
Lifetime Sports
Nursing Clinical Fee
Registration Change
Student Teaching Fee
Transcript Fee
Payable once, non-rehndable
Per trimester
Charged per day, up to 5 working days,
for late completion of registration
Payable on course regis~ationor
completion of Assessment of Previous
Learning
Payable upon course registration
After first class meeting for a
cancel/add/change grade option, or a
combination at one time
Per student teaching course, payable
upon registration
Per copy after the first, which is free
Payment Schedule
Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term
is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or
academic transcripts until a student's account is paid in fdl.This also
applies to student loans administered by the College (i.e. Perkins Student
Loan). They must be current according to established repayment schedules.
Augsbwg offers the following payment options:
1) Trimester payments in l l l on day of registration.
2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a
3-payment plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
approved only if previous plans have been adhered to. *
3) Company Reimbursement - F d courses, or equivalent, which are
company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed,
with full payment due within 50 days fiom the end of the term.
*A non-sufficient h n d check used for payment at registration will declare
that registration invalid and could affect hrther credit extended by the
College.
Refund Schedule
A per course tuition rehnd will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in
order to be eligible for the tuition rehnd.)
Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%(less a $75
Administrative Fee if withdrawing &om current term entirely)
Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80%
Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60%
No rehnd after the third scheduled class meeting.
The rehnd schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended
classes. All rehnds of charges will be applied to the account of the
student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be
made before eligibility for a cash rehnd of any resulting credit balance is
determined. Please d o w two weeks for a rehnd.
Tuition Refund Policy
If a student is forced to withdraw because of accident or illness, whether
a physical or mental health problem, the rehnd may include the normal
percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment. Requests for this
additional rehnd must be made to the Petitions Committee and must
be accompanied by a written report fiom the attending health professional stating the inability for, or inadvisability of, continued study.
Students charged on a single-course fee basis who have completed
payment of assessed tuition may choose between this partial tuition
rehnd or a tuition-fiee course retake credit. A retake credit may be used
only to repeat the same course from which the student withdrew. This
choice between rehnd and tuition-fiee retake credit must be made at
the time of the request to the Petitions Committee, and the choice of
monetary refind or retake credit may not be changed subsequently.
Students should be aware that their choice of rehnd or retake credit
may adversely affect their financial aid eligibility and that they bear hll
responsibilityfor the effects of their choices. Retake credits must be used
within one academic year or the next time the course is offered if that is
longer than one year.
oat Aqgsbuvg College
-
History
I
I
I
I
I
I
Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and
moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and
Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with
The American Lutheran Church.
Location
Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection
of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the
Riverside Medcal Center, the West Bank campus of the University of
Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways.
Campus
Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10
of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center,
main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss
Center for Worship, Drama and Communication.
Accessibility
We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible
campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of
10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building
changes, we have a student-mn program to increase awareness and
provide extra help for students with dsabilities.
Church M i a t i o n
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 15 percent other
Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are
represented among students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required
by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices.
mpzts Gztide
Augsburg College
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall (S)
Old Main (OM)
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
Christensen Center
Sverdrup-Ofiedal Memorial Hall
Music Hall (M)
2222 Murphy Place (MP)
Melby Hall (MH)
Ice Arena
Stage I1 Theatre
Center for Global Education
Scandinavian Center
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama
and Communication (F)
18.
19.
20.
2 1.
Youth and Family Institute
Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
Tutor House
American Indian Support
and Minority Education
Partnership
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Admissions Parking
Student Parking
Visitor Parking
The Quad
Faculty/Staff Parking
Murphy Square
Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field
Fairview/St. Mary's
Parking Ramp
Husby-Strommen
Tennis Courts
Resident Parking Only
I.
J
Accessible Entrance
Show less
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a... Show more
Starting April 22 you may schedule
Summer School courses at the
Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis
during regular office hours. Each course
scheduled must be accompanied by a
$50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is
applied to designated course tuition and
is non-refundable except when a course
is cancelled. When this happens, you
may elect to receive a deposit refund or
substitute another course. To avoid
disappointment in course selection,
schedule as soon as you can. Many
courses with limited enrollment fill
early. Conversely, courses with low
preregistration enrollment may be
cancelled before the first day of the term.
Students must confirm registration in
person at the Business Office or they will
be dropped from the course.
Term I Summer School students are
required to finalize their registrations on
May 26 or 27. Term I1 registrations must
be finalized on June 22 or 23. This
procedure applies to all courses,
including internships and independent
studies. Finalizing registration will take
place at the Business Office, 114 Science
Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:00 p.m. on May 26 and 27, and June 22
and 23. The balance owing for tuition
must be paid before registration is
finalized.
Augsburg students please note: Balance
due on Augsburg account from
previous term/s must be paid in full
before you can finalize registration. A
late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for
Term I registrations completed on May
28. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed
for Term I1 registrations completed on
June 24. Registrations will not be
accepted after these dates.
To change your registration, cancel your
registration, add a course, or drop a
course and enroll in another course, fill
out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of
$50.00 for changing a registration after
the second day of each term. This must
be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 28 for
Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June
24 for Term I1 courses. This procedure
applies to internships and independent
studies as well as scheduled courses.
Any refund or adjustment of fees is
determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy."
Summer 1992
Term I
Term I1
Beginning of scheduling
Registration
(must be confirmed in person
at the Business Office)
April 22
May 26-27
April 22
June 22-23
Classes begin
Balance of tuition due
May 26
May 26-27
June 22
June 22
May 28
May 28
May 28
June 24
June 24
June 24
None
July 4
June 12
June 19
June 24
July 17
July 31
August 5
Last day to:
*Change grading option
*Drop class without notation
*Register with late fee of $50
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
Holiday
(Saturday)
Last day to withdraw from class (W)
Classes end
Grades due in Registrar's office
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status,
sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
FEES
The tuition charge for 1992 Summer
School courses is as follows: $650.00 for
full-credit courses, $350.00 for half-credit
courses, and $175.00 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the
tuition rates listed above.
Tuition Refund
Policy
The $50.00 per course deposit is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the date
of the student's official course
cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds:
*Prior to the second scheduled class
meeting - 100%of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the fourth scheduled class
meeting - 75% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
*Prior to the sixth scheduled class
meeting - 50% of the refundable
portion of the fee.
Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled
class sessions will use a prorated version
of the schedule of refunds.
Financial A i d
Financial aid is limited to the
Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student
taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is
eligible to apply for a Guaranteed
Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid
Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for
Financial Aid for Summer School is
April'l5,1992. You must have a
complete file in the Financial Aid Office
by April 15 in order to receive an award
for Summer. Please pick up a Summer
School Financial Aid Application from
the Financial Aid Officer or from the
Summer School Office.
1 , . Admissions House
2, George Sverdrup Library
3 , . Science Hall
.
Mortensen Tower
, Urness Tower
Christensen Center
22:
A.
Partnership
Center for Global Education
Admissions Parking
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn
left of Washington (turns right onto
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South.
Campus Location
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25t
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 21st Avenue Sc
"
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
1
35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers).
Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at
Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st
Avenue South.
II
1''
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully
accredited liberal arts college affiliated
with The Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America and is located in the heart of
Minneapolis. The small college
environment, about 3,000 students
during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational
activities found in this vibrant
metropolitan area. An active summer
combining classes and
participation in metropolitan
events is a delightful
- and
broadening experience.
Augsburgin
the Summer
Augsburg College provides a
diverse summer curriculum including
regular courses, internships and
independent studies. Term I runs from
- June 19, Term I1 runs from June
~ay-26
22 - July 31. This brochure presents the
Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
Summer students may take one course
during Term I and two courses during
Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits.
Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution and perspective
requirements are so noted in the
course descriptions.
I
7
F
l
Course levels are indicated by the first
digit of the three digit course number: 1
or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper
division, primarily for juniors and
seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Courses regularly taught during the
academic year are more fully described
in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you
need more information about a special
summer offering, please contact the
S u m 1 1 . School
~~
Office.
Independent study and internships, in
addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of
departments. Internships involve work
experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government or
industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students who need housing may obtain
information from the Director of
Residence Life.
The College Reserves the Right to cancel
listed courses
,d
kformation
and Forms
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCOOL OFFICE
Murphy Place
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free
1-8001788-5678
Elizabeth Bruch, Director
Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does
not imply admission as a regular
student of Augsburg College. Those m.
wishing to begin a degree program at
the College should apply for admission
though the Office of Admissions.
1
1
4
ART
ART 107-8100
DRAWING
Bollman
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects
include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors,
experimental work. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics.
M,T, W,Th
OM 17
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ART 352-8101
WOMEN AND ART
Anderson
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts,
including the fine arts, the work of Native American
women. Dist.: Art/Music, Minority Studies; Persp.:
None
M,T, W,Tli
Foss 43
1:00-4:OO p.111.
BUSINESS AUMIKISTRATIC
HUS 175-8102
COMl'Uf ERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECONOMICS AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcompu ter-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase I I I t and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). (Prereq.:
MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,TIi
Foss 20
6:OO-9:OO p.m.
BUS 221-8103
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and
fundamentals of accounting, the accou~itingcycle and
preparation of financial statements. Dist.: None; Persp.:
None
8:30-10:50 a.rrl.
M,T, W,Th
OM 10
BUS 242-8104
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature
of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis
of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: None;
Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th
OM11
6:OO-9:OO p.~tl.
-
.
I
I
5
-
I
w
I
BUS 322-8105
ACCOUNTING THEORY
ANDPRACTICEI
Kader
An analysis of financid accounting with emphasis on
accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements
and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.:
BUS 222 and EC0 113)
M,T, W,Th
MII.7?(
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
BUS 331-8106
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
LaFave
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of
funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long an short
term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,
ECO 113) Dist.: None; Persp.: None
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 11
8:30-10:50 n.111.
ECO 110-8107
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problclns facing a
nlctro-urban environment. By ~ndepcndcntstudy. Dist :
Urban Collccrns; Pcrsp : None
AI ~.nrl~ed
ECO 112-8108
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics, national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic growth. Dist.: Economics/ Polttical Science;
Pcrsp.: Western Heritagc
6:00-9:00 p.l!r
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 24
EDU 264-8109
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
IN AN URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Study and investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession Dist.: Yes, when combined with
EDE 363 or ED5 352 (1 12 course); Persp : Thc City
6:OU-9:00 p.rrr
M,W
1. 1
EDS 282-8110
INTRODUCTION TO
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Metcalf
Introduction to the field of special education Examines
the nature, causes, and educational intcrventiol~sfor
such exceptionalitics as mental retardation, physical
disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning
disabilities, behavior disorders and gtftcdness. Dist.:
Nonc
1:OiJ-4:00 p.111.
M,T, W,TII
OM 13
EDU 341-8111
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Hackney
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the ~ l s of
c instructional
technology. Selection, prcparation, production and
evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
tcaching/leaming situation Computer training will be
included in this course Dist.: None; Pcrsp.: None
9:30-11:50 n ! I ! .
T,T11
I-.~JSS
175
,
EDE 382-8112
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS
Drelow
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Dist.: None (112 course); Pcrsp.. None
6:00-9:00 p.trl
T,TII
1. 4
EDU 388-8113
HUMAN RELATIONS
Mueller
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations Open to all. Required for all
Elementary and Secortdary Education majors. Dist :
Nonc. (112 course)
5:30-8:30 p.111.
M,W
OM 13
ENG 225-8114
INTERMEDIATE
EXPOSITORY WRITING
Schmit
The dcvclopment of essays in a variety of rhetorical
modes. Particular attmtion will be given to stylistic and
organizational matters through the course's workshop
format. (Prcreq.: ENG 111)
G:O0-9:fJO p.r!r.
M,T, W,TII
SC1212
ENG 245-8115
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Miskowiec
111 this course studcnts arc initiated into the for~nalstudy
of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate
morc fully the plcas~~rcs
of 1iterature.Thc course alms to
expand students' cxposurc to literature and thcrcforc
draws on works from several periods, from different
cultures and races, f m ~ nmale and fcmalc writers. As the
prerequisite for all upper courses in literature,
Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop
students' critical and analytical skills in reading about
literature. Dist.: ILitcrature; Pcrsp.: Aesthetics
9:30-11:50 n.111.
M,7', W,TII,F
OM 18
GER 111-8116
BEGINNING GERMAN 1
Quanbeck
Classroqm practice speaking, understanding and
reading basic German for studcnts with no previous background in German. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intcrculh~ralAwarc~,essI1
8:30-10:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,Tlr,F
OM 27
SPA 111-8117
Kiugsley
BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section 1)
SPA 111-8118
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading and writing of elelnc~itary
Spanish. Introduction to cul turc of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.:.Foreign Language; Persp.:
Intercultural A w a r c ~ l c s I1
s
8:30-20:50 n.lrr.
M,T,W,Tlr,F (Ssctiorr 1)
5:30-7350 p.rlr.
M,T, W,TIi,F fS~.ctiorr11) OM 25
H P E 320-8119
S C H O O L HEALTH C U R R I C U L U M
Murphy
Techniques for developing a course of s t u d y based
u p o n g r o w t h a n d development for g r a d e s K-12.
Special w o r k units in nulrition and diseases.
(Prcreq: All courses in t h e major sequence
numbered in the 100 and 200 series a n d consent of
instructor)
5:30-9:30 p , ~ ! ,
W
O M 22
HIS 348-8120
RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET
Kimball
UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY
Tlic coursc offers an introductory historical survey
of Llic Sovict Union. It begins with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to
the Russiaii Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and
Lenin's consolidation of power. Idatcr topics
include: tlic rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World
War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejcctio~iof
Stalinisin culminating in an examination of recent
cvciits since L11c emergence of Gorbacliev. The
coursc will emphasizc political, diplomatic,
cconomic and cultural liistory by focusing on
Sovict political practices and institutions
9:30-11:50 0
M,T, W,T/I,F
111
O M 23
INS 1991399-8121
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in wliich a
student designs a learning agreement (witli a
faculty member) which links the ideas and
methods of their major to the opportunities found
in the placement. Participation in a weekly
seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
PHI 110-8124
INTRODUCTION T O
PHILOSOPHY
Apolloni
This course provides tlic student with some
experience in examining ideas and thereby
sliarpcniiig the critical and analytical skills
required to evaluate and construct a system of
ideas and beliefs. Dist.: I-listory/Philosopl~y;
Pcrsp.: I-[unian Identity
8:30-10:50 n.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
SCl712
PHYSICS
PHY 101-8125
ASTRONOMY
Stenstrom
A descriptive course covering our solar system,
stars and galaxies. In addition the coursc traces the
development of scientific t h o ~ ~ g lfrom
l t early
civilizatioli to the present day, The necessary
optical instrun~eiitsarc cxplai~lcdand use is made
of 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-incli
Cclcstron and a tlircc-inch Qucstar. Night vicwiilg
and laboratory sessions are important components
of the coursc. (Three one-hour lccturcs) (Prcrcq:
Matliematics Placement Group 11) Dist.:
MatIi/Physics; Pcrsp.: Natural World I1
5:30-8:30 / ~ . r i r .
M , T , W,TIi
SC1205
Arrnnged
INS 225-8122
INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM
Kader
This coursc is designed by a practicing Muslim Lo
present his perception of Islam to non-M~~slims.
Thc coursc will cover the ideological foundations
of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems,
and Islamic patterns of lifc. Tlierc will also be a
consideration of the differences between tlic
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Slii'its, Sufis, etc.); some
effort to deal witli the similarities and differences
bctwccii Islam and both Christianity and Judaism;
and a visit to one of the mosques in tlic T w'~ n
Cities. Dist.: Mii~ority-UrbanStudie?
R:30-10:50 f l . r r r .
MATHEMATIC
M , T , W,Tlr,F
-
MATH O F INTEREST
Foss
Have you ever wondered why women liave been
charged more than men for annuities and received
lower pension benefits than men? Or why women
liave paid less than men for life insurance? Or how
lifc pay~neiitsare figured out? Or liow muc11
money to invest in order to accumulate a certain
lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in
the future? Tlicn this coursc may bc meant for you.
These and otlicr interesting and useful topics in the
~iiatlicmaticsof financial transactions will be
covered. This coursc should be uscf~ilfor students
in business and economics or for any students
interested in careers in finance-related fields. Math
Placement Group I11 Dist : MatIi/Physics
M,T, W,UI
POL 342-8126
SPC 342-8127
MASS COMMUrJICATIONS
IN SOCIETY
Rueter
Effects of mass cominunications on iildividual
behavior; the uses and control of mass media for
political and social purposes including a study of
censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming Dist.: Urban Concerns
5:30-8:30 u.111
M,T,W,Th,F
MP 3
PSYCHOLOGY
M H 323
MAT 173-8123
12:OO-3:00 p.111.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
SC1772
PSY 325-8128
SOCIAL BEHAVIOR
Attridge
Social factors wliicli influei~ccindividual and
group behavior in naturalistic and cxperimcntal
settings, Topics include: cooperation, competition,
affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102
or 1 0 )
1:OO-4:00p.111
M,7', W,Tlr,F
O M 16
RELIGION
REL 472-8129
THEOLOGY O F PAUL
Quanbeck
A study of the Apostle Paul including his liistorical
background, his relationship to the early cliurcli
and some of the tl~eincsfound in his writings.
Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith
8:30-10:50 fl.111.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
SC1273
REL 483-8130
CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Olson
The bases of Cliristian social responsibility, in
terms of theological and sociological dynamics.
Emphasis on developing a constructive
perspective for critical reflection upon moral
action. Uist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2, 3
M,T, W,TIi
OM 78
SOC 1991399-8131
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning cxpcriencc in wliicli a
student designs a leariiiiig agrccmcnt (with a
faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and
methods of sociology to tlie opportunities found in
tlie placcinciit. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnrrgccl
SOC 265-8132
CULTURE, ETHNICITY,
GENDER AND RACE
Gerasimo
The dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism, and the role of self-understanding. (l'/N
grading only) Dist.: Minority Studies; I'crsp.:
lntcrcultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:OO ~ I . I I I .
M,T, W,TII,F
MP 4
SOC 375-8133
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
An examination of the idea of "group," its
.elationship to individual behavior and society. An
111alysisof the ideas of "self" and "identity" and
what part they play in ~~iidcrstailding
interpersonal relations and h u ~ n a nbehavior. A
sociological view of mental health. A look at tlic
major assumptions and processes underlying our
everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary
and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction,"
an important orientation in social psychology, will
be used as a way of dealing with the major issucs
in tlic course. (Prcrccl.: 121, junior or senior
students 011ly)
8:30-11:OO o.111
M,T, W,Tlr
OM 29
-
-
COMMUNICATI~GTI~
SPEECH,
THEATRE ARTS
SPC 347-8134
DOCUMENTARY VIDEO
Bart
A video production coursc wliicli intcgra tcs
lccture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing will1 non-fiction subjects. Students will
work in production tcams, gainiilg cxpcricncc in
field production and editing.
9:30-11:50 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
Fuss 170
SPC 351-8135
ARGUMENTATION
Hayes
Application of standards for sound cvidencc and
reasoning in public speaking, discussion and
debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in
analyzing argumentative claims, being able to
distinguish between strong and weak arguments,
understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in
reasoning and learning to apply pri~lciplcsof
argu~neiltationto contemporary public issucs.
Students have tlic opportunity to enhance their
skills in debate and discussion and also learn to
analyze and critique argi~~nciits
they encounter in
their daily lives
12:00-3:00 )J.III.
M,T, W,Tlr,F
O M 10
SPC 352-8136
PERSUASION
Lapakko
Theory of how people are influenced to change
attitudes and bcliavior. Tlie course deals with a
broad range of topics, iiicluding obstacles to
persuasion; the usc of logical and psycl~ological
appeals; empirical rcscarcli in pcrsuasion; how
pcrsuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising,
and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass
movemcnts and campaigns; the impact of tlie mass
media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to
pcrsi~asion.Students analyze persuasive messages
in contemporary society, with practical work in
speech and promotional projects.
9:30-11:50 0.111,
M,T, W,TIi,F
M 22
.
JUNE
22
ART 132-8200
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-8201
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and
expression using black and white photographic
processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.:
Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film,
etc.: $150.00-$175.00. (Class size limited.)
M,W (Section I)
1:30-5:00 p.m.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M,W (Section 11)
BUSINESS
MIS 175-8202
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS,
ECON AND MIS
Schwalbe
An introduction to microcomputer-based information
systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems,
languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical
functions) dBase IIIt and Minitab. May study other
applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The
completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as
a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass
in MAT 103, a self-paced course).
M,W
Foss 20
5:30-9:00 p.m.
BUS 222-8203
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accountina for
corporations. Basic concepts and fundament& of
managerial accounting, planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral
considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) Dist.: None
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
OM 10
BUS 323-8204
ACCOUNTING THEORY
AND PRACTICE 11
Kader
A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial
accounting with emphasis on accounting theory
pertaining to financial sta tements, income concepts,
valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant
issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity.
(Prereq.: BUS 322)
M, W
MH 323
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
BUS 340-8205
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Personnel functions in business, acauisition and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective intearation of the worker with
the goals o'f the firm and society.
(Prereq: BUS 242)
M,W
OM 10
6:00-9:00 p.m.
BUS 440-8206
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management of
operating functions. Examples from service industries,
non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught
from a managerial point of view. Topics include an
overview of operations, planning operation processes,
productivity measurement, standards, forecasting,
concepts of quality, inventory management, principles
of scheduling and operational control information
systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
T,Th
OM I1
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
ECO 110-8207
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
metro-urban environment. By independent study only.
Dist.: Urban Concerns
Arrat~ged
ECO 113-8208
PRINCIPLES OF
MICRO-ECONOMICS
Sabella
Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the
household, firm, market structures and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World
M,W
Foss 43
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
ECO 315-8209
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I)
Gupta
ECO 315-8210
MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11)
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory
and policy. (Prereq.: Eco 112,113) Dist.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W (Section I)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th (Section 11)
Foss 42
INDIVIDUAL LEARNER
Metcalf,
A class for Elementarv and Secondarv students designed
to address the educational needs of ;diverse studen?
body. Includes strategies for teaching special education
students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the
student at risk. Students are encouraged to take
introduction to Special Education (282) prior to . registering for this course.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M,T, W,Th
EDE 375-8212
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD
OF KINDERGARTEN
Graves
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching
approaches. Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at
kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching
at that level. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Dist.: None.
(1/ 2 course)
1:301:30 p
Dntes: J I I I I23,24,25,30,
~
L1
J~rly1,2,7,8,9,10
EDU 377-8213
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Stangl
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for science at the cindergarten and elementary level.
(114 course)
10:OO-12 p.tn. M,W Dntes: J~rly6,8,13,15,20,22
OM 4
EDE 386-8214
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURR1CULUM:CHILDREN'S
LITERATURE
Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: None. (1/2
course)
L4
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T
EDE 387-8215
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM
LANGUAGE ARTS
Therres
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: EDE 255 or EDS
265) (1/2 course)
11:30-1:30 p.tn.
Dotes: 1u11e23,24,25,30
OM 11
July 1,2,7,8,9,10
EDE 388-8216
HUMAN RELATIONS
Clemmons
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication
techniques, and of the major minority groups in
Minnesota for the development of interpersonal
relations skills applicable to teaching and other
professional vocations. Required for all Elementary and
Secondary Education majors. Open to all. Dist.: None.
(1/2 course)
OM 18
10:05-12:lO p.ti~.
M, W
Miskowiec
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research
techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one
work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to
increasing students' effectiveness in choosing,
organizing and developing topics, thinking critically,
and revising for clarity and style. The minimum passing
grade for this course 2.0. Dist.: Writing-entry level skill
10:05-11:30 ~ . I I I .
M,T, W,TIi,F
OM 13
ENG 2401342-8218
THE SHORT STORYELEMENTS OF FICTION
Swanson
In this course, students will read a variety of fictional
works and learn to better understand fiction by writing
their own story. The course will involve practice in ways
of approaching literature and will include study of tlie
basic critical terminology. Students are expected to read
the assigned stories and novel, participate in class
discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short
story, write an original short story, and take several
quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for
upper division credit will write an additional critical
analysis essay and will read an additional novel and
prepare a substantial paper/class presentation on it. All
students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing
and distribution of selected original fiction from class.
(Prereq.: Completion of Effective Writing) Dist.:
English/Speech; Persp.: Aesthetics
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
ENG 241-8219
INTRODUCTION TO
CINEMA ART
Mitchell
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical
principles and historical evolution of the film medium.
The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The
course includes the viewing and analysis of both
features length and short films illustrating the
international development of film form and selected
aesthetic movements such as the American Studio Film
and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage,
Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. Dist.:
None: Persp.: Aesthetics
6:00-9:30 p.111.
T,TIi
OM 27
ENG 282-8220
TOPICS: LATIN AMERICAN
LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION
Miskowiec
Examining the political, religious, and geographical
factors behind the literature of "magic realism," we will
read short stories and novels by authors such as
Carpentier, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez and Allende. We
will also compare the written text with contemporary
Latin American painting and sculpture.
OM 13
11:40-1:25 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
ENG 282-8221
TOPICS: THE HEROIC JOURNEY
Griffin
This course will study archetypal patterns of tlie heroic
journey, as well as specific examples of such journeys. It
will emphasize the ideas of Joseph Campbell, but will
also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys.
Since Western civilization usually assumes that the hero
is a man, usually a white man belonging to a warrior
class, we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it
is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths, but
also as it appears in contemporary American popular
narratives. But the heroic journey is a human journey,
and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic
journeys of women and men who may be neither white
nor warriors as they are depicted in folktales and novels.
Dist.: En~lish/Sueech
GER 112-8222
BEGINNING GERMAN 11
Quanbeck
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Foreign Language;
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I11
M,T, W,TIi
OM 27
8:lO-955
I
1
1
SPA 112-8223
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
Kingsley
SPA 112-8224
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish.
Iiitroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.:
Foreign Language; Persp.: I~~tercultural
Awareness 111
M,T, W,TIi (Sectio~i1)
M,T, W,TIi (Sectioii JJ)
PHI 175-8228
PHILOSOPHY OF
LOVE AND SEX
Appolloni
What is the nature of romantic love, sexual desire and
friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? We will
consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a)
Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Is
promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does
the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral?
(c) Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are
homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are
they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dist.:
History/Pliilosophy; Persp.: Human Identity
M,W
6:OO-9:30 prrr.
HPE 410-822ADMINISTRATION AND
SUPERVISION OF THE
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health
services and relationships to community health program
and resources. Methods and materials in health
education with laboratory experience in classroom and
community. (Prereq.: 320)
Arrnrlged
PHY 106-8229
INTRODUCTORY
METEOROLOGY
Jasperson
A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.
The course is designed to provide a working knowledge
of the basic science principles required for
understanding weather and climate. Laboratory
exercises are included as an integral part of the course.
The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the
distribution/general education requirement for the
liberal arts student. (Five 1 1/2 hour lectures) (Prereq.:
Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Math/Physics;
Persp.: Natural World I or I1
M,T, W,TIi,F
SCJ 205
10:05-11:30 n.1i1.
HISTORY
POLITICAL SCIENCl
/-
HIS115-8226
MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Zehnder
This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise
of nationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman
Empire in the 19th Century to the current crisis hot spots
in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better
understanding of how the Middle East reached its
contemporary complexity, its role in the wider world.
T,Th
OM 13
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
TERDISCIPLI
INS 199/32;7?~
INTERNS P... -.Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a student
designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member)
which links the ideas and methods of their major to the
opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a
weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City
Arrnnged
POL 121-8230
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
AND POLITICS
Rueter
The politics of American government including the
forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the
dynamics of congressional, presidential and
bureaucratic policy making, and current issues in
American society. Dist: Economics/Political Science;
Persp.: Social World I
6:OO-9:30 ~ . I I I .
M ,W
OM 23
POL 475-8231
THE LEGAL PROCESS
Fishman
The course seeks to provide the undergraduate student
with an introductory understanding of the functioning
of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's
interdependence with the social environment; the law's
social junctions; the social and moral limits of the law;
and, the law as a system, describing the aspects and
problems of each of the law's agencies (courts,
legislative, administrative, and executive agencies).
Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: None
T,TIi
Foss 2 l A
5:30-9:30 y.rrr.
POL 499-8232
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Noonan
Topics defined through consultation between instructor
and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Arrniigtd
PSY 362-8233
BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS
Leitschuh
An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from
the social, organic and psychological points of view
Visitation to a variety of community service agencies
will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Dist.: None; Persp.: None
8:30-10:OO 17.111.
M,T, W,TII,F
Foss 42
PSY 373-8234
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Leitschuh
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational
behavior. Factors and practices such as management
styles, evaluation and maintenance of work
effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.:PSY 105)
Persp: None
M,T, W,TII,F
OM 23
10:05-11:30n.m.
RELIGION
REL 440-8235
VARIETIES OF CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY
Holt
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian
tradition and of contemporary developments, including
12-Step Spirituality, Feminist, Ecological, and NonWestern Christian Spiritualities. An introduction to the
basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and
meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Dist: Religion;
Persp.: None
6:OO-9:30 p.rrr.
T,Th
OM 18
REL 441-8236
Holt & Stratton
FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY
This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity
and feminism and how they might be compatible.
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal
roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the
Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology,
especially in terms of language and metaphor.
"Minorities and men are especially urged to enroll."
Dist.: Religion or Women's Studies; Persp.: Christian
Faith I, 11, or 111
6:OO-9:30 p.111.
M,W
M 22
SOCIOL
SWK 257-8239
EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH
& SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE 901S,
US-UK COMPARISONS
Link
This course identifies different approaches to family
health and social services in both theory and practice in
the USA and UK. Through inter-disciplinary dialogue
and a blend of classroom and field encounters, strategies
for preventive, community-based service are analyzed
and evaluated. A unique feature of this course is the
opportunity to prepare with an intensive first week's
orientation in the USA and to work with British
professionals and students in family health and social
services and debrief with USA- based faculty. All
students will have a personal British tutor in addition to
group leaders, to help focus on their particular interest
and to facilitate connections with resources needed to
achieve their objectives. Dist.: None; Persp.: The City
Arrnrlgcd
OM 25
SPEECH, COT
THEATRE AI
SPC 24-8240,
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
This course explores both the problems and the potential
of communication between persons of different cultural
groups. Students examine Western and non-Western
cultural rules, values, assumptions and stereotypes and
how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general
theoretical understanding of the dynamics of crosscultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how
these principles relate to particular cultural groups.
Dist.: None; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness
M,W
Foss 21 B
6:OO-9:30 p.nr.
SPC 414-8241
INS 414-8242
FEMINIST RHETORIC
Nilsson
The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be
analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective
on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in
rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Women's Studies; Persp.:
None
T,TII
530-9:00 p.m.
INTERNSHIP
Hesser
A work-based learning experience in which a
student designs a learning agreement (with a
faculty member) which links the ideas a n d
methods of sociology to the opportunities found in
the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is
expected. Persp.: The City
Arranged
SOC 356-8238
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes.
Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional
institutions and the government offices. Dist.: None
1:30-5:00 p.rrr.
T,TIi
OM 23
Augsburg,
College
Summer Schoo
I
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. Postage
PAID
Minneapolis, MN
Permit No. 2031
L
I
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ....~...................
....,.,.,.. .. .
....... .......44
..........................................................5
.............................................................34
.................................................................35
............................................36
Introduction
Calendar
About this Catalog
Options
Visiting Students
Augsburg Courses
UMAIE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term.
Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for
a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student
who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim
courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such
Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students
registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number
of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full
time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
For More Information
Interim Office Memorial 230)
Interim*tary,
Kay Thoat =lo25
Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b)
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Interim Calendar 1990
.............................................................Interim Registration
...........................................................................
Late Interim Registration
.........................................................................................
First Day of Interim
October 29 -November 2
December 3
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
........+..C..H...U
.....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd
...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar
January 3
January 16
January 18
January 30
February 4
..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
....................................................................................................
Interim Ends
................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will
be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at
9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special
convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by
Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions
and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial
230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27
international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of
this catalog.
Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent
study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for
more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue
independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at
least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these
Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help
students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at
Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 .
Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted
for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution
agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The
waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $708 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the
Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
The Florida Keys: Marine Biology
of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys
This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern
Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key
during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two
distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John
Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental
sections of this catalog (Biology and English.)
The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by
the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba
diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to
Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All
students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended
that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the
writing which has emerged from this interesting environment.
A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare),
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Marine Biology of The Florida Keys
BIO 140-41048; 340-41049
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms
and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers
laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field
trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow
bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from
these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct
specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a
short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to
the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will
interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further
information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida
Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal
based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will
also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111
and 112 or equivalent.
Distribution: BiologyIChemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Molds, Mushrooms and Humans
BIO 141-41047
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often
neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir
the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal
importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips.
Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom
demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-41001
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill
of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science
backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for
understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis
in-ted
in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living.
Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early
scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to
chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand
processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on
and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion
This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe
lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets
a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room Science 315
A Labaatory Intro&m
to Chemisty
<31M113.41002
Instructar: JoanKunz
Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from
solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other
c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to
&anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis
muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for
instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand
chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and
dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week
day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work,
tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw
murse.
Distributiom Biology/Chemistry
Time:I
Room Science 315
COBOL
CSC 27141003
Instructo~:LanyRagland
A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious
howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e
gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL
together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include
lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
progaming assignments and examinations.
Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170)
Time:I
Room: Science 112
Puinciples of Miaaeconornics
ECO 1l%4100Q
Instrudo~Satva Guvta
~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic
theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time:I
Room: Library 1
C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim
y
Betzueen East and West
ECO 319-41037
Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp
In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries
with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc
conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t
developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an
understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with
diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics
in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions
and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained,
including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on
East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to
identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam
(takehome),and a
paper.
Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~
and Orgm'mtbns
ECO 31%41038
Instrudac Milo Schield
Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of
humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~
Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial
clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty
rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic
theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public
choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic
theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State).
Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic
ImperMsm".
Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning.
I quizzes,paper and final.
Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly
Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO).
Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science,
Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Science319
For more Economics listings, see Page 36
Human Relations
EDS 38841050
Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons
This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups
in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members
with interaction from class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting?
How might you gain more knowledge of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 10
Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten
EDE 37541005
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class
students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a
kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill:
A. Stms key adult/child relationships.
B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby
current mearchand practices in education settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - '%ow to learn".
E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans.
ER
mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the
kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices.
H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the
needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakem and field trips.
Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to
iden*
1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten
2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories
behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h
students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit
COum.
Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess.
Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
wtiw o f t h r n w q s
ENG 13641051
Instructo~JohnMitchell
This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in
with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment
co-(E
itself will involve an interdisciplina~~
program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine
Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key
WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read
one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50
writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace
Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams,
Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe
week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District
of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove
islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams;
and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture,
and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men?
tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12
pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting.
This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern
Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during
most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct
course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell.
Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of
this catalog (Biology and English)
The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by
thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for
thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will
study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and
in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for
which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent
between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this
interesting environment.
A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) ,
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I
Room: Old Main l2
The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm
1
I
mG~1007/MW10a)
Instructoc Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered
,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby
mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of
the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of
classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe
c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the
basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not
yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel.
Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions,
write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take
several quizzes and a finalscam
Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and
p~epw
a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it.
All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel&
original fiction from theclass.
Prerrquisite: Effective Writing
Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Speech Communi*:
W
m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their
VioftheEnglishLanpge
ENG ZL9-4l057
Instructm JohnSchmit
'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of
a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and,
conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community
itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units.
'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the
c
u
m
l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto
analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx
asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst.
'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be
evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p .
Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies
Time: II
Room: Old Main 27
ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l
ENG 24941009
Instructm Douglas Gram
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent
drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and
productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s
and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues
ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes
survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in
1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related
topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be
moderate fees for the local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper.
(Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a
long paper and some performance, will conclude the course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-41042
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of
the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment,
and a written test. This is a one-half medit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supemision of the
School Health Program
HPE 410-41043
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries
of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a
teaching method.
Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m )
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place2
CoachingofBasketbaZ1
HPE 477-41090
Instruchm Brian Ammann
?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-.
Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation
Thisisa
&f
cradit catrse.
Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays
Room: Melby 111
Coachingof Volleyball
HPE 48341054
Instructo~:Marilyn Florian
This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng
volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr
portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE---- 41041
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of
basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing
the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School
Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and
performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable
that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Si Melby 202
The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed
HIS 33841056
1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold
lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal
dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of
crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark
d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m
and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and
fordp @icy.
We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as
JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party,
Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington.
These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and
discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study.
Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material.
Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room Old Main l3
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special
interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty
member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution
requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course.
Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe
INS 191-41011
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is
the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts,
music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they
were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular
time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and
theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to
appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among
the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different
points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various readings, including
reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary
source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the
College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg
Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances
and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a
paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be
quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15.
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to
attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part
of the class work.
Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater
The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking
About What You Read
I N S 120-41055
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia
seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.
Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia
seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing
and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and
about the Paidcia Program.
Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar
discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe
seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the
Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of
the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part,
on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too
impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the
purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active
listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point
thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From
"%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential
Schools, Brown University.)
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Social Change: The Ultimatum of
Community Development in India
I N S 241-41053
Instructor: Vincent Peters
Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of
many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a
viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many
common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor,"
"East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context
of an emerging nation.
South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation
sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop
ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles.
Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue,
homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view
greatly challenged and enhanced.
We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near
it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with
the colorful celebration of Republic Day.
There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests.
The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation,
accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two
group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of
International Programs.
W m k LifeTransitions
INS24541010
Instructar: Diane Busico
Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing
you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others?
?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18
on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious
passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition
periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the
context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in
teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles.
Distribution: Women's Studies
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages
LIN 3124UlZ
Instrue. Donald Steinmek
?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history.
Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese,
Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis
p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l
,
Sardinian,Rom,and others. This
coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&.
Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same
source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby
ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all
kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because
differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very
importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other
languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French,
Slavic for Romanian, etc.
'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these
changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof
SpanishandFd
By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove
Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or
Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the
factos which account for the diffenmm.
Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all
assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final
examination
Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse
Time:I
Room Old Main 22
Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math
MAT 1324013
I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do&
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a
student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you
like to irrgroveyour math SHS,
be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like
math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you.
In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g
skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ .
Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and
several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests.
Time 11
Room Science212
Ma& ofbrterest
MAT 173-41014
Instrum Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for
annuities and &ved
lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan
s men? Or why women have paid less
than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how
instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then
thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the
mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d .
'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any
students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes.
Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent
Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics
Time I
Room Science 212
Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview
MUS ll(F41017
Instntctor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions
of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class
will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on
three tests and field trip reports.
Special fee to cover transportation: $15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Electronic Music Composition
MUS 23&41063/430-41015
Instructor: Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the
sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants
will be involved in:
1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks
through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound
sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the
creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division
students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using
primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students
will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled
keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Beginning Nonoegian I
NOR 111-41018
Instructor: Frankil Shackelford
Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The
course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
What Do You Think Of That?
PHI 250-41019
Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some
clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are
the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and
other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more
clearly.
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors,
some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and
some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand,
B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to
say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now.
What Do You Think of That?".
Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and
class discussions.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-41020
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four
basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water
cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a
two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather
facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa
Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour
and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits
will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane
tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather.
During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits.
Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception
systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of
climates across the U.S. from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project
completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit
due by October 26.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: MathematicsRhysics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-41021
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are
interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further
study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics.
Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms,
current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on
assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 15141022
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for
years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems
without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student
who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math level lII
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Understanding the Middle East Through Literature
POL 241-41062
Instructor: Renee Taft
Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in
which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies
which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar,
students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English
from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common
concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a
better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading
and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite
required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final
examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Alternative Politics
PoLW1058
Instructm RandallKindley
'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating
socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and
~ m tmovanenk
s
that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming
significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad.
'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean
countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes
that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist,
anti- nuclear,
religious and anti-tion
p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while
traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the
21st Century be based on these new political cleavages?
In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s
from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What
accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals
of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action?
How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded,
shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the
way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to
come?
Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme
for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political
p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of
thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill
be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and
discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on
class participation, a termpaper and a final exam
h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor.
Time:I1
Room Murphy Place 3
TheLegalRights oftheAm&
Employee and
E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve
POL 37641099
Instruclor. Phil Fishman
This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities
of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor
pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the
job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer
possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican
labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where
devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw
pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-.
Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination.
h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics.
Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber.
Room Old Main 16
Psychobgy ofthe Legal System
PSY 3354024
Nancy Steblay
l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory
andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m
with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision
Instru-
Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice,
ethics and victimization. Guest-1
will include members of the legal and psychological communities.
Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible
for contributionto classmomdiscussion.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course
Time: 11
Room: Old Main16
The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols
PSY 340-41023
Instntdotr Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and
theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the
intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the
self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual
self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of
social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and
peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings.
Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 3704025
Instructor: Duane E.Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person.
Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar
with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class
session is requhd.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral
reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required.
Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of
the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a
base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation
REL 445 41006
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be
based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
The Theology of Mm'age
REL,34341026
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make
with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
1
I
I
heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian tea*,
many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G.
Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the
family.
discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be
Thew willbe,-l
based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room Music 24
Biblical T
&
i
Then andNow
REL4354060
Instructor:~~-en
An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place
in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries,
including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians.
Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text.
Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams.
Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward
graduationrequirements.)
Time: II
Room Old Main 23
A t m , God and Money: How SciencP,
Religion a n d E c m i c s M k
REL 43641061
Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n
Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect
one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money
will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to
show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another.
Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from
writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of
activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and
simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants
will work as teams to construct Space Colonies.
Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project
presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the
course for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward
graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 25741027
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency
representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3
hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings
discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1
Exploring Human Services and Social Work
in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991)
SWK 34611028
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore
modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and
faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections,
family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through
visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and
Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city
with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol
and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix
practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's
social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of
International Programs.
Field Work LU
S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse)
S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course)
Instrudar: Francine Chakoli
Course content w
i
l
lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused
field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour
per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II)
Time: To be arranged
Principles of Sociology
(with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn)
SOC 121-41031
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups,
interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the
world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care
system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the
regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading
illbe given.
assignments. Three exams w
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: II
Room Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-41032
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding.
The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based
on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The
course is offered only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room Old Main 18
Beginning Spmdsh
SPA 1114(B3
Instructo~Staff
Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to
introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him
or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken
Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After
Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations
willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam
Distribution: ForeignZanguage
Time: I
Room Old Main 29
Evaluating Continental Literatrwe
SPA 250-41034
~ I ' I S Gu*
~ ~ E
ROZ4?tlt&
The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature
through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen
short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems.
Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class
discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut
anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students
interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see
the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time:I
Room: Old Main27
Documentary Video
SPC 347-41035
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production
and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece.
Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper.
This course requires additional lab time for editing.
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
Theater Crafts
SPC 495-41036
Instructor: Michael Burden
Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing
props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented.
Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a
final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater
tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show.
Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or
permission of instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the
Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These
courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan
Archaeology in Yugoslavia
Art in France and Italy
Australia's Business Climate
The British School and Family
The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe
Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan
E m t in Transition
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
-- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain
Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama
Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change
Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings
Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier
Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland
Modern European Business and Worklife
Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria
Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y)
Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe
Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India
The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era
Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali
Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland
Translating All That Business About lapan
*
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991)
HPE 455-41039
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people
and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will
be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands
and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students
and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in
order to receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health
and Physical Education department.
Total payment is due October 31,1990.
Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit).
Outward Bound
HPE 21241067
Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing
on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the
Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period.
l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has
n some
scholarshipsavailable).
LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu
POL39841065
Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld
POL 39841066
These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information
on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k
ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this
as(orn w
l
n
r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe
lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng
fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme.
class as&I
American Karate
HPE 002-41045
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught
by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 120&1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-41044
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Hisotry of Economic Thought
ECO 219-41406
Instructor: Richard Herzog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o
the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or
tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems.
I.
Ancient Economic Thinking
11.
The Medieval Period
111.
Mercantilism
IV .
Classical
V.
Socialist/Utopian
VI.
Modern
Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class
(less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research
paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be
essay on three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
NEW COU'RSE
A I S 290-41069
ART 290-41068
S. Chapman
TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE
An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United
S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In
addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d
Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y ,
mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1
produce art work such ar
weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst
is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department.
Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this
Proposal.
Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t
Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance
of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included.
Distribution: Fine A r t s
HPE 271-41070
Time: X I
Room:
OFFICIATING FOOTBALL
I.
~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted
official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League.
2.
Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total
aducational prrrcess.
Cmtenr:
OM4
Will k based an the rules mb -its
set f0M
the national
Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota
State High Schcvl League.
Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9-
situations
Evaluation: Written tcst
-
T h i s i s a one-half credit course.
H I S 140-41964
EAST EUROPE
Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri.
UNDER THE HAPSBURGS
-
Room: S i Melby
R.D. Zehnder
the East C e n ~ d
f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr
inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent
~nditzon
of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t
thc Balkans w i t h
eye .to
fallowin; c ~ z t n events
t
in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q
an ricotic but &-
He w i l l lccir a t
vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a
t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-,
Hati-,
always as t h vsi+'-q
~
t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s,
H z w l m n , and .
&-B
3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of
s
f mt&e
.. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles
ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud.
W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e
ma<*=
is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss
Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on
an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th.
Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly
iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#.
Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy
Time: I 1
Room: OM13
J, Shackel ford
- --
-- - - - - -
~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim
~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a
SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton;
~ d l u r=forn
l
d the
discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ;
-cgenm of a*pcrirntal
e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n
for t h e
&act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d
theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in
perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal
i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require
l
er
aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of
c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l
a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e
b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l
proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f
memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr.
~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia.
Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl
&
r
,
Prerequisite: 3 History course
m l m t l m u11l k
plpcr.
Time: ? I
Room: OM13
MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE
Zheng
The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e
mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md
S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup
rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn,
hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability
and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before
n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc),
Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students
who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121.
Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1
Distribution:
I N S 401-41071
Time: I1
Room: 5212
Math/Physics
THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR:
& THE WILDERNESS
THE GARDEN
3. G r i f f i n
This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these
metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re,
but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities.
The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus
there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be
supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves.
Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT
INTERNSHIPS:
Time: I
Room: FC 42
For information on January Interim internships please contact
the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14.
OTHER CHANGES:
HPE 232
REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F
Cancelled courses:
HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED
MAT 132, MATH AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
INTERIM
Show less